IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 :f"- i.l 1.25 2.5 '"2.2 If ii£ 12.0 1.8 U 1 1.6 V] ^ A m,. c*i ''^^>it/. < ■■>^ o^. W M PhotogTPphic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 145S0 (716) 872-4503 s V V ^ 4f^ :\^ \ C^ 6^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHIVI/ICMH Collection de microfiches. CsnadJan Institute for Historical Micro/eproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical nnd Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques Th to The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. n Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I ~| Covers damaged/ Couverture eitdommagie Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur^e et/ou pellicul6e Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes g6ographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than bius or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Relid avec d'autres documents D D n Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La reliure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int6rieure Blank leaves added during restorotion may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pnges blanches ajout6es lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 filmies. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplAmentaires: L'Institut a microfilmd le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6t6 possible ie se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dan.) la m^thode normale de filmage sont indiquds ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommag^es Pages restored and/oi Pages restaur^es et/ou pellicul6es Pages discoloured, stained or fcxe( Pages d6color6es, tachetdes ou piqu6es I I Pages damaged/ I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ r~? Pages discoloured, stained or fcxed/ □ Pages detached/ Pages d6tach6bs Showthrough/ Transparence I I Quality of print varies/ Quality indgaie de I'impression Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible n Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 film6es i nouveau de fa^on A obtenir la meilleure image possible. Th po of filr Ori bej the sio oth firs sio or i Th( sha TIN wh Mai diff enti beg righ reqi met This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X y 12X 16X 20X 26X 30X 24X 23X 32X The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: Harold Campbell Vaughan Memorial Library Acadia University L'exemplaire filmd fut reproduit grflce d la g6n6ro8it6 de: Harold Campbell Vaughan Memorial Library Acadia University The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfir^ie shall contain the symbol ^^> (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., ma. > i: V.ltned at different reduction ratios. Thcsu *fr^ i , ge to be entirely included in one exposure ar«. t. med beginning in the .jpper left hand corner, left tc right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin. compte tenu de la condition et de la nettetd de l'exemplaire film*, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de fllmage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimde sont film^s en commen9ant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernidre page qui comports une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tojs les autres exemplaires originaux sont fiim^s en commenpant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symboie — ^ signifie "A SUJVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre film6s d des taux de reduction diff6rents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film6 d partir de I'angle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images nicessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mdthode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 ? r^ \-^ FIRST LATIN BOOK, FOR THE USE OF HIGH SCHOOLS. jrHENDERSON, m.a. Principal of St. Catharines Collegiate Imtitvte, J^J AND jrFLETCHER, m.a. Professor of Latin, Queen's University, Kinggtoiu ^uWxot'xzth bj) the ^epartnunt of (gbttciition for (f)nh irio. TORONTO PUBLISHED BY THE COPP, CLARK COMPANY, Limited. 1892 J'^ntcred according to Act of the Parliament of Canada, in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety-two, bj TheCopp, Clark Co., Ltmitkd, in the Office of the Minister of Agriculture. €0 ch \ PREFACE. This book contains : — (l). A simple statement of Latin Accidence and Syntax, with exercises such as are required of candidates at the Depart- mental Primaiy Examination of Ontario. (2) Extracts for translation from Caesar, with exercises based on them such as are required of candidates at the Junior Leaving and Junior Matriculation Examinations. Pupils who have mast.ired Part I, should be well equipped for beginning Caesar ; pupils who have mastered both parts should be able to go on with the translation of continuous English into Latin Prose. With the exception of the examples (which should be carefully learned), the rules of pyntax are not intended to be committed to memory. When a rule has been orally explained by the teacher and applied in practice by the pupil, no further difficulty is usually found with the principle involved in it. Examples of common con- structions should be collected by the pupil for himself from his own reading. A knowledge of elementary English Grammar is, for the most part, presumed throughout. In the accidence, we are most indebted to Leighton and Ken- nedy ; in the syntax, to Madvig, Bradley, Roby, Hime, Key, and Allen and Greenough. The section in the appendix on Latin Verb Forms is by Mr. Nicholson, Lecturer in Philology, in Queen's College. J. H. J.F. August I sty i8g2. /. ^t- CONTENTS. PART I. -ACCIDENCE AND SYNTAX. LESSONS. I._TheVerb f^""^; 11.— First Conjugation * * m«— The Noun— First Declension .- ]] » IV. — Subject and Object v.— First Declension [Continued) \ 5 VI.— First Conjugation— Impf. and Fut g VII. — Second Declension VIII.— Second Declension (Continued) ,. IX.— " «• a Ij X.— First Conjugation.— Perf., Plpf., Fut.-pf. ,4 XI. - Imperative of First Conjugation ,7 XII. — Latin Gender XIII.— Adjectives in US XIV. — Adjectives in ER XV. —Inflection of Sum XVI.— Irregular Adjectives in US and ER * 26 XVII.— Interrogative Sentences ; " 28 XVIII. — Third Declension XIX.— Third Declension (Continued) . ,, XX.— '* " (( ^^ XXL— " « » ^ XXIL— " •« « ^ XXIII.— " «« « ^^ xxiv.~ " « .. ^^ XXV.— Irregular Nouns of Third Declension '..... 45 XXVL— Gender of Nouns of Third Declension 47 XXVn.— Adjectives of Third Declension .« XXVIII. — " «♦ « a ^^ XXIX.— Comparison of Adjectives c^ XXX. — Irregular Comparison * cA XXXI.— '* u 50 59 CONTENTS. LESSONS. I'AGES. XXXII. — Adverbial Comparison 60 XXXIII.— Fourth Declension 62 XXXIV.— Fifth Declension 63 XXXV. — Numeral Adjcctwcs and Adverbs 6$ XXXVI. — Passive Voice of First Conjugation 70 XXXVII.— •' " •• •'♦ *' 72 XXXVIII.— Review of I'as.sive Voice 74 XXXIX.— Adverbs 75 X L. — Second Conjugation 78 XLI, — Second Conjugation (Coniimicd) 81 XLII. — Third ConjuLjation. Rules for Place ^3-^5 XLIII. — Formation of Perf. Stems of Third Conjugation .... 87 XLIV. — Passive of Third Conjugation 89 XLV. — Fourth Conjugation 91 XLVI. — Passive of Fourth Conjugation 94 XLVII. — Cognate Accusative. Ace. with Prepositions in Com- position 95 XLVII I. —Verbs in lO of Third Conjugation 97 XLIX. — The Participle 100 L. — Passive Participles loi LI. — Personal and Reflexive Pronouns 104 LII. — Infinitive 107 LIII. — Accusative with Infinitive loy LIV. — Infinitive with Verbs of Hoping I lO LV. — Ace. with Infinitive (Continued ) Ill LVI. — Deponents 113 LVII. — Deponents (Contiiitted) II6 LVIII. — Demonstrative Pronouns II7 LIX. — Dative with verbs compounded with Prepositions. . . . 120 LX.— Is. Idem. Ipse 122 LXI. — Genitive with Sum 124 LXII. — Relative Pronouns 125 LXIII. — Correlatives 127 LXIV. — Interrogative Pronouns. Genitive of Quality 129 LXV. — Indefinite Pronouns 132 LXVI. — Dative of Purpose 134 LXVII. — Review Exercise on Pronoun 135 LXVIII. — The Subjunctive. Subjunctive in Simple Sentences . 136 LXIX. — Subjunctive in Simi)Ie Sentences {Canlintted) 139 LXX. — Subjunctive Passive I40 CONTENTS. ▼u LESSONS, PAGES. LXXI.— Compounds of Sum •• 142 I ,XX 1 1.— Defective Verbs. Meminl. Coepi. Odi. Novi 145 LXXI 1 1.— Irregular Verbs. V6I0. Nolo. Malo 147 LXXIV. —Ablative of Price 150 LXXV. -Fero, I carry 152 LXXVI.-Fio. //i^rtw//^ 155 LXXVII.— Eo, /.vv. Abl. of Sepanition 157 LXXVIIL— Edo. /^rt/ 160 LXXIX.—Impcrso.ial Verbs 161 LXXX.— Passive use of Verbs that Govern the Dat 164 LXXXI. — Impersonal Verbs {Continued ,. Miseret. Interest. 165 LXXXII. — Veri)s with Ace. an.l Cien 167 LXXXI 1 1. -Personal Pronouns of the Third Person 168 LXXXIV. — (ierund and Gerundive 170 LXXXV. — Passive Periphrastic Conjujjalion 172 I.XXXVi. — Active Periphrastic Conjugation. vSupine 174 LXXXVII. — Classification of Clauses. Indirect Question 176 LXXXVIII. — Classification of Tenses. Sei[uenc<' of Tenses 178 LXXXIX. — Noun-clau-.e introduced by Quod or XTt 181 XC— Final Clauses 183 XCI. — Qui Final. Quominus and Quin. Neve 184 XCI I.— Clauses of Result (Consecutive) 187 XCIII. — The Conditional .Sentence 190 XCIV. — Classification of Conditional Sentences 192 XCV. — Comparative and Concessive Clauses 195 XCVI.— Causal Clauses 198 XCVIL— Temporal Clauses 200 XCVIII. —Syntax of Quum 203 XCIX. — Indirect N;^iration 205 C. — .Summary of Rules fur Indirect Narration ........ 209 CI. — Passages in Direct and Indirect Narration 212 CII. — Notes on th'j Tenses 216 cm.— Notes on the Participle— Translation of " Without'', 218 CIV. — The Preposition , 221 PART II. Extracts for translation from Caesar 229 Exercises in Latin Prose based on Extracts from Caesar 254 • •• Vlll CONTENTS. Appendix • Pages. I. Declension of Greek Nouns ^^-^ II. Exception.! to Rules for Gender '.'...'. ^^^ in. Irregular Nouns ^75 IV. Tables of Regular Verbs - ^^^ V. Alo. Inquam. For ^^' VI. Latin Alphabet .'*.'*.* ^^ vir. Latin Pronunciation ^ ......... ..,,[[ ^^^ (rt) Roman Method * ' ^^^ (^) English Method. .......,.,, ^^'^ VIII. Quantity .ind Accent .*.'..'.'* ^^^ IX. Root. Stem. Liflection. ^^^ X. Latin Verb Forms [[ , ^'^'^ XI. Derivation •^°' XII. Summary of Syntax Rules ^°" Latin-English Vocabulary [[]] 3°'' English-Latin Vocabulary 3'i Index ' ' 365 J93 FIRST LATIN BOOK. PART I ACCIDENCE AND SYNTAX. ^7 t( a cl a a: cl ai e£ FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON 1. THE VERB. 1. Latin verbs are divided into four classes, called conjugations. 2. The first conjugation includes all verbs that have the charac- teristic vowel -a before the present infinitive ending -re: as, ama-r6, to love. 3. The second conjugation includes all verbs that have the characteristic vowel -e before the present infinitive ending -re: as, m6ne-r6, to advise. 4. The third conjugation includes all verbs that have the char- acteristic vowel -6 before the present infinitive ending -re: as, r6g:6-r6, to rule. 5. The fourth conjugation includes all verbs that have the characteristic vowel -i before the present infinitive ending -re : as, audi-r6, to hear. Exercise. Learn the following verbs and state the conjugation to which each belongs : — &ma-re, to lane. dele-re, to destroy. puni-re, to punish. t6ff6re, (o cover. v6ni-re, to come. B6rdre, to so^v. vesti-re, (o clothe. t6ne-re, to hold. quaer6-re, to ask. tIme-re, to fear. lauda-re, to praise. dacdre, to lead. mmmi FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON II. FIRST CONJUGATION. 1. The first conjugation includes all verbs that have the charac- teristic vowel -a before the present infinitive ending -re : as, Ama-re, fo love. 2. The part of ama-re that is left after dropping the ending -re, is called the present stem. Thus : ama-re, to love; present stem, ama-. 3. The present indicative active of the first conjugation is as follows : — Singular. 1 . Pers. , amo, / love. 2. ' * ama-8, /^ou lovesl. 3. ' * ama-t, he {shi\ it) /oves. Plural. 1. Pers. , ama-mus, 7t'^ /(/z/^. 2. " a.ma.-t\.a, yoH love. 3. * * ama-nti tliey love. Note I. The Latin verb expresses person and number by end- ings.* Note 2. The forms of the present indicative represent the indefi- nite, progressive, and emphatic forms of the English present. Thus : amo is either, / love (indefinite), / am loving (progressive), or, / do love (emphatic). Note 3. Ama-s, is you love (sing.) ; ama-tis, you love (plural). Exercise. Learn, and inflect like amo, the following verbs : — porto, porta-re, to carry. laudo lauda-re, to praise. &VO, S,ra-re, to plough. voco. vocare, to call. dono, dona-re, to give. clamo, clama-re, to shout, pugno, pugrna-re, to fight. spero, spera-re, to hope. *These endings were perhaps originally pronouns. Thus:— amo = ama-0-m : »'. f., ama, pres. stem (iow) , -o, connecting-vowel ; and -m, / (seen in Latin me, and English me). THE NOUN. O Translate into English : — I. Laudo. 2. Arant. 3. Vocatis. 4. Pugnamus. 5. Donas. 6. Portat. 7. Pugnas. 8. Vocant. 9. Laudas. 10. Speratis. 11. Aramus. 12. Sperant. Translate into Latin : — I. I fight. 2. You plough. 3. ing. 5. He calls. 6. You give. 9, He carries. 10. They giv2. 13. You call (sing.) They praise. 4. We are carry- 7. They hope. 8. We praise. II. We plough. 12. He fights. LESSON III. THE NOUN. 1. Latin nouns have two numbers and three persons. They have, however, six cases : the Nominative, Cienitive, Dative, Accusa- tive, Vocative, and Ablative. 2. The Nominative case is the form the noun has when it is the subject of a sentence. 3. The Genitive is the form the noun has when it expresses the meaning of the English possessive or possessive with of, 4. The Dative is the form the noun has when it expresses the meaning of the English indirect object with the prepositions to or for. 5. The Accusative is the form the noun has when it is the direct object of a verb, or governed by a preposition which takes the accusative. 6. The Vocative is the form the noun has when it expresses the meaning of the English Nominative of address. 7. The Ablative is the form the noun has when it expresses the various relations indicated by the prepositions with., by.,from^ or in. The Declensions.— First Declension. 8. Latin nouns are divided into five classes, called declensions^ li i 4 FIRST LATIN BOOK. which are distinguished from each other by the ending of the geni- tive singular. 9. In the first declension the genitive singular ends in -eie; in the second declension in -i; in the third declension in -is; in the fourth declension in -us; in the fifth declension in -ei. 10. In the first declension the nominative ends in -a, -e, -as, or -es. Note. Nouns in -a and -e are feminine ; those in -as and -es are masculine. But words in -a, denoting male beings, are masculine : as, nauta, a sailor ; agricola, a farmer. 11. Nouns in -a of the first declension are thus declined : — Mensa, a table. Singular. NoM. mensd., a table. Gen. mens-ae, of a table. Dat. mens-ae, to or for a table. Ace. mens-am, a table. Voc. mens-d., O table. Abl. mens-a, ivith, by, from, ov in a table. Plural. mens-ae, tables. mens-arum, of tables. mens is, to or for tables. mens-as, tables. mens-ae, O tables. mens-is, luith, by, from or in tables. Note. Latin has no article ; therefore, mensa may mean table^ a table, or, the table. 12. Most nouns of the first declension end in the nominative singular in -a. These are all declined like mensa, by dropping the -a and adding the case-endings of mensa. Thus : Umbra, a shade; gen., umbrae; dat., ximbr-ae, and so on. Exercise. Learn the following nouns and decline each like mensa : &qua (gen., &qu-ae), water. rosa (gen., r6s-ae), a rose. victoria (gen., victorl-ae), victory. luna(gen., lun-ae), the moon. pCiella (gen., piiell-ae), a girl, nauta (gen., naut-ae), a sailor. umbr& (gen., umbr-ae), a shade, agrricola (gen., agrlcol-ae), a farmer. insiUa (gen., insiil-ae), an island, stella (gen., stell-tie), a star. SUBJECT AND OBJECT. Translate into English : — I. Stella. 2. Insiilae. 3. Nautarum. 7. Agricolis. II. Rosarum. 12. Lunas. Puellis. 5. Aquae. 6. Victoriae. 10. Puella. 14. Nautae. Lunarum. 4. 8. Umbra. 9. 13. Agricolae. Translate into Latin : — I. Of stars. 2. With roses. 3. Of a sailor. 4. Of farme:-s. 5. With water. 6. Of girls. 7. For a farmer. 8. Of the moon. 9. With victories. 10. O girl. 11. To a rose. 13. With a rose. 13. Ofagiri. 14. O star. LESSON IV. SUBJECT AND OBJECT. 1. The subject of a finite verb is put in the Nominative: as, Agricola &rat, the farmer pioui^hs. Here, agrrlcola is the subject of the verb arat and is in the Nominative case. 2. The verb agrees with the subject Nominative in number and person : as, Agrricola arat, the farmer -ploughs ; here, agrricola is third person singular, and arat agrees with the subject agrlcola. Agricolae arant, the farmers plough ; Bufsr^col&Q is third person plural, and arant agrees with agricolae. 3. The direct object of a transitive verb is put in the Accusative : as, Puella rosam laudat, the girl praises the rose; here, rosam is accusative singular governed by laudat. Puella rosas laudat, the girl praises the roses j here, roeas is accusative plural governed by laudat. 4. The indirect object of a transitive verb is put in the dative : as, Puer epistolam puellae donat, the boy gives a letter to the girl (or gives the girl a letter); here, puellae is the indirect object and is in the dative case. Exercise. Learn and decline the following nouns ; learn, and inflect in the present, the following verbs ; — 6 FIRST LATIN BOOK. regrina, a queen. pdella, a girl. epistola, a letter. pdcunia, tuotiey. terra, the earth, land. patria, one^s native land, cant-o, are, siiif^. exspect-o, are, expect, look for, orn-o, are, adorn. post\il-o, are, demand. Translate into English : — I. Puella rosam laudat. 2. Agricolae pecuniam postulant. 3. F^uellae epistolam exspectant. 4. Regina umbram amat. 5. Pu- ella pecuniam donat. 6. Puellae umbram amant. 7. Agricolae terram arant. 8. Nautae lunam exspectant. 9. Aquam agricolis donamus. 10. Nautae patriam amant. 11. Nautae victoriam exspectant. 12. Puella reginae cantat. 13. Agricolae cantant. 14. Epistolas reginae laudant. •Translate into Latin : — I. He is calling the farmer. 2. The farmer ploughs the land. 3. You are praising the victory of the sailors. 4. He gives a rose to the girl. 5. The queen praises the letter of the girl. 6. The farmers love the shade. 7. The sailors are deminding money. 8. We adorn the tables of the queen. 9. The farmer is expecting a letter. 10. The farmers are carrying water, if. Girls love the shade. 12. The sailors give the matdens crowns. 13. The girls praise the roses of the farmer. 14. They give the sailors money. LESSON V. FIRST DBOLBNSION.-((r^«//««.^.) 1. Nouns of the first declension in -e, -as, and -es are borrowed from the Greek. Their declension is given in the Appendix, and they may be learned at a later stage. 2. The following nouns in -a of the first declension have -abus for -la in the dative and ablative plural : — Dea, a goddess ; fllia, a daughter; liberta, a freedivoman j mula, a she-mule : as, deabus, flUabus, libertabUQ, mulabus. 3. To, wheli it expresses motion to^ is ad. (with the ace.) ; and SUBJECT AND oaiKCT. for, when it means in behalf of, is pro (with the abl.) : as, Ad portam, to the gate ; pro patrla, for one's country. Exercise. Learn the following words ; decline and state the gender of all the nouns : — amicltla, friendship. copla, abundance, fertility. porta, a ^ate. cdrona, a cnnvn, Boma, Rome. p&triEk, one's native land. saplentia, wisdom. Gallia, Gaul, France. pinna, feather. speot-o, are, gaze at, see. ad, prep, (with ace), to, tcnvards. e (or ex), prep, (with zXX.), from, out of. in, prep., with ace, meaning into ; with abl., in. pro, prep, (with abl. ), beforeoxfor. Translate into English : — I. Puella portas Romae laudat. 2. Agricolae copiam terrae laudant. 3. Pinnas puellis donatis. 4. Epistolas reginae ad Galliam portamus. 5. Nautae Stellas exspectant. 6. Mensas reginae ad portam portat. 7. Nautae coronas puellis donant. 8. Amicitiam puellarum laudo. 9. Nautae coronam laudant. 10. Puellarum pinnas laudas. 11. Agricola puellarum coronas laudat. 12. In Galliam epistolas nautae portant. 13. Reginarum filiae amicitiam nautarum laudant. 14. Pro patriil nautae pug- nant. Translate into Latin : — I. We fight for our (omit) native land. 2. The farmers give crowns to the girls. 3. The sailors are bearing crowns to the gates of the queen. 4. The daughters of the farmer are gazing at the stars. 5. The fanner praises the crown of his (omit) daughter. 6. The farmers give a feather to the girl. 7. The farmer ploughs the land. 8. The sailors praise the fertility of the land. 9. They give roses to the daughters. 10. The sailor praises the wisdom of the farmer. 11. I carry a crown to the gate of the farmer. 12. The girls are carrying water to the gate. 13. We praise the fertility of the earth. 14. He carries crowns from the gate of the queen. 8 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I LESSON VI. IMPERFECT AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 1. The imperfect and the future of the indicative active of the first conjugation are formed by adding endings to the present stem. The imperfect indicative active of the first conjugation is inflected as follows : — Singular 1. Pers., &nia-bam, I was lointtg. 2. " &ma.-\>&3t f/iou 7vas^ /oz'ifn;, 3. " &ma-bat, Ae, {she, it) was loving. Plural. &mg,-bamus, we 7vere ioving. &ma-batis, you 7vere loving. &ma-bant, they were loving. 2. The future indicative active of the first conjugation is inflected as follows : — Singular. 1. Pers., &ma-bo, I shall love. 2. ** &Tna,-hiB, thai* 7oilt loT^e. 3. " &ma-bit, he, (she^ it) will love. Plural. &ma-biinu8, we shall love. &ma-bitis, you will lave. &ma-bunt, they will lave. 3. With., when it expresses the instrument with which a thing is done, is expressed in Latin by the Ablative : as, Nautam corona ornat, he is adorning the sailor with a crown. Exercise. Learn the following words ; inflect the verbs and decline the nouns : — ancllla, tnaid-servant, hand-niaiden. sto, are, stand. coma, hair, d,qu!la, an eagle. eilva, a wood, via, a way, road. ambiilo, are, walk. d6c6ro, are, adorn. sSco, are, cut. volo, are, fiy. per, prep, (ace), through. trans, prep, (ace), across. saepe, adverb, often. semper, adverb, always. Translate into English : — I. Regina epistolam filiae donabat. 2. Agricola silvam secabit. SECOND DKCLKNSION. 9 3. Puellae mensas reginae rosis saepe ornant. 4. Filiae agrico- larum per silvam ambulant. 5. Ancillae comam rosis decorabunt. 6. Aquila trans silvam volabat. 7. Nautae in aqua stant. 8. Agricolae per silvam ambulfibunt. 9. P^iliae agricolarum comam decorabunt. 10. Nautae lunam saepe spectabant. 11. Filiae reginae nautas ad mensam vocabunt. 12. Puellae agricolarum fosas saepe laudabant. 13. Rcgina comam rosa saepe ornabat. J 4- Ancilla reginae rosas ex silva portabat. Translate into Latin : — I. You will adorn the table of the queen with roses. 2. The farmer will cut a rose in the wood. 3. The handmaid is adorning the hair of the queen with a rose. 4. The girls often adorn the table of the queen with roses. 5. The eagle flies across the woods. 6. The queen will give the letter to the daughter of the farmer. 7. The queen will always praise the handmaiden. 8. The daughters of the queen were praising the woods of the farmer. 9. The farmers often give roses to the handmaidens of the t|ucen. 10. The handmaiden will adorn the table with roses. 11. I shall give the letter to the handmaiden of the queen. 12. We shall often walk through the wood. 13. The eagle was flying across the road. 14. Sailors often stand in the water. LESSON VII. SECOND DECLENSION. 1. Nouns of the second declension have the genitive singular in -i. The nominative singular may end in -Hb, -6r, -Ir, or, -um. Nouns in -lis, -6r, and -ir are masculine ; those in -um are neuter. 2. Nouns in -iis are declined as follows : — Oominus, a lord^ master. Singular. NoM. dominus, a lord. Gen. domlni, o/a lord. Dat. domln-o, io or for a lord. Ace. ddmln-um, a lord. Voc. d6inin-6, O lord. Abl. domin-o, with, hy, ox from a lord. PHIRAL. domin-i. lords. domlnorum, of lords. d6mln-is, lo or for lords. domlnos, lords. domin-i, O lords. domln-is, with, by, or from lords. 10 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Vocabulary. (All words in the vocabularies should be learned by heart.) servus, i, a slave. murus, i, a wall. delecto, Are, delight. tt&lla, ae, Italy. amicus, i, a frittul. hortiia, I, a ganUn, ocCUua, i, an eye. &n!muH, i, the tnind. Ruma, ae, Rome. hddle, adv., to-day Exercise. Decline, like dominus, all nouns in -us in the above vocabulary. Translate into English : — I. Domini hortus oculos delectat. 2. Regina^ domini hortos laudabit. 3. Dominus servum laudat. 4. Servi dominorum hortos semper laudant. 5. DominC; ancilla reginae mensam rosis deco- rat. 6. Horti reginae aninium semper delectant. 7. Servi domi- nis epistolas donant. 8. Puella servo rosam donat. 9. Puellae amicis rosas donabunt. 10. Servi epistolas ad dominos portabunt. II. Horti dominorum animos saepe delectant. 12. Domine. aquilae trans hortos reginae volant. 13. Servus rosas reginae donat. 14. Servi dominos saepe laudabunt. ^ Forwards not given in the above list, see vocabulary at end of book. Translate into Latm : — I. The slaves often praise i\\e'\v(omtt) lords. 2. The masters will praise the daughters of the slaves. 3. The slaves adorn the tables of their masters with roses. 4. The girls often praise the hand- maidens of the queen. 5. The handmaidens often adorn the queen's table with roses. 6. The queen gives a letter to the slave. 7. The slaves of the master will walk to Italy. 8. They will adorn the walls of Rome with roses. 9. The slave gives a rose to the master. 10. The slaves give letters to-day to the masters. ^ II. The master's slaves call the friends to the table. 12. The queen gives the daughter's letter to a friend. 13. The slaves will often praise the garden of the master. 14. The master praises the walls of the garden. 15. The master expects friends to day. SECOND DF.CLENSION. n LESSON VIII. SECOND DBCLENSION-(O);///>m«0. 1. Nouns in -er are declined as follows : — Magrister, a master^ teacher. Plural. m&^str-i, masters. magiatrorum, of mastirs. SiNOULAU. NoM. magrlster, a master. Gen. magriatr-i, of a master. DAT. magrlatr-6, to, or for a master. Acc. m4griatr-um, a master. Voc. m&glater, O master. Abl. maeristro, jvith, by, or from a master. m&firistr-ia. to ox J or masters. m&9i8tr-68, masters. maglatr-i, O masters. magistr-is, with, by, or from masters. Piier, a boy. Plural. pri6r-i, boys. pii6r-6rum, of boys. pddr-is, to, or for boys. pu6r-os, boys. pii6r-i, O boys. pCi6r-i8, 7i>ith, by, or from boys. Singular. NoM. piier, a boy. Gen. pii6r-i, of a boy. Dat. pii6r-6, to ox for a boy. Acc. pufir-um, a boy. Voc. piier, O boy. Abl. pii6r-6, with, by, or from a boy. Note. In declining magriater the -e is dropped ; in declining puer the -e is retained. The following nouns in -er of the second decl. retain the -e : (a) Compounds of -fer and -grer : as luclfer light-bearer {^cn.,\u.c\f:^t\) ; armiger, armour-bearer (gen.,armig6ri) ; (b) adulter, an adulterer; gener. son-in-law; aocer, father-in- law; vesper, evening. 2. Nouns in -ir are declined as follows : — VTr, a man. Singular. NoM. vir, a man. Gen. viri, of a man, Dat. viro, to ox for a man, Acc. virum, a man. Voc. vir, O man. Abl. viro, 717'///, by or from a man. Plural. vlri, men. virorum, of men. viris. to ox for men. viros, men. vin", O men. viris, with, by ox from men. 12 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 3. IVithy when it means t(\i^ether withy is expressed by the pre- position cum with the ablative ; as, cum puero. 7vith a hoy. Vocabulary. f&ber, ftibri, a workman, tiger, aarri, a field. f&bOla, ae, a story. ludus, ludl, a game. p6piiluH, p6pi!lli, the people. campus, i, plain, field. p6eta, ae, a poet. cum, prep, (abl.), 7vith, in comptiny 7vith. Inter, prep, (ace), between^ in the tnidst of. vasto, are, destroy, devastate. narro, are, tell. Exercise. DecHne all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each. Translate into English : — I. Agricola cum pueris agrum arabat. 2. Poeta pucris fabulas narrat. 3. Agricolae cum pueris campos arabunt. 4. Vir cum filiii ludos spectabat. 5. Poeta filiae fabulas narrubit. 6. Pucri agricolae inter silvam ambulabunt. 7. Pueri per campum ambulant. 8. Servus reginae pueros ad hortos vocabat. 9. Fabri cum pueris ludos spoctabunt. 10. Puer fabro fabulam in horto narrabat. 1 1. Puellae cum magistro in campo ambulabant. 12. Pueri per agros ambulabunt. 13. Regina cum ancillis per campum ambulat. 14. Agricolae agros vastabunt. Translate into Latin : — I. The farmer was giving the money to the workman. 2. The man will praise the boy's letter. 3. You will plough the farmer's fields. 4. The master will call the slaves to the garden. 5. The poet will tell a story to the farmer's daughter. 6. The daughters of the farmer will walk through the wood. 7. The man will give a crown to the boy. 8. The farmer with the boys will plough the fields of the master. 9. i he boys were giving money to the poet. 10. The girls will praise the poet's crown. 11. The master calls the servants to the field. 12. The fields delight the eye of the master. 13. You will give money to the poets. 14. The farmer's girls will adorn the table of the queen with roses. SKCOND DECLENSION. 13 LESSON IX. SECOND DECLENSION.-/' Con/mMCf/. ) 1. Nouns of the second declension in lus and lum often contract li in the genitive singuhir into 1 ; those in lua contract -le in the vocative singular also into -i : as, MercOrlus, (Mercury)', gen., Merciiri; voc, Mercdrl. Ingr6nlum (talent); gen., infirfinl. 2. Dfiua. a ^od, is thus declined : Norn., dfius; gen., dSi; dat., d66; ace, d6um; voc, d6uB ; abl., d66. Plural, nom., d6i, dli. di; gen., dfiorum ord6um; dat., dfiis, dHs or dis; ace, ddos; voc, dfii. dli, or di; abl., dfiis, dlis or dis. 3. Nouns in um are declined as follows : — Bellum, war (neuter). I'LDKAL. Singular. NoM. bellum, a war (Ien. belli, of a war. Dat. bello, to or for a war. Ace. bellum, a 7oar. Voc. bellum, O 7c>ar. Abl. bello, wvM, i>y, from, or in a war. bell&, wars. ballorum, of^vars. bellia, to ox for wars. bell&, wars, beil&, O 7vars. bellis, with, by, from^ or in wars. Note. — Neuter nouns, in all declensions, have the nominative, accusative, and vocative alike, and in the plural these cases end in ■&. Vocabulary. praemlum, praemll, a reivard. donum, doni, a gift. ■ arvum, arvi, ploughed field. Aratrum, d.ratri, plough. stasrnum, ^te^gtil, pool. aurum, auri, gold. templum, templi, temple. lignum, llgni, wood. oppldum, oppldl, a tmvn. legatus, legati, ambassador, rana, ae, frog. ciconia, ae, stork. aula, ae, a hall, court. devoro, are, devour, sdco, are, cut. aedif Ico, -are, build. Exercise. Decline all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each. 14 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Translate into English : — I. Amicus amici arva hodie laudabit. 2. Domini praemium servorum animos delectat. 3. Ciconiae ranas in stagnis devOrant. 4. Servi lignum ad oppidum ex silva portabant. 5. Agricolarum servi campum aratro arant. 6. Puellae lignum ad reginae aulam portabant. 7. Legati reginae templa laudabunt. 8. Hodie templa auro ornamus. 9. Dona servorum animos delectant. 10. Agri- colae terram aratro arabant. 11. Domini servos ad arva vocant. « 12. Reginae legatus oppidi muros laudabit. 13. Regina legatos ad aulam vocabit. 14. Legati agricolarum arva laudabunt. Translate into Latin : — I. The ambassadors were praising the games of the boys. 2. The daughters of the ambassadors will praise the gold of the temples. 3. The farmers will plough the fields. 4. The gifts of masters delight the minds of slaves. 5. The lords will praise the walls of the town. 6. The slaves will build the wall of the town. 7. The men were cutting wood for the masters. 8. The queen's ambassador will often praise the ploughed field of the husbandman. 9. The ambassadors of the queen will call the slaves to the court. 10. The stork often devours frogs in the pool. 11. The queen will often praise the temples. 12. The ambassador was often calling his friend to the temple. 13. The master calls his friends to the hall of the queen to-day. 14. The daughter of the queen will carry wood to the hall. LESSON X. PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE-PER- FECT INDICATIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 1. The stem of the perfect indicative active of the first conjuga- tion is regularly formed by adding -vl to the present stem : as, &m£i-re, to loiie ; present stem &ma- ; perfect stem d,mavi-, 2. The perfect mdicative active of the first conjugation is inflect- ed as follows : — PIKST CONJUOATIO^f. 15 Singular. Plural. 1. Pers., amavi, / have lorued or / &ma ^ mus, we have loved or we Icrved, Ln'ed. 2. '* ftmavi-stl, thou hast loved amavi-stis, you have laved or you or thou lo7'edst. loved. 3. " amavi-t, he (she, it) has amavenint, or amavere, they lo7'ed. have loved or they lo7'ed. 3. The pluperfect indicative active of the first conjugation is formed by adding -ram to the perfect stem, and changing the final -i to -6. It is inflected as follows : — Singular. I. Pers. amavdram, I had loved. 2. Plural. amavdramus. we had lovtd. amav6-ratis, you had linked. " amavfi-ras, thou hadst loved. 3 ** amavd-rat, he, {she, it) ^vcxB.vh-vsxxt, they had laved, had loved. 4. The future-perfect indicative active of the first conjugation is formed by adding -ro to the perfect stem and changing i into - VmSf CONJUGATION. 17 LESSON XI. IMPERATIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 1. The imperative mood is used in commands, exhortations, and entreaties. 2. The second singular, present imperative active of the first con- jugation has the same form as the present stem. Thus : &mare, /o love; present stctn, ama; pres. imperative, 2 sing., &ma. 3. The present imperative active of the first conjugation is in- flected as follows : — Singular. 2 pers., &ma, love, or love thou. Plural. 2 pers., &ma-te, love ye ox y0U» 4. Ne is used with the imperative for not: as, Ne vocate, pueri, do not call^ boys. Vocabulary. caelum, heaven, sky. filius, a son, ora, ae, shore^ coast, excito, are, excitavi, arouse, amicltla, ae, friendship. pfi.ro, pfi,rare, pfi,ravi, prepare, dili^entla, ae, diligence. n&to, are, nfi.tavl, s^vim. cena, ae, feast, dinner. non, adverb, not. Exercise. Decline all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each ; inflect all verbs in the indicative and imperative active. Translate into English : — I . Filii agricolarum, Stellas spectate. 2. Pueri, in fiuvio natate. 3. Domine, Romanes ad bellum excita. 4. Puellae, rosas ad reginae aulam portate. $. Aquila per caelum volavit. 6. Viri, nc fabulas pueris narrate. 7. Amice, in stagno nata. 8. Puer, lignum ad agricolae tectum porta. 9. Filios agricolarum ad agros vocate. 10. Puer, in silvis saepe ambula. 11. Magister, filiorum amicitiam 2 18 FIRST LATIN BOOK. lauda. 12. Agricola, frumentum ex agris ad tectum porta. 13. Filia, ne cenam para. Translate into Latin, putting the verb at end of sentence : — I. O farmer, call the boy to the field. 2. O boy, do not carry water to the men. 3. Arouse, O Romans, the men to war. 4. The camp delights the minds of the Romans. 5. O queen, praise the diligence of the farmers' daughters. 6. Often praise, O master, the diligence of the boys. 7. Carry roses to the dwelling, girls. 8. Adorn, O farmer's daughter, the table of the queen with roses. 9. O sailor, praise the feast of the queen. 10. Call, O Romans, the sons of the sailors to the war. 11. Carry, O sons oi the Romans, wood to the camp. 12. Call the farmer's sons to the feast. 13. Do not give a reward to the boy. 14. Delight the mind of the boy with a gift. 15. O girls, prepare a feast for the sailors. LESSON XII. LATIN GENDER. 1. Gender in Latin is determined (i) by the meaning of the noun (natural gender), (2) by the ending of the noun (grammati- cal gender). 2. General rules for determining the gender of a noun from the meaning are : — (i). Names of male beings are mcsculine : as, puer, a boy; vlr, a man; 6quus, a horse; agrricola, a farmer, (2). Names of females are feminiie : as, puella, a girl. (3). Names of rivers, windc, and mountains are masculine: as, Rheniis, the Rhine; Jflurua, the east wind; Olympus, Mt. Olympus. (4). Names of countries, towns, islands, gems, and trees are feminine: as, Aegyptus, Egypt; Corinthus, Corinth; Samua, Samos (an island) ; fagxis, a beech; marg&rita, a pearl. (5). Indeclinable nouns are neuter : as, fas, right ; ndias> wrong; nihil, nothing. ADJECTIVES IN -US. 19 rta. 13. ot carry 4. The aise the .ster, the firls. 8. 3ses. 9. the sons s, wood Do not •y with a f of the immati- om the oy ; vir, scuhne : 18, Mt. ees are Straus, wrong; auxDIum, 1, aid. ° femlna, ae, wife. insiila, ae, is! tnd. poeta, ae, a poet. tectum, i, dwelling. Vocabulary. Iib6ri, 6rum, children. liber, bri, book. imploro, are, avi, implore, ask. a or ab, prep, (abl.), front, by [always ab before a vowel]. Exercise. DecHne all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each ; inflect all the verbs in the indicative and imperative present Translate into English : — I, Viri in tecta ligna portaverunt. 2. Agricolae puerorum animos delectabunt. 3. Pueri magistrique per agros ambulabant. 4. Saepe auxiliuni a Romanis implorav6rant. 5. Agricolae cum fcminis liberisque insulam habitant. 6. Agros aratro arate. 7. Viris viam non monstrabunt. 8. Pueri magistro libros donant. 9 Aquilae trans fluvium volaverant. 10. Poetae in oppidum coronas portabant. 11. Ne vocate nautas ad oram. 12. Auxilium ab op- pido implora. Note. — The verb in Latin is usually at the end of the sentence. Translate into Latin : — I. They have called the sailors into the town. 2. They had walked with the boys in the fields. 3. You carried wood to the gates. 4. They will ask help from the children. 5. Do not call the girl to the gate. 6. The boy had implored aid from the master. 7. The men will plough the field with a plough. 8. They did not give the books to the master. 9. They dwell with their sons and daughters in the island. 10. Eagles have often flown over the river. LESSON XIII. ADJECTIVES in -US. 1. An adjective in Latin (whether attributive or predicative) agrees in gender, number, and case, with the noun it qualifies. Thus : Vir bonus, a g(wd man ; bonus is nominative singular mas- culine, because vir is nominative singular masculine. Puellabdna, 20 FIRST LATIN BOOK. i I ! > ;i f a good girl; bona is nominative singular feminine, agreeing with puella. So also in Bellum lonerum, a long war^ lonerum is nomin- ative singular neuter and agrees with bellum. 2. Many adjectives (called adjectives in -us), have three forms in the nominative for expressing gender, — one in iis, (for the masculine), one in -fi. (for the feminine), and one in -urn, (for the neuter). Forms in -us are declined like Dominus; forms in -a, like Mensa ; and forms in -um, like Bellum. Thus : — Bonus, good. Singular. Masc. Fern. Neut. NOM. bdnus, b6na, bonum. Gen. boni, bonae. boni. Dat. bono, bonae. bono. Ace. bonum, bonam, bonum. Voc. b6n6, bond., bonum. Abl. bono. bona, Plural. bono. Masc. Fern. Neut. NoM. boni, bonae. bond,. Gen. bonorum, bonarum. bonorum Dat. bonis, bonis, bonis. Ace. bonos, bonas, bona. Voe. boni, bonae. bona. AliL. bonis. bonis, bonis. 3. Decline together puer carus, a dear boy :- Singular. NOM. piier carus, a dear hoy. Gen. pu6ri cari, of a dear boy. Dat. puero card, to ox for a dear boy. Ace. pu6rum carum, a dear boy. YoC. puer car6, dear boy. Abl. piiSro caro, wit/i, by or from a dear boy. Plural. pii§ri cari, dear boys. piiSrorum carorum, of dear boys. pxieris caris, to ox for dear boys. pueros caros, dear boys. piiSri cari, O dear boys. pii§ris caris, with, by ox from dear boys. 4. An adjective is often used with the noun understood : as, B6nu8, a good man; bona, a good woman; bonum, a good thing. , \. ADJECTIVES IN -US. 21 Vocabulary. multus, a, um. miuh, many. altus, -a, -um, high, deep. magrnus, -a, -um, great. rApldus, -a, -um, siuift. densus. -a. um, thick. lonerus, -a, -um, long. clarus, -a, -um, deary bright^ dis- tinguished. liber, llbri, a book, &axum, -i, a rock. discipulus, -i, a pupil. schola, -ae, a school. Exercise. Decline together : piier bonus, vir magnus, paella cara, mensa alta. Translate into English : — I. Agricolae campos magnos araverunt. 2. Aquilae magnae trans fluvios altos volav6rint. 3. Pueri multi libros non amant. 4. Pueri, libros virorum clarorum amate. 5. Regina cum filia cara in silva densa ambulabit. 6. Nautarum filii Stellas claras spectav6rant. 7. Vir pueros bonos semper laudabit. 8. Romani, in castris hiemabltis. 9. Ursi in silvis densis saepe hiemant. 10. Agricolae cum multis viris frumentum portabant. 1 1. Libri dis- cipulorum animos saepe delectaverint. 12. Aquila ex silva alta in saxum volaverat. 13. Pueri, libros ad scholam portate. 14. Pueri multi libros viri clari laudaverunt. Translate into Latin : — I. O boy, praise the diligence of the farmer's son. 2. The boys will have walked across high rocks to-day. 3. The farmer and his sons will gaze at the bright stars. 4. The boy is carrying many books to school. 5. Bears often pass the winter in a thick wood. 6. O masters, praise the diligence of the good boys. 7. The master will give a prize to the good boy. 8. O master, arouse the mind of the boy to diligence. 9. The boy walked across the swift stream. 10. The Romans often wintered in camp. 11. The good daughters of the farmer will give many roses to the queen to-day. 12. The sons of the farmer swam across the deep river. fi . i a . tmmmr^fmi 22 FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON XIV. ADJECTIVES in -ER Of the First and Second Declensions. 1. Besides adjectives in -us, -a, -um, there are others in -er, a, um, belonging to the first and second declensions. These are inflected as follows : — Aeger, sic^. Masc, NoM. aegSr, Gen. aegri, Dat. aegro, Ace. aegrum, Voc. aeg^r, Abl. aegro. Masc. NoM. aegri, Gen. aegrSrum, Dat. aegris, Ace. aegros, Voe. aegri, "Abl. aegris. Singular. Fern. aegrfi,, aegrae, aegrae, aegram, aegrd,, aegra, Plural. Fern. aegrae. aegrarum, aegris, aegras, aegrae, aegris, Neut. aegrum. aegri. aegro. aegrum. aegrum. aegro. Neut. aegr&. aegrorum. aegris. aegr&. aegr&. aegris. Masc. NoM. tSner, Gen. t6n6ri, Dat. tSnSro, Aec. tfinfirum, Voe. t6n6r, Abl. tSnSro, T6ner, tender. Singular. Fern. tdndrg,, tdndrae, tdndrae, tendram, tdn6r&, tundra, Neut. t6n6rum. t§n6ri, tdnSro. tSndrum. tdndrum. tdndro. ADJECTIVES IN -ER. 23 Plural. Masc. Fern. Nmt. NOM. tdndri tdndrae. tdn6r&. Gen. tdndrdnim, tdndrarum, t6n6r6rum DAT. t6n6ns, tdndns. t6n§ris. Acc. tdndros. tdndras, tdn6r&. Voc. t6n6ri, tdndrae, t6ndr&. Abl. t6n§ri8, tSnSris, t6n6na. Note.— Aegeris inflected in the masculine like magrister; and, like ma^ster, drops -e in the cases other than the nominative and vocative. Tener is inflected like puer. and retains the -e throughout. Both are inflected in the feminine Uke mensa, and in the neuter like bellum. 2. Most adjectives in -er drop -e in inflection, and are declined like aegrer. The following retain the e and are inflected like tener: miser, wretched; asper, rough; lAcer, torn; liber, free; prosper, fortunate ; and the compounds of fer and -grer : as, aquilifer eagle-bearing; armiger, armour-bearing. Vocabulary. siius, -ft, -um, his, her, its, their. pulcher, chrfl., -chrum, beautiful. conflrmo, conflrmare, conflrm- avi, establish. nunquam, adv., never. niger, erra, grum, black. miser, -6rS„ -6rum, 7vretched. noster, -trft, trum, our. vester, -tra, -trum, your [referring to more than one), mSus, -&, -um, (voc. sing, masc, mi), tectum, -i, a dwelling. my. p6riciilum, -i, danger. t€iU8, a, -um, thy, your {referring to one). Exercise. Decline together : puer tiius, puella nostra, vir miser, dominus vester. Translate into English : — I. Puer magno cum periculo in fluvio alto natavit. 2. Magister filiarum suarum diligentiam saepe lauJav6rat. 3. Puella libros virorum clarorum hodie laudav6rit. 4. Agricola puero negro rosam nunquam donavcrat. 5. Romani amicitiam cum servis hodie 24 FIRST LATIN BOOK. II ■ < I [ I confirmavcrint. 6. Filius meus libros ad scholam portavit. 7. Legati tecta pulchra oppidi semper laudaverunt. 8. Serve, lignum ad legatorum icctum porta. 9. Amicus tuus cum filio sue Stellas Claras laudaverat. 10. Servorum diligcntia dominorum animos saepe delectavit. il. Domini, diligentiam servorum saepe laudate. 12. Servus mensas ad reginae aulam portaverat. 13. Aquila trans fluviorum ripas et per saxa alta volaverit. 14. Dominus in horto tuo rosas saepe laudat. Translate into Latin :— I. The boys give a reward to the farmer's son. 2. The ambas- sadors of the Romans will have praised the farmers' dwellings. 3. O wretched man, do not carry wood to the queen's hall. 4. Your friends will not have praised the queen's daughters. 5. I shall praise the friendship of the good boys. 6. The beautiful queen will walk in the farmer's garden. 7. Farmers often bring wood from the forest to their dwellings. 8. Carry corn, O farmers, to the dwelling of the sick man. 9. Good pupils always delight the minds of the masters. 10. The good boys of the farmer were carrying wood to the sick man. 11. O Roman, adorn the temples of the gods with gold. 12. Gifts often dehght the minds of good men. 13. The gold of the temples will delight the eyes of the ambassadors. 14. O farmer, always praise the diligence of your sons. LESSON XV. INFLECTION OP SUM, I AM. 1. The verb sum, / am, is inflected in the indicative and impera- tive as follows : — INDICATIVE PRESENT. Plural. silinus, we are. estis, you are. Singular. I. Pers., sum, I am. ' 68, thou art. 2. est, he, {she or it) is. sunt, they arc. INFLECTION OP SUM, I AM. 25 avit. 7. lignum 3 Stellas animos laudate. ila trans in horto ambas- iw kvellings. hall. 4. 1 s. 5. I beautiful 1 ;n bring farmers, ;<* . 5 delight ler were temples of good s of the i of your ^ impera- I. Pers., 6ram, /7ms. 2. i< dr&s, M*"* 74r, (j^^ or iV) tc^w. FUTURE. I. Pers., Sro, I shall be. IMPERFECT. 6r&mu8, wt vrre. 6ratl8, you -uwre. Arant, they were. 2. (i diimus, we shall he. drttis, you wiU be. drunt, they xvill be. dris, thou -loilt be, 3. " 6rit, he {she or it) will be. PERFECT. 1. Pers., fiil, f have been or / 7oas. fdlmus, 7ve have been or 7ve 'ti>ere. 2. ** fttiati, thou hast been or fdistis, you have been or yon '.oere. thou wast. fiierunt, or fCkere, they have been 3. " Ittit, he^ (she or it) has ox they were. been or ivas. PLUPERFECT. I. Pers., fCiSram, I had been. fii6ramu8. we had been. z. " tiX^ras, thou hadst been. t€i6ra,tlB, you had been. 3. •' fii6rat, he (she or it) had fddrant, they had been, been. FUTURE-PERFECT. 1. Pers., faSro, T shall have been. fCidrlmus, lue shall have been. 2. *' fCiJbr\Btthou7vilt have been. tii&Tltis. you luill have been. 3. " fddrit. ^^ (jA other; altdr, altSra, altdrum, other of two ; totus, tota, totum, whole J nullus, nulla, nullum, none ; ullus, iilla, ullum, any; neuter, neutra, neutrum, neither; solus, sola, solum, alone; unus, una. i IHREOULAR ADJECTIVES IN -US AND -EU. 27 Onum. one; ater, atra, atrum, which of two f They are thus declined : — Unu8, 01U, Masc. Fern. Neut. NoM. liniifl, OnA, unum. Gen. unius, unius, anius. Dat. uni, uni, uni. Ace. anum, iinam, unum. Ahl. lino, tin A, dno. Alius, other. NOM. Alius, AHA, Aimd. Gkn. Alius, Alius. Alius. DAT. Alii, Alii, Alii. Ace. Allum. Allam, Allud. Ami.. Alio, Alia. Alio. Uter, which of hvo t Masc. Fern. Ncttt. uter, litrA, dtrum. utrius, utrius, utrius. litrl, utri, litri. utrum, iitram, litrum. utro, QtrA, utr6. Alt6r, othfr of two. altdr, altdrA, altdrum. altdrius, altdrlus, altdiius. altdri, altSri, altdrl. altSrum, alteram, altdrum. altdro, altdra, altdro. 2. The pUiral in every case is regular (/>., like the plural of bdnus). Note. — Alter, other of twOy makes -lus, and not -ius, in the genitive. VOCAHULARV. belllcosns, -a, -um, loarlike. imp6rium, i, pmver, yivay. mAlus, -a, -um, bad. doctrina, learning. creber, crebra, crebrum frequent, formo, are, avi, mould, fashion, ndser, misdra, mIsSrum, wretched, convoco, are, avl, summon, as- semble. Exercise. Decline together : alius vir, una terra, alterum bellum, ullum regrnum, alter puer. Translate into English :— I. Alter vir hodie in castris est. 2. Pueri unam stellam in caelo spectant. 3. Magister animos discipulorum saepe format. 4. Unus puer in schola hodie non erat. 5. Per multas silvas hodie ambulaverunt. 6. Neuter puer libruintuum laudavSrat. 7. Utrum puerum vocabo? 8. Ad liritannos frumentum saepe portfibant. 9. Pueri doctrinam discipulorum saepe laudabunt. 10. Pueri, diU- 28 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I ',1 gentiamainicorum vestrorum laudate. 1 1. Pucr solus in silva stellas claras spectavit. 12. Ne, pueri, miseros viros ad bellum excitate. 13. Viii imperium Romanum laudaverunt. u.. Puer alteram pinnam puellae donavit. Translate into Latin : — I. The other son of the farmer will bring wood to the queen's dwelling. 2. An other boy will swim across the river. 3. Do not, O boy, praise bad men. 4. The warlike queens will assemble their forces. 5. The boys often praise the queen's horses. 6. The scholars of the school pi-epared a feast for their friends. 7. No boy was in the school to-day. 8. The man is alone in the forest. 9. An other queen will give prizes to the sailors. 10. The Romans pitched an other camp across the river. 11. The Romans built a temple between our camp and the banks of the river. 12. No horses are in the fields to-day. 13. Which of the two will bring the horse to the queen.'* 14. One man with his sons was walking in the fields. w M '.■'hS' \ I ' i LESSON XVII. INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. NE, NONNE, NUM. 1. Interrogative sentences in Latin (when not headed by an interrogative pronoan or adverb) are usually distinguished by one of the interrogative particles, -ne, nonne, num. The order of words does not, as in English, mark an interrogative sentence. 2. The particle -ne (which is written after the first word in the sentence), asks for information : as, Amatne? cfoe's he love? The answer will be either, amat, he Ln'es (i.e., Yes\ or non amat, he docs not hnic (i.e., No\ The particle -ne is generally appended to the emphatic word (which is then put first) : as, Filiusne amat? does the son love f (i. e. = Is it the son that loves ?) 3. Nonne expects the answer Ye^ : as, Nonne puer amat? does not the boy lo7>e? The answer expected is, amat, he loves (i.e.. Yes). Nonne is generally the first word in the sentence. INTERROGATIVE flKNTENCKS. 29 va Stellas excitate. ■ alteram e cjueen s . Do not, assemble . 6. The 1. No boy he forest, e Romans ns built a 12. No will bring is walking ed by an d by one of words rd in the tuc ? The amat, he appended )ne amat? nat? does (i.e., Yes). 4. Num expects the answer No : as, Num puer amat? does the boy love? The answer expected is, non amat, he does not love^ (i.e.. No). Num is generally the first word in the sentence. Note.— Yes and No, in answer to questions, have no single equiva- lent in common use. They are usually expressed by repeating the verb, as seen above. V^OCABULARV. m^dlcina, ae, medicine. aedificium, -i, a building. 6quu8, -i, a horse. ira, ae, an^er, arvum, -i, a ploughed field. ciir, adv. (interrog.) why? g6ner, gen6ri, a son-in-huv. mox, adv., soon. forum, -i, a tnarket-place. uter (interrog. adj.), xvhich of two? Exercise. Decline all nouns in the above list and state the gender of each. Translate into English ; — I. Nonne viri filios ad hortos vocant .f* 2. Puellane est aecjra.'' 3. Num pueri dominorum iram excitabunt "i 4. Agricolaene arva domini heri arabant .'' 5. Nonne reginae gener in aula mox erit ? 6. Vir bonus medicinair puero aegro donabit. 7. Cur in schola heri non fuisti } 8. Nonne agricolae in silva heri erant."* 9. Num magistri discipulorum diligentiam laudaverunt .■* 10. Nonne equi lignum ad oppidi forum portfibant .'' 11. Cur vir puerorum iram hodic excitavit .'' 12. Discipuline in schola bcati erunt .-^ 13. Puellaene in reginae aula ambulabunt? 14. Num agricolae filius in horto magno fuerat "i Translate into Latin : — I. Was not the boy in the school to-day? 2. Will the queen walk in the large garden .? 3. Will the farmer praise the diligence of his sons.'' 4. Will the moon and the stars be bright.? 5. Is not the daughter of the sailor good .? 6. Does not the farmer plough his fields ? 7. Will the farmer be in the market-place to-day .'* 8. Was not the man in ^rreat danger.-* 9. Did not the eagle fly across the stream? 10. Was the cottage of the farmer small ? 11. O farmer, was not your son in the battle? 12. Will my daughter soon carry 30 FIRST LATIN BOOK. the beautiful roses into the building? 13. Did the boy excite the anger of the slave? 14. Will not the master praise the diligence of the pupils ? Yes. 11 ! Ill LESSON XVIII. THIRD DECLENSION. 1. In the third declension, the genitive singular ends in -is: as, princeps, a chief; gen., princip -is. 2. The third declension is harder than the ist or 2nd, because it is harder to get the part of the noun to which the case-endings are to be added. Examples of the common types of declension are given under the usual classification ; but, to beginners, no rule is of much value but the following : Learn by heart the nom. and gen. of every tioiin ofthejrddecl. you meet. If the nom. and gen. are known, the noun is easily declined. 3. Nouns of the 3rd decl. are divided into two wide classes, according as the stem (?'. /'. the part of the word to which the end- ings are added) ends in a consonant or in -i. Rules will be given below for recognizing -i stems ; and when these are known, all others will, of course, be consonant stems. CONSONANT STEMS. 4. Consonant stems* are divided into four classes : — (i) Labial stems (;>., st'^ms ending in p, b, m). (2) Dental stems (/>., " " " t, d, s, n). (3) Lingual stems (;>., " " " r, l). (4) Guttural stems {i.e., " " " c, gr). *The nominative of nouns of this class penoially ends in -s, which, however, is drop- ped after 1, n, r, s, or combines with the gutturals c, g, to form x (C8 or g^ = x) : as, regfs=^rex, A»'>i// ; arcs arx, citadel. T or d disappears before s : as, milit 1 S=niilits = inilis, or (with achanffe of vowel) vaW&B, snldier. The nominative of neuter nouns is the same as the stem ; as, fulgfur, gen., fUlgfiir-is, lightning. THIRD DKCLENSION. 31 5. The first class of consonant stems includes stems ending in a labial (p, b, m). Princeps (inasc), chiefs ptincc. Singular. NoM. princeps, a chief. Gen. princip-Is, of a chief. Dat. princip-i, to, or for, a chief. Ace. princlp-em, a chief. Voc. princeps, O chief. Abl. princip-6, with, by, or from a chief. Plural. princip-ea, chiefs. princip um, of chiefs. princip-ibus, to, ox for, chiefs. princlp-es, chiefs. princip-es, chiefs. princip-lbus, with, by, or from, chiefs. Note. — The nominative and vocative (singular and plural) are always alike in the 3rd declension. ^Singular. NoM. trabs, a beam. Gen. trfi-b-is, of a beam. Dat. trab-i, to, ox for, a beam. ■% Ace. trfi,b-em, a beam. :| Voc. trabs, O beam. Abl. tr&b-6, zoith, by, from, or in a beam. Trabs (fern.), a beam. Plural. trab-es. beams. trfi,b-um, of beams. tr&b-ibus, to, or for beams. tr&b-es, beams. tr&b-es, O beams. tr&b-Ibus, with, by, from, or in beams. Singular. |NoM. hiems, winter. Gen. hI6mls, of winter. Dat. hi6in-i, to, or for xointet. Ace. hidm-em, zuinter. *Voc. hiems, O winter. Abl. hidm-d, 7vith, by, from or in winter. ■ Hiems (fern.), winter. ^*LURAL. hifim-es, winters. hi6m-um, of winters. hiem-ibus, to, or for winters. hidm-es, winters. hi6m-es, O winters. hiem-ibus, with, by, from, or /// pointers. Note. — Nouns ot the 3rd declension are dec'" led by dropping the -is of the genitive singular and adding to the part of the noun remaining the case-endings given above. .S2 ' li fiftsT Latin fiooit. Vocabulary. Gallus, i, a Gaul. verbum, i, a word sfi,gitt&, ae, an arrow. loco, locare, I6cavi, place, pitch, pAro, are, avi, prepare. vuln6ro, vulnfirare, vulnSravi, wotind. contra, prep. (ace. ), against, over against. circum, prep. (ace. ), in the neigh- borhood of, around. Exercise. Decline together : princeps magnus, hiems longra, trabs alta, safiTitta una. Translaie into English : — I. Puer, ne principem sagitta* vulnera. 2. Pueri cum principe contra Romam hiemabunt. 3. Agricolae trabes ex silvis ad prin- cipis aedificium portaverunt. 4. Galli bellum :ontra principes excltabunt. 5. Ne pecuniam principibus dona. 6. Viri, ne prin- cipum iram verbis^ excitate. 7. Romani caijtra contra oppldum locaverunt. 8. Gallorum principes copias contra Ronfanos para- bunt. 9. Trabes multas ex silvis portate. 10. Pueri ursos sagittis^ vulneraverunt. 11. Nonnc agricolarum filii in silva ambulabunt.'* 12. Puerne principem sagittavulneravit.'' 13. Num Romani castra circum oppidum locaverunt ? 14. Agricolae, trabem ad ripam fluvii portate. Trans! .^e into Latm : — I. Did the boy wound the chief with an arrow .'* 2. Will not the boys carry the beam to the farmer's dwelling.'* 3. The chiefs pitched their camp around the walls of the town. 4. Do not, O man, arouse the anger of the chief with words. 5. In Gaul the winters are clear. 6. We shall soon be in the town. 7. The queen and her handmaiden will praise the winters of Gaul. 8. O boy, call the farmer to the prince's hall. 9. The servants of the prince will have wintered around the walls of the town. 10. The princes of the Gauls will not carry beams for the Romans, II. Will not the Romans carry corn to their chiefs? 12. The Gauls had seized a town of the Romans. 13. Did the prince's slave wound the eagle with an arrow ? 14. The walls of Rome are beautiful. See p 8, 3. THiRD DECLENSION. 33 vulnSravi, against, over in the neigh- nd. trabs alta, m pnncipe 'is ad prin- 1 principes iri, ne prin- a oppldum fanos para- ueri ursos in silva 13. Num ae, trabem Vill not the The chiefs Do not, O n Gaul the 7. The jaul. 8. ants of the 10. The Romans, ti 1 e 12. The the prince's f Rome are LESSON XIX. THIRD DECLENSION (Contiuued). CONSONANT STEMS. The second class of consonant stems includes stems ending in a [dental (t, d, s, n). Miles (masc), a soldier. SiNGl'I.AR. NoM. miles, a soldier. |Gen. milltis, of a soldier. [)AT. militi, to ox for a soldier. "Acc. militem, a soldier. Voc. miles, O soldier. Ai!L. milit6, luith, by f^x from a soldier. Pi. URAL. milites, soldiers. militum, of soldiers. militibus, to ox for soldiers. milites, soldiers. milites, O soldiers. militibus, 7iy a jtuigc. Rex (M.), a king Plural. iudlces, judges. iudlcum, of judges. iudiclbua, io, or for judges, indices, judges. iiidlces, O jtuiges. iudlcrbus, 7oith, frofu, or l>y Judges. Radix (F.), a root. Dux {^l.orV.),a icadi-r. Lex (F.), a law. Singular. SlNGl'LAR. Singular. Singular. Num. rex radix dux lex CiKN. regis radicia diicis legis DAT. regi radioi diici legi Acc. regem radicem ducera legem Voc. rex radix dux lex Ahu refifS radicd dCic6 legg Plural. Plural. Plural. Plural. Num. reges radices diices leges CiKN. regrum radicum di'l^icum legum DAT. regibua radicibus diicibua le^bus Acc. reges radices duces leges Voc. reges radices diices leges Abl. regibus radicibus dilcibus legibus 1 ' The stciv.s of these nouns are respectively : iudic-, reg-, radic-, due-, and leg-. Til I HI) DKCI.KNHION. 39 \c orator. ,. 14. The Vocabulary. accuBO, luling in .1 accus&re, accus&vl, accuse. prdmulgo, prdmulgAre, prdmul gravl. A' <'tiatt. 16co, are, avl, to place. judges. )m, or by ), (/ leader. OTLAR. ex egi3 legi legem Lex leg6 'l.URAl.. leges legum legibus leges leges legibus ' UC-, and leg- vox, vdcl8(K.), a voice. carmen, carmlnis (N.), a song, I60, ]66nls (M.), a lion. arbor, arbdrla ( F. ), a tree. cdmes. cdmltls (M. ), a eom/>anioft. leglo, lonls ( I'". ), a k^^ion. EXKKCISK. Decline to^'ethcr : c6me8 aeger. lex nulla, dux bonus, radix tdndra, arbor altera. Translate into English :— I. Nonne pucllae carmina cantabant ? 2. Num arbOres in horto tparvo magnac erant ? 3. Regisne comites fiu'runt multi ? 4. Arboris radices in terra altae erant. 5. Nuni regis filii agricolam laccasaverunt ? 6. Rex Romanus leges populo promulgavit. 7. 'Nonne leo magnus in silva clensa erat ? 8. Caesar Ariovistiun, jducem (iermanonnn, in proclio supcravit. 9. Nonne arbor magna linter Romanorum copias et flinnen erat? 10. Poetaene carmina pueris hodie cantabant.? ir. Magistri discipuli libros Ciccronis loratdris laudabant. 12. Roniani iudlcis leges saepe laudavCrint. 13. Nonne puer agricolae comitem accusavit ? 14. Caesilrcm, ^Romanorum inipenitorem, accusfibas. 15. Ducis filii frumentum in reginae tectum portant. Translate into Latin : — I. The sons of the king will place a high tree in the garden. I. Wi'' not the companions of the farmer praise the diligence of their sons ? 3. The roots of the tree were \oxi%. 4. Did the kings )f the Romans enact laws for the people.? 5. Caesar, the dis- tinguished commander of the Romans, often defeated the Britons j^n battle. 6. Were there large trees between the town and the ^ camp of the Rt)mans ? 7. Will the daughters of the farmer sing I songs to the consul's sons .? 8. The river was deep around the !^^ walls of the town. 9. The boys often praised the voice of Caesar, [the leader of the Romans. 10. Did not the father often blame the [sons of the consul .? 11. Th' poets will sing songs in the queen's [hall to-day. 12. The Romans always praised the orations of [Cicero, the Roman consul. 13. The laws of your judge were just. 14. The songs of the poet always delighted the mind of the farmer. 40 FIKHT LATIN BOOK. LESSON XXIT. THIRD DECLENSION (Conthiue)>, from, or in a tower. Plural. turres, to^vers, turrium, 0/ towers. turribus, to or for foioers. turres Cor turris^ taioers. turres, O toivers. turribus, with^ by^ front, or /// towers. Note. — Nouns of this class (i-stems) are declined like consonant stems (/>., by dropping the -is of the genitive, a.id adding the case- endings) ; but they show the -i of the stem in the genitive ami accusative plural, and often in the accusative and ablative singular. VJUB '','1; 'ilr TIIIKD DECLKNSION. 41 Iirnls (M.),/fn'. Hostis (M. or F.), ettfmy. Nub^a (F.),rt cloiuL ■ Singular. Singular. Singular. i NoM. Iffnis hostia nubds { Gkn. igrnis hostia uubia Dat. iifiii hosti nubi Ace. lernem hostem nubem Voc. lernis hoatia nubea ^^^^^1 Abi.. ierns ( i) hostd nub6 a Plural. IM.URAU P' 'TRAL. n^^ion, con- S NoM. iern^s hoatea nubea stem, turri. 'W Gkn. i^rnlum hontlum nublum Dat. igrnibnH hoatibua nubibus mitive {i.e., 9 5 and nomi- m Ace. Voc. Abl. igneB (is) igrnis isrnlbus hostes (is) hostea hoatibua Vocabulary. nubea (is) nilbea nublbus :onsonants rs. 'or taioers. .), ters. f. by, from, or in ke consonant ing the cast- genitive and and ablative c&nls, cfi.nls (M. or F.), a dog. hostis, hoatia (M. or F. ), an enemy, coUis, collia (M.), a hill. navis, navis ( F. ), a ship. civis, civis (M.), a citizen. lux, liicia (F. ), Ui;ht. niimdrus, -i, number. f&ber, bri, a workman. latro, latrare, latravi, bark. servo, aervare, servavl, preserDe^ keep. ante, prep, (ace), before. contra, j^rep. (ace), against. intei, prcj). (ace), between. pro, prep, (abl.), be/ore, for. fortlter, adv., bravely. Exercise. Decline together : canis magmus, collia altus, lux clara, niim6rua [Ingena, civia bonua, turris alta, igrnia clarus. Translate into English : — ' I. Canis domini in aula latrat. 2. Nonne milites collem altum [pro oppido occupavurunt ? 3. Inter Romanorum castra et hostium [erat flumcn altum. 4. Milites pro patria fortiter pugnabant. 5. Nonne cives Romani pro Italia contra hostes pugnabunt .'' 6. In hostium numero semper fuerunt. 7. Caesar turrem altam pro oppidi portis locavit. 8. Inter fines (jallorum et Germanorum est flumenRhenus. 9. Nonne viri pro libertate pugnabant .'' 10. Viri, [libertatem populi Romani servate. 1 1. Hostes arva Galloriim vas- \^r~ anamm ; t 42 I'MHST I.ATrN HOOK, t.ihuiit. 12. Numoius ina'f^iins liostiuin in < asliis nil. ij. Limae lumen claiuni fuit. h. Lives Romani Indus saepc spcctabunt. Translate into Latin : — I. O Romans, save the liberty of the peojile. 2. The soldiers often f(>ii};lU for their native land. 3. Tin; Romans pitched their camp h(>fore the >;ate of the town. 4. Tiie do^s bark in the dwell- ing of the farmer. 5. The lij^ht of the moon w". be clear. 6. be- tween the hill and the jilain the Romans pitched their camp. 7. The slaves of the king seized a high hill in-fr()nl-of(//v'4-''/V.) the town, 8. The farmer's sons ga/ed-on the camp of the eiKMny {rom(<\i+ tifi/.) the high hill. 9, The citizens will often praise the valor of the boy in the baiiie. 10. The workmen of the Romans built many ships, II. The camp of the enemy was between the town and the river Rhone. 12, The enemy will build many towers on (/';/ + ^//V.) the high hills. LESSON XXIII. THIRD DECLENSION (Co„m;u,jj. I-STEMS. Neuter nouns in -e, •al, •ar are declined as follows : — M&re (X.), a s<\r. Animal ( N. ), an animah Calcar (N.), spur. SiNOin.AR. Singular. SlNGiri.AR. NoM. mfi,re animal calcar Gkn. maris animalla calcaris DAT. luAri animali calcari .\cc. mAre animal calcar Voc, mfi,re animal calcar AUL. mf-^i animali calcari PUKAl-, Plitrai,. Plurai,. NoM, mAria animalla calcaria Gkn. marium animalium calcarium DAT. maribus animalibus calcaribus Ace. mAria animalla calcaria Voc. maria animalla calcaria Abl. marfbus animalibus calcaribus "^r^ THIIH) DKCLENHrON. 43 J. Lunac )vint. soldiers heel their he (Iwcll- . 6. lie- . 7. The the t(nvn. )fthe boy my ships. the river {■abl.) the spur. I.AR. ir iris Lri Lr ir iri AL. iria irium iribus iria irla rfbus Note. -Neutr'-s in -e. -al and -ar have the ablative singular in -i and the genitive plural in -lum. VOCAFJULARY. t6l6ro, tfilfirare, tdlfirav'., f'rar, rupeH, rupls (F.), a r6. lonffUB, a, um, lof>,i^. aequ-us, -a, -um, y'//*/. Apud, prep. (.icc. ), near. Oraecus, l, Greek. endure. crfimo, crfimare, crfimavl, />urn. custos, custodis (M.), a }^uanl. ius, iuris (N.), r/j,'///, law. lituB, litdris (N.), shore, ' EXKRCISE. Decline together : Ius Oraecum, &nlmal tSndrum. rupea alta, litus lonffum. Translate into English : — I. Nonne milites Romani aggCrem altum in alto mari aedificS- bunt ? 2. Consul in caslris Ronianis hodie erit. 3. Num agri- colarum pueri lignum in forum portavCrant ,'' 4. Rupes in litore [altae erant. 5. lura Romana aequa erant. 6. Animalia magna in mari alto sunt. 7. Nonne pueri lignum in patrii sui tecto cre- [maverunt? 8. Leo est rex animalium omnium. Q. Nautae "fru- [mcntum multum in navibus ad Italiam portabunt. 10. Graeci regem ihostium superaverunt. 11. Aninmlia multa per mare natant. 12. Custodes multos in rupe alta locavisti. 13. Solis lux est cUra. 14. Multa animalia in silvis densis hiemant. Translate into Latin : — I . Will the sailors endure the dangers of the sea "i 2. The soldiers of the Romans will seize a part of the city. 3. The :onsurs sons were in the city to-day. 4. The king's brother stands m {in-\-abl.) the shore of the great sea. 5. The farmers \w\\\ burn le wood before the gates of the city. 6. The rocks in the river /ere high. 7. The dwellings of the farmers will be large. 8. The fuards of the Roman soldiers will kee[) the shore. 9. The sons of the farmer burnt the wood in the dwelling. 10. The winters are long in Gaul. 11. The Roman soldier endured the cold of the long winters. 12. Did the soldiers preserve the walls of the town } 44 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I! ' i 1 ^1 LESSON XXIV. THIRD DECLENSION rCouHmicd). Many nouns in -s and -x (originally-i- stems) have in the singular the declension of consonant stems, and in the plural that of i stems. They are chiefly monosyllables ending in two consonants, like urbs, urbis, a city ; or nouns ending in ns or -rs, like amans, amantis, a lover. They are declined as follows : — Urbs (F.), a city. Singular. NoM. urbs Gen. urbis DAT. urbl Ace. urbem Voc. urbs Abl. urbS Plural. NoM. urbes Gen. urbium Dat. lirbibus Ace. urbes (is) Voc. urbes Abl. urbibus Nox (F.), night. Singular. nox noctis nocti noctem nox noctS Plural. noctes nocti um noctibus noctes (is) noctes noctibus Amans, lover. Singular. ftmans d,nnantis d,manti &niantem &nians ftmante (or i) Plural. ftmantes d.mantiuni fi,naantibus g,mantes (is) ^mantes g.niantibus mons, mentis (M.), .'/ inotmtain. pars, partis (F.), a part. pax, pads ( F. ), peace. clar-us, -a, -wra, /a vious. sermo, sermonis (M.), discourse, speech. agmen, agrminis (N.), army [on the march.) Vocabulary. ater, atra, atrum, black, iinitimus, -i, neighbor. Romulus, -1, Romulus. musca, ae, a fly. recito, recitare, rdcitavi, to read aloud. compS-ro, are, avi, collect. prope. prep, (ace), mar. de, prep. [p^\.)^from,concerntn:. Exercise. * Decline together : mons alius, pars magna, urbs puJchra, sermo longus, tectum altum, af'nen longum. Translate into English : — I. Romani pacem cum finittmis suis confirmavPrunt. 2. Romu- lus urbem prope tluminis ripas in colle alto aedificiivit. 3 Noniic D. Ac v. . A I IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 45 he sing alar of -i stems. Diiants, like like amans, i8, Iffver. ;ULAR. ms mtis inti intern Eins ant6 (-<>'• i) LURAL. anteB antium antibus antes (is) antes antibus black, bor. this, jcitavi, to read I, collect. vn, concernni . iiJchra, senno in caelo nubes atrao erant ? 4. Cicero, orator clarus, litteras in foro recitavit. 5. Puer de monte in mare ambulat. 6. Frope urbem erat mons altus. 7. Milites Romani urbis partem hodie occupa- bunt. 8. Romulus hostium arces multas occupavit. 9. Fratres in maris lilore cum sororibus ambulabunt. 10. Helium contra finiti- mos in pace parfimus. 11. Milites hostium arcem hodie occupa- bunt. 12. Stellas in caelo ante solis lucem spectabamus. 13. . Milites consulem ad forum vocav6rant. Translate into Latin : I. The Romans praised the speech of Cicero, the consul. 2. The enemy wounded many Roman soldiers in the battle. 3. The ^speeches of Cicero, the Roman consul, were famous. 4. The ■Roman consul burned many cities of the Gauls. 5. The arrows of the enemy wounded your king. 6. A sparrow was devouring a small fly. 7. In peace the Romans often collected large forces. 8. The Romans pitched their camp before the camp. 9. Did not the pupils praise the famous discourse cf Cicero .'' 10, The com- mander will summon the soldiers to the citadel. 11. Will the man read the letter of the consul aloud to the soldiers.'' 12. The soldiers pitched their camp on (in -|- ablative) a high hill. 13. There was a dark cloud in the sky to-day. 14. The men will build • a part of the town. I LESSON XXV. ^ IRREGULAR NOUNS OP THE THIRD DECLENSION. The chief irregular nouns of the third declension are inflected as ibllows ; ^8 (M.), OX. Vis (F.), strength. Sus (M. or F.), swine. Nix (F.), snow. Singular. "^OM. bos Gen. Pat. Ace. t. 2. Ronin 3. Noniu ^:1AHI.. bo vis bovi bovem bOB b6v6 Singular. Singular. Si NGULAR. vis SikB nix vis (rare) siils nivis Vi (rare) sui nivi vim BHieva nivem vis sua nix vl add niv6 iuWfiieiiiiiiWH 46 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ■I ! Plural. NOM. boves Gen. rbovum \ bourn DAT. ( bobus \bubua Ace. boves Voc. boves Abl. r bobus \bubus S6nex (M.), a/i o/c/ Singular. NOM. s6nex Gen. s§nis DAT. s6ni Ace. sSnem Voe. sSnex Abl. sens Plural. NOM. sSnes Gen. sSnum DAT. sdnibus Ace. senes Voc. sSnes Abl, senibtis Plural. vires virium viribus vires vires viribus Plural. sues siium {suibus subus siies siies rsuibus \silbus Plural. nives nivium nivlbus nives nives nivlbus lupiter < M. ), Jupiter, Iter (N. ), jourmy. Singular. lupiter lovis lovi 16 vera lupiter I6v6 Plural. Singular. iter itinSris itinSri iter iter itingrg Plural. itinera itinSrum itineribus itinSrS. itinera itineribus Vocabulary. homo, hominis (M.), a man. miilier, mulidris (F.), a woman. navis, navis ( F. ), a ship. frigus, frigoris (N.), cold, frost. latus, latSris (N.), side. sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, left. dexter, doxtra, dextrum, right. maturus, -a, -urn, ripe. grat-us, -a, -um, phasing. d6cim-us, -a, -um, tenth. observo, are, avi, watch. appello, -are, avl, call. propero, are, avi, hasten. ob, prep, (ace), on account of, oiving to. nam, covc\,,for. Exercise. Decline together : pars dextra, homo magnus, muli**r pulchra, legio dScima, uavis longa. GENDER OF NOUNS OF THE THIKD DECILENSION. 47 'LURAL. nives nivium nivlbus nJves nives nivibus as as asing. nth. mtch. II. asien. I account oj^ Translate into English : — I. Populus Homrmus senem amicum appellabat. 2. Hostes cum navibus niultis ad Caesarem, imperatorem Romanum, properaver- unt. 3. Nam ob frigrtra frumentum in agris non erat maturum. 4. Romani Ariovistum, regem Clormanorum, amicum appellabant 5. Caesar decimam legioncm in parte agminis sinistra locfivit. 6. Hostes nostrum iter obscrvabant. 7. Caesar naves ad unum locum convocavit. 8. Regina hostium agros regis vastat. 9. Epistola hostium imperatori Romanorum non grata est. 10. Hostes cum parvis copiis agros Romanos vastabunt. 11. Frater mens multas boves reginae donat. 12. Rex nautis et militibus multa praemia donabit. 13. Pueri agricolae montes altos spectant. 14. Milites mei fili virtutem laudant. Translate into Latin : — I. In Gaul the corn was not ripe on-account-of the frost. 2. The Roman people often praised the man's strength. 3. Caesar often piiiises the valor of the enemy. 4. The soldiers of the Romans watched the ships of the enemy. 5. The woman gave a rose to the king's son. 6. On the right side, Caesar placed the soldiers of the tenth Ir Mon ; on the left, the forces of the allies. 7. He ■ hastens to the city with all his friends. 8. The soldiers of the , tenth legion were hastening to Caesar. 9. The Romans will not watch the camp of the enemy. 10. The ships of the Romans were not large. 11. The king of the Romans praised the valor of the Germans. 12. The snow is often deep in winter. llAf pulchra, lp:sson XXVI. GENDER OF NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.* 1. Most nouns of th , third declension ending in -er, -or, -os, -es, i (increasing in the genitive), -0 (except -do, -gro. -io) are masculine : as, career Romanus, a Roman prison ; honor raagrnus, a great honor; •Exceptions to the rules will be found in the Appendix. 48 FIKST LATIN BOOK. I ^ ■■ !1 flos albus, a ivhtte flower; paries altus, a hi^h wall; sermo Latinus, the Latin language. 2. Most nouns of the third declension which end in -do, -go, -io, -as, -is, -aus, -x, -es (not increasing in the genitive), -s (preceded by a consonant), -us (in words of more than one syllable), Tvc^J^emi- fttne: as, multitudo magna, a great inultitudc ; imago cerea, a ivax image J oratiolonga, a long speech; aestas calUda, a warm summer; avis rara, a rare bird; laus parva, small J)raise; vox magna, a loud voice; clades nostra, our defeat; plebs Romana, the Roman populace ; virtus divina, divine valor. 3. Most nouns of the third declension which end in -c, -a, -t, -e, -1, -n, -ar, -ur, -us, us (in words of one syllable), are neuter : as, lac album white milk; poema longum, a long poem ; cfi-put suum, his own head; mare magnum, a great sea; &nimal fertma, a wild animal; limen altum, a high threshold; calcar acutum, a sharp spur; fulgur clarum, a bright flash; tempiis antiquum, ancient Unit; ius magnum, a great right. Exercise. State the gender of all nouns rule for each: — navis, navis, a ship. nix, nivis, svow, litus, litoris, a shore oavis, onSris, a load. fulgur, fulguris, a /lash. frigus, frigoris, frost. hiems, hiemis, winter. caput, c&pitis, a head. oratio, orationis, a speech. carmen, carmlnis, a soni^. vox, vocis, a voice. in the following list, giving the radix, radicis, a root. animal, animalis, an animal. mare, maris, sea. rus, ruris, country. tuiTis, turris, a tower. plebs, plebis, the populace. aedifico, are, avi, to build. curvus, a, um, winding. amoenus, a, um, beautiful (of scenery). saevus, a, \xax, cruel. Translate into English :— I. Pueri in nive alta ambulabant. 2. Regis filii navem longani aediflcant. 3. Meam pulchram orationem laudatis. 4. Boves pei lit5ra amoena errabunt. 5. Carmen gratum magna voce cantabant. 6. Multae radices in silva fuerunt. 7. Nonne fulgttra clara in caelo V. Ai ADJECTIVES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION. 49 II; sermo Lo, -go, -io, eceded by 7\XQ.Jemi- ;o cerea, ti a, a warm raise; vox 3 Romana, ;, -a, -t, -©. -1> er : as, lac iput suum, rum, « w/Vrt^ Lin, a sharp um, ancient hodie erant ? 8. Magnum erat nomen plebis Roinanae. 9. Multa animalia in mari alto sunt. 10. Saevum est frlgus hiemis nostrae. II. Milites tuires altas aedificaverunt. 12. Parvum <5nus in capite suo portat. Translate into Latin : — I. The country was beautiful. 2. The cattle wandered along (per with ace), the v/inding shore. 3. The cruel populace called him with a loud voice to the gate. 4. They did not praise Cicero's long speech. 5. Do not walk through the deep snow. 6. Many bodies of men were in the thick wood. 7, Do they not build beautiful ships.-* 8. He wounded his head with an arrow. 9. Your ship will carry a great load. 10. They had placed the large beam on (^z>/^ the shore. 11. We will build a high tower on the road. 12. Many Roman legions were in camp. , giving the f am maL III ace. build. ng. mtiftd {of vem longam \. Boves pel :ecantabant. clara in cael > LESSON XXVII. . ADJECTIVES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION. 1. Adjectives of the third declension are declined like nouns of the third declension. They are called adjectives of one, two, or three terminations respectively, according as they have one, two, or three forms in the nom. sing, for expressing gender. 2. Adjectives of the third declension in er, are of three termina- tions, and are declined as follows : — Acer, sharp, severe. Singular. Plural. Masc. Fern. Netit. Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. ac6r acris acre acres acres acria Gen. acris acria acris acrium acrium acrium Dat. acri acri acri acribus acribiis acribiis Ace. acrem acrem acr6 acres acres acrid, Voc. ac6r acris acre acres acres acriS, Alii,. acri 4 acri acri acribiis acribiis acribtm 50 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ■i I Note. — All adjectives of the third declension in -er are declined like acer; all (except c61er, c616ris, swi/t,) drop the -e before •or in the oblique cases (z. e , in all but the nom. and voc.) They are all -i-stems, and, therefore, have the abl. sing, in -i, the gen. plur. in -ium, and the nom. plur. neuter in -ia. 3. Adjectives of two terminations in -is, -e are declined as follows : — Mitis, mild. Singular. Plural A/asi: and Fern. Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. Nom. mitis mitS mites mit!& Gen. mitis mitis mitium mitium DAT. miti miti mitibua mitibus Ace. mi tern mitd mites (is) miti& Voc. mitis mitd mites mitig, Abl. miti miti mitibxis mitibCls Note. — Adjectives in -is, -e, have always -i in the abl. sing., -ium in the gen. plur., and -ia in the nom. and ace. neuter plur. 4. The comparative degree of the Latin adjective (which regu- larly ends in -lor for the masc. and fern., and -ius for the neut.) is an adjective of two terminations. It is thus declined : — 1 Singular. Masc. and Fern. Nom. mitior Gen. mitioris Dat. mitiori A.CC. mitiorem Voc. mitior Abl. mitiore (i) Mitior, milder Plural. Neut. Masc. and Fern. mitius mitiores mitioris mitiorum mitiori mitloribus mitius mitiores (is) mitius mitiores mitiorS (i) mitioribus Neut. mitiord, mitiorum mitioribus mitiorg, mitiorg mitioribus Note. — All comparatives have the abl. sing, in -6 or -i, the gcr, plural in -um, and the neut. plur. nom. in -a. They are all inflecte like mitior, except plus, more^ which is inflected as follows : — av PL d(J bi ADJE0TIVK8 OP THR THIRD PEPLENSION. 51 ire declined le -e befort- voc.) They -i, the gen. declined as Plus, more. Netit. miti& mitium mitibus mitl& mitiS. mitibiis the abl. sing., juter plur. (which regu- the neut.) is VL. Neiit. mitlora mitiorum mitioribus mitiorfi. mitiorfi. mitioribus or -i, the gen are all inflected follows : — Singular. Masc, ami Fern. Neut. plus pluris plus plur6 I'LUKAI- Masc. and Fern. Neut. plures pliu4 plurium plurium pluribus pluribus plures (is) plurA plures plur& pluribus pluribus VOCAHULARY. 6quester, Squestris, 6questr6, cavalry. Silvester, -tris, -trS, woody, volucer, -oris, -cr6, witti^ed. &l&cer, Al&cris, fi,iacr6, active, brisk. c616r, -is, -6, swift. navalis, navale, naval. utilis, util6, useful. br6vis, -6, short. otnnis, omn6, all. immortalis, -6, immortal. fortia, -6, brave. Slcilia, -ae, Sicily. &pud, prep. (ace. ), at, ttear. EXKRCISE. Decline together : frigus acre, terra silvestris, Gallia omnis, mpus breve, s6nex mitior, bos magnus. Translate into English : — I. Multi boves in locis silvestribus errabant. 2. Romani proclia navalia apud insulam Siciliam pagnaverunt. 3. Breve, pueri, est vitae tempus. 4. Caesar omnes copias iid mare convo- Cabit. 5. Timor magnus milites omnes occupa/it. 6. Consul Romanus militum fortium virtutem hodie laudabat. 7. Proelium equestre in ripa fluvii pugnaverunt. 8. Custodes fortes ante cas- trorum portas fortiter pugnaverunt. 9. Leges omnibus hominibus sunt utiles. 10. Imperator Romane, hostes in proel.io navali supera. II. Num milites Romani Britannos fortes in multis proeliis supcr- AvGrunl.'' 12. Milites Romani multa proelia cum magno periculo pugnaverunt. 13. Di immortales multa bona hominibus bonis donabunt. 14. In magmis periculis, pueri, fortes este. 15. Omni- bus hominibus mors est communis. j6. Insula magna silvestris- que est Sicilia. T 52 FIRST LATIN HOOK. Translate into Latin : — I. The snow in the woody places is deep to-day. 2. The Romans fought many battles near tlieir ships. 3. The corn was not ripe in the fields, for the frost in Gaul was severe. 4. Caesar called tiie soldiers of the tenth legion brave men (ace.) 5. The general will place all the brave soldiers on (in abl.) the right bank of the rivei, 6. There are many cities on the island. 7. In winter the nights are long and the cold severe. 8. The rocks on the right bank of the river are high and sharp. 9. O boy, the laws of your masters are severe. 10. Many animals are not swift, i r. Caesar fought a ca'/alry battle near the sea. 12. Are not many old men mild } LESSON XXVIII. ADJECTIVES OP THE THIRD (Continued.) DECLENSION.- Many adjectives of the third declension have only one form in the nominative singular to express gender. These generally j end in -s or x. They are consonant stems, but follow in part the declension of -i stems, having -i or -e in the ablative singular; iiim in the genitive plural, and -ia in the neuter plural. Thus :— Audax, bold, "Felix., fortunate. Singular. Singular. Masc. and Fern. Neiit. Masc. and Fern. Neut. NOM. audax audax felix felix Gen. audacis audacis felicis felicis DAT. audaci audaci felici felici Ace. audacem audax felicem felix Voc. audax audax felix felix Abl. audac6 (or -i) audace {or -i) felicS {or -i) felic6 {or i) Plural. Plural , NoM. audaces audacia felices felicia Gen. audacium audacium felicium felicium DAT. audacibus audacibus felicibus felicibus Ace. audaces (is) audacia felices (is) felicia Voc. audaces audacia felices felicia Abl. audacibus audacibus felicibus felicibus. ADJECTIVKS OF THK Til I HI) DKrr-KNSION. 53 he Romans not ripe in • called the general will )f the rivei ■ the nigVits jjht bank nf our masters sar fought a n n\ild ? iJNSION- ily one form ese generally V in part the ive singular; til. Thus:- nate. Neut. felix felicis felici felix felix felic6(<>'"-i> felicia felicium felicibus felicia felicia felicibus. NoM. Gkn. DAT. Acc. Voc. f Abi.. V6tU8 v6t6ri8 v6t6ri v6t6rem V6tUB v6t6r6 ('>r -i) V6tU8, old. Singular. v6tU8 0rlen8. rising. SlNOUI.AK. vStfiris v6t6ri v6tu8 v6tu8 v6t6r6 (or -i) Plural. v6t6r68 v6t6ra v6t6rum v6t§ribu8 v6t6rea v6t6re8 v6t6ribu8 vSterum v6t6ribu8 v6t6ra v6tera v6t6ribua driens drtentls drienti ortentem 6rlen8 6rient6("r-i) Plural. orientes orlentlum orientibus orientes orientes orientibus driens drientis drienti 6rlens driens orients (or -i) 6rientia 6rientium orientibus orlentia orientia orientibus Note. — All adjectives of the third declension have ia in the eutcr plural except comparatives and vetua. Most adjectives have •lum in the genitive plural when the preceding syllable is long : as, '^audax, audacium ; acer, acrium. Hut when the preceding syllable lis short, they have -um: as, dives, rich^ divitum; pauper, poor ; ipauperum. Par, however, has pArium. Vocabulary. cens, rScentis, recent, fresh. flens, flentis, iveeping. dives, divitis, rich. ^par, pftris, equal. Ingens, ingentis, lars^e, tall. V6t6ranus, a, um. veteran. t)6atus, a, um, happy. ignavia, ae, sloth, ccnvanlice. -lumen, luminis, light. grex, gregis (M.), ajlock, herd. factum, i, deed. imploro, are. avi, implore. culpo, are, avi, Idame, find fault with. specto, are, avi, gaze on, look at. appello, are, avi, call by ttame. oro, are, avi, pray for. eras, adv., to-morrow. saepe, often. Exercise. Decline together : puer flens, vir audax, ager felix, sol oriens, gnum vetus, grex magnus. Translate into English : — I. Puella flores recentes hodie spectabat. 2. Milites in Caesaris astris erant audaces. 3. Romani milites veteres appellaverunt » 54 FIRST LATIN BOOK. veteranos. 4. In insula sunt serpciites niagni. 5. Agricolac filii solem orientem eras spcctabunt. 6, (irex ingcns bovum in canipo enat. 7. Muliercs flcntcs hostium Caesarem, duccm Ro- manorum, implorabant. 8. Viri, facta audacia clarorum hominum laudate. 9. Multi Romani consilium duels non laudabunt. 10. Pater infclix filii ignuviam culpavit. 11. Viro diviti pecuniam donat. 12. Nonnc mulicr ob filii mortem tristis erit ? 13. Nurn homines pro libcrtate in proeliis pugnavorunt ? 14. Caesarmilites veteranos in coUe alto eras locabit. Translate into Latin ; — I. The general gives equal parts of the land to the veteran soldiers. 2. Will not the weeping women implore the aid of the general ? 3. The Germans were tall and bold. 4. Was not the sun bright yesterday ? 5. Caesar will assemble all the veteran soldiers on the plain to-day. 6. Did the master blame the sloth of the boy.? 7. The bold sailors often implore the gods in dangers. 8. The boys were wandering in the field and gazing-at the fresh flowers. 9. O boy, praise the bold deed of the Roman soldier. 10. Rich men are not often happy. 11. Old men often find-fault-with boys. 12. The men implored the aid of the bold Roman. 13. The farmer's flocks were wandering in the thick wood. 14. Caesar called the soldiers of the tenth legion veterans (ace.) 15. We often gazed-at the rising lights of heaven. LESSON XXIX. COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES. 1. Adjectives in Latin are compared, as in F.nr by means of endings (terminational comparison " mjUk' the adverbs magia, more, and maxime, jnost, to i posji. ad >bial comparison). 2. Most adjectives are compared by means of th« endings -ior (masc. and fem.), -lus (neut.), for the comparative, and -iaeimus (a, -um)for the superlative : as, Altus, hii^li ; altior, higher ; altlssimuH, highest ; gravis, heavy , severe; gravior, gravissiraus. COMI'AKISOV OP AI>JK(5TIVKS. 66 Ai;ricolac jovum in jcom Ro- hominum )unt. lo. pecuniam 13. Num sar milites le vetenin aid of the as not the he veteran he sloth of n dangers. :ing-at the he Roman men often of the bold the thick an veterans ;n. by .A the :ad rbial endings -ior -iseimus (jv, altissimuB, 3. Most adjectives in us (a. um), most adjectives in -is (la, e), and most adjectives of the third declension of one termination, are .compared like altus. Thus : — Positive. doctus, Icanud, dulcls, siveet, &trox, darkf Comparative. doctlor, dulclor, atrdclor. SirpERi.ATiVh:. doctisslmue. dulcisslmua. atrocissiznus. Note. — All these adjectives are compared by dropping the 1, or the -is, of the genitive singular of the positive, and adding -lor or 4s8lmua to the part remaining. • 4. Comparatives (except plus, p. 51) are all declined like mltlor 50) ; superlatives, like bonus (p. 20). 5. Than after a comparative is quam. which takes the same case after it as the corresponding word before it* : as, Lupus est saevlor gaam canis, ihe wolf is fiercer than the dog. Lupum saeviorem qpiam canem aestlmo, I consider the wolf fiercer than the dojr, %iam, however, is frequently omitted, and then the noun followi.^g the comparative is put in the ablative : as, Lupus saevior cane est. i$u wolf is fiercer than the dog ; lupum saeviorem cane aestimo, / Ihnsider the wolf fiercer than the dog. % •^ Note. — Quam can only be omitted when the noun or pronoun 1|cfore the comparative is in the nominative or accusative : as, Oilkes&ri potius quam Balbo donabit, he will give to Caesar rather ^an to Balbus (here quam must be used). i ., fortis, -is, -e, stromr. ,| brSvis, Is, -e, short, . sapiens, sapientis, wise. -!._velox, velocis, ranft. &er, a6ris(M.), air. -ventus, i, wind. Vocabulary. finis, finis (M.)> end; pi., ten i fortes, lux, lucis (F.), It^ht. iudex, ludicis, judge. vita, vitae, life. festin-o, -are, -avl, hasten. loco, are, avi, place, pitch. 'The wonl after quam, if the suhjectof a verh, will of course be in the noin.: as, TTe rrif» a tKuvier load than BnUnis (carriex), portat onus gravius quam Iklbus (portat). I fi. i I I 56 FIRiST LATIN HOOK. Exercise. Compare all the adjectives in the above hst. Decline together : vir doctior, homo brevissimus, iudex sapiens, navis velox. Translate into English : — I. Leges inter Romanos gravissimae erant. 2. Omnium Gallo- rum fortissimi sunt. 3. Felicior est pater quam filius. 4. Iudex sapientior rege est. 5. Rhenus, llumen altissimum, inter Galloruni et Gcrmanorum fines est. 6. Magister, homo doctissimus, fabulas longissimas pueris saepe narrabat. 7. Consftlis oratio omnibu-. militibus gratissima crat. 8. In Britannia noctes sunt breviorcs. 9. Principes inter Germanos erant fortissimi. 10. Vita hominuiii est brevissima. 11. Milites Romani in proeliis audaciores sunt quam Germani. 12. Inter Graecos erat doctissimus. 13. Sol is lux est clarior quam lux lunac. 14. Roma fuit clarissima urbs. Translate into Latin : — I. Were not the Roman soldiers braver than the Germans? 2. Light is swifter than wind. 3. The Roman is wiser than the German. 4. In the battle the soldiers of the tenth legion were bravest. 5. Cicero was the most learned orator among the Ro- mans. 6. The sailors swam in the deepest water to the shore. 7. The farmer walked through a very thick forest to the bank of the river. 8. You are more powerful than the sons of kings. 9. Water is heavier than air. 10. The ships of the Romans were swifter than the ships of the enemy, i r. The bravest soldiers hastened to the town. 12. On a high hill the soldiers pitched their camp. 13. The swiftest ships of the enemy are in the deep river. 14. Between the territories of the Gauls and Germans (g<^n.) there is a deeper river. LESSON XXX. ADJECTIVES OF IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 1. Adjectives in -er form their compa'-ative regularly in -ior; ])Ut their superlative is formed by adding rimus to the nominative singular masculine of the positive : as, i ■■:! ^:i r 4 I V'A. AIUKCTIVKS OF IKRK(;ULAIl COMPARISOM. 57 : together ox. ium Gallo- 4. Index ;r Galloruni lus, fabulas io omnibus it breviorcs. a hominuni iciores sunt 13. Soils na urbs. ermans r 2, er than the legion were )ng the Ko- the shore, bank of the 9. Water were swifter hastened to camp. I v 4, Between is a deeper lRISON. J in -ior; but ; nominative Comparative. acrior, mis^rior, c§16rior, pulchrior, nigrior, SUl'KKLATIVE. acerrimus. miaerrimus. c61errimu8 pulcherrimus. nigerrlmus. T'OSITIVE. acor, sharp, miaer, wretched, celer, swift, pulcher, beautiful, niger, blacky Note.- V6tu8, veteris, old, has no comparative, but has veter- rlmus in the superlative. Maturus. ripe, has both maturimua and maturissimus. 2. The following adjectives in -ilis form their comparative regu- larly in -ior. but their superlative in -limua: Positive. facilia, easy, dlfficiUa, diffuiilt, aimilia, similar, like, diaaimilia, unlike, gr&cilia, slender, humllis, l 1. The following adjectives are irregular in the superlative : — Comparative. Superlative. ext6rior, extremus ami extimus. inferior, inflmua and imus. superior, posterior, Note.- -Mens infimus is the lowest mount aiti (of a range) ; mot.\s toaus, the bottom of the mountain. Supremus mens is, the highest mountain (of a group of mountains) ; summus mons, the top of the mountain Positive. ext6rus, ouhvani, inf&rua, lower, sCiperus, higher, postdnis, behind. supremus and summus. postremus and poBtiimus. 2. Some adjectives have no positive : as, Positive. Comparative. cit6rior. hither, deterior, worse, intfirior, inner, ocior, swifter, prior, former, propior, nearer. Superlative. citlmus, hithermost. deterrimus, worst, intlmus, innermost. ccissimus, swiftest. primus, first. proximua, next, nearest. ultimus, farthest, last. ulterior, yrtr//;^r, Note. — The superlative with quam denotes the highest degree J|ossible : as, Quam plurimi, as many as possible. '^ Vocabulary. argrentum, silver. temp us, temporis (N.), time. aurum, gold. antiquus, a, um, ancient. 86nex, sfinis, old man. hie, adv., here. 6p\ls, dp6rls (N.), 7vork. - Exercise. Decline together : opus facile, tempua antiquum, aurum grave, 0allia citerior. « Translate into English : — . I. Senex tempora anticpia laudat, nostra cu 2. Aurum est irgento gravius. 3. Opera tua difficillima sunt. 4. GaUia citerior j^- T I i i 'I I 1 ii lie 60 FIRST LATIN BOOK. est proxima. 5. Reges Gallorum pacem cum proximis civitatibus confirmavi3runt. 6. Leges bonae mcliorcs quam militcs fortissinii sunt. 7. In sunimo nionte Koniani castra sua locavGrunt. 8. Sol est maior quam luna. 9. Itinera per citeriorem tialliam fuGruiu difficillima. 10. Mons primus fuit suprcmus omnium. 11. Hoste^ cum maximis copiis agros nostros vastabunt. 12. Urbs Roma clarissima in Italia est. 13. Nostrae filiae sunt pulcherrimac. 14. Puer minor fratre fuit. 15. Plurlmi milites in urbe ambulabant. Translate into Latm : — I. On the top of the mountain the soldiers built a very high citadel. 2. The moon is smaller than the earth. 3. In the sea arc very large and very many animals. 4. He is the oldest of all the poets. 5. The king was younger than his brother. 6, In the islands the nights are longer than here. 7. The journey through Gaul was very difficult to our soldiers. 8. The swiftest men arc not always first. 9. The soldiers of the tenth legion were the best of all. 10. On the highest place the general pitched the camp of the Romans. 11. He was the richest of all the citizens. 12. In war the farmer was very v\ "etched. 13. Caesar was the most distinguished general among the Romans. 14. The cities in Gaul are very small. LESSON XXXII. ADVERBIAL COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES. 1. Adjectives in -us preceded by a vowel, usually form their comparative and superlative by means of the adverbs magis, more, and maxirae, most, respectively : as, PosiTiVK. Comparative. Superlative. idonSus, /?/, suita'^k. magis Idoneus, maxime idon6us. dubius, (iouhtfitly magis dubius, maxime diibius. But adjectives in -quus, form the comparative and superlative regularly : as, antiquus, ancient , antiquior, antiquissimus. 2. Adjectives followed in English by to or for^ are usually followed by a dative in Latin : as, Utilia civitati, lueful to the state. aptus bello, fit fof' war; simllla patri, like (to) the father. ADVKUniAL COXfPAHISON OP ADJKCTIVES. ()1 civitatibus s fortissimi nt. 8. Sol [iam fuerum II. Hoste^ Uibs Rom;i alcherrhnac. ambulabanl. a very higli n the sea are ;st of all the . 6. In the rney through test men arc were the best . the camp of rens. 12. In vas the most cities in Gaul ICTIVBS. ly form their magls, more, ERLATIVE. ne id6n6us. ne diibius. nd superlative' iimus. ;-, are usually *u! to the stiitf. either. 3. Adjectives followed in English by of, are usually followed in Latin by the genitive : as, Avidus laucs, .^'"mv/v oj praise ; plenus milltum, full of soldiers Dlgrnus (worthy), however, takes the abl. : as, Dignus poena, worthy of punishment. Vocabulary. amicus, -a, -yxm, friendly. inimicus, -a, -um, unfriendly, carus, -a, -um, dear. avidus, ,qreedy, fond. simllis, -e, //7r (with the clat.) dissimilis, -e, unlike (with thedat.) Exercise. Decline together : homo amicus, opus plenum, terra simllis, miles fortissimus, piiella pulchrior. Translate into English : — I. Urbs frumenti plena erat. 2. Dux omnibus Gallis amicus erit. 3. Puer patri simillimus fuit. 4. Locus magis idoneus castris quam urbi est. 5. Caesar omnibus Romanis carissimus fuit. 6. Castra Romanorum quam hostium propiora erant. 7. Locus est maximc idoneus castris. 8, Poeta optimus omnibus hominibus carus est. 9. Populus Romanus avidissimus belli erat. 10. Urbes turn erant plenae hominum clarorum 11. Filius patri simillimus erat ; puella matri. 12 Omnium Gallorum fortissimi sunt. 13. Milites nostri maxime dubii erant. 14. Epistola filiae carior fuit matri quam filii. Translate into Latin : — I. The Roman leader was very friendly to the Gauls. 2, The soldiers of the Roman legion were dear to Caesar. 3. The Romans were more friendly to the Greeks than to others. 4. The place was more suitable for a temple than for a camp. 5. He was the best poet among the Romans. 6. Was not the last king very like his brother? 7. The Gauls were next to the Germans. 8. He was very fond of the praise of the citizens. 9. The Romans seized a town full of corn. 10. The hill was very suitable for a camp. 11. Was not the boy very unlike his father ? 12. The soldier was very like his brother. 13. The boy hastened to the nearest city. 14. The largest boys are not always the best. 62 FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON XXXIII. FOURTH DECLENSION. 1. Nouns of the fourth declension have the genitive singular in 2. Nouns of this declension end in the nominative singular in -lis or u. Nouns in -lis are masculine ; those in -u are neuter. 3. Nouns in -us are declined as follows : — Fructus {M..),/rml. Singular. Plural. NoM. fruct-ua, /rui/. truct-na, fruits. Gen. fructus, of fruit. fruct-uum, of fruit;. Dat. fruct-ui, to ox for fruit. fruct il&us, to ox for fruits. Acc. fruct-um, //v/iV. fv\x.ct-\x.a, fruits. Voc. fruct-us, O fruit. fructus, O fruits. Arl. fruct-u, w////, by ox from fruit, fruct-ibus, w/M, byoxfromfriii.s. 4. Nouns in -u are declined as follows : — Comu (N.), a horn. Singular NoM. comu, a horn. Gen. corn -us, of a horn. Dat. corn-u, to ox for a horn. Acc. corn-u, a horn. Voc. corn-u, O horn. Plural. corn-iia, horns. com-uum, of horns. corn-Ibus, to ox for horns. corn-ua, horns. corn-ua, O horns. Ahl. corn-u, 7vith, by or from a corn-ibus, tvith, by ox from horns. hot n. 5. The following nouns have -\ibu3 instead of -ibus in the dative and ablative plural : Artus, a joint ; portus, a harbor ; tribus, a tribe ; veru, a spit ; and all dissyllables in -cus, as lacus, a lake. 6. Domus (F.), a house ^ is irregular and is inflected as follows : — SIN(.ULAR. NoM. dom-us. Gen. dom-us. Dat. dom-ui (or dom-o). Acc. dom-um. Voc. dom-iis. Abl. dom-o (or dom-u). Plural. dom-us. dom-dum (or dom-orum). dom-ibus. dom-os (or dom-us.) dom-iis. dom-ibus. FOL'Uril DKCLENSION. 63 iingular in singular in leuter. exercitus, us, an army, liisus, us, sport, play. equitatus, us, cavalry. arcus, us, a ho7v. currus, us, a chariot. VOCAPULAHY. 8§natU8, us, the senate. conspectus, us, sight, view. p6ditatus, us, infantry. latus, d, um, broad, ivide. ImpSdimenta, orum, baggage. Exercise. Decline together : exercitus magnus, domus lata, currus c61er. Translate into English : — r. Imperator Romanus peditatum equitatumque in locis superiori- bus locfivit. 2. Senattls popiili Romani virtiitem exercitus laudat. 3. Domus mea altior quam tua est. 4. Caesar militum virtutem in senatu laudfibit. 5. Milites in ducis conspectu pugnabant. 6. Fructus in agricolarum hortis maturi erant. 7. Lustts animos puer- orum saepe delectat. 8. Milites multi cum impedimentis in urbem properaverunt. 9. Nonne cornua magna sunt? 10. In urbe sunt multae domus. 11. Prater consfilis aham domum in urbe aedifi- cfivit. 12. Hritanni contra peditatum Romanum pugnaverunt. [3. Mcus nostri sunt longiores quam Romanorum. Translate into Latin : — I. Sport always pleases boys. 2. The bows of the Romans were shorter than ours. 3. The general often praised the cavalry of the Roman army. 4. Your house is lari^-^er than mine. 5. No army is in the territory of the enemy. 6. The senate of the Roman people will praise the infantry of your army. 7. The hfll was in sight of our soldiers. 8. The army of the Romans is better than yours. 9. The Romans built very many ships. 10. The soldiers carried the corn to the camp. 1 1 . The Senate gave many rewards to the soldiers. 12. The chariots of the Gauls were very long and broad. 13. The boy's bow is full of joints. 14. The soldiers praised the valor of the general. LESSON XXXIV. FIFTH DECLENSION. 1. Nouns of the fifth declension have the genitive singular in -ei The nominative singular alwius ends in -es. V if fill 64 PIHST LATIN HOOK. 2. All nouns of this declension are fcni., except meridles (noon), which is niasc. and dies {^(fv), which is masc. or fern, in the sing., and masc. in the plural. Nouns in -es are declined as follows: — Res (F.), a thing, matter. Singular. Plural. Dies (M. or F.), a day. Singular. Plural. NOM. res, Gen. r6-i, DAT. r6-i, Ace. rem, Voc. re-8, Abl. re dies, die-8. die-i, die -rum die-i, die-bus. die-m, die-8. dies, dies. die. die-bus. re s. re-rum. re-bus. re-s. res. re-bua. 3. In respublica (F.), the commonwealth, both parts are in- flected : — Res-publica (F.), the commonwealth^ country. Singular. Plural. NoM. res-publica, res-publicae. Gen. rei-publicae, rerum-publicarum. Dat. r6i-publicae, rebus-publicis. Ace. rem-publicam, res-publicas. Voe. respublica, res-publicae. Abl. re-publica, rebus-publicis ABLATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES. 4. The following adjectives govern the ablative : Dignus, worthy; indignus, unworthy ; contentus, contented; praeditus, endowed with; fvet\\&,relyifigon; \\\>ev, free from : as, Miles corona dignus est, the soldier is worthy of i crown ; piier ingdnio praeditus est, the boy is endowed with ability. Vocabulary. fides, fidei,/a////, loyalty. mercator, oris, merchant. spes, spei, hope^ expectation. ramus, i, a branch. pernicies, -ei, ruin, bane. luxuria, -ae, luxury. portus, -us, a harbor. notus, -a, -um, kuo^vn. usus, -us, experience. occupo, are, avl, seize. timer, -oris (M. ), y^ar. nunquam, adv., never. Exercise. Decline together: dies clara ; res magna ; portus idoneus ; respub- Uca nostra. Translate into English : - I. Milites fide imperatoris freti erant. 2. Mercatores omncni 1, ;#"■' (a one , (b IMPln] horu 2. Whm NUMEHAL AD-IKCTIVRS AND ADVERBS. 65 )B {noon), the sing., ows : — , a day. LURAL. ie-8. [e-rutn. ie-bus. ie-8. ie-8. .ie-bu8. :ts are in- ,rum. us, worthy: IS, endowed ronS. dignvis aeditus est, merchant. uh. Miry, kncnun. vi, seize. ,, never. letis ; respvib- tores omnem rem Romaniii nuntiavorunt. 3. Timor tnagnus rcnipublicuin oc:cii- pavit. 4. Magna crat spes victoriae in aniinis niilituni. 5. Puer patre suo indignus est. 6. Nautae, spc freti, marc magnum navi- gant. 7. Mercator nun(|uam in portu est ; mare akum navigat. 8. Miles fortis omni laiide dignus fuit. 9. Muri urbis nostrae altiores quam hostium sunt. 10. Usus in omnibus rebus est utilis, ^ sed utilissiinus in bello. 1 1. Luxuria est maxima pcrnicies reipub- licae. 12. i\icr omni culpa liber est. 13. Imperator maximas res exercitui nuntiabit. Translate into Latin : — I. The hope of the soldiers was very great. 2. The general, relying on his valor, seized the camp of the enemy. 3. All the harbors were very well known {supcrl.) to our sailors. 4. They called the son of the general, the hope of the commonwealth. 5. The man ^was worthy of death on-account-of(7»y many? as, unus, #l^y duo, two. (b) Ordinals, answering to the question, which in order? as, jprtmus, first. _4(^) ^distributives, answering to the question, how inatiy each ? 1^^ many at. a time? as, Singuli, one by one; bini, tivo by two. *2. Numeral adverbs answer to the question, how often ? Thus : aimel, once J bis, twice ; ter, thrice. -1 5 i1 HI 0(1 PTHST TiATIM noOK. M a •< a: M Qi O -f; 11 o F ^ 5 111 ta o ti 0) '5 ,g o 'C )« Tl >« >2 >3 i^ a •d *3 C O* 00 o 00 a 0) •0 2^ ^ s ^j DO 2 ® ffl •s a-G IS c 0,2 •r o .© Q 5§£ 0) '§ -3 'a •a '* •§ I dj 'a:;, .. +jO'C3'a)mOfl'd ■a I© I •a 0) 4^ .-« §1 .'a « .© d p. 1© ' 00 '§ '3 's '* '8 1 I© t> •d :« o -d ^_.g S -d § '^ IS S O f-d o ■p -p a 4S P ® ft +o > o © O 'O HD CO o n 'd 1 1 o >® >® -d •d o 3 -d C « > !- H-( t-M rS r^ t^ ^^ 1^ t-, P-. f-5 J^, '-' ^ r^ u "-• i-i Lj ri 5 P '^ SS > 5 ? ^'^ M « iHlMC0-*iO«iI-00O3©rHn'J 1> u-i « t- 00 C5 O r-( gs^= CI M 03 ?! •ti NITMRHALS 67 1 * dD a 3 g m c >(I) (0 43 a ■g«'8 S§'S o'o'OTindcSooo'd+aO'o' ri 'm ^ o"d o s w m CD 3 '4) a boioj m ipi :i •V •d o* be r-t iM d 3 •3 0) 0*0*02 a 2 to fl ^« >d be 0) o to O 3 '0 |E 0. ® _ to m § ^ ^ m a a '0) )|H )f^ jj CO CO t; « fl y (]) © 3 o o -d 3 i 5 ,« fl !^ 3 m .a d +^ i >< X o o ?^ J -^ X >i ^ o o u d d d u cj r; 53 ri n r) O O ir ^ o -^ « J-, o P S ii ?^ .^ O O Q ® I- -S$S g Sg8 i-l ffl CO -^ lO o S 5 5 2 2 5 2 => 5 5 5 5 o iH ijT o o o 1-1 o A 01 d 3) s 3 C C o u ^ 68 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ill p! V t (119 t I 4. Cardinal numerals are indeclinable except (i) unus, ofir; dao, /7L'o; tr68, three ; (2) the hundreds, bcj^inning with dacenti, two hundred; (3) the plvral of mille, a thousand. Unua, ^«r, has already been declined (p. 27). Diio and tres are declined as follows : — Duo, t7V0. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. dtio daae dCio Gen. diiorum duarum duorum DAT. duobus dnabus daObiiH Ace. duos or diio daas dCio Voc. dao dOae duo Abl. diiobus dCiabus ddobus Tres, three. Masc . and Fem. Neut. NOM. tres tria Gen. trium trium DAT. tribUB tribus Ace. tres (is) tria Voe. tres tiia Abl. tribus tribus 5. Mille, a thousand, is indeclinable in the singular, but in the plural is declined as follows : — NoM. miina, Gen. millium, Dat. millibus, Ace. millia, Abl. millibus. Note. — Mille, in the singular, may be either an adjective, or a noun with the word depending on it in the genitive : as, Mille homines or mille hominum, a thousand men. In the plural it is always a noun : as, Decern millia hominum, /en thousand 7ncn (=ten thousand of men). 6. Compound numbers like 21, 22, &c., when between 20 and 100, are written unus et viginti, duo et viginti, or viginti unus, viginti duo, &c. Above one hundred^ the greater number precedes (with or witli- out et): as, ducenti unus, or ducenti et unus, two hundred and one. NUMERAL ADJKCTIVES AND ADVERBS. 60 7. The ordinals are declined like the singular of bonus (p. 20), and the distributives like the plural of bonus. 8. The distributive numerals are used : — (a) To express our so many at a time^ so many each^ with a cardinal numeral : as, Pii6ris binos llbros donavlt, he gave the hoys two books apiece. (b) To express multiplication : as, Bis bina, t^uice two. (c) With substantives that have a different meaning in the singular and plural, respectively : as, Bina castra, two camps. (Castrum is a fort ; duo castra, would mean tivo/orts. See Appen- dix). EXTENT OF TIME AND SPACE. 9. Duration of time and extent of space arc usually expressed by the accusative : as, Romulus septem et triginta annos regrnavlt, Romulus rcii^ncd thirty-seven years; nix quattuor p^des alta, snow four feet deep. (Per, through, is added to the accusative of time to express precision). PARTITIVE GENITIVE. 10. The partitive genitive expresses the whole of which a part is taken : as, Pars militum, part of the soldiers ; unus militum, one of the soldiers; decern millia passuum, ten thousand paces (=ten Roman miles). Exercise. Decline together : unus miles, diiae domiis, tria millia passuum, alter homo. Translate into English (for vocabulary, see end of book) : — I. Milites binis telis content! erunt. 2. Arbor quadraginta pedes alta est. 3. Rex annum jam tertium et vicesimum regnat. 4. Caesar castra decem millia passuum ab hostibus locavit. 5. Graeci urbem Troiam decern annos ob unam mulierem oppugna- ibant. 6. Locus ab hoste circiter passus sexcentos aberat. 7. Quaestoris hiberna castra aberant ab imperatore millia passuum [viginti quinque. 8. Duodeviginti annos tyrannus Syracusanorum [fuit Dionysius. 9. Agger pedes trecentos longus erat, altus duo- jdecim. 10. Per tres menses nullum mare mercatcjribus nostris tutum erat. 11. Quinque horas nostri milites cum hostibus pugna- I !?' y-^ EBBttUBMSaalS 70 FIRST LATIN BOOK. verunt. 12. Gives Romulurn conditorem urbis Romae appellaver- unt. 13. Puer duo millia passuum ambulavit. 14. Milites in oppido multas horas pugnabant. 15. Fagus in silva multos pedes aha est. Translate into Latin : — I. The soldiers of the tenth legion walked through snow two feet deep. 2. The camp of the enemy is ten miles distant from the river. 3. The tree is higher than the mound of the camp. 4. The city was about a mile distant from the sea. 5. The Romans pitched their camp on the top of a hill. 6. The general will give the soldiers of the seventh legion 1 wo crowns apiece on account of their valor. 7. Geneva is a town very near the territories of the Helvetii. 8. The tree is one hundred feet high. 9. The boy walked many miles across high mountains. 10. The general collected ten thousand -oldiers at the foot of the hill. 11. A marsh two thousand feet wide an1 three miles long was between our camp and the camp of the enemy. 12. The plain is distant from the city about eighteen miles. 13. The town is eight miles distant from the camj). 14. The Roman general was endowed with great ability. 15. The wall was ten mileo long and eighteen feet high. LESSON XXXVI. PASSIVE VOICE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE. 1. The present, imperfect, and future indicative of the passive voice, are formed by adding endin^Js to the present slem. These tenses are inllected as follows : — Present. SiNoui.AR. Plural. 1. Pers., fi,mor, / iim {^rinif) loved. Amarnur, we are {^eing) '(rjed. 2. " fi-m.\ris or amare, i'Jto., ..,( &,meinxlni, yoti are loz'Sii. lovsd. 3. ** Amfttnr, he [she, if) is /ortuf. Amantur, fAey are l(nov, I shall be loved. &ixia,hlmnr, we shall he loved. 2. ' ' amaberis or amabere, thou 4mabimini, you will be loved. wilt be loved. 3. ' * amabltur, he {she, it) will amabuntur, they will be loved. be loved. ABLATIVE OF AGENT. 2. The agent after a passive verb is expressed by the ablative with a or ab: as, Vir a sociia laudatur, the tmai is praised by his comrades. ABLATIVE OK INSTRUMENT. 3. Cause, manner, means, and instrument arc denoted by the abhuive without a preposition : as, Puer pallidas ira fuit, ///'• boy 7vas i>ale with rage (alil. of cause) ; ma^no fletu Caesarem orant, they beseech Caesar luith much zoceping {sihX. of manner) ; Gallorum animos verbis conflrmat. he encourages the ?ninds of the Gauls by his words (abl. of means) ; puerum gladio vulnerat, he wounds the boy with a sword {;^h\. of instruaient). Exercise. Dechne together: primum agmen; urbs alta ; tanta virtus; Karthagrc urbs antiqua ; Scipio, vii prudens. Translate into English :- I. Pueri boni a magistris su j laudabuntur. 2. Hostium agri totam hiemem a militibus Roaianis ferro et igni vastantur. 3. Karthago, urbs antiqua, a Scipione expugnabatur. 4.. Ab onm'- bus bonis viris laudabor. 5. Num epistola tui patris ab meo socio laudatur? 6. Res a fngitivis nuntiatur. 7. Puerum alii (some) culpant, alii laudant. 8. Puer a patre suo educabatur. 9. A tuo patre et matre laudabCris. 10. Nonnc militinn animi timore perlurbantur? 11, Tanta scientia erat imperatori.^ Romani, 12. Castra a Caesare, duce Romano, in summo monlc locantur. 72 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 13. Milites legionis septimae in colle altissimo castra \ocaverun<. 14. Num castra ab militibus nostris in summo monte locantur.'' Translate into Latin : — I. I shall be praised by the soldiers of the first legion. 2. Did not the boy blame the soldier ? 3. Caesar will be praised by all the soldiers. 4. Many battles were being fought by the Romans in Gaul. 5. The city is saved by a faithful slave. 6. The Gauls devastated the fields of the Romans with fire and sword. 7. The good pupil is praised by his master. 8. He will be praised by all citizens on account of his valor. 9. O boy, praise the valor of the Roman soldiers 10. The skill of the Romans in war is praised by all men. 11. The waves of the sea arc disturbed by the wind. 12. Scipio took Karthagc, a very rich city, by storm. 13. Some of the soldiers fought against the Gauls for ten years. 14. The king reigned twelve years in the state. LESSON XXXVII. PASSIVE VOICE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. (Continued. ) 1. The perfect, pluperfect, and future-perfect of the indicative passive are formed from the perfect participle passive with sum, /c be. Thus : PERFECT. Singular. Plural. 1. Pers. , amatus sum, / have been, araati sumus, we have bceUy or or tvas, loved. were, l(nied. 2. ' ' amatus 6s, Zhou hast been, &mati estis, yoii have tyeen, or were, or 7vast, loved. loved. 3. *' dmatus est, //(• has been, or fi,mati aunt, they have been, or were, zvas, loved. loved. PLUPERFECT. ' amatus eram. / had been fi,mati Sranius, 7ve had been loved. loi'cd. * amatus 6ras, thou hadsi amati eratis. you luid been Icwad. been loved. ' amatus erat, he had been amati 6rant they had been lozi t. loved. I. 2. PASSIVE VOICE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 73 2. Did d by all Romans le Gauls 7. The ;d by all 3r of the raised by he wind. Some of The king ATION. indicative th sum, /(' ve bceUy or rf w, or werCy ;ved ; amata is nominative singular feminine, agreeing with _ jlla. 3. From the perfect participle passive, b}' the change of -us into um, is formed the supine in -um. The supine in -um has the iforce of the English infinitive used to express purpose; but it is u>ed only after verbs of motion : as, Puerum portavit ludos speo- tutun:. he brought the boy to see the games (spectatum is the supine in um after the verb of motion portavit.) Note. — The present indieative., the present infinitive., the perfect 'ndicative., and the supine., are called the principal parts of the verb. \. : amo, amare, amavi, amatum, are the principal parts of no. Exp:rcise. f'live the principal parts of: porto, aro, dono, voco, laudo. Translate into English : — 1 . Pueri ad matrem vocati sunt. 2. Ager ab agricola aratus est. Liljer parvus puero donatus erit. 4. Ccna a puellis parata crit. % " *\ 3 J Nonne viri ad hortum vocati erant.'' 6. Cur a pueris laudatus i J 74 FIRST LATIN BOOK. es? 7. Num agiicolae filii in hortum vocati sunt? 8. Floresne militibus a regina donati sunt ? 9. Pugna a militibus bene pugnata est. 10. A pulchra virgine laudatus eris. 11. Nomina hominuni a nauta rogata erant. 12. Galli a Romanis superati erunt. 13. Vocavit agricolam agros aratum (supine). Translate into Latin :— I. Have you been praised by the master? 2. Did he give the books to the boy ? 3. Had the Httle book been given to the judge? 4. Was the farmer called to plough {supine) the field? 5. Had the meal been prepared for the sailor by the girl? 6. The brave soldiers had all been killed by the sword. 7. The fields wiil have been ploughed in summer. 8. Was not the fight very badly fought ? 9. Have the girls been surpassed by the boys? 10. Was not the house built for the queen ? 11. The beautiful girl had been praised by all. 12. Did he not bring tne boy to walk among the flowers ? LESSON XXXVIII. REVIEW OF THE PASSIVE OP AMO. ABLATIVE OF TIME WHEN. A point of time (time when) is expressed by the ablative : as, Hieme noctes sunt long-ae, in ivinter the nights are long. Exercise. Decline together : Virgo pulcbra, onus grave, ver novum, acies lontfa, aestas brevis. Translate into English : — I. Auctumno noctes sunt longiores quam aestate. 2. Omnes milites in exercitu Romano a duce laudantur. 3. Agricohie a- ,i^ verC arant. 4. Nostra consilia hostibus a servis nuntiabantur. 5. Miics sagitt's hostium vulneratur. 6. Magna copia frumenii a servis ad urbem Romam aestate proximS, portabltur. 7. Pattr patriae a Senatu populoque Romano appellaris. 8. Hieme media castra ab iniperatore in collibus altiisimis locantur. 9. Caesar multos annos imperator in Gallia fuit. 10. Hieme Romani in ■■i ADVERBS. 75 castris erant ; vere imperator ad bellum legiones excitabit. ii. Onera gravia a niilitibus trans niontes portantur. 12. Dux hostium tclo vulnerabatur. 13. Primo anno Komani Brutum consulem creaverunt. Translate into Latin : — I. The brave boy swam across the deep river. 2. On (in) dark nights the clouds hide the moon. 3. The birds sing songs in spring among the woods. 4. The days in winter are shorter than in summer ; the frost is keener than in spring. 5. You were being praised at-that-timc {tuni) by all the citizens. 6. The house of the farmer is smaller than that^ of my father. 7. At daybreak the camp was pitched in the plain by the Romans. 8. The maidens were often praised by the queen on account o^ {ob + ace.) then diligence. 9. The master will be praised by all the servants. 10. The maiden was beloved by all her sisters. 1 1. The boy was wounded by the arrow of his brother. 12. In autumn a large quantity of corn was brought to the city by the farmers. 13. hid not the Romans collect (coniparo) three thousand cavalry and six thousand infantry in the spring ? ivura, acies LESSON XXXIX. ADVERBS. 1. Adverbs are formed from adjectives in -us and -er of the first and second declensions, by changing the genitive singular of the adjective into e. Thus : — Genitive. Adjective. narus, Jenr, dignus, '.cot thy, pulcher, heaiiliful, miser, -vrctchcdy car-1, dign i, pulchr-l, miser-i, Adverb. care, dearly. dign-e, 7001 (hily. pulchr-e, hcauti fully, tai3er-e, 7vretchedly. 2. Adverbs are formed from adjectives of the third declension by changing the -is of the genitive singular into iter, or--if the [adjective ends in -ns - into -ter. Thus : - r 1^ ^ Omit that. 76 Adjective. fortis, brave, gravis, heavy, acer, sharp, ferox, fierce, s&piens, ivise, prudens, prudent. first latin book. Genitive. fortis, grrSv-is, acr-is, ferocis, sapient-is, pnident-is, Adverb. fort iter, bravely. grav-iter, heavily. acr-iter, sharply. feroc-iter, fiercely. s&pient-er, wisely, prudent-er, prudently. 3. Some adverbs have two forms, one in -e and one in -ter as, Adjectives. durus, hardf flrmus, firm, largus, bounteous^ humanus, courteous^ miser, wretched. Adverbs, dure, diir-iter. flrm-e, flrm-iter. larg-e, larg-iter. liuman-e, human-iter. naiser-e, miser-iter. 4. The neuter accusative singular of many adjectives is used as an adverb : as, Adjective. Adverb. multus, tnuchy multum. facilis, easy, facile. rScens, fresh, » recens. dulcis, sweet, dulce. 4. The neuter singular comparative of the adjective is used as the comparative of the adverb. The superlative of the adverb is formed from the superlative of the adjective, by changing the genitive singular ending to -e. Thus : Positive, Comparative. Superlative. Adj. carus, dear, carior, carissimus. Adv. care, carius, carissime. { ( Adj. miser, 7o retched, \ Adv. misere, f Adj. acer, sharp, \ Adv. acriter, { Adj. prudens, prudent. Adv. prudenter. misenor, misernmus. mis§rius. miserrime. acrior, acerrimus. acrius, ecernme. prudentior, pruden tissimus prudentius. prudentissime. ADVERBS. 7. Some adverbs are formed irregularly from .uljcctivesi : as, ADVKKHS. 77 -^1 Adjective. bonus, i^ooi/, malus, /'ad, multus, niuc/i, Positive. bene, well, male, badly, multum, much. CoMl'AR. melius, peius, plus, SurERL. optime. pessime. plurimei'/- plurimum. minime. maxime. ^QXVWB, small, little, pfi-rum, little, minus, magnus, .i.wa/', magnopere, ^.^'■/w/Zj'. '^agis, 8. Some adverbs, not derived from adjectives, are compared : as. Positive. Comi'akative. Superlative. diu, lon^, diutius, divtissime. saep6, often, saepius, saepissime. Exercise. Form adverbs from the following adjectives, and compare both [adjectives and adverbs : Celer, swift ; altus, high ; aeger, sick ; [eimilis. like; libens, willing ; audax, bold. Decline together : aquila celeris, dies clarior, eques fortlssimus. Ivita melior. Translate into English : — I. Roman: multos annos contra Karthaginienscs fortlter pugna- Iverunt, 2. Vere imperfitor imam legionem celerlter comparabit. h. Una legio ab duce Romano aestaie celeirime comparatur. 4. [Homo saepe est poenii gravissima dignus. 5. \'irtus militum ab laesare maxime laudatur. 6. Italia, nostra patria, ab omnibus :ivibus carissime amatur. 7. Homo in meo consulatu a Senatu lepissime laudabatur. 8. Galli magnas equitum et peditum popias celerriii^e comparant. 9. Locus proelio maxime idoneus ;st. 10. Ti.nor maximus omnes milites exercitus saepissime occu- )avit. 11. Die decimo Caesar omnia arma ad oppidum celerius )ortabit. 12. Reltquas Icgiones pro castrorum portis lu'idie locavit. 13. Imperatorem tela hostium gravissimc vulneravcrunt. 14. In la' virtute nostra spes victoriae est. Translate into Latin : — I. The snow was four feet deep on'^ the top of the mountain. 2. I. Alone. 2. Use /;/ with ahl. Si r 78 FIRST LATIN BOOK. The army of the Remans is often defeated in war. 3. Ten lej^ioiis are quickly (ollected by the general against the enemy. 4. Tlu' soldiers fought very bravely for four hours. 5. The general praised greatly the valor of his soldiers. 6. The generals pitched the camj) in a very suitable j)lace. 7. The man is contented with all his friends. 8. The commander thought the plain a very suitable place for a camp. 9. The Gauls were very fond of war and for many years fought very fiercely against the Germans. 10. On the next day, the soldier quickly hastened to the camp. 11. Our general is more skilled in war (gen.) than the leader of the enemy. 12. The town is very near a high hill (dat.) 13. The road to the top of the mountain is very difficult. 14. Caesar ^.osted {loco) the soldiers of the tenth legion on the right wing. dJi LESSON XL. SECOND CONJUGATION. Indicative and Imperative Active. 1. The second conjugation includes all verbs that have the characteristic vowel -e before the present infinitive ending -re: as, moneo, I advise, pres. inf., mone-re, to advise. habeo, I have, prcs. inf., habe-re, to have. 2. The part that is left after dropping the ending -re, is called the i present stem ; and the present, imperfect and future indicative are formed from it, as in the first conjugation. 3. The perfect is sometimes formed, as in the first conjugation, by adding -vi to the present stem : as, Pres. Indicative. Prks. Inkinitive. Pres. Stem. Perfect. del6o, / destroy, dele-re, dele- delevi. 4. Most verbs, however, form the perfect by dropping the final -e of the present stem and adding -fii : as, Pres. Indicative. Pres. Infinitive. Pres. Stem. Perfect. moneo, I advise, mone-re, mone- moniiL SECOND rONJUOATION. 7% 5. Some verbs drop the -e of the present stem and add -ai : as, Pres. Indicative. Pkes. Infinitive. Pres. Siem. Perfect. m&n6o. / fff/iai/t, mane-re. md.ne- man-si. i\Xti6o, / ort/er, iiibe-re, iube- ius-si (-iub-sl). 6. The present imperative is got, as in the other conjugations, by dropping the -re of the infinitive : as, I'KESENT Indicative. Present Infinitive. Present Imperative. monSo, I advise, mone-re, mone. i(ib6o, I order, iiibe-re, labe. 7. The indicative and imperative active of monSo are inflected as follows : — Moneo, I advise. INDICATIVE. Present. Singular. I. Pers., mdneo 2. ' ' mones " monet Imperfect. 1. Pers., monebam 2. " monebas x. " monebat 1. Pers., monebo 2. ' ' monebis 3. " monebit 1. Pers., monui 2. " monOisti 3- " monuit 1. Pers., monueram 2. ' * monueras 3. •' monOerat Future. Perfect. Pluperfect. Plural. monemus mdnetis monent monebamus monebatis monebant monebimus monebitis monebunt monuimus monuistis monvlerunt or moniiere monueramiis monueratis monuerant I i 80 i: FIRST LATIN I'.OOK. Future- I'KRFECT. 1. I'crs., tnonuero 2. '* m6nu6ri8 3. " moruSrit monuenmus monueritia monuerint 2. Pers., mone IMPERATIVE. monete Note. — The supine of moneo is monitum; and the principal parts are : moneo, monere, monui, monitum. Exercise. Decline toj^ether : hora brevis, mons altior, summus collls, ager felix, flumen altiim, pater suus. Translate into English : — I. H ostium exercitus arcem sex menses tenuit. 2. Summuin montem militcs primae legionis habuerunt. 3. Magistcrdiscipuluin multos annos docuit. 4. In conspectu nostri exercitus agri vastati sunt. 5. Milites naves multas frumcnto vinoque compleverani. 6. Nix duos pedes alta in montibus iacet. 7. Hostium adventus militum pavorem augebit. 8. Ab (' = (9«^ una parte Gallos flumen Rhenus, et ab altera parte montes Pyrenaei continent. 9. Patir meus in Italia multos annos mansit. 10. Veris adventus omnibus animalibus gratissimus est. 11. Equitatus hostium multas horas collem tenebat. 12. Karthaginienses multas naves Ronianorum apud insulam Sicilian! delevorunt. 13. Hodie exercitus Romanus magnam spem victoriae habet. Translate into Latin : — I. The army of the enemy held our territories. 2. My father will remain in Italy tor six months. 3. The river Garonne, the Pyrenees mountains and the Ocean bound Gaul. 4. Caesar had great hope of victory. 5. The soldiers have very great experience in war^ 6, The lieutenant held the top of the hill for many days. 7. The thing was told to the enemy by a soldier of the legion. 8. The Gauls will quickly destroy all the houses. 9, I shall remain ten days in the city. 10. The victory of the soldiers will be pleasing to the general. 11. For many years the master * Use the genitive. m.iB' SECOND CONJIJOATION. HI principal 18 coUis, tauj^lit the sons of the old man. 12. On the next day Caesar moved the army forward^ ten miles and remained there for ten days. 13. The enemy pitched their camp in the plain. • ■■■■■■ - - " ■ ■-■ - I . ■ - . 2 'Jo mrn'e fonvard^ j)roni5v»5<). LESSON XLI. SECOND CONJUGATION.-rr^;////"^/;. Indicative and Imperative Passive. The indicative and imperative passive of verbs of the second conjugation are inflected as follows : — Summum | ^B li /loneor, / am advised. iiscipuluin 1 H INDICATIVE. gri vastali pluveranl. adventui OS flumcn 9. Pat 11 1 Pcrs. Singular. , monSor Present. Plural. monemur 92. t ( moneris or monere monemini '^S^V (( monetur monentur s omnibus 'If has horas ;1 Impkrfect. Dmanoruni Romanu-^ '^^B "^ Pers. , monebar monebaris «/• monebare monebatur monebamur monebamini monebantur m FUTURK. 9'- Pe.rs , monebor monebimur My father Sz. t i moneberis or monebere mon eibimini ronne, the '^3- (i monebitur monfcbur.cur ,'aesar had m Perfect. experieni e ior many lier of the %■ Pcrs. monitus sum monitus es moniti sumus moniti estis 'Wr. it monitus est moniti sunt ses. 9. I '^m he soldiers \M Pluperfect. the master '^- Pcrs., monitus eram moniti eramus -^^^^^B* monitus eras monitus erat moniti eratia moniti 6rant If M m * ','iu #. »^vt T-* >^, ^' IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) / // 7 ^ €. / o AA< tf' M?. < <;^ C^^: fA f/. 1.0 I.I If: la iiiM I!? K£ ^ no 111112.0 12.2 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 4) 6" - ► m ^ /a ^> c^^^- % V^> .^ ?> O / ■/s Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 ^/EST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 82 FlKiST LATIN BOOK. Futurk-Perfect. 1. Pers., monitus ero 2. " monitus eris ■X. ** monitus erit moniti 6rimu8 moniti eritia moniti erunt IMPERATIVE. Present. monere monemini RULES FOR EXPRESSING TIME. 1. A/>o/';i^ of time is expressed by the ablative : as, Hieme noctes sunt longae, in winter the flights ate long. 2. Within a point of time is expressed either by the simple ablative, or by the accusative with inter or intra : as, Faucis diebus, inter paucos dies, intra paucos dies, within a few days. 3. Many years after is, multis annis post; many years before is, multis annis ante : as, Multis annis post urbs expugnata est, the city was taken many years after. Note. — Post multos annos is also used for many years after; and ante multos annos for tnafty years be/ ore. 4. Duration of time is expressed by the accusative : as, Rom- ; Jus septem et triginta regnavit annos, Romulus reigned for thirty-seven years, (post is an adverb). 5. Ago is expressed by abhinc followed by the words expressing time in the accusative or ablative : as, Abhinc decern dies (or abhinc deoem diebus) Caesar castra movit, te7i days ago Caesar moved his camp. Exercise. Decline together : prima lux, quaestor fortis, summus mons, dies serenus, duo pedes. Translate into Eng.ish : — ■ I. Prima luce milites legionis summum coUem teneiit. 2. Paucis diebus post res Caesari nuntiata est. 3. Abhinc viginti annos oppidum a duce deletum est. 4. Agamemnon cum universa Graecia vix decern annis urbem Troiam expugnavit. 5. Hasdrubal, dux Karthaginiensium, octo fere annos imperium obtinuerat. 6. THIRD CON.TCOATION. 33 Multos continuos dies copiac Romanoruni in caslris tciieliantur. 7. Urbs Kartliago a Scipionc abliinc imillis annis est delcta. 8. Caesar castra sua ex suniino monte ad planiticin movebit. 9. Mille fere it ([uingentos passus castra ab hostibus promota sunt. 10. Multis (licbus ante de coniuratione scnatuni nionuit servus. 11. Hostes tela sex pedes longa et unum pedcni lata hal^ebant. 12. Multis annis post niilites sunimuni colleni tenuerant. 13. Decern annis a inilitibus Graecis urbs Troia deleta est. Translate into Latin : — I. On the next day at daybreak Caesar moved his camp to the foot of the hill. 2. The hill is held by the enemy for five hours. 3. The army of Scipio destroyed Karthage, a very wealthy city, many years ago. 4. Was not the city taken by storm five years after.'' 5. Within ten years the general has fought many battles against the enemy. 6. The forces of the enemy are two miles distant from the city. 7. You are all silent, my friends ; do you fear the decision of thej\ '.,'- ^ 8. The birds in spring build their nests in the tall trees. 9. 1 « arrival of spring is welcome to all. 10. Within fifty years the Romans destroyed two very fierce nations. 11. The number of the soldiers was increased by a levy at the beginning of spring. 12. At the beginning of summer, the boy was seen in the fields daily. 13. The town was destroyed by the Roman commander ten years ago. lus mons, LESSON XLII. THIRD CONJUGATION. Indicative and Imperative Active. 1. The third conjugation includes all verbs that have the characteristic vowel -6 before the present infinitive ending -re. The jiii^scnt stem is ol^tained by dro))ping -re; and from it the verb stem, which always ends in a consonant or -11, is obtained by dropping the characteristic -e : as, T'KKSKNT InFINITIVK. PRESENT STEM. VeRH STEM. regere, to rule, minuere, lo Itsscn, rege- minue- reg- minu. 84 FIRST LATIN HOOK. 2. The perfect is formed regularly by adding -si to the verb stem : as, Pres. Infin. Pres. Stem. Verb Stem. Pres. Indic. r6gere r6tj6- rSg- rexi(=regsi) 3. The future is formed by adding -am to the verb stem : as, Pres. Infin. Pres. Stem. Verb Stem. Pres. Indic. regr6ro reg6- r6g- r6g-am 4. The indicative and imperative active of rego, / rule^ are in- flected as follows : — RSgo, I rule. ■ PRESENT. ^H ^ Singular. Plural. ■ ( I. Pers-, rego rSgimus m\ 2. " regis regitis u 3. " r6git r§gunt* ' ■ IMPERFECT. I. Pers., rSgebam regebamus 2. " regebas regebatis 3. ** rSgebat regebant FUTURE. I. Pers., regain regemus B />-< 2. " reges regetis ^^^^H 3. ** r§get regent ^^^1 PERFECT. H^ u-it I. Pers., rexi reximus ^H viv 2. " rexisti rexistis ^1 u'it 3. " rexit rexerunt or rexere ^m CIS PLUPERFECT. ^1 noil I. Pers., rexSram rexeramus H ifti 2. ** rexeras rexeratis H i>iui 3. *• rexerat rexerant H ut with the names of towns and small islands, yrt;w is regu- lai expressed by the ablati7>e without a preposition : as, Roma, Corintho, Karthagine, Aegina contendit, he hastens from Rome. Corinth, Karthage, Aegina. So also domo, \s/rom home; rure, front the country. 3. To express place in which, a preposition is required, unless with the names of towns and small islands : as. In Gallia, in urbe, vivit, he lives in Gaul, in the city. But to express place in which with the names of towns or small islands, the so-called locative* case is used. This case has the form of (^i) the genitive, if the noun is of the first or second declension singular ; {b) the ablative, if the noun is of the third declension singula- or if the noun is plural: as, Romae, at Rome; Corinthi, at Corinth; Karthagine, lit Karthage; Athenis, at Athens (Athenae, pi.) ; Delphis, at Delphi (Delphi, pi.) ; Curibus, at Cures (Cures, pi.) ' When ad is used before the name of a town, it means tcnvards or in I ih,- n,'i'^hborhooii of: as, Ad Romam contendit, be hastens toxi'ards Rome I or (0 the neighborhood of Rome. ^A case which became obsolete in the later language. i '. a-i-l 86 FlllST LATIN HOOK. "I 'it .i So, too, domi, af ho)nc ; huml, on the ground; belli, /// war; ruri, in the country; militiae, on niilitary semicey abroad. 4- When urbs or oppidiam is used in apposition to the name of a town, the preposition should be expressed : as, Ad urbem Romam contendit, he set out for the city of Rome ; ex urbe Roma proper- avit, he hastened from the city of Rome ; in urbe Roma vixit, he lii'cd in the city of Rome. (Latin says : TJie city Rome for our city of Rome.) Exercise. UecHne together : proximus collis, pucr diligons, extrema aestas, domus parva, primum ver, exercitus magnus, pueJla prudens. Translate into Englisli . — I. Caesar copias suas ad proxinium collcm suljduxit. 2. Romac consules a civibus quotannis creantur. 3. Dionysius pueros Coi'inthi abhinc multis annis docCbat. 4. Imperator ad Italian! extrema aestate contendit. 5. Vir erat non solum domi, sed etiam belli clarissimus. 6. Y)v.x hostium fossam, duo millia passuum longam, ex castris ad flumen perduxit. 7. Vere multos dies ruri puer mansit. 8. Milites plurlmi ad Karthaginem, urbem omnium rerum plenani, aestate comparati sunt. 9. Primo vere Pompeius omnes copias hostium lerrtX marique superavit. 10. Plato multos annos Athenis vixit. II. In Gallia citeriore decern diebus duae legiones a Caesare comparatae sunt. 12. Lacedaemon erat honestissimum domiciliuin senectiltis. 13. Aestate legatus decimam legionem Romac con- scripsit. Translate into Latin : — I. At liphesus there was a splendid temple of Diana. 2. He was even more distinguished at home than abroad. 3. At the end of sumnier two legions were collected (comparo)'aX Athens. 4. He n'alks within five hours from the city to his home. 5. The general led his army from Rome to Ath^^ns within four months. 6. Was not the boy advised by his teacher many days ago ? 7. Was he living in the beginning of spring at Rome ? 8. Romulus reigned in the city of Rome for thirty-seven years. 9. Pompey hastened from Hrundusium in the beginning of night. 10. The top of the hill ^\ as held by Labienus, a brave liisutenant of Caesar. 11. The general in the middle of summer enrolled (conscribo) three legions at Lucca, THIRD CONJUGATIOIf. 87 ,1 town of hither Gaul, 12. Within fifty clays the pirates were defeated (supcro) by I onipey. 13. T!ie man was wounded in the battle by the darts of ihe enemy. LESSON XLIII. THIRD CONJUGATION.-rc^«///^/^v/.; Formation of the Perfect Active and Supine Stems. Note. — The principal parts of all verbs of the 3rd conjugation should, owing to their irregularity, be carefully committed to memory as they occur. 1. The perfect indicative active is regularly formed by adding -si, and the supine by adding -turn, to the verb stem : as, Pres. Ind. Pres. Infin. Perk. Indic. Supine. rSgb, regere, rexi(=rogsi), rectum, (- regtum) 2. But some verbs have a 7-cdjiplicated perfect: /. c.^ the first consonant of the word is prefixed with a vowel (generally -e) added : as, Pres. Ind. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indic. Supine. c&do, I fall, c&dere, c6-cidi, casum. (-: cad -turn) Note. — The stem vowel is often weakened as in this case (fi, pass- ing to -i). 3. Sometimes, too, the reduplication has been lost : as, Pres, Ind. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indic. Supine. faadsi, I cleave, flndSre, fldi(=fl-fidi) flssum. 4. The stem vowel is sometimes lengthened for the perfect : as, Pres. Ind. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indic. Supine. ago, I do, fi-gSre, egi, actum, lego, / choose, legere legi, lectum. 6. Somet'imes, to form the peifect, an -i is added to the verb stem : as. 88 FIHST LATIN BOOK. Pres. I no. Pres. Inkin, Perf. In Die. SuriNE. ruo, /rush, ru6re, nil, natum. verto, / ////-;/, vertere, verti, versum. 6. Learn the pr incipal parts of : Pkks. In I). I'kKs. Infix. Pekf. In Die. SUI'INE. mitto, semf. mittere, misi, missum. dico, icll. dic6re, dlxi, dictum. claudo, slitU, claudere, clausi. clausum. pello, drive. pellere, pepuli. pulsum. carpo, plucky carpere, carpsi, carptum. pono, place. pon6re, posui, positum. d.lo, rear, fi-lere, akli, altum. diico, lc(jd, ducere, duxi. ductum. scando, cli>/il>. scandere, scandi, scansum. traho, drazu, trahere, traxi, tractum. scribo, write. 8crib6re, scripsi, scriptum vivo, live. vivere, vixi, victum EXERCISK. Decline together : frigus acre, servus ftdelis, tristior vultus, res maxima, respublica incolumis. Translate into English : — I. Puer ad patrem Romani binas litteras qiiotldie misit. 2. Vesperi imperator nv)manus portas castrorum claudet. 3. Prima, luce nostri milites copias hostium e si mmo coUe pellent. 4. Abhinc multos annos pomum in tuo horto carpsi. 5. Hiemt in summis Alpibus frigus acerrimum est. 6. Hostes primum copias suas contra exercitus nostri dextrum cornu posfterunt ; deinde nostros milites in fugam magno clamore verterunt. 7. Magnis corporibus Ger- manorum nostri milites terrebuntur. 8. Multi hostes in proeliis cecTderunt. Q. Britanni ans6reni et gallinam alunt. 10. Post paucos menses Caesar copias suas ex Britannia duxit. i r. Annos circiter trecentos quinquaginta Romani insulam Britanniam tenuerunt. 12. Miles, virtute fretus, muros urbis altos scandit. 13. Omnium gentium Galli sunt belli cupidissimi. Translate into Latin : — I. During tJie winter the Romans drew their ships to the shore and remained there many months. 2. The boy wrote three letters THIRD CONJUGATION. 89 daily. 3. Many illustrious' men lived formerly at Athens, but none was more illustrious than the orator Demosthenes. 4. The king lived at Rome for many years. 5. The house of my father is three miles distant from the city. 6. On the next day, scouts told the matter to our commander. 7. Many thousands of the enemy fell in the battle. 8. Atj»home and abroad he was equally beloved by his fellow-citizens. 9. The sun is larger than the earth. 10. After many years he will live in Corinth. 1 1. The father lived ten years at Karthage with his son. 12. The father sent his son to Delphi, a very rich city. 13. The farmers plucked many apples in the beginning of autumn. LESSON XLIV. THIRD CON JUGATION.-r C-^////««^^/. ) Indicative and Imperative Passive. 1. The indicative and imperative passive of rSgo, / ru/ej are inflected as follows : — R6gor, /am ruled. PRESENT. Singular. Plural. I. Pers., rSgor rSgfimur ; contra H 2. *' r6geris or regSre regimini milites H 3. •' regitur rSguntur IS Ger- H IMPERFECT. proeliis H I. Pers., regebar regebamur paucos H 2. " regebaris or regebare regebamini circiter H 3. " r6gebatur regebantur 1 imnium ■ FUTURE. I I. Pers., rdgar regemur ■ 2. " regeris or regere rSgemini H 3. *' regetur I'egentur e shore H e letters ■ 'Say "many" attd "illustrious." ! \ 90 FIRST LATIN BOOK. t PEKFKCT. I. l»ers. rectus sura recti siimus e. < < rectus 68 recti estis 3- (• rectus est recti sunt PLUPERFECT. I. Ters, , rectus 6ram recti 6ramus -^ i( rectus 6ras recti 6ratis 3. (( rectus 6rat recti 6rant FUTURE-PERFECT. I. Pcrs. , rectus 6ro recti 6rlmus 2. r audivere I. Pers., audiveram PLUPERFECT. audiveramus 2. " audivSras audiveratis 3. " audiv6rat audiverant FUTURE-PERFECT. I. Pers., audivero audiverimua 2. audivSris audiverit audiveritis audiverint IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. 2. Pers., audi audite VERBS WITH TWO ACCUSATIVES. 3. Verbs of ash'n^, tcacJiing and concealing take two accusatives in the active, one of the person and another of the thing : as, Pat>3r fllium musicam docuit, the father taught his son music. FOURTH CONJUGATION. dd In the passivf, the accusative of th(* person becomes the subject, aiul the accusative of the [\\'\u\^ is retained: as, Flllus muslcam a patre doctua est, //te son luas taught music by his father. Note.— P6to, I asky and postillo, / demand, lake the accusative of the thintJ and the ablative of the person with a (or B.\i),Jroni : as, Pacem ab Romania peti verunt, they asked the Romans for peace { — they asked peace from the Romans); librum ab amlco poatCUa- vit, he demanded a hook from his friend. Quaero, to ask, seek, takes the accusative of the thinj,*^ and the ablative of the person with a (or ab), e (or ex), or de: as, Causara e viro quaeaivlt, he asked a reason from the man (or, he asked the man for a reason). EXKRCISE. Decline together : malum facinus, magna vox, moenia alta, foasa Icnga, partes tres, consul claiiaaimus. Translate into English : — I. Magister puerum sentenliani rogavit. 2. Puer a magistro sententiam rogfitus est. 3. Catillna iuventutem multa facinrtra docebat. 4. Cicero per legatos de consmis hostium doctus est. 5. Per silentium noctis vocem magnam in silvis audiverunt. 6. Nonne dux consilium nostros milites celavit.'' 7. Hostes castra fossa valloque munivCrant. 8. Orationcm Ciceronis, viri claris- simi, eras audles. 9. Romani duo bclla atrocissima una aestate finiverunt. 10. MuHCres pacem ab hostibus petunt. 11. Ariovis- tus, in Caesaris consulatu, rex atque amicus appollatus est. 12. Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres. 13. Audite, O Romani, multa et praeclara facta maiorum nostrorum. Translate into Latin : — I. Cato was asked his opinion about (de + adi.) the conspiracy. 2. Necessity leaches man many arts. 3. Caesar had demanded corn from the enemy ten days before. 4. On the next day the enemy asked the Britons for aid. 5. O citizens, hear the words of So- crates, the w'sest of men. 6. Did not the citizens hear the speech of the consul? 7. They have demanded soldiers from the Gauls within fifty days. 8. He lived many years at Athens as^ a 'Omit as. m 1 #^' 'Sl 11 94 KIHHT I-ATIN HOOK, Ixiy, «). Did yuii Ik .ir i)f (t/r) the de'lciH of I'lc l\()in;iii ariny ? lo. 'riu' l^oy \v;is hlcrpiii}^ oil tlu' ^hhiihI lor Iwo lioiiis. I I. Will Dur j^e'iu'ial finish the v\ai in tho smiiiiu'i ? 12. Shall we ptinish the in!m<'' pcoph; had < hoscn Ancus kiiix, ten years l»clon'. LESSON XLVI. FOURTH CONJUGATION. Indicative and Iniporative PawHive. The inditative and iinpeia(i\c passive inlleeled as foHows : — AmlTor, / Ini audlentur audit! sumus audit! eHtlH audit! sunt audit! 6ramua audit! Sratis audit! 6rant niKI'OHITIONH IN <'(»MI'OHITI(>V. 9ft finuKK ri;Ki''K( T. 1. I'iMs. , iklMlll.UH «»n> 2. " IIIkIII.MH i'U'\H J. " uudltuH fuM IMI'KRATIVIi. I'kKSKNT. 2. PurH., audiro audltl riruiiuH luidfti ^.rltlH Huditi I'truub audlmlnl KXVMCISK. Conjugate like audio: Punlo, punish; mnviio, /ort'fyj enidlo, viliuatc ; vtJHtlo, t lotlw ; Horvlo, ixr /i sliwc. Translate into l-.n^lish : — I. Noniu; )><-ll(: lionis vtistlliis est? 2. Castia a iniiltis viris nuiniohaiUtir. 3. Lc^ioncs Koinanac niin<|iiam scrviont. 4. Cur nontacc's? A ina^islro puniriiis. 5. Nomic casira imiltis arliori- biis imuilta ci ant ? 6, Niiiii (ollcs ah hostibiis iniinicntiir? 7. IMcbs Komana ij^iiaviac scrv'u'bat. 8. Nr)tiM(5 piicri a lua^istris cnuliiintiir ? 9. Noniie piicri aiidarcs ^'raviUrr j)iini<:nlur? 10. 'riMiis altissima a Cac's.lre immita cril. 1 1. Scrvi nostri a fabris oplijue ciiuliti siinl. 12. () piu;ri virtutc vc-stimini. Translate into Latin : — I. The shouts of the enemy were often hrani. 2. Are nf)t the boys beinj^ educated by their n»aster? 3. The < anij) was fortified on a hij^h hill, 4. Will you not be silent? Y(»u will be heard l>y the master. 5. They weie clothed with the skins of lions. 6. The shout of the soldiers will be heard in the city. 7. The birds were heard in the wood. 8. Were not the bf)ys well educated? 9. The messengers were beinj.; jiiuiiHlied by the g(;neral. 10. He clothed, soldier, v/ith couraj^e. 11. You will not be heard, boys, by the master. f2. Do not [)unish, (J master, the best boy. LESSON XLVII. COGNATE ACCUSATIVE. ACCUSATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 1. Verbs are often followed by an accusative of kindred origin or meaning : as, TurpisBlmam vitara vivit, ///' /m.v ti lury base life; mirum somnium somniavit, he drttimt a ivondcrjul dreamj ;i. 06 FIRSt LATIN BOOK. proeliuni pugnat, //^ y^///j a battle . This is called the cognate accusative. 2. Many intransitive verbs, especially those expressing motion and compounded with the preposition ad (/^), circum {around), per {through)^ praeter {^ast), trans (across), or super {alun'c), take an accusative after them : as, Gate rostra advolat, Cato flies to the hustings; equites Bomani senatum circumstant, Roman knights surround the senate; murmur contionem pervasit, a mur- mur went through the assembly. (Here the accusative depends on the preposition. The sentences might have been expressed thus : Ad rostra Cato volat ; equites Romani circum senatum stant ; murmur per contionem vasit). 3. The transitive veibs, transduco (or traduco), Head across, and transporto, I bear across, may take two accusatives in the active, one depending on the verb and the other on the preposition : as, Hannibal copias Iberum traduxit, Hannibal led the forces across the Ebroj Caesar milites navibus flumen transportat, Caesar conveys his soldiers across the river ifi ships. Exercise. Decline together ; media aestas, album lac, dura servitus, sum- mum consilium, omnes boni cives. Translate into English : — I. Caesar omnes copias Rhenum media aestate traduxerat. 2. Tresjam partes copiarum Helvetii flumen traduxerunt. 3. Pler- iquefrumentanonserunt ; pellibus vestiti sunt. 4. Naves Romanae Oram Siciliae praetervectae sunt, 5. Catilina cum sociis sceleratis senatum circumstat. 6. Cato primus sententiam in senatu roga- tur. 7. Hannibal nonaginta miliia hominum flumen Iberum trans- ducit. 8. Num Galli multos annos durissimam servitutem serv- ient 1 9. Summum senatus consilium ab Romanis appellatum est. 10. Mercator hieme mare navigabit. 11. Xerxes Hellespontum exercitum traduxit. 12. Ab omnibus bonis civibus auditus eram. Translate into Latin : — I. The Romans did not sail the sea in the middle of winter. 2. Did not the general with all his forces fly to the city "i 3. The citizens stand round the temple of Jupiter. 4. The Germans led THIRD CONJUGATION. d7 their forces across the Rhine. 5. Will he be contented with his lot.'' 6. Was not a large army led across the mountains into Gaul? 7. The enemy fought a fierce batile in the middle of the plain. 8. The man lived at Athens for many years, but he was brought up at Rome. 9. In early spring Hannibal will lead a large army across the Alps. 10. He was heard by the noblest men of our state. II. The Romans were ta 'ht the art of war by necessity. 12. Did not Marius make a very long journey in the middle of summer ? LESSON XLVIII. THIRD CONJ'UGATIO'iJ.-(Conlmueini^ taken the city, he led back hir forces (i.e., tJie city having been taken); (?) postquam with the perf. indie. : as, Postquam virbem cepit, copias reduxit after he took the city, he led back his forces'^. Note. — Two nouns, or an adjective and a noun, in the ablative ab- solute are used (as sum, / am, has no present participle) without a copula : as, Tullo rege, when Tulliis was king; Caesare consiile, /// the cojisulship of Caesar; caelo serene navigamus, we sail when the sky is clear ( = the sky being clear). Exercise. Translate into Entrlish I. Dato signo, nostri mililes impetuni in hostes fticorunt. 2. Omnibus captivis tradltis, in fines hostium postero die pervonit. ' Quum, token, with the past subjunctive — a very common substitute for the perf. part. act. — will be mentioned later on. Thus : Having taken the city, he led back his forces ^Q,n\im urbem cepisset, copias reduxit. PAKTICil'LKS I'AHSFVK. 103 3. Rc fi'.JincnlariiV comparatri, castr.i movet et dichiis circitcr quinclccim ad fines Bclgaruin pcrvC'nit. 4. Solis occasu suas copias, multis acceptis vulncrihiis, in castra rcduxit. 5. Castris niunitis, duas ibi lcj,nones ielu|uit. 6. Responsis ad Cacsarcm portatis, iterum Icgatos cum niandatis niittit. 7. Orationc hahila, princeps concilium dimittit. 8. Sic omnibus hostium copiis fusis, i:iipciator oppidum in dcdttioncm acccpit. 9. Militos, agris hosti- um vastatis, in fines TrCvtrorum peiveniunt. ro. Interim nostri milites impctum amplius^ horas quattuor, paucis vulncribus acceptis, sustinuGrunt. ii. Helium, CaesJire imperatore, contra Gallos decem annos gercbfitur. 12. Gives cum hostibus urbcm oppugnan- tibus acritcr dimicabunt. Translate into Latin : — I. The soldiers, having hurled their darts, broke through the line of the enemy. 2. When the news {res) was reported, Caesar set out into hither Gaul with five legions. 3. After all Gaul had been subdued {ti/f/. al>s.)^ Caesar hastened to Rome at the beginning of winter. 4. Having been elected consul, he left the city. 5. The soldiers fled into the thick woods, because their leader was killed {abl. a/'x.). 6. The soldiers of the enemy broke through our line after hurling their spears. 7. I saw the boy standing near the temple of Jupiter. 8. After the speech was delivered, the consul left the city. 9. Caesar, having lost his father, was taught all the arts of the Romans by his mother. 10. In the c.msulship of Marius, the Romans defeated Jugurtha, king of Numidia. 11. The boy was advised by his father, a most excellent man. 12. Will he not be called king by the Senate? 13. The boy was wounded in the head by a dart of the enemy. ' Res f rurneiitaria, stipply of corn ; ablative absolute. * More than ; it has 110 ttff eot on the syntax. 104 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I LESSON LI. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 1. The pronoun (^f the lirst person, 6eo, /, is inflected as fol- lows : — Egro, /.' Singular. NoM. 6gro, /. Gkn, m6i, of me. Dat. mihi, to ox for mc. Acc. me, me. Voc. Wunting. Ahl. me, with, from, or by me. Plural. nos, 7ve, nostrum or nostri, of us, nobis, to ox for us. nos, t:s. Wanting. nobis, with, from, or by us. 2. The pronoun of the second person, tG, thou, is inflected as follows : — Tu, t/iou, you (sing. ) Singular. NoM. tu, thou, you. Gen. tui, of the or you. Dat. tTbl, to or for thee or ycu Acc. te, thee, you. Voc. tu, thou. Abl. te, 7oith, from, by thee or you. Plural. vos, you or ye. vestrum or vestri, of you. vobia, to or for you. vos, you, vos, you. vobis, 7vith, by or from you. Note. — The genitives nostrum and vestrum are always used partitivcly (p. 69, 10) : as, Unas nostrum, oi'c of us. Otherwise nostri and vestri are used : as, Memor nostri, mindful of us. 3. The pronouns of the first and second persons are rarely ex- pressed, except for emphasis or contrast : as. Ego laudo sed tu vituperas, / praise, hut you blame (or, if the emphasis is to be brought out distinctly, It is I that praise, but you that blame.) 4. The personal pronouns of the third person are wanting, but are supplied by the demonstratives hie, ille, is, this, that (p. 117). 6. A reflexive pronoun is one that refers to the subject of a verb : as, Te \a.\x&a,B, you praise yourself. (Here te is a reflexive, referring to the subject of laudas.) The first and second personal I PERSONAL AND UKFLKXIVE PUONOUNS. lOf) pronouns are used as reflexives of tlic first and second persons : as, Eero me laudo, / pmisc myself; nos nos laudamua, ive ftraisc oursch't's ; tu te laudas, you praise yourself ; vos vos laudatis, you traise yourselves. 6. The reflexive pronoun of the third j)erson is as follows : — Sui. of himself. NoM. Wanting. Gen. sui, of himself (herself itself themselves). Dat. sibi, to himself (hetself, itself themsehes). Acc. se, himself {herself itself themsehes). Voc. Abl. se, with^ from, by himself (herself itself themselves). Note. — Sese is often used for se in the accusative. 7. The forms of sui refer to the subject of the verlj : as, Caesar se laudat, Caesar praises himself j milites se laudant, the soldiers praise themselves. 8. The preposition cum, w////, when used with the ablative of a personal or reflexive pronoun, is written as a sutitix : as, Mecvmi, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum, xuitli tne, you, etc. VERBS GOVERNING A DATIVE 9. The dative is used in Latin with many verbs that in English govern the accusative. This is usual ^ith verbs meaning to please^ favor, trust, assist and their contraries ; also, belieiie, persuade, commaiid, obey, serve, resist, threaten, spare, ptirdon, be angry : as. Res omnibus hominibus placuit, the thing pleased all men ; Fortuna fortibus favet, Fortune favors the brave j legibus paruit consul, as consul he obeyed the laws. Note. — The following, however, govern the accusative : — luvo, adiuvo, / aid; delecto, / delight, laedo, offendo, / harm ; iubeo, / order; veto, prohibeo, / forbid; rego, guberno, / rule, I direct: as, Libris me delecto, / delight niy self with books; multa oc\xlos laedunt, many tJnngs hurt the eyes. Fido and confldo, I trust, take the dative of the person and the ablative of the thing : as, Non tibi, sed exercitu meo confldo, not you, but my at my I trust. 106 HUST LATIN BOOK. I 10. Verbs compounded with bene, male, satis govern the dative : as, Optimo vlro maledixlt, he reviled a tnost excellent man; mlhl nunquam satlsfecit, he never satisjied me. 11. Latin puts a pronoun of the first person before one of the second, and one of the second before one of the third. A verb, therefore, referrinj^ to several subjects will be plural and agree with the first person rather than with the second, and with the second rather than with the third : as, Eg-o et tu valemus, yoii and I arc well {noiG the order of the Latin) ; tu et TulUa valetls, Tullia and you are %uelL EXKRCISE. Decline together : exercltus mous, masmum praemlum, omnls vicus, hostle noster, duae legiones. Translate into English : — I. Interduni fortuna nobis favet, saepe nostris consiliis obstat. 2. Urbe expugnatfi, milites hostiuni ne nobis quidem' parcent. 3. Omnes civitates nobis obsides dederunt. 4. Pater nieus tibi abhinc multos annos legionem donavit. 5. Nonne vcstri aniici tecum Romae manobunt ? 6. Caesar paucos dies in hostium finibus mansit ; onmibusque vicis incensis, se in c.istra sua recepit. 7. Nonne puer patris sui mandato parebit ? 8. Nuni homo mihi niale- dixit ? 9. Caesar multos annos Icgionibus Romanis in Gallia imperavit. 10. Nos omnes Ciceronis orationes laudavimus. 11. Tibi omnibusque malis hominibus diffido. 12. Oppido expugnato, impcrator suas legiones in castra reduxit. 13. Ego et pater mens tuis consiliis paruimus. Translate into Latin : — I. Marcus and I stayed at Rome for three years. 2. We shall all remain in the city for one year. 3. My friend easily persuaded me. 4. The scout announced to us the arrival of Caesar. 5. After the town was taken''^ by our men, we seized all the baggage of the enemy. 6. He sent the scout with us into C^aul. 7. He enviei' his brother, and did not obey the commands of the Roman people. 8. Shall we resist the legions of the Romans } 9. We resisted the 1 Ne-(iuideia, iwt even (with the emphatic word intervening). 'Ablative absohite. ' INFINITIVE MOOD. 107 forces of the enemy for three months. lo. Wisdom will iu)t always help you. 1 1. Caesar led his forces from the camp. 12. You antl I will stay in the country in summer. 13. Will not the goou citizen obey the laws of his country.-* LESSON LI I. , INFINITIVE MOOD. 1. Sum, I (ini^ has three intinilive forms, viz., the present intin., esse, to />(• : the perfect intin., fili-sae, to lhn>c hccn ; and the future infm., faturus esse, to be about to be (fu-turua-fut. part). 2. Transitive verbs usually have three infmitive forms in the active in Latin and three in the passive : viz., the present, perfect, and future infinitive. ACriVE INFINITIVr.S. In the active voice the infinitive is thus formctl : — Pres. infin. =:pres. stem + -re, I . fi,ma-re, to l(ne about to be loved. 2. monitum iri, to be about to l)e advised. 3. rectum iri, to be about to be ruled. ^4. audi turn iri, to be about to be heard. 4. A verb in the infinitive mood is often used as a noun in the neuter sint^ular, and may be the subject or object of another verb : as, Laudari ab aliis gratum 6st, to be praised by others is a pleasaut thing. (Here laudari is used as an indccHnable neuter noun, subject of 6St; and gratum agrees witli it ) Note. — In this way abstract nouns in English are often rendered into Latin : as, Fall6r6 68t 86mper turpe, deceit (^i.e., to deceiifc) is always base ; parentes amare est laudabile, Jilial affection is praiseioorthy. 5. Many verbs take an infinitive to complete their meaning : as, Bellum g6r6re parat, he is preparing to carry on war ; omues discedere iubet, he orders all to depart. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Caesar milites suos castra vallo fossaque munire iussit. 2. Imperator cum suis militibus in provinciam pervenire contendit. 3. Iter per provinciam facere parat. 4. ConstituGrunt iumentorum quam maximum numerum comparare. 5. Caesar omnesequites ad castra prima luce venire iubcbit. 6. Docere est discere. 7. Nos contra Callos bellum gerere non dubitamus. 8. Te domum vcMiire veto. 9. Humanum est errare. 10. Nonne tu rus cum tuo fratre venire constiluisti? 11 Num vera discere cupivistis .? 12. Bellum contra Romanos gerere est semi)er periculosum, 13. Cantfis avium audire nos sacpc delectat. Translate into Latin : — I. Order the soldier to come home. 2. The Romans are pre- paring to carry on war against the Gauls. 3, To hesitate in battle is to be defeated. 4. It is better to give than to receive. 5. Wc ACCUSATIVK WITH INFINITIVE. 109 desire to reach the top of the hill l)<'f()re daybreak. 6. Writing {inf.) letters to friends is a pleasant thing. ■'. The senate forbade the soldiers to wage war beyond the province. 8. \\ hy do you hesitate to read the book ? 9. Teach me to seek wisdom. 10. It is often safer to run away than to fight. 11. It is pleasant to walk in the fields in spring. 12. We did not order the soldiers to obey the general. LESSON LIII. ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 1. The infinitive is often used with an accusative for a subject where English has a noun-clause introduced by that. This is tlie regular construction after verbs of knowings thinldtig., saying., and the like, and with such expressions as it is manifest^ it is cer- tain., it is true : as, Sentimus ignem calere, loc know that Jire is hot (literally = w^ know fire to be hot) ; hostes adesse dicit, he says that the enemy are near (literally—//^ says the enemy to be near) ; ft'atrem tuum esse fortem intellego, / undrrstand that your brother is brave ; certum est liberos a parentibus amari, it is certain that cnildren are loved by their parents ; manifestvim est alba en esse nivem // is evident that snow is white. This construction is called the accusative with infinitive^ and is one of the commonest in Latin. 2. The tense of the infinitive after a verb of saying or thinking in past time, is often a difficulty. Thus : He said that the boy was at Rome is, Puerum Romae fuisse dixit, if the exact words of the speaker were, the boy was at Rome. Hut if the speaker's words were, the boy is at Rome., then, he said that the boy was at Rome is, Puerum Romae esse dixit. The tense used by the speaker is the tense required for the infinitive. 3. 1 he participles used in the future inf act. and the perfect inf. pass, must agree in gender, number and case with the noun to which they refer : as, Dixit se ab omnibus amatuin esse, he said that he had been loved by all ; audio copias a Caesare eductas esse, / hear that the forces have been led out by Caesar. 110 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Exercise. Translate into English I. Dixit se omnia pro patriafecisse. 2. Exploratores nuntiaverunt oppidum ab Romanis captum esse. 3. Caesar pontem rescindi iubct. 4. Nuntiabit Romanos a Gallis superatos esse. 5. Negat Caesarem oppidum cepisse. 6. Legatus dicit consulem castra servavisse. 7. Puto copias hostium ignav as esse. 8. Putavistine consules fuisse iniustos .'' 9. Custodes nuntiaverunt hostes arcem occupavisse. 10. Nonne tibi dixerunt se copias Rhenum trans- duxisse.'' 11. Num omnes tuos milites bellum gerere iussisti.'' 12. Exploratoresne nuntiant hostes nostris legatis paruisse."^ 13. Nonne consul tibi dixit se milites suos monuisse .f* Translate into Latin : — I. The soldier says that the enemy are approaching. 2. He said that the enemy were approaching. 3. The men said that the town would be taken. 4. They said that the town had been taken. 5. He says that he has received a letter from his brother. 6. Cicero said that he had saved his native land. 7. He said that he was saving his native land. 8. They reported that the enemy were taking the town. 9. The poet says that wisdom is better than gold. ro. He said that he had always been a friend. 11. He said that the teacher praised the boy. 12. The man thought that the hills were high. 13. The king said that his soldiers were brave. 14. He thought that you were coming. r I LESSON LIV. INFINITIVE WITH VERBS OP HOPING. 1. Verbs signifying to hope, promise, undertake or swear, take in Latin the future infinitive and the accusative of the pronoun : as, Sperat se Romam venturum esse, he hopes to come to Rome (liter- ally =/^/t\ov /htif 7('f f//t'ft^ (acforditig as thr rxnct words of tlu' speaker woio : Vlr Borlbebut, vli' flcriiiHlt, or vlr BorlpHorat) ; dixit vlnini BcrlvitAinim «rbp, //r .\,>iJ //hi/ ///<• /nmnom nohilitatem, omnem senatum, omnes eipiites amisisse dixerunt. 12. (iailos a populo Romano paucis annis victos esse Caesar dicit. 13. Ad dairam inagnis ilineribus contendere paiavit. Translate into Latin : — 1. They said that the Romans had le(l their forces across the river at daybreak. 2. I hear that your friend has l)een sick for many days. 3. I thought that the man was ccming to Home. 4. We know that the country is cold in winter and hot in sfimmer. 5. At Rome the days are shorter in summer than they arc in Hritain. 6= The bravest ('\i the Roman soldiers were slain in the battle by the cavalry of the Germans. 7. It w.ts evident to all that our men were braver than the enemy in battle. 8. We believe that the soul of man is immortal. 9. When Caesar was consul {ahl. abs.)^ the army was led against the Gauls. 10. They relate that Rome was founded by Romulus many years ago. 11. After Cicero was ex- pelled from Rome (/r miraro miratur (f v«>rerl8 or vorere v6retur Pcrs. mlramnr miraraini mirantur B«qu6re sequltur Plurnl. veremur sfiqulmur vtiromlni sSquimini verentur aequiintur IMPERFKCT. Siniiitlar. vfirebar sSquebar 2. " mirabaris or verebarls or sequebaria or mirabare verebare s^quebare 3. " rairabatur verebatur sSquebatur Plural. 1. Pers., mirabamur verebamur sSqaebamur 2. " mirabamini verebamini sequebamlni 3. •* mirabantur v6rebantur sequebantur Pers., mirabar blandior blandlrls or blandire blandltur blandimur blandimini blandluntur blandlebar blandlebarls or blandiebare blandiebatur blandlebamiir blandiebamini blandiebantur 8 114 I. Pers. mirabor 2. «« miraberia or mirabSre 3. (( mirabltur I. Pers. mirablmiir 2. < < mirabimini 3. <( mirabuntur 1. Pers. ) miratus siim 2. " miratus es 3. " miratus est FIRST LATIN ftOOK. FUTURE. vfirebor sdquar v6reb6ri8 or sfiqueris or v6reb6re s6quere v6rebitur sSquetur Plural. v6reblinur s6quemur verebimini s6quemini v6rebuntur sSquentur PERFECT. Singular. v6rltus sum seciitus suxn v6ritus es s6cutua 6s v6ritus est sScutus est blandlar blandleris or blandiere blandietur blandlemur blandlemini blandlentur Plural. I. Pers., miratisiimus vSriti sumus sScuti siimus 2. 3- • ' mirati estis ' * mirati sunt veriti estis veriti sunt secuti estis sScuti svint blanditus sum blanditus 6s blanditus est blanditi sumus blanditi estis blanditi sunt PLUPERFECT. Si'/ii^'-itlar. 2. Pers. , miratus eram veritus eram secutus eram blanditus eram ' ' miratus eras veritus eras s6cutus 6ras blanditus dras ** miratus 6rat veritus 6rat secutus erat blanditus 6rat Plural. I. Pers., mirati eramus veriti eramus secuti 6ramus blanditi 6ramu8 2. (( mirati eratis veriti Sratis s6cuti 6ratis blanditi Sratis 3. it mirati erant veriti erant secuti erant FUTURE-PERFECT. Siti^tlar. blanditi 6rant I. Pers., miratus ero veritus ero secutus ero blanditus 6ro 2. (( miratus 6ris veritus eris sScutus Sris blanditus eris 3- (( miratus erit veritvis erit sdcutus 6rit blanditus 6rit DEPONENT VERBS. 116 Pluml. I. I'crs. , mlrati ver!ti6rlrau8 secuti erimus SrimuB mirati erltis v6riti 6r!tls sScuti 6rltis mirr.ti 6runt v6riti 6runt sdcuti 6runt 2. 3. (i IMPERATIVE-PRESENT. Singular. mirare verere 8§qu6re Plural. miramini v6remini sSquSmini PaRTICII'LES. v6rens S'Squens Present, mirans, admiring Perfect, miratvis, having admired. Future, - ''miraturus, about to admire. /"aSquutus v6rltu8 { or Vsdcutus veriturus sSquuturus mirandus, about to verendus sSquendus be admired. blanditi 6r!mus blanditi 6iiti8 blanditi drunt blandire. blandimini blandlens blandltus blanditurus blandlendus Note. — Deponents have a perf. part, act., but with a passive form : as, Caesar locutus tacuit, Caesar., having spoken^ was silent. Exercise. Decline together : flos recens, prima lux, vox magna, oppldum vetus, puer memor. Translate into English : — I. Puella flores in silva mirata est. 2. Caesar cum omnibus copiis prima luce profectus est. 3. Milites legionis hortatus, aciem instruxit. 4. PoUiciti sunt se obsides daturos esse. 5. Ne conemur in fines hostium ingredi. 6. Angustos se fines habere arbitrabantur. 7. Vestigia ursi ad cavum sequentur. 8. Puer, viam virtutis arduam sequ6re. 9. Voce magna auditfi, pueri veriti sunt. 10. Imperator dixit se vespere profecturum esse. 11. In fines suos Helvetios venire patiuntur. 12. Arbitrati sunt se ad pro- fectionem paratos esse. 13. Manifestum est hostes e castris pro- fectos esse 14. Omnes poUicentur se ad oppidum cum impedi- mentis esse venturos. 116 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Translate into Latin : — 1. The enemy will attempt to make a march through our pro- vince. 2. Do not attempt to set out from Italy, but hasten with all your forces to Rome. 3. They thouglit that they were ready for all dangers. 4. Caesar will not suffer the yVedui to come into the province. 5. Caesar, with two legions,' set out from Rome. 6. They promised to give hostages to our commander. 7. They tried to take the town. 8. He said that he would follow the leader of the legion. 9. They thought that the boy had followed the tracks of the bear. 10. Having promised to give hostages, the ambassador set out for home. 11. All set out from home with their baggage. 12. They attempted to take the city of Rome. 13. It was evident that they had left for Gaul. LESSON LVII. DEPONENT YBRBS.-( CoH//nued.) The deponents utor (use), fruor (enjoy), fungor {discharge)^ potior {obtain), vescor {eat), govern the ablative : as, Plurimis rebus fruimur et utimur, we enjoy and use very tfiany thitigs j magna praeda est potitus, Jie obtained a large booty j lacte et came vescebantur, they lived on milk and flesh. Exercise. Decline together : imperator noster, hoino sapiens, signum datum, primum agmen, via ardua, omnis pars, dextra manus. Translate into English : — - I. Omnes virtutem imperatoris nostri in proelio mirari audi- vimus. 2. Homo sapiens rationeoptimeutitur. 3. Puer, occasione tua melius utere. 4. Britanni lacte Jt carne vescuntur pellibusque vestiuntur. 5. H ostium impedimentis castrisque potiemur. 6. Nonne n.-y/ibus, nautae, utimini .'' 7. Dicit Germanos equis non usos esse. 8. Caesar, cognito consilio hostium, ad flumen TamCsim profcctus est. 9. Imperator cum una legione oppido potiri conatus est. 10. Dux nuntiat duas legiones ab oppido profectas esse. 11. Nonne hostes sequemur et oppido potiemur.? DKMONSTHATIVE PRONOUNS. 117 I .'. Ex omnibus partibus hostes nostros milites agg^ressi sunt. 13. Platdnem, virum sapientem, philosophiani Athenis docuissc audivimus. 14. Nonne puerum dextram nianum lapide vulner- atum esse dixcrunt ? 15. Romae natus est sed mortuus est Athenis. Translate into Latin : — I. Our men obtain possession of {potior) the enemy's camp during the night. 2. They said that the Gauls set out from their camp at daybreak. 3. It is very easy to obtain possession of the sover- eignty of Gaul. 4. The boy followed the tracks of the bear to the foot of the tree. 5. Did you not employ guides for {gen.) the route.-* 6. The boy did not employ his time well. 7. After the death of his father, the man went to Athens. 8. When the city was taken, the wives and children of the conquered were all killed. 9. We shall foll'^w our leader to the top of the hill. 10. We hope that the general will gain possession of the camp of the enemy. 11. He says that the Britons live on milk and flesh. 12. They hoped to gain possession of the town by treachery. 13. When his forces were drawn up {abl. abs. ), he attacked the enemy vigorously. !h- LESSON LVIII. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 1. Besides is, ea, id (////j, that) which will be given in Lesson LX., there are in Latin three demonstrative pronouns : Hie, this near me; iste, that near you j ille, tiiat near him (her or it.) They are declined as follows : — Hie, this^ i.e., this one near me (the speaker.) Singular. Plural. Masc. Fern. Ncut. Masc. Fern. Neut. NOM. hie haec hoc hi hae haec Gen. huius huius huius horum harum horum DAT. huic hmc huic his his his Ace. hunc hanc hoc hos has haec Abl. hoc hac hoc his his his w 118 I'lKST LATIN JIOOK. I8t6, i/uif near you (tlic person spoken to. ) Singular. Plural. Afas. ^"m. Neut. Mas, Fern. Neut. NOM. Istd lst& istud isti istae ist& Gen. istius Istius istius istorum istarum istorum Dai-. isti isti isti istis istis istis Ace. latum istam istud istos istaa ist& Abl. isto lata isto istis istie istis Ill§, (hat near him {her, it — the person or thin^ spoken of). Singular. Plural. Mas. Fern. Neut. Mas. Fern. Neut. NOM. m6 ilia illud illi illae ilia Gen. illius illius illius illorum illarum illorum DAT. illi illi illi illis illis illis Ace. ilium illam illud illus illas ilia Abl. 1116 ilia ilia illis illis illis 2. Hie is the demonstrative of the ist person. It refers to the person or thing near me (the speaker) : as, Hie liber, this book. So too, Haee patria, tJiis land of ours; haee vita, this present life; his sex diebus, within the last six days. 3. Iste is the demonstrative of the 2nd person. It refers to the person addressed : as, Iste liber, that book near you; ista opinio, that opinion you hold; iste amicus, that friend of yours. It often has the idea of contempt. 4. Ille, that yonder^ is the demonstrative of the 3rd person. It refers to a person or thing other than those present. It may ex- press therefore : — (a) The remote in time, as opposed to the present (which is expressed by hie): as, Ilia antiquitas, /// far-famed Med*' a; ille Caesar, the renowned Caesar (c) An emphatic he, slu\ or // : as, Illos neglegio, those (whom all men know) you disregard. DEMONSTRATIVK PRONOUNS. 119 5. Hie and ille are often contrasted. They may be used : — (a) Of two persons already mentioned. In this case hio relates to the nearer, //rt- latter; ille, to the more remote, the former : as, Romulum Numa excepit; hie pace, ille bello melior fuit, Numa succeeded Romulus; the latter cxxelled in Peace^ thefortner in war. (b) For the one and the other : as, Neque hoc neque illud, neither the one nor the other; et hie et ille, both the one and the other (et . . . et both .... and). (c) For some and others : as, Hi pacena, illi bellum cupiunt, some wish peace^ others war. Exercise. Decline together : hie homo, ilia mulier, late vir, illud tempus, haec vita. Translate into English : — I. Estne hie homo amicus tuus.? 2. Istum librum esse pul- chrum dixit. 3. Illaantiquitas a multis laudata est. 4. Haec arma secum ex oppido portabunt. 5. Ob banc rem Caesar Romam legatos misit. 6. Neque hie neque ille Romae erat. 7. De istis rebus ad te scribam. 8. Hoc proelio nuntiato, omnes legiones ad Galliam duxit. 9. Nonnc puer nuntiavit epistolam ad patrem meum missam esse 1 10. Cicero et Caesar viri illustres erant ; hie bello melior erat, ille eloquentiji. 11. Nos diximus milites ad omnia haec pericula esse paratos. 12. Illo die hunc Athenis fuisse manifestum est. 13. His decem diebus ad illud oppidum perveni- mus. Translate into Latin : — I. Will not that man write me a letter about those affairs of yours 1 2. This man is the best of all the citizens. 3. Are those your arms } 4. They said that that book of yours was the best of all. 5. That well-known Cicero was very eloquent. 6. Did he not say that he intended to set out for Gaul within six days ? 7. Those soldiers devastated the lands of the enemy. 8. On account of this defeat we were forced to give up our arms. 9. Were those books written by you ? 10. Caesar told his soldiers that he would devas- tate the land, i r. Neither the one nor the other was at Athens in 120 FIUHT LATIN HOOK. this year. 12. I have not seen this man within the last four days. 13. Will not that woman be praised by uU ? 14. We all think that Caesar was greater than Pompcy. LESSON LIX. V- '■ i DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. -r^^''^""W.; DATIVK WITH VERBS COMrOUNDED WITH PREPOSITIONS. 1. Transitive verbs compounded with the prepositions ad, ante, con (for cum), in, inter, ob, {on, (Hj^-tri'/is/), post, prae {before), sub {under), or siiper {(ibo7>e\ often govern an accusative of the direct and a dative of the indirect object : as, Populus Romanus bellum Gallia intulit, the Roman people made war on the Gauls. Note. — In the passive the direct object of the active becomes the subject, while the indirect object is still retained : as, Bellum Gallia a populo Romano illatum est, war was mad,' on the Gauls by the Roman people. 2. Intransitive verbs compounded with the above-mentioned prepositions, often govern the dative : as, Caesar exercitul praefuit, Caesar commanded the army; consiliia consulis obstat, he opposes the plans of the consul. DATIVE OF POSSESSION. 3. The dative is used with the verb sum, I am, to express posses- sion : as, Mihl est liber, / have a book (literally, there is a book to me.) 4. The compounds of sum (except possum, / can) govern the dative : as, Tibi adsum, / aid you. Exercise. Decline together : hie bonus homo, haec pulchra dies, ilia legio lata soror, istud tempus, illud mare, iste vir. l»KMON.STI{ATIVK I'KONOUNH. 121 Translate into English : — I. Ego et tiuis amicus tihi in omnibus pcriculis adcrTmus. 2. Caesar Labienum hibernis j)raefCcit. 3. Hie locus ab horto circltcr passus scxccntos aberat. 4. Hi, nostros disjectos adorti, proclium rcnovaveiunt. 5. Illi divinis rebus intcrsunt, sacrifitia j)r()curant, rcligiones intcrprctantur. 6, His omnibus Druidibus pracest unus cpii summam liabct auc loritatem. 7. No:->tro advcntu pernioti, Hritanni Inmc toti bello im[)eri()(|uc praefccerant. 8. His rebus cognitis a captlvis perfugiscpic, Caesar, praemisso cquitatu, confestim legioncs subsequi iussit. 9. Ab his cognoscit non longe oppidum Cassivelauni abcsse, silvis j)aludibus(iue munitum. 10. Legioncs Latlnae longa. socictate militiam Romanam edoctac sunt. ir. Rebus male gestis, fortuna imperatori defuit. 12, Legati sese Caesari dedituros esse atcpie imperata facturos polliciti sunt. 13. Vere primo Caesari in (lallia uiteriore duae legioncs erant. 14. Num verum est tc primo vere Romae fuisse ? Translate into Latin : — I. Was not the general present ;it the battle on that day ? 2. Some lack courage ; others opportunity. 3. Fortune often opposes the designs of these men. 4. The Romans for many years carried on war against the Karthaginians. 5. Labienus commands the soldiers of this legion. 6. The vvojnen and children begged the Romans for peace. 7. In the consulship of Caesar, war was declared against the Gauls. 8. No man will prefer disgrace to honor. 9. In ancient times the Karthaginians had many colonies, large fleets, and great wealth. 10. These legions were drawn up in three lines in front of the camp. 11. They had already led their forces through the territory of the SequHni. 12. The celebrated (p. 118, 4) Demosthenes is considered the greatest orator among the Greeks. 13. After subduing Greece, the celebrated Alexander defeated large forces of the Persians at the river Granlcus. 122 FIRST LATIN BOOK, i LESSON LX. IS, IDEM, IPSE. 1. The pronoun is, ihis^ that (he^ she^ it), is declined as follows :- Is, fhaty {he, she, it). Singular. * Plural. Masc. Fevi. NeiU. Masc. Fern. Neiit. VoM. is 6& id 6i or ii 6ae 6& Gen. eius eius eius 66rum 6arum eorum DAT. 6i 6i 6i 6is or iis Sis or iis 6is or iis Ace. Sum earn Id 60s 6as e& Abl. 66 d& eo 6is or iia eis or iis 6i8 or iia 2. The pronoun idam , the same., is declined as follows • Idem, the same. Singular. Plural. Masc. Fern. Nent. Masc. Fern. Neut. NOM. . idem 6&dem idem eidem or iidem 6aedem 6&dem Gen. eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem 66rundem 6arundem 66rundem DAr. 6idem 6idem 6idem 6isdem or 6isdem or 6isdem or iisdem iisdem iisdem Ace. 6undem Sandem idem 66sdem 6asdem e&dem Abl. dodem Wadena 46dem eisdem or 6isdem or eisdem or iisdem iisdem iisdem 3. The pronoun ipse, self., himself., is declined as follows : — Ipse, self, himself. Singular. PlurAl. Masc. Fem. Nent. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. ipse ipsa ipsum ipsi ipsae ips& Gen. ipsius ipsius ipsius ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum Dat. ipsi ipsi ipsi ipsis ipsis ipsis Ace. ipsum ipsam ipsum ipsos ipsas ipsa. Abl. ipso ipsa ipso ipsis ipsis ipsis 4. Is is a pronoun of reference, simply referring to some person or thing mentioned before : as, Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus IS, IDEM, AND IPSK. 123 et ditiasimus fuit Orgetorix ; is coniurationem nobilitatla fecit, among the Helvetians^ Orgetorix 7vas hy far the noblest and most uiealthy; he formed a eonspiracy among the nobility. (Here is refers to Orgetorix.) It is often used as the personal pronoun of the 3rd person. 5. Idem, same, is often used to express our also, at the same time, at once : as, Cicero orator erat idemque philosophue. Cicero was an orator and, at the same time, a philosopher. 6. Ipse, self, may be added for emphasis to a noun, pronoun or numeral: as, Caesar ipse imperavit, Caesar himself comtnanded; tu ipse hoc fecisti, you yourself did this; se ipsum interfecit, he killed himself; ipse navem aediftcavit, he built the ship by liim- self; triginta ipsi dies, exactly thirty days ; adventu ipso hostes terruit, by his mere (very) arrival he frightened the enemy; ipse hoc vidi, / sa7t/ this with my own eyes. Ipse is also added in the genitive sin^uilar or plural to a possess- ive pronoun to express r-'w// .• as, Mea ipsius culpa, ;/// own fault ; sua ipsius domus, his own house ; vestra ipsorum amicitla, your own friendship. (This gen. is in apposition with the gen. implied in the possessive.) Exercise. Decline together . ipsa oratio, is obses, idem vir, ipse impera- tor, eadem mulier, ipsum tempus, ea domus, ipse deus, ea flUa. Translate into English : — I. Nos ipsi ilium virum pugnantem vidimus. 2. Dccem ipsis diebus oppidum expugnavit. 3. Hie vir deos immortales esse negat. 4. Pollicetur se iis arma daturum esse. 5. Tu ipsequattuor dies Karthagine mansisti. 6. Homo ipse dixit se paucis diebu? venturum esse. 7. Eadem dt)na ad impcratoiem missa sunt. 8. Homo scrvum suum vocavit et opus eius {his) laudavit. 9. Cicero fuit inter Romanos orator eloqueutissimus ; Idem maximus philosophus fuit. 10. Dixerunt cundem virum multa bella in Italia gessisse. 11. Ipse vidi puerum ex urbe Roma excedentem 12. Eodem die castra movit et copias ad fiumen duxit. 13. Ipsa hac die Caesar Romae erat. 14. Caesar ilhid ()p{)i(lum magno cum e.xercitu tribus diebus expugnavit. ^1' I?: \:P. m 124 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Translate into Latin : — I. On that very night the army took the town by storm. 2. Caesar himself said that he would lead the army. 3. Did you not see the same soldiers at Rome ? 4. Were the soldiers of this legion on that day at Athens ? 5. Those very towns will be taken by him. 6. By his mere order he liberated the man. 7. My own house was burned by the soldiers on that day. 8. For this reason he led his anpy out of the camp. 9. Those same men were always very friendly to the Romans. 10. He said that they had sent one legion against the Gauls. 11. That legion remained for three months in camp. 12. It is plain that they will not start for Rome within ten days. 13. He sent the same man from Athens to Italy. ■ LESSON LXI. GENITIVE WITH SUM, I AM. 1. The genitive is used with the verb sum, /am, to express our belongs to : as, Haec domus est mei patris, iJiis Jiouse bcUmgs to my father. This genitive may be used to express our task, duty, custom, c/iaracterisfi'c, mark, token : as, ludicis est sequi verum, // t's the duty of a judge to folloiv the truth (literally : to follow the truth is of, i.e., belongs to a judge) ; hoc est praeceptoris, this is the business of an instructor ; sapientis est res adversas aequo animo ferre, it is the characteristic of a wise man to bear adversity ivith resignation (literally : loith an even mind). Note. — With possessive pronouns, this genitive is not used, but the neuter of the corresponding possessive adjective : as, Tuum ('not tui est) vldere, it is your duty to ..ee. Exercise. Decline together : Is audax vir, eadem virgo, hoc ipsum tem- pua, ilia bona mulier, ista domus, ea oratio antiqua. Translate into English : — I. Est Caesiiris, obsidibi.s acceptis armisque omnibus ex oppido traditis, in dcditionem hostes accipere. 2. Semper est huius militis HKLATIVK PRONOUNS, 125 impcralori parerc. 3. His rebus co^nitis, Caesar Cialloriini aniinos verbis conlirmavil j)oIlicitiisi|ue est se eain rem esse f.ictur- uin. 4. Eodein die castra promovil et contra liostcs contendit. 5. Castra hostiuni esse maxima dixit. 6. Manifestum est iudicis esse veriim sequi. 7. Ex eo die dies continuos quinciue Caesar pro castris suas copias produxit. 8. Haec eodem tempfire Caesari nuntiata sunt. 9. Hoc response dato, de provincia decessit. 10. Consulis est senatiim in curiam vocare. 11. Meum est imperiitori parure. 12. Ipse hora diei quartfi cum primis navibus Britanniam attigit atque ibi in omnibus collibus copias armatas conspexit. 13. Abhinc triginta ipsis annis, ille Corinthi mortuus est. Translate into Latin : — I. This man told Caesar that the Belgae had crossed the river on the same day. 2. It is the duty of a commander to fight bravely for his native land. 3. The commander himself within the last ten days has taken two cities. 4. At the same time ambassadors were sent by the general from the camp. 5. He placed a lieutenant over the legion, but he himself set out for (iaul. 6. Caesar said that he had sent forward all the cavalry at the third watch. 7. It is the characteristic of a soldier to obey his general in all things, 8. It is the duty of a wise man to obey the laws. 9. It is your duty to favor the good. 10. We saw that the attack of the enemy was checked by his mere p.rrival. 1 1. On the same day, Caesar collected the same forces as before and marched against the enemy. 12. He said that it was the part of the people to put the best man at the head of the army (use prae/icio, appoint,) ; '.I, LESSON LXII. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 1. The relative pronoun refers to some noun or pronoun pre- ceding called the antecedent. The relative in Latin is qui (M.), qua© (F.), and quod (N.) 126 FIKST LATIN BOOK. Qui, zvho. I Singular. Pldral. Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. NOM. qui quae quod qui quae quae Gen. cuius CUiU3 cuius quorum quorum quorum DAT. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ace. quern quam quod quos quas quae AliL. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 2. Quisquis and quicumque, luhoevcr.^ are called indefinite rela- tives, the suffix -cumque (or -cunquo) added to the simple relative qui, forming an indefinite relative, just as -^Tvr added to ivhoy which, does in Ent,dish. Quicumque is inflected like qui ; quisquis is usually found only in the forms quisquis, quidquid or quicquld, quoquo. AGREEMENT OF RELATIVE AND ANTECED1:NT. 3. The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in ge7ider, number tswA person j but its case is determined by the verb of its own clause : as, Puer, qui magistrum amat, bonus est, the hoy who loves his master is good ; puer, quern magister amat, bonus est, ilie boy whom the master toi'es is good; ego, qui te laudavi, rex sum, /, who praised y oil f am king; ego, quem tu laudavlsti, rex sum, /, whom you praised., am king. Note I. — The relative in the objective case, so often omitted in English, is never omitted in Latin : as, Hie est liber quem tu mihi dedistl, this is the book you gave me. Note 2. — Cum, with, is appended to the relative, as to the personal pronouns : as, Qulcum (^quocum), quacum, quibuscum (not cum quo, «S:c.) EXKRCISE. Decline together : Quae urbs, hoc flumen, prima lux, duae legiones, fllia mea, ille liber, illud oppidum, primum ver. Translate into English : — I. Urbs, quam vides, Roma est. 2. Tres legiones, quae circum Aquileiam hiemabant, ex hibernis educit. 3. Milites, quorum virtus magna fuit, contra hostes a Cacsare missi sunt. 4. Dixit se CORRELATIVES. 127 copias fluinen priinfi luce esse tninsductuiuin. 5. C'liin (|iKittuor legionibus, quas secuin habcbat, in castra propcravit. 6. Uux legiones, quarum virtutc urbs servata erat, laiulavit. 7. Qi'.isquis contra hosteni forlitcr puynabit, coronam aureani habebit. 8. Puellae, quas te vidisse dixisti, filiae nicae sunt. 9, IJelgac prox- imi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhcnuni incolunt, quibuscuni saepe bcllum gcrunt. 10. Nonne dixisti hunc librum esse nieuni .f* 11. Milites, a quibus urbs expugnata erat, fortes f.erunt. 12. Ea re nuntiata, Caesar legiones, quas secum habebat, praemisit. 13. lllis oppidis expugnatis, Caesar prime vera in fines hostium pro- fectus est. 14. Vir, quicuni venisti, hie est. Translate into Latin : — I. That house which you saw, is mine. 2. At daybreak, he led out of the camp two legions which he sent at once against the enemy. 3. He led into camp the troops, which he had assem- bled there. 4. They reported that the forces of the enemy had departed at the beginning of night. 5. He hastens to Rome with the legions which were then wintering at Massilia. 6. The tenth legion, which had often saved the state, was sent forward by Caesar. 7. Whoever said that he had seen me on that day, spoke falsely. 8. The city was taken by the soldiers whom he brought with him from Gaul. 9. To Caesar they sent ambassadors of whom the chief was Divtco. 10. I told him that this man had often led the soldiers to battle. 11. The Aeduans, whose fields had been laid waste almost in sight of the Roman army, sent ambassadors to Caesar. 12. I will give you the book you sent me yesterday. 1 3. The boy you praised is the best of all. t5 '.■. i LESSON LXIII. CORRELATIVES. 1. Many demonstrative pronouns, adjectives and adverbs in a principal clause have corresponding relative pronouns, adjectives or adverbs in a subordinate clause. These are called correlatives. 2. The following correlatives should be learned: Idem ..qui. 128 FIRST LATIN BOOK. /Ae same us ; talis .qualis, si/c/i as : tantus. . .quantus, as (^rcal as ; tot., .quot, as viany as : as, Idem est qui semper fuit, Jic is the same as he always was ; res eodemi statu quo antea stat, the matter stands in the same position as before ; talis est qualis semper fuit, he is of the same eharacter as he always was ; tantam voluptatem habeo quantam tu, / ]ia7>e as much pleasure as you ; tot erant milites quot fluctus maris, the soldiers were as many as the waves of the sea. 3. The adverbs such, so (limitin^'^ adjectives or adverbs) are expressed by tam: as, Tam bonus homo, such a good man. As good as you, is tam bonus quam tu. 4. The following correlative adverbs should also be learned : Ibi. . . .ubi, there .... where; inde. . . .unde, thence .... zu hence; eo. . . . quo, thither. . . . whither ; ea — qua, in that direction in which : as, Ubi natus est, ibi mortuus est, where he was born, there he died; unde profectus est, eodem properavit, he hastened to the spot from which he set out. Exercise. Decline tcjether : quae res, qui dies, idem homo, haec mulier. Translate into English : — I. Ubi adolescens abhinc multis annis educatus est, ibi scnex his paucis diebus mortuus est. 2. Tantas divitias non habet quantas paucis ante annis. 3. Eadeni utilitatis quae honestatis est regula. 4. Nunquani tantam contionem vidi quanta nunc haec est. 5. Eodem naves, unde profectae sunt, properaverunt. 6. Nonne hodie tanti sunt fluctus quanti heri erant."* 7. Hodie homines iidem sunt qui quondam erant. 8. Talis est qualis semper fuit. 9. Qufi nocte Alexander Magnus natus est, eadem templum Dianae Ephcsiae deflagravit. 10. L bi Cicero natus est, ibi C. Marius. ii. Qua dux milites duxit, efi hostcs iter fecerunt. 12. Eodem anno quo Caesar copias suas in Britanniam duxit, Vergilius togam virilem sumpsit. Translate into Latin : — I. He lived in the place in which (use ide}n qui) he was born. 2. The farmer has not so large a harvest as he had last year. 3. We shall never see such waves as we beheld yesterday. 4. Did you not INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 129 read as many books as your sister ? 5. Were not the Greeks the same in former times as they are now ? 6. The same year in which the father died, the son left Italy. 7. We came to Rome on the same night as he set out for Greece. 8. They all reached the same spot as they had left a few days before. 9. The enemy followed our men by the same route as we had taken a few years before. 10. He killed as many soldiers as you. 11. He is not the same to-day as he was a year ago. 12. They remained in the same place in which they had pitched their camp a few days before. 13. The waves were such as we had never before seen. LESSON LXIV. INTERROGATIVB PRONOUNS. 1. The interrogative pronouns quis, quae, quid, and qui, quae, quod, who? whcXtf are used in asking questions. They are in- flected as follows : — Quis, who's Singular. ] Plural. Masc. Fern. Neut, Masc. Fern. Neut. NOM. quis quae quid qui quae quae Gen. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum DAT. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ace. quern quam quid quos quas quae Abl. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 2. The interrogative pronoun qiii, quae, quod is inflected like the relative qui, quae, quod (see p. 126). 3. Quis is generally used substantively and rarely as an adjec- tive ; as, Quis hominum hoc dubitat? what man doubts this ? (i. e., who of men). Qui interrogative is used adjectively in agree- ment with its noun : as, Qui homo hoc fecit? what man did this? quod fcicinuB fecit? what crime did he commit ? Note. — Quis and qui are often strengthened by the addition of •nam; qulsnam, quinam are therefore emphatic interrogatives meaning who, pray ? ivho^ then ? 9 I i 130 FIRST LATIN IJOOK. 4. Which of two? is uter, utra, utrum: as, Uter vestnim? which of you two ? (see p. 27). 5. In replying to a question, where we use the simple Yes or Noy the Latins repeat the verb or some emphatic word : as, Venitne? did he come ? Non venit, No; venit, Yes. Note. — They also say, however, vero etiam, ita, certe, sane, for Yes; and non, minime, minirae vero, for No. 6. Whether. .or, m a double question, is usually utrum. an : as, Utrum vir legit an scribit? whether does the man read or write ? Note. — Or not, after ^vhcthcr, is annon in principal interrogative sentences : as, Utrum amat patriam annon? whether does he love his native land or not ? GENITIVE OF QUALITY. 7. A noun in the genitive (called the genitive of quality) is often added to another noun to denote a quality : as,* Vir est summae fortitudinis, lie is a man of the highest courage ; vir erat maximae sapientiae, he was a man of the greatest wisdom. Note. — The noun in the genitive expressing quality has invari- ably an adjective with it. Thus, a man of wisdom is not vir sapi- entiae but vir sapiens. But, where the corresponding adjective is vvantmg, praeditus, endowed with, may be used with the simple ablative : as, Homo virtute praeditus, a man of (endowed with) valor. 8. The genitive of quality is chiefly used to denote number, cmiount, dimension, age, time : as, Septuaginta navium classis, a fleet of seventy ships ; viginti pedum in altitudinem est agger, the embankment is twenty feet high (literally, is of twenty feet in height) ; puer tredecim annorum, a boy thirteen years of age. Note. — Other constructions may be used for the genitive of quality : as, Viginti pedes altus est agger, the embankmettt is high twenty feet (ace. of extent of space) ; puer tredecim annos natus, a boy of thirteen years of age (i.e., a boy born thirteen years). So, too : Cicero trium et quadraginta annorum consul fuit, or Cicero, tres et quadraginta annos natus, consul fuit, Cicero at the INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 131 iri^^c of forty-three 7vas cotistil ; mensa est trium pedum In latitud- inem, or mensa est tres pedes lata, the table is three feet luide. 9. The abl'itivc is used, like the genitive, to express quaUty, especially when external qualities of dress or appearance are men- tioned : as, Homo magno capite, ore rubicundo, magiais pedibus, a man with a large head, red face, and big feet j Caesar erat ex- celsa statura, Caesar was of tall stature. Exercise. Decline together : qui homo bonus? quod facinus malum? qui vir prudens? quae urbs pulchra? Translate into English : — I. Quid proxima, quid superiorc nocte egisti .-' 2. Uter consulum nobis amicus est .'' 3. Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque armaturae pcdites hostibus occurrebant. 4. Utram in partem flu- men fluit .-* S- Erat inter Labienum atque hostium castra difficili transitu flumen ripisque praeruptis. 6. Quod periculum eo die vitavisti .'' 7. Ita omnis insula est in circuitu vicies centum millium passuum. 8. Nonne nuntiatum est omnem peditatum et levis armaturae Numidas pontem ab duce transductos esse? 9. Utrum patrem an patriam plus amat .f* 10. Quem Caesar hibernis ea, hieme praefecit? 11. Num Romanis classis viginti navium erat? 12. His rebus gestis, ex litteris Caesaris dierum viginti suppli- catio a Senatu decreta est. Translate into Latin : — I. Who gave a golden crown of great weight to this soldier ? 2. Are not serpents of great size found in that island ? 3. Whether was this boy born at Rome or at Karthage ? 4. The Germans were said to be men of great strength. 5. Two generals were chosen by the Athenians, Pericles, a man of great valor, and Sophocles, a poet of undying fame. 6. Was not Cimon a man of great liberality ? 7. You possess a man of remarkable modesty, well-known valor, and approved fidelity. 8. It is the characteristic of a foolish man to condemn the faults of others and to be blind to [lion videre) his own. 9. Which of the two boys is more like his father? 10. Will not the Romans remain at Ravenna all winter? 1 1. By whom were the Romans conquered in battle ? 12. Who was at home on that day? 1 3. Did he not come to Rome that night? Yes. I I 132 FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON LXV. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 1. Pronouns that do not refer to any particular person or thing are called indcjiniie pronouns. The more common are : — Quia, quae or qua, quid or quod, any (especially after si, (/", nisi, unless). Aliquis, aliquae or aliqua, aliquod or aliquid, sovic one. Quisquam, quaequam, quicquam or quidquanj, any one. Ullus, uUa, ullum, any (see p. 26), used as the adjectival form of quisquam. Quidam, quaedam, quiddam or quoddam, a ce>-tain one. Quisque, quaeque, quidque or quodque, each. Unusquisque, unaquaeque, unumquidque or unumquodque, each onCy each individual. Uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of tivo.^ both. Quivls, quaevis, quidvis or quodvis, any one you like. Quilibet, quaelibet, quidlibet or quodlibet, any one you like. Utervis, utravis, utrumvis, either of the two you like. Uterlibet, utralibet, utrumlibet, either of the two you like. Nemo, no one; nihil, nothing; nuUus, nulla, nullum, none (p. 26). 2. In declining the above, the following rules may be observed : — The forms in quis and qxii are declined like interrogative quis and relative qui, but have qua or quae in the fem. sing., and quid or quod in the neuter singular. F'orms in quod are adjectival, those in qxiid substantival. Thus : — Tempus aliquod, some time j temporis aliquid, some time (liter- ally, something of time). Unusquisque is declined in both parts and used in the singular only ; uterque, utriusque, is declined in the first part only. Nemo is dechned like virgo (p. 34), but has nullius for the gen. and nullo or nulla for the abl. Nihil is neuter and used only in the nominative and accusative sing. 3. Quisquam (adjectival, ullus) is used in sentences that contain a negative, in interrogative sentences implying a negative answer, INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 133 or in comparative clauses : as, Nee quisquam me vidit, nor did any one see me ; nee ullus homo me vidit, nor did any man see me; num quisquam me vidit ? did anyone sec me f num ullua homo me vidit ? did any man see me f fortior est quam quisquam ves- trum, he is braver than any of you. Exercise. Decline together : unusquisque puer, uterque homo, mulier quaedam, miles aliquis, nullum animal. Translate into English : — I. Num quisquam Ciccronem co tempore laudavit ? 2, Ad puerum, cuius pater in bello interfectus est, aliquod donum mitte. 3. Homo quidam mihi dixit eum eo anno esse mortuum. 4, Uterque puer in schola erat. 5. Num ullum animal sine sensu est ? 6. Nemo ei nuntiavit urbem ab hostibus esse captam. 7. Nuntiat unumquemque ab eo esse occisum. 8. Nihil temporis ab hoc pucro amittitur. 9. Nemo omnium militum, qui legionis sep- timae sunt, a me laudabitur. 10. Nuntiat Gallos in sinistro cornu agminis locatos esse. 11. Putavisti utrumque puerum domo de- cessisse. 12. Duces quosdam praemisit, qui viam monstraverunt. 15. Omnes, in quibus aliquid dignitatis fuit, eo convenerunt. Translate into Latin : — I. Some one has given a sword to each soldier. 2. Did any one say that these men were brave.? 3. I heard that some Roman soldie, 5 set out from tne camp on that day. 4. A certain one told me that he had seen you on the top of the hill. 5. Both the consuls commanded an army in that year. 6. Each one of us was praised by the general. 7. Some one brought word to the camp that we had been defeated. 8. Will not some one lead us against the enemy ? 9. Who will say that this general was not better than all other generals .'' 10. Choose any man you like (use quivis) for this war. 1 1. Did any one of the soldiers say that he was brave.-' 12. Both wars were carried on by the two generals in the same year. il 131 FIUST LATIN IHM)K. LESSON LXVI. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. (ContimuJ). DATIVK OK rUKTOSi:. 1. The dative is used to express f>iirf>osi\ inicntion^ and destiti- tift'on : as, Malo eat homlnlbus avaritla, iivnricc is an I'vi/ (liter- i\\\y^ for an cti'P) to men; qulnque cohortes castrls i idlo reliquit, he left Jive cohorts to ii^itofd the camp ( —for a guurd to the camp). Tliis is calletl the datii'e of purpose. The following uses of tliis dative should be noted: Venit nobis auxllio, he came to aid us (i. e., for an aid) ; Pericles agros sues done reipublicae dedit, Pericles gave his lands as a gift to the state ; Qallia magno erat irapedimento, it was a great hindrance to the Gauls. 2. The dative is often used in Latin instead of the English possessive : as, Omnes flentes CaesAri sese ad pedes proiecerunt, all in tears threw themselves at Caesar^ s feet . This dative give'' more prominence to the person mentioned : as, Hoc mihi minu" >em, this lessened my hope. Exercise. Decline together : pater meus, totus ille dies, is consul, idem beatus homo, vir quidam Romanus, eadem navis, quls nauta, homo quivis, Cicero ipse, orrtor clai'issimus. Translate into English : — I. Hoc aliquis dicet, nee errabit. 2. Locus silvestris spem salutis aliquam praebebat. 3. Plerumque Gallis, prae magnitudine cor- porum suorum, brevitas nostra contemptui est. 4. Hie homo euiusquam iniuriae sibi non conscius est. 5. Neque eorum moribus turpius quicquam habetur. 6. Consensu eorum omnium, pace factii, hunc sibi domicilio locum dclcgcrant. 7. Quem locum nostri castris delegerunt? 8. His dititicultatibus duae res erant subsidio, scientia atque usus militaris. 9. Caesar, principibus cniusque civi- tatis'ad se vocatis, magnam partem Galliae in officio tenuit. 10. Quisqu*^ eorum militum hoc die corona, aurefi ab imperatore donatus est. 11. Haec culpa magno dedecori tibi fuit. 12. Labienus, KEVIKW KXKI«-|.SK UN TIIK I'llONOUN. 135 castris hostiuin polilus, clcciinain le^ioncm suhsUlio nostris misit. 13. Caesar pollicitus est cam rem sibi ciirac esse futuram. Translate into Latin : — I. TIic Romans K-arncd some facts (res) from a deserter. 2. Nor have they any clothing'', except skins. 3. Caesar had sent some sokhcrs of each legion to aid the allies. 4. There is timber" of every kind in Britain excei)t beech anil fir. 5. I'!ach of the scouts came to the general and promised to aid him in the matter. 6. When he had learned these facts, he called to 'dm some of the chiefs of the slate. 7, Were there any of the chiefs present at the council of the (iauls.-* 8. He came to aid the Athenians in the war. 9. I have a book whi( h, many years ago, you gave me as a present. 10. Who will ii' it attribute this to -^'ou as a fault.'' 11. Civil wars have always been a great loss to a state. F2. In the consulship of Caesar this chief came with many followers to aid the Romans. 13. Of the two consuls, one fell in that battle, the other is still of great service to the state. LE.-SON LXVII. REVIEW EXERl ^SE Ox>T THE PRONOUN. Translate into English : — I. Itaque ille legatum in Treviros, qui proximi flumini sunt, cum equitatu mittit. 2. Quibus rebus coacti, legatos ad eum de pace mittunt. 3. In fines Ambifmorum pcrvenit qui se sine mora dedi- derunt. 4. Unde die priore profcctus est, eo pervenit. 5. Ubi puernatus educatusque erat, ibi senex mortuus est. 6. Hi proximi sunt Germanis qui trans Rhenum incolunt quibuscum continentcr bellum gerunt. 7. In fines Gallorum legionem cui Galba pracerat misit. 8. Sulla cum equitibus c|uos habcbat in castra venit. 9. Helvctii legatos ad euni mittunt ciuorum Divico princeps fuit. 10. Illi, cum iis quae retinuerant armis, eruptionem fecerunt. 11. Longc sunt humanissimi qui Cantium incolunt. 12. Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae. I 'Say "anjihiiig of clothinji,'.' 'Materia. 136 FinST 'ATIN BOOK. Translate into Latin : — 1. Ho persuades CastTcus, whose father had held sovereign power {rcgntim) among the Sequani for many years. 2. He said that on that day these Hehetii had sent two ambassadors to Caesar. 3. Meanwhile, by means of the legion which he had with him and the soldiers who had assembled from the province, he runs a wall from Lake (ieneva to Mount Jura. 4. At daybreak he arrived at-thc-place (iv>) from wliich he had started the previous night. 5. The man who trusts all men is often deceived. 6. The ground {locus) which our men had selected as a place suitable for the camp, was of-this-character (///V). 7. W as not the poet Ovid born in the same year in which Cicero the orator died ? 8. They said that ..le poet Ovid was born at Sulmo, a small town among the Peligni. 9. After the murder of Caesar (use abl. abs.). Brutus and Cassius fled to Asia. 10. Brutus and Cassius were defeated at Philippi by Marcus Antonius and Octavianus. 11. Cassius being informed of {dc) the arrival of the enemy, led all \.\ army across the bridge at daybreak. 12. He surrendered all his forces to th« Roman commander, and gave up all the arms he had with him. 13. After learning these facts, he sent forward all the cavalry to the number of six thousand. I V LESSON LXVIIL THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 1. The subjunctive mood of sum, I am^ is inflected as follows: Present. Imperfect. Sing'ular, Plural. Singular. Plural. 1. Pers., sira simus essem essemus 2. " sis sitis esses essetis 3. " sit sint esset assent Perfect. Pluperfect. Singular, Plural. Singular. Plural. I. Pars., msrim fuSilmus fuissem filissemt 2. " fiiSris fu^ritis fuisses fiilssetis 3. " merit fCidrint fOisset fiiissent THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 137 2. The subjunctive active of regular verbs of the four conjuga- tions is inflected as follows : — Present. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. Pers., d,mem amemus moneam moneamus 2. << &mes ametia moneaa moneatia 3- (( &met ament moneat mondant I. Pers., rSgram r6gamu8 audiam audiamus 2. <( r^gras rSgatis audiaa audlatia 3- <( r6grat rSgant audlat audiant IMPKHFECT. Singular. Plural. Sini^ular. Plural. I. Pers., &marem amaremus monerem mdneremnn 2. <( &mares amaretia monerea moneretls 3- (( &inaret arnarent moneret monerent I. Pers., r6g6rem , r6g6remu8 audirem audiremus 2. (< rfigeras regeretia audirea audiretis 3. (( rSgeret r6gr§rent Per FECI audiret I". audirent Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. Pers., &mav6riin amav6rimu8 raoniierim m6nu6rimue 2. (( &mav6ri8 amaveritia m6nu6ria moniieritis 3. C( amaverit amav6rint monuerlt monuSriut I. Pers., rex6rim rexerimua audivSrim audiv^rlmua 2. (( rexeris rex6ritia audiveria audivSritia J- ({ rex6rit rexerint audiverit audiv6rint Pluperfect. Sin^i^ular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. Pers., amavissem amaviasemus monuissem moniliaaemus 2. «< amavisaes amaviaaetia monuiaaea moniiiaaetis 3. «( AmaviEBet amaviaaent monuisaet moniiiaaent I. Pers., rexissem rexiaaemua audiviaaem audivlaaemus 2. (< rexisses rexiaaetia audiviasea audiviaaet is 3. (< rexisset rexisaeiit audiviaaet audiviaaent 3. The subjunctive, as opposed to the indicative (which repre- sents the action of the verb as a fact), is said to represent the action of the verb as something only supposed. But this rule is of 1 'M I ml m 138 FIKST LATIN BOOK. little practical value. The meanings and uses of the subjunctive must be carefully mastered in detail. SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCE.S. 4. The following are three main uses of the subjunctive in simple sentences : — (a) I n exhortations : as, Semper iidem simus, let us always be the same. The negative is ne : as, Ne hoc faciat, let him not do this. (b) In commands^ especially negative commands (with ne for not) : as, Ne mtilta discas sed multum, do not learn many things but much. Note. — Unless in general maxims like the above, the perfect is more usual here than the present : as, Ne id dixeris, do not say that. (c) To express a wish : as, Beatus sis, may you oe napPy. When the wish may still be realized, the present or perfect is used ; when the wish is vain and can not be realized, the imperfect or pluperfect.' Utinam (O ! that) usually introduces a wish : as, Adsit or utinam edsit, O ! that he may be here ; utinam adfuerit O ! that he may have been here; utinam adesset, O ! that he were here (now) ; utinam adfuisset, O / that he had been here (then). The negative in expressing a wish is usually ne: as, Ne vivam si scio, may I not live, if I know. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Discedant ab armis omnes qui in Italia sunt. 2. Valeant, vale- ant cives mei ; sint incolumes, sint florentes, sint beati ; stet haec urbs praeclara mihique patria carissima. 3. Utinam P. Clodius non modo viveret, sed etiam praetor, consul, dictator asset. 4. Mali secernant se a bonis. 5. Non Romae, sed Karthagine hiemet. 6. Ne in Italia sed Syracusis hiemet. 7. Utinam ne mercatores eas res ad Bclgas importavissent. 8. Exercitus noster hostes hoc proelio vincat. 9. Ne copiae Romanae a barbaris vincantur. 10. Utinam vos omnes amici Caesaiis essetis. i r. Exploratores nos de adventu hostium monean;. 12. Utinam domi eo die fuissem. 13. Filius patris sui vocem audiat. SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLK SENTENCES, 139 Translate into Latin : — I. O ! that we may take this town within a few days. 2. Would that w^e had been living at that time ' 3. May we not be sailing the sea in the middle of winter ! 4. O ! that we may conquer our enemies in this battle. 5. Let us hear our teacher. 6. Would ^hat we had seized the citadel ! 7. May we all love our parents who have taught us everythi'ig! 8. ! that the enemy may be defeated. 9. May you dwell with us a long time in this city ! 10. O ! that you may refrain from wrong-doing. 11. Do not expect to see me to-morrow. 1 2. Would that he had not seen me at Rome ! 1 3. Do not ask the boy his name. LESSON LXIX. SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. ( Continued. ) The subjunctive is also used in simple sentences : — {a) In questions of doubt, astonishment, or deliberation : as, Quid dicam? ivhat shall I say ? ivhatam I to say ? Quid dicerem? what should I have said? what was J to say ? This is called the deliberative subjunctive. It is often introduced by an: as, An ego non venirem ? ought I not to have come ? {b) To soften an assertion, or make a concession : as, Credas, you would believe ; crederes, ^r;« would have believed; hoc dixerim, I would have said this J aliquis dicat, some one may say. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Pacem petamus (p. 138, 4), nam exercitus noster superatus est. 2. Nostras copias hoc flumen audacter transducamus ; hostes enim nostro adventu fugient. 3. Milites Romani contra hostes audacter pugncnt. 4. Hoc affirmaverim, eum Romam venisse. 5. Utinam, puer, optima amcs. 6. Illo die Romanos esse victos crederes. 7. Hoc sine ullS, dubitatione affirmaverim eloquentiani rem esse omnium difficillimam. 8. Kgo ccnseam Catilinam cum suis sociis in Etruriam esse profecturum. 9. Nemo, his rebus cogniiis, hoc 140 FIRST LATIN BOOK. dixerit. lo. An huic cedamus ? An huius condiciones audiamus ; 11. An superbiam prius commemorem ? 12. Quis credat animos hominum non immortales esse ? Translate into Latin : — I. O ! that this man had warned us of {de + abl.) the danger. 2. What was I to do in so great a danger ? 3. Am I to love the enemies of the state .'' 4. Are we to throw away liberty and honor .-* 5. Let us fight bravely for our native land. 6. Let us retreat to the nearest hill, for the number of the enemy is great. 7. You would have said that the Gauls were desirous of war. 8. Let us punish this man severely. 9. Who can deny that Caesar was the greatest general among the Romans.'' 10. After defeating the barbarians, let us seize their town. 11. Would that the consul were living! 12. Let them send ambassadors to Caesar concerning ide-\-abl.) peace. 13. Let him remain at home this day. LESSON LXX. SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE. The subjunctive passive of the four conjugations is inf.ccied as follows : — PRESENT. 1. Pers., amer 2. " &raeris or (( amcre ametiir 1. Pers., amemur 2. '* ftmemini 3. ** fi-mentur 1. Pers., amarer 2. •• amareris or fi,taarei-e 3. ** amaretur 1. Pers., amaremur 2. " amaremini 3. <« amarentur monear monSaris or moneare xuoneatur regar regaris or regare regatur monSamur monearaini m6n§antiir rSgamur regamini regantur IMPERFECT. monerer monereris or monerere moneretur moneremur monereraini monerentur reg6rer regereris or r6gerere regeretur regSremur regeremlni r6g6rentur audiar audlaris or audiare audiatur audiamur audiamini audiantur audirer audireris or audirere audiretur audiremur audiremini aucorentur fiUBJUNCTiVE Passive. 141 1. Pers., amatus sim 2. " arnatus sis 3. ** fi,matus sit 1. Pers., fi,mati simus 2. '* amatisitis 3. ** amati sint PERFECT. monitus sim rectus sim monitus sis rectus sis monitus sit rectus sit moniti simus moniti sitis moniti sint recti simus recti sitis recti sint auditus sim auditus sis auditus sit auditi simus auditi sitis auditi sint PLUPERFECT. I. P., amatus essem monitus essem rectus essem auditus essem 2. 3- I. 2. 3- amatus esses amatus esset monitus esses monitus esset rectus esses rectus esset auditus esses aiiditus esset P., amati essemus moniti essemus recti essemus auditi essem us " amati essetis moniti essetis recti essetis auditi essetis *' amati essent moniti essent recti assent auditi assent Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Ne tanta occasio a vobis amittatur. 2. Utinam ne vjncantur. 3. Cur mali amentur? 4. Utinam, pueri, moniti essetis. 5. Ne a malis amemini. 6. Utinam ab iis ne auditi essent. 7. Ne puta- veris te tantr^n occasioneni semper habiturum esse. 8. Utinam optimi missi essent. 9. An orationes utilissimae reipublicae semper habeantur ? 10. Oppido incenso, hostium agros vastavimus. II. Hoc potius dixerim, te nunquam monitum esse. 12. Omnes moriamur ; ne vincamur. 13. Utinam ne infelices sitis. Translate into Latin : — I. Do not tell me that the man has been killed. 2. O ! that he were more loved. 3. Would that you had been sent yourself! 4. Let us always be the same aj {^uz) we have ever been. 5. Let not this opportunity be lost. 6. Are such men as these to be con- sidered brave ? 7. Let the boys be well taught by the master. 8. After taking the town, he led the army over the river, 9. You would rather say this, that all the villages had been burned by him. 10. Let it not be thought that your work is done. 1 1. Do not think that he will revile the good. 12. O ! that you may all be fortunate. ■ 142 FIRST LATIN BOOK. f LESSON LXXI. COMPOUNDS OP SUM. 1. All the compounds of sum are inflected like sum, except possum, / am able^ I can (potis, able + sum, / «;«), and prosum, / benefit. Possum, I am able^ I can is thus inflected : — Possum, I am able, I can. PRESENT. Indicative Subjunctive. Sini^ilar. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. Pers., possum possumus possim possim us 2. (( potSs potestis possis possitis 3- (( potest possunt IMPERFECT. possit possint I. Pers., poteram poteramuR possem possemus * 2. .( . poteras poteratis posses possetis 3. << potSrat poterant posset possent PERFECT. « * I. Pers., potui potuimus potfierim potiiSrtmus 2. (( potiiisti potuistis potiieris potueritia 3. (( potuit potiierunt or potuere potxierit potuerint PLUPERFECT. I. Pers., potiieram potueramus potuissem potuissemus 2. (( p6tCi6ras potxieratis potviisses potuissetis 3- (( potuerat potuerant FUTURE. potuisset potiiissent I. Pers., 2. 3- it I . Pers. , p6t6ro poterimus poteris poteritis p6t6rit poterunt FUTURE-PERFECT. p6tii6ro potiierimus potueris potueritis p6tu6rit potuerint COMPOUNDS OF SUM. 143 Present. posse INFINITIVE. Perfect. Present Participle. pdtiiisse potens (used as an adjective =powcr/«i.) Note. — Quam, as, by an ellipsis of possum (which however is often retained), is often used with superlatives as an intensive : as, Quam maximis (potest) itineribus in Italiam contendit, /le hastens to Italy by as long marches as possible. 2. Prosum, I help, I benefit, is inflected like sum but retains its original -d (prosum = prod-sum) before a vowel and loses it before a consonant. It is inflected as follows : — Prosum, I help, I benefit. PRESENT. Indicative. Suhjunctive. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Pers., prosum prosximus prosim prosimus " prodSs prodestis prosis prositis ** prodest prosunt prosit prosint IMPERFECT. 1. Pers., prodSram prodSramus 2. " proderas proderatis 3. ** proddrab prod^rant prodessem prodessemus prodesses prodessetis prodesset prodessent 1. Pers., proftii 2. * ' profuisti 3. ** profiiit PERFECT, profatmus profaSrim profaSrimus profuistis ^rofOerunt or profiiere profuSris pr6fil6ritia pr6fu6rit profiiSrint PLUPERFECT. I. Pars., profiiSram profiieramus profxiissem profiiissemus profiieras profuSratis profiiisses pr6fiiiss6tia 2. « <( profiierat profii6rant profuisset profuissent FUTURE. 1. Pers., pr6d6ro 2. ** proderis \. prodfirit prodSrimus prod6riti3 prodSrunt 144 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I I !; FUTURE-PERFECT. I. Pers. , profCiSro profuerimus 2. " piofiierls profu^rttis • 3. " profil6rit profuSrint IMPERATIVE. Prksknt. 2. «« prodes prodeate INFINITIVE. Present. Perfect. prodesse profaisse PARTICIPLE FUTURE. profiiturus, a, una Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Hoc facere non potuit. 2. Ibi cognoscit quadraginta naves tempestate rejectas cursum tenure non potuisse. 3. Quam maxi- mis potest itineribus in Galliam ultcriorem contendit. 4. His legatis Gallorum persuadure non potCrit. 5. Quis tantum numerum militum illi provinciae imperare possit .'' (p. 139). 6. Id oppidum ex itinere oppugnare conatus, propter muri altitudinem expugnare non potuit. 7. Caesar ex provincia quam maximas copias militum comparavit. 8. Quis mihi in tanto periculo prosit ? 9. Caesar, cor parata re frumentaria, quam celerrime ad Ariovistum contendit. 10. Non tibi proderit contra naturam niti. 1 1. Quid tibi tempus in his rebus consumere profuit ? 1 2. Quid in tanto discrimine rcipubli- cae facere possim ? 1 3. Primo vere omnes gentes Gallicae in unum locum a duce Romano coactae sunt. Translate into Latin : — I. Shall I not be able to help you at that time? 2. It will benefit the state to collect all the forces possible at the beginning of summer. 3. Were not the Romans able to conquer the Gauls ? 4. It will be of great advantage to you to reach Italy on that day. 5. Were you not able to reach Rome on the same night .-* 6. What can I do when so many enemies crowd around me (a^/. ads.)} 7. Am I to throw away my arms or boldly march against them ? DEFECTIVE VERBS. 145 8. The Aedui were the most powerful nation of all (iaul. 9. As- semble as many troops as possible and advance boldly against the enemy. 10. On that day he gave each of his soldiers two bushels of corn. II. He learned fnnn the scouts that the ships of the enemy could not reach the river. 12. Caesar replied as briefly as possible to the words of the ambassador. 13. I could not speak for {prac+abl.) tears. His merum pidum ugnare lilitum aesar, tendit. pus in ipubli- unum Lt will fnning iauls ? ^t day. What ads.)} them? LESSON LXXII. DEFECTIVE VERBS-MEMINI, COEPI, ODI, NOVI. 1. Verbs that are wanting in some of their parts are called defective verbs. The following are used only in the perfect and tenses derived from the perfect : Memini, / remember; coepi, / begin; odi, 1 hate ; novi, I know. They are inflected as follows : — INDICATIVE. Perfect. m6mini, isti, &e. coepi odi novi Pluperfect. memineram coepSram oddram n6v6ram Fut. Perfect. mSminero coep6ro SUBJUNCTIVE. odero novero Perfect. mSminerim coep6rim odfirim novSrim Pluperfect, meminissem coepissem IMPERATIVE, odissem novlssem Fut., 2. Sing. memento Wanting. Wantiig. Wanting. 2. PI, memento te INFINITIVE. Perfect meminiase coepisse odisse novisse Future. Wanting. coepturus esse osiirua esse Wanting, PARTICIPLE. Perfect Pass. Wanting. coeptus OS us notus Fut. Active. Wanting. coepturus osumiB 2. Novi is properly the perfect of nosco (gnosco in compounds), / begiti to knoiu. 3. Each of the above verbs has in the perfect, a present meaning, in the pluperfect, an imperfect meaning, and in the future 10 140 FIRST LATIN BOOK. J^ i' perfect, a future meaning : as, Coepl, / he<^in ; coeperam, / began ; coepero, / shall begin. (Coepi, however, means both / begin and / began. ) 4. Coepi (active form) is used when an active infinitive follows : as, Urbem aediflcare coepit, he began to build the city ; while coeptus sum (passive form) is used when a passive infinitive follows : as, Urbs aedlflcarl coepta est, the city begaft to be built. 5. Other defective verbs are : Aio, I say ; fari, to speak; liquam, I say. These are given in the Appendix. 6. Inquam is used, like the English says he, in direct quotations : as, "Ef?o," inquit, "eras veniam,' "/," he says, ^'' shall come to-morrow.^'' The nominative, if expressed, comes after inquam, inquit. GENITIVE WITH VERBS. 7. The following verbs usually take a genitive after them : — MiserSor, miseresco, (feel pity), memini (remember), obliviscor (forget), reminiBcor ( remember) : as, Miserere l&homia, pity su^er- ings; huius diei meminero, / shall remember this day. Note. — Mis6ror, ari, atus sum (express pity for), takes the accu- sative : as, Casum suum miseratur, he bewails his misfortune. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Nee unquam obliviscar illlus noctis, 2. Eorum magno numero interfecto, imperator ex itinere oppidum hostium oppugnare coepit. 3. Re frumentaria comparata, iter in ea loca facere coepit, quibus in locis esse Germanos audiebat. 4. Nunquam virtutis Romanorum obliviscar. 5. Semper in civitate, quibus opes multae sunt, Vetera odere, nova exoptant. 6. Helvetii nostros proelio lacessere coeperunt. 7. In murum lapidesiaci coepti sunt. 8. Quam {how) multa meminerunt senes ! 9. Eundcm legatum omnibus copiis praefecit. 10. Solent homines ea bene meminisse quae pueri didicerunt. 1 1. Potestne, inquit Epicurus, quidquam voluptate esse melius? 12. Non cuiusvis hominis est iniuriarum oblivisci. 13. I Hi, cum equitatu ad flumen progress!, e loco superiore nostros prohibere coeperunt. Translate into Latin : — I. They began to follow and attack our men in the rear. 2. We IRREGULAn VERBS. 147 Ciinnot forjjct tin; old wrong's of our ancestors. 3. Let the Roman jjcople remember the ancient valor of the (iauls. 4. At midday a large quantity of dust began to be seen. 5. Remember (pi.) us and our wrongs. 6. Me hatfd the Roman people on-account-of (ob) their cruelty. 7. At daybreak Caesar began to move forward the engines against the town. 8. O ! that he may not forget your kindness. 9. Pity the many sufferings which we have endured. 10. " I will never," he says, "betray my native land to its bitterest enemies." 11. The general began to lead his forces across the river a few hours ago. 12. Stones began to be thrown against our men by the enemy. 13. Can anything be sadder than his death } LESSON LXXIII. ■ IRREGULAR VERB-VOLO, NOLO, MALO. 1. The irregular verbs vole, / wish, will, and its compounds n61o(ne, not +v6lo), I am unwilling , and malo(magis, more + volo), / prefer, are thus inflected : — PRESENT. Indicative. Singular. 1. Pers., volo 2. " vis ;. " vult I. Pers., 2. J- I. 2. (( Pers,, (( nolo non vis non vult lualo mavis ma vult Plural. volumus vultis volunt nolumus non vultis nolunt maliimus mavultis malunt Subjunctive. Singular. Plural, velim velis velit nolim nolis nolit malim malis malit velimus velitis velint nolimus nolitis nolint malimus malitis malint I. Pers., IMPERFECT. Indicative. Plural. volebam volebamus volebas volebatis volebat volebant Singulat Subjunctive. Singular. Plural,^ vellem vellemus velles velletis vellet vellent 1 1< t 148 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I. Ptrs., nolebam nolebamus nollem nollemus 2. " nolebaH nolebatlu nollSs nolletls 3. " nolebat nolebant nollet noUent I. Pers., malebam m&Iebg,mus malleni mallemus 2. " malebas malebatls malles malletis 3. •• malebat malebant mallet mallent FUTURE. Indicative. Subjunctive. Shii^'ular. ritttal. I. Pers., volam volemus None None 2. ♦' voles voletis 3. " volet volent I. Pers., nolam nolemus 2. «• noles noletis 3. " nolet nolent I. Pers., malam malemus / 2. " males tnaletis 3. " malet malent PERFECT. Indicative. Subjunctive. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. Pers., volui voluimus voluerim v6lu6rlmu8 2. « voliiisti voluistis volueris volueritis 1 <* voWit voluerunt or voluere voluerit voluSiint I. Pers. , noliii noliiimus noliiSrim noliiSrimus 2. " noluisti noluistis nolueris noluSritis 3. " noluit noluerunt or noluere noluerit noluSrint I. Pers. , malui inaluimus maliierlm maltSSrimn 2. " maluisti maluistis malueris - it' 1' 1 << 0« maluit maluerunt or maluerit maluere I. Pers., 2. 3- PLUPERFECT. Indicative. Plural, volueram volueramus volueraa volueratis v6lu6rat voluerant Sing. SUBJUNC IVR. Sing. i^lural. voluissem voluissemus voluisses voliiissetls voluisset voliilssent IRREOIJLAR VKRBS. no rieHmiT= I. 2. 3. Pers., n << ndliigram noiadras noliifirat ndlddratuus n61u6ratla ndiaSrant nololssem nolulsses noiaisset ndlOlBHemuH noiaissetls ndiaissent I. 2, J* Pcrs. , maiagram maklgras maiadrat malilgramuB maia^ratis malu^rant maiaiusem mahllsses malCilGset malulssemus mHlulsautls maldissent FUTURE-PERFECT. I. 2. Pers., <( it Indicative. v6lii6ro v6liieri8 v6lii6rit Plural. vokiertmua voluoritis v6lu6rint Su HJ If NCTIVE. None I. Pers., noldfiro noliidrlinus 2. (< nolueris n61u6ritis 3. (( n61u6rit n61ii6rint I. Pers., maliS6ro maludrimus 2. <( maliidriB malii6ritis 3. (< malviSrit maliiSrint Present Present Perfect Present IMPERATIVE, noli nolite INFINITIVE. velle nolle voliiisse noliiisse PARTICIPLES. malle maliiisse VOlens (used as an adjective = «'t7Zt»i^.) nolens (used as an adjective = untviUing.) 2. Volo, nolo and malo are followed by an infinitive without an accusative : as, Romam venire vult, /w ivishcs to come to Romej ad Galliam venire non vult, he is umvilling to come to Gaul. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Caesar cum Helvetiis helium gerere volebat. 2. Consules civem Romanum interficere voluerunt. 3. Milites eo die maluer- unt in castris manere quam ( — rather than) pugnare. 4. Mons, (|uem Caesar a Crasso tcneri volebat, ab liostibus tenebatur. 5. Num Ariovistus in proelio cum Romanis contendere voluit.'' 6. Ht^l 5! ■ [ 150 FIRST LATIN BOOK. h Quis mare hieme navigare velit ? 7. Utinam hostes bellurn contra Romanos gerere vellent. 8. Dixit se velle eum regem illius civitatis faccre. 9. Caesar se ab Gallia discedere nolle dixit. 10 Nonne hiemem Komae agcre vultis.'' 11. Utrum pugnare an fugere mavis? 12. Nonne domi esse quam in urbe hostium male- tis? 13. "Malo," inquit Cicero, " cum Platone errarc quani cum aliis lecte facere." Translate into Latin : — 1. CaesLir wished to finish the war before winter. 2. Why do you wish to do such things.? 3. We are unwilling to do it, for it will injure our friends. 4, He preferred to remain in the country in summer ; in winter, at Rome. 5. Who was willing to sail the sea in winter.? 6. Would that he were willing to do it ! 7. Were they willing to surrender their arms to us.? 8. He wishe.d to reach Rome before night but he was unable. 9. Their scouts wished to discover the plans of our general. 10. Why are you unwilling to tell me the truth .? 1 1. Did Caesar refuse to be called king ? 12. He said that he was willing to be called king by the citizens. LESSON LXXIV. ABLATIVE AND GILNITIVB OF PRICE. ABLATIVE OF PRICE. 1. Price, with verbs of buying and selling^ is expressed by the ablative when the price is definitely stated : as, Viginti talentis unam orationem vendidit Isocrates, Isocrates sold one speech for twenty talents ; multo sanguine haec victoria nobis stat, this victory costs us much blood (literally, stands to us at much blood). Note. — With verbs of tur//«;7^<', the thing received in f'xchange is usually in the accusative and the thing given in exchange in the ablative : as, Exilium patria mutavit, he received exile in ex'change for his native land (—he went into exile). GENITIVE OF PRICE. 2. When the iMice for which a thing is bought or sold is not stated definitely, price is usually expressed by the genitive, especi- ABLATIVE AND GKNITIVE OP PRICE. 151 allv with the words magni (at a great price), parvi {at a low price), pluris (at a greater price), minoris (at a less price), tanti (at so great a price), quanti (at as great a price) : as, Hortoa tanti quantl tu emit, he bought gardens at as high a price as you; frumentum pluris vendo, / sell corn at a higher price. Note. — Do not use multi or maioris, but magni, pluris, for at a high price^ at a higher price. Translate into Enj^lish : — I. Frumenti modius in Sicilia aestimatus est ternis scstertiis.^ 2. lUo die rVumentum exercitui metiri coeperunt. 3. Utinani Romani mecum ire voluisset. 4. Cum finitimis civitatibus pacem facere quam bellum gerere mavult. 5. Num boni cives patriam suani auro vendere volent ? 6. Minimi frumentum in his locis vendunt. 7. Noli putare parem gemmis venalcm esse. 8. Quis ab Aeduis frumentum hoc tempore postulare vult ? 9. Utrum Romam ire an domi manere hodic vis? 10. Voluptatem virtus minimi aestimat. II. Homines sujI parvi pendere, aliena cupere solent 12. Haec civitas est magnae auctoritatis inter (iallos. 13. Eo die Roma ad Graeciam proficisci voluit. 14. Nulla pestis humano generi pluris Stat quam int. Translate into Latin : — I. He was unwilling to sell his corn at so high a price. 2. Was he not willing to lead the army against the Gauls t 3. He preferred to sail to Greece rather than remain at Rome. 4. The Germans were of tall stature, and of great skill in arms. 5. He bought corn at three sesterces a bushel. 6. This man sold his native land for gold. 7. This gem was valued by my father at one hundred denarii.'^ 8. Will he be willing to command an army .'' 9. You have a man of remarkable modesty, well-tried valor, and approved fidelity. 10. It i? your interest to aid the state as much as possible. 11. It is a great disgrace to the country to sell its honour for gold. 12. He preferred to carry on war for many years against the Gauls. 13. He was unwilling to remain at home during th „' whole winter. fli ' Konian silver coin worth nearly r» fonts. SKonian silver <'oih worth nearjy "JO i, /<7,4-fero), ofiFerre, obtuli, obl&tum, present. pr6f6ro (pro+fero). proferre, protvili, prolatum, carty forward. refero (re, hack,->rtl^ro\ rSferre, retuli, relatum, carry back. difte)-o(dis, apart, +f(&ro), differre, distuli, dilatum, differ. 8uftero(8ub, under, t-fero), suflferre, sustuli, sublatum, endure. toUo, toUere, Exp:rcise. sustuli, sublatum, ///?, take away. Translate into English :- - r. Onus gravissimum a servo domum fertur. 2. Dicit iniurias a nobis diu esse latas. 3. Nos omnes scimus onera a servis ferri. 4. Negabant socii se castris auxilium laturos esse. 5. Negabant se vultus Germanorum ferre posse. 6. Hostes primum im- petum nostrorum militum ferre non poterant. 7. Dona et praemia ad milites primae legionis lata sunt. 8. Fer, puer, hos liberos ad patrem. 9. Ferre labores est viri fortis. 10, Dicit hostes in unum locum impedimenta contulisse. 11. Quae mutari non pos- sunt, patienter feramus. 12. Imperator impedimenta in unum locum con ferri iussit. 13. Haec responsa ad Caesarem ab explor- atoribus lata sunt. Translate into Latin : — I. The baggage was brought together into one place. 2. The slave carried a heavy load J^ome. 3. He said that the Romans had endured wrongs for-a-long-i ne (^/i^). 4. You all know that the slaves carried arms to the enemy. 5. The allies will bring aid to us to-day. 6. We were not able to bear so heavy a load. 7. The soldiers of the tenth legion carried wood to the camp. 8. Bear, O boys, these orders to your master. 9. Let men bear what they PIO, I BECOME. 155 cannot change, lo. O ! that he may be willing to bear this burden. II. Let us bring aid to our soldiers who have fought bravely against the enemy, i '>■. Word was brought to the general that the soldiers were unwilling to fight. . LESSON LXXVI. FIO, I BECOME. 1. The irregular verb flo, I am made^ I become (passive of f&cio, make)^ is inflected as follows : — Principal parts — Fio, fi§ri, factus sum. PRESENT. PERFECT. Indic. SUBJ. Indic. . Sunj. fio fiam factus sum factus Sim fis fias factus es factus sis fit fiat factus est factus sit fimus fiamus facti siimus facti simus fitis fiatis fact! estis facti sitis fiunt fiant facti sunt facti sint IMPERFECT. PLUPEx.>cartes), piget (// vc.xrs). They are used with the accusative t>/ ilic person alfcctcd and the ij^cnitive of the object causing t he fee/in a; : as, Eorum nos miaeret, ive pity them (literally, // excites one\'> pity of them) ; hos homines ig-naviae t ae pudet, these men are ashamed of their idleness; testultitiao poenitet, you repent of your Jolly; me dubitationis huius taeOv.^, I amxueary of this hesitation. Itl 166 FIRST LATIN ROOK. 2. Opus est and liana est, tlior is nccd^ aic generally used ini- pcisi)n;illy with the dati':h' of the person to \vhon> there is need and the ahlati^'C of the ihinj; needed : as, Cibo rnihl opus est, / luwe need of food {S\\.ii\A\\^\ ihcrc is need to mc with food) ; viginti talentis tibi U8U8 est, you iiavc need of t^venty talents. 3. The inipersonals interest and refert, // is of importance., have the genitive of the j)crson to whom the matter is of importance : as, Clodii hitererat Milonem perire, // was of importance to Clodius that Milo should die. Hut if the person is expressed in Enghsh by a personal prono'in, tlic ablative singular feminine of the possessive pronoun is used in Latin : as, Id mea interest, this is of importance tome; hoc tua intererat, tliis was^ of importance to you. The degree of importance is expressed either byan adverb {e.g.., multum, magno- p6re, plurimum. <'/f.), or by a genitive of price (es). 5. His, lier^ its, their, are usually expressed by the genitive of is : as, Dixit se eorum amicum esse, lie said that he was their friend. l>ut his, her, etc., referring to the subject of a verb is expressed by suus : as, Domum suam vend.it, he sells his house. Note T. — In a complex sentence the genitive of ipse is used for his, etc., to refer to the suljject of a subordinate clause, if ambiguity would arise from the use of suus : as, Rogat cur se ipsorum inimicis tradere velint, he asks why they want to surrender him to their enemies. Note 2. — The possessive is not expressed in Latin, if no ambiguity arises from its omission : as, Patri pare, obey your father. Exercise. Give the principal parts of: mitto, credo, parco, reliuquo, curro, possum, nioveo, video, sentio. contemno. Translate into English : — I. Caesar ducem clarissimum contra sc lectum esse cedebat. 2. Sentit animus se vi sua moved. 3. Clama'it eum cecldisse. 4. Nonne eum flentem vidisti.^ 5. Credit eum semper nostri memorem esse. 6. Eos eorum copias educere iubet. 7. Rege dimisso, Caesar copias suas in cius lines duxit. 8. Marcus ct Quintus fratrcs fucrunt ; hie fortior, ille prudentior fuit. 9. Pueri et^ senem et consilia eius contemnunt. 10. Oppido relicto, Caesar in eos iter fecit. 11. Dixit eum haec vidisse. 12. Nonne is sum qui id feci ? Translate into Latin : — I. He threw himself upon them. 2. Having sent forward the cavalry, he led the infantry into their territory. 3. Caesar said that he would spare them. 4. Did he not think that they would help \\\\\\1 5. He promised that he would make war upon their towns. 6. That prison could not hold them. 7. The old man says that he despises both himself and them. 8. Did he think that he was believed? 9. He knew that they were worthy of death. 10. He said that some rivers ran deep. 11. These people think that they are happy. 12. He has taken all their cities. lEt et, hoih and. i^ i 170 FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON LXXXIV. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 1. One form of the Latin verb remains to be discussed. This is the gerund} The ^^erund is a verbal noun, corresponding to the English participial noun in -hig. It is inflected as follows : — First Conjugation. Gen. araandi, of loving. Dat. &rtxa,nd6, fo or for /oz'i'ng. Ace. amandum, loving. Second Conjugation. monendi, of advising. monendo, to ox for advising. monendum, advising. Abl. amando, with, by, from, or in monendo, ivith, by, from or in advising. Fourth Conjugation. audiendi , of hea ring . audiendo, to ox for hearing. audiendum, hearing. loving Third Conjugation. Gen. rSgendi, of ruling, Dat. regendo, to or for ruling. Ace. regendum, ruling. Abl. r§gendo, luith, by, from or audiendo, 7vith, by, from or i)t in ruling. hearing. 2. The gerund has partly the nature of a noun and partly that of a verb. As a noun, it may be governed by another noun in the genitive, or by an adjective, or by a preposition. It resembles a verb in governing a case and in being limited by an adverb : as, lus vocandi senatum, t/ic rig/ii of summoning the senate. (Here the gerund is governed in the genitive by iu3, and governs senatum ;n the accusative, because vocare governs that case) ; docendo discimuG, lue learn by teaching; natus ad regendum, born for ruling ; parcendo inimicis gloriam paravit, he won distitiction by sparing ids enemies. Note. — The nominative of the gerund is supplied by the infini- tive : as, Ambulare iucundum est, walking is delightful. GERUNDIVE. 3. Instead of the gerund with an accusative, Latin often uses a peculiar construction of its own. Thus : Born for ruling men is not often expressed by natus ad viros regendum. but by natus ad viros '' The word is derived from gero, carry, because, apparently, it expresses the action of the verb as beiii{j " carried on," GERUND AND GERUNDITE. 171 regrendos, where regendos agrees with vlros in gender, number, and case, and is culled the gerundive. So too : In epistolia scri- bendis (in writing letters) is used for in scribendo epistolas and consilium urbis capiendae {the plan for taking the city)^ foi consilium caplendi urbem. 4. The gerundive has the form of the future part, passive. Thus •.— Conj. Present stem and -ndus,- ii: Ama-ndus, a, um. mone-ndus, a, um. rege-ndus. a, um. audie-ndus. 5. The rule for turning the gerund into the gerundive is easily deduced from the above examples. It may be staled as follows : The direct object of the gerund is attracted into the case of the geriindy which is tJien made to agree with its object in gender and 7iii)nber. 6. The genitive of the gerund or of the gerundive is often used with causa, on account of for the sake of which is written after its case : as, Vestis est frigoris depellendi causa, dress is intended for keeping off cold. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Nonne is ad ludos spectandos profectus est .'' 2. Hie clipcus utilis corpori tegendo est. 3. Elocjuentia legendis poetis augt'tur. 4. Summa voluptas ex discendo capitur. 5. Inlta sunt consilia urbis delendae. 6. Militcs frumcntandi causa in tines hostium missi sunt. 7. Non oratum sed qucrendi causii ierunt. 8. Te duce, ad arma capienda parati sumus. 9. Nullum spatium ad se arman- dos dabatur. 10. Optimam occasionem navigandi habemus. II. Breve tempus satis longum est ad bene vivendum. 12. Ea sunt Usui ad armandas naves. Translate into Latin :— I. Water is good for drinking. 2. They formed tlie plan of kill- ing the consul. 3. Was he not skilled in {gen.) guiding the state.? 4. He spent much time in writing letters. 5. The horse is fit for carrying burdens. 6. You will have an opportunity of finishing ^'■■> 172 FIRST LATIN HOOK. the work. 7. He will send them into the territory of the enemy to collect corn (gerundive with causa). 8. Have they formed the plan of crossing the river? 9. I thought you had come for the purpose of {causa) seeing the city. 10. He said that they were coming for the purpose of making a bridge, i f. Were they ready to take up arms in the consulship of Caesar 1 12. He said that he was going into the garden to see the flowers LESSON LXXXV. THE GERUND— (Ctf«/////r6v/). Passive Periphrastic Conjugation. 1. The gerund and not t/tc gerundive is to be used : — {a) In the case of verbs that do not govern an accusative : as, Parcendo inimicis, by sparing enemits (not parcendis inimicis). {b) Where euphony would be violated : as, Amicos videndi causa, for the sui^e of seeing friefids (not amicorum viden- dorum). {c) Where ambiguity results : as, Aliquid docendi causa, for the sake of teaching sofuething (not alicuius, which would mean some one). 2. The gerundive is often used to express duty or necessity : as, Hostis timendus, an enemy that ought to be^ or micst be^Jeared. 3. From this use of the gerundive, a whole conjugation — called the Passive Periphrastic Conjugation — is formed of the gerundive and the verb sum, / am. Thus : — J amandus sum, / am to be loved. \ amandus es, thou art to be loved, etc. { ftmandus eram, / was to be loved. V amandus eras, thou wast to be loved., etc. r amandus ero, / sJiall have to be loved. \ amandus eris, thou wilt have to be loved, etc. Present, Imperfect, Future, and so forth. THE GERUND. 173 4. The a^^ent is expressed in the passive periphrastic conju^^a- tion by the dative : as, Parentea nobis amandi sunt, our parents should be loved by us. 5. The passive periphrastic conjuj^ation is ^"^encrally used to trans- late the English should^ ought^ must (expressing duty or necessity) : as, Ex civitate pellendi sunt, tlicy must be banished. When the verb in Enghsh is active, t^he object becomes the sub- ject in Latin, and the subject becomes the dative of the agent : as, Aqua mihi bibenda est, / must drink water ( = water must be drunk by me). 6. Intransilive verbs and verbs that govern the genitive, the dative, or the ablative, must be used impersonally in the passive peri))hrastic conjugation : as. Nobis eundvim est, we must go {=it must be gone by us) ; omnibus moriendum est, all must die ; inimicis a nobis parcendum est. wc must spare our enemies; utendum est iudicio a te, you must use your judgment. Note. — When a verb docs not govern the accusative, the agent (to avoid ambiguity) is expressed in the passive periphrastic con- jugation by a (or ab ) with the ablative. This appears from the last two examples. 7. With do {give\ euro {take care of), trado {hand over)., the gerundive is used to express purpose : as, Terram habitandam dat, he gives them the land to dwell in j pontem faciendum curat, lie has a bridge built. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Parendum est legibus. 2. Haec Cacsari miranda videntur. 3. Hostibus ad consilia capienda nihil spatii dandum esse exis- timabat. 4. Civibus a nobis subveniendum est. 5. Caesar ad dilectus agendos profectus est. 6. Intellexit magnam partem equitatus ab hostibus, aliquot diebus ante, praedandi causa trans flumen esse missam. 7. Ars civitatis gubernandae est difificillima. 8. In libris tuis legendis tres dies multfi cum voluptate exegi. 9. Catilina bellum suscepit reipublicaeevertendae causa. 10. Ario- vistus cum suis ad occupandum oppidum contendit. 11. Tempus bello gerendo idoncum non erat. 1 2. Ad galeas induendas tempus defuit. 13. Vix lis rebus administrandis tempus dabatur. Iff 174 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Translate into Latin : — I. Wisdom is increased by learning and thinking. 2. Caius obtained the consulship for the purpose of avenging his brother. 3. He won credit by aiding friends. 4. Caesar gave the signal for (say 0/) beginn.iig the battle. 5. The Romans were desirous of carrying on war. 6. They undertook the work for the purpose of finishing it. 7. We must all cultivate virtue. 8. I must send this letter to my father at Rome. 9. We must forget our wrongs. 10. The farmer must plough his fields in the spring. 1 1. Caesar set out to C.aul to carry on war. 12. Do you think that he should be beMeved.'' 13. We must all obey the general. LESSON LXXXVI. ACTIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. SUPINE. 1. Besides the passive periphrastic conjugation in Latin, there is also an active one, expressmg Ju/i/ri/f or /jifcn/wn. It is formed from the verb sum and the future participle in -turus. Thus : Amaturus sum, / am goifig (or intend) to love ; amaturus eram (or fui), I was going (or intended) to love ; and so on through all forms. So too : Moniturus sum, I intend to advise ; moniturus eram, / intended to advise. SUPINES. 2. Latin verbs have two supines, one in -turn and one in -tu. They are formed by adding -turn and -tu to the present stem or to the present stem modified : as, amatu, to be loved. monitu, to be advisee^. rectu, to be rtded. auditu, to be heard. 3. The supine in -turn is used to express purpose after verbs of motion. It governs the same case as the verb from which it is derived: as, Legatos mittunt rogratum auxilium, they se?td ambassa- dors to ask for aidj pabulatum milites emisit, he sent out soldiers to forage. amatu m, to love. monitum, to advise. rectum, to ride. auditum, to hear. ACTIVE PKRII'HKASTIC CONJUOATION. 175 The supine in -tu is uscil after adjeetives expressing difficulty^ case, credibility^ pleasure, ivortli or the reverse, and after a few substantives, like fas {rit^/it), nefas {ivronti), scftlua {wicked- m'ss) : as, Diflacile est dictvi, // is dijjicult to be said, or // is difficult to say. Note I. — The supines are verbal nouns, one in the accusative and one in the abhitive. Note 2. — The supine in um with the pres. inf. pass, of eo, I i:;o, IS used to form the fut. inf. pass, of the verb, 'i'hus : lie said that he would be advised, dixit se monitum iri =he said that it is gone {hii., people go) to advise him. Exercise. Translate into Enghsh : — I. Amicitianine populi Romani est repudiaturus ? 2. Aedui legatos ad Cacsarcm mittunt rogatum auxiUum. 3. His rebus factis, consilium urbis capiendae ineunt. 4. Neque obsides repeti- turi neque auxilium a populo Romano imploraturi fuerunt. 5. Hello confccto, legati ad Caesarem gratulatum convencrunt. 6. Onmia uno tempore sunt agenda : vexillum pro})onendum, signum tuba dandum, ab opere revocandi milites, acies instruenda. 7. Ex ea civitate profugi ad Senatum Romam venerunt iniurias sociorum questum. 8. Occasio negotii bene gerendi omittenda non est. 9. Eo die imperator decimam legionem pabukitum misit. 10. Nos neque legatos missuri neque ullam condicioncm pacis sumus accep- turi. II. Nonne primo vere agri agricolis arandi sunt.'' 12. Iter per provinciam nostram sunt facturi hostes. 13. Ante primam lucem imperator cum tribus legionibus Roma est profecturus. Translate into Latin : — I. We must not lose this opportunity of attacking the enemy. 2. Ambassadors came to Rome to ask aid against the Germans. 3. Alexander intended to lead his army across the (iranicus. 4. Ariovistus is not likely to reject my friendship. 5. We intend to set out for Rome before night. 6. After all Gaul was subdued by Caesar (abl. abs.), envoys were sent hy many states to ask him for peace. 7. Hannibal, incredible to relate, reached Adrumetum, which is a hundred miles distant from Zama, within the space of ■^ ^% %. !^.^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. 1.0 I.I 1.25 ;|i^ Ilk ^ 1^ III 2.2 1^ ii£ IliiM 1.8 JA 1 1.6 i ^^^ % V ^>'^ ^:J Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 873-4503 ^ ^ ,v V f 9) 6^ %,'t' ^:i* % '■b^- '*i. r^ I i- m> u. ^ mimm \\\ 176 FIRST LATIN BOOK. II two days. 8. All should cultivate the art of speaking. 9. Nothing seemed to Xenophon so princely (regdlis) as the puisuit of cultivat- ing the soil. 10, I intend now to speak of (de) choosing a com- mander for (ad) that war. ii. The Helvctii were fond of fighting with their neighljors. 12. We must all defend our country when attacked by an enemy (abl. abs.), 13. Spring is the time of year for sowing seed. LESSON LXXXVII. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAUSES.- QUESTION. INDIRECT 1. Dependent or subordinate clauses are called jwun chiuscs^ ad- jective clauses, or adverbial clauses, according as they perform the function of a noun, adjective, or adverb. Thus, in / know who he is, the clause who he is is a noun-clause, object o{ know; in I saw the man whom you mean, the clause whom you mean is an adjective clause, qualifying man ; in He came tliat lie mii^ht see the town, the clause that he might see the town is an adverbial clause of purpose, modifying came. INDIRECT QUESTION. 2. A noun-clause headed by an interrogative pronoun, adjective, or adverb and used as the bubject or object of a verb, takes its verb in the subjunctive. Such a clause is called an indirect (or dependent) question. Thus : Scio quis sit, / know who he is; quid faciat multum refert, // is 0/ much importance what he does. (Here quis sit, and quid faciat, arc indirect questions.) 3. The following are the more common interrogative pronouns, adjectives, and adverbs : Quis, who ? uter, which of t7uo ? quan- tus, how great ? quali.*, what kind? quot, how many ? ubi, where? vmde, wfwnce? quo, whither? cur (or quare), why? qui or (with adjs. and adverbs) quam, how? quemadmodum or quomodo, in what way? quantum, ho7c much? quando, wJien? (quum is never interrogative), quoties, how ^y/'fw .^ quamdiu, how long? 4. Whether, if, at the head of an indirect question, is num : as, Die milii num ronerit, tell me if he has come. m INDIRECT QUESTION. 1 4 t Dionouns, 5. IVheiher. . . .or^ is utrum . . an ; but ornot is necne in indirect questions (not annon, as in direct. P. 130, 6.) : as, Multum interest utrum valeamus an aegri aimus, // makes a great difference "whether ^ce are well or sick ; videamus utrum aqua sit necne. let us see whether it is water or not. Note. — After nescio or haud scio (/ dont know), dubito (I doubt), incertum est {it is uncertain) — implying an affirmative — whether is an : as, Constantiam dice ? Nescio an melius patientiam possim dicere, consistency, do I say ■ 1 don't kno7V whether I can not better say long-suffering. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Rogat nuni sui oblitus sim. 2. Quaeramus quoties hie Idem promiserit. 3. Rogabo num is maior fnitre sit. 4. Rogemus cur is solus taceat. 5. 0»r»nes intellegunt quam audaces sitis. 6. Hoc dubium est uter uu-su j: vevx'jcundior sit. 7. Ex iis cjuaeremus quid agant. 8. NcscnUwis qiromodo effugerit. 9. Quot estis } Nescio quot simus. 10. Credo te audivisse qui mihi hi nocuerint. II. Novisti eum quam tardus sit. 12. Ex eo quaesivi quanti domum vendiderit. 13. Roga eos unde veniant. Translate into Latin : — I. We had not heard whether you conquered. 2. I ask you whether these are your words or not. 3. He asks me whether I had sold all my books. 4. Tell me how many letters you wrote yesterday. 5. I ask you where you have put my book. 6. I do not know when he intends (p. 174) to return. 7. Do not tell him where you are coming from. 8. Do you know by whom the city was founded.'' g. It is hard to tell whether you really understand. 10. Have you forgotten where you promised to go to-day ? \\. It does not concern me whether it is selling low or not. 12. He is asking if he ought to remain at Rome. 13. Ask him wlisft l>e is doing about it. 12 J 78 FIRST LATIN RCOK. :i! 'I i ^ LESSON LXXXVIII. CLASSIFICATION OF TENSES. -SEQUENCE OP TENSES. Indirect Question— (Coft/irued J. 1. Latin tenses are divided into Primary and Secondary (or Historical)^ as follows : — Primary Tenses. Secondary or Historical Tenses. Pres. , &mat, he loves. Pres.-Perf., amavit, he has loved. Future, amabit, he luill lon'e. Future Perf., amaverit, he will have loved. Iniperf., fi,mabat, he tvas loving. Past Indef., amavit, he lo7'ed. Pluperf., axnaveraX, he had loved. Note. — The Latin perfect has the force of ijoth a present-perfect (?>., perf. with iiave) and a past indefinite. When it is a pres.- perf, it is ?i primary tense ; when a past indef., a secondary. 2. The above classification of Latin tenses is important, in view of the fact that the tense of the subjunctive in a dependent clause is primary when the tense of the main verb is primary, and second- ary v/hen the tense of the main verb is secondary. This is an important rule, and is called the rule for the Sequence of Tenses. It may be stated thus : — RULE FOR THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES. A primary tense in the principal clause, is followed by a primary tense in the dependent clause ; a secondary tense in the principal clause, is followed by a secondary tense in the dependent clause. 3. The following examples of the indirect question will illustrate the rule : — A. PRIMARY TENSES IN BOTH PRINCIPAL AND DEPENDENT CLAUSES. ( I ) Present in Principal clause. Scio quid Agas, / knorju what you are doing (now) (dependent question, therefore verb in subj.) SEQUENCE OF TENSES. 179 i Scio quid egerls, T kufftv what yov have done (in the past). Scio quid acturus sis, / ktiow 7vhat you are goin^ to do (in the future ; i.e., what you will do). Note. — The place of the fut. subjiin. act. (which is wantinj;), is supplied by the active periphrastic conjugation (p 174, i). (2) Present-Perfect in Principal clause. CogTiovi quid agas, / have learned what yoit are doing (now). Cognovi quid egeris, / have learned ^ohat you have done (in the past). Cognovi quid acturiis sis, / have learned what you a*-e going to do (in the future). (3) Future in Principal clause. Audlam quid agas, /shall hear 'what yoii arc doim^ (tlien). Audiam quid egeris, / shall hear what you have done (m ihc past) Audiam quid acturus sis, / shall hear what you are going to do (in the future). (4) Futurt'- Perfect in Principal clause. Cognovero quid agas, I shall have kno^vn what you are doing (then). Cognovfiro quid egeris, I shall have kiunvn lu hat you have done (in the past). Cognovero quid acturus sis . / shall have knotvn what you are going to do (in the future). B. SECONDARY (OR HISTORICAL) TENSES IN PRINCIPAL AND DEPENDENT CLAUSES. (i) Imperfect in Principal clause. Sciebam quid ageres, / knr^o (literally, 7oas knviving) what you were doim; (then). Sciebam quid egisses, I knew what you had done (in the past). Sciebam quid acturus esses, / knew what you zvere going to do (in the future ; i.e., what you 'vould do). (2) Past Indefinite in Principal clause. Cognovi quid ageres, / learned what you were doing [ihcn). C^.-^Tiovi quid egisses, I learned what yon had done (in the past). Cognovi quid acturus esses, / learned 7i>hai you were going to do (in the future). * 180 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ^ I I I ,{.■■ II If. i (3) Pluperfect in Principal clause. CogTi6v6ram quid ag^res, / hod learned 7vhat you 7i>ere doini: (then.) Coern6v6ram quid eglsses, / /uui learned what yon had done {\u tht past). Cognoveram quid acturus eases, / had learn, d w/iai yon were ^oing to do (in the future). Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Ouaeritur cur doctissimi homines maxime dissentiant. 2. Qualis ipse sit animu^ ncscit. 3. Quid dies ferat est incertuni. 4. (^uid proximfi, quid superiore nocto cgcris, (juis nostrum ignorat .'' 5. Quid eil nocte egisset, quid in {for) proximam constituisset, edocui. 6. Vides quanta tempcstas invidiae nobis impcndeat. 7. Neque quanta csset insulae magnitudo, neque quae nationcs eam incolerent reperiebat. 8. Ex his omnibus iudicat rebus quanto cum periculo et quanta cum virtute res sint administratae. 9. Ibi ex captivis cognoscit quae apud Ciceronem gerantur. 10. Interim legatis con- vocatis, et quae cognovisset et quae fieri vellet ostendit. 11. Memo- ravit quibus in locis maximae hostium copiae a populo Romano fusae essent. 12. Quanti suam domum vendidit.-* 13. In hac obsidione nulli parcitum est. 14. Nemini a nobis invidetur. Translate into Latin : — I. Who of us (p. 104) does not know where you were last night .'' 2. He understood at what risk he had done this. 3. Caesar knew for what reason {qua de causa) these things were said. 4. I will tell you what cities the Romans took in this war. 5. The consul read to ;he people what the senate had decreed on the previous day. 6. He pointed out from what classes the forces of Catilina were drawn {coniparo). 7. He ascertained from spies what was the nature of the road to the camp of the enemy. 8. Caesar found out why Ariovistus did not come to the meeting. 9. After giving up their arms {iibl. ahs.)^ all the enemy came that night to the camp, 10. We compelled the merchants to tell us from what districts they came. 11. It is said that the man was ten years younger than his brother. 12. The soldiers did not spare the inhabitants of that town. 13. He sold his house for ten talents. inoy'ATic USE of the indirect question. hsi LESSON LXXXIX. IDIOMATIC USB OP THE INDIRECT QUESTION- Noun-clauses Introducad by Quod and Ut. 1. An English abstract noun is often expressed in Latin l)y an indirect question : as, Dico tibi quale periculum sit, / tell you the nature of the (ltifii;rr : quot essent hostes rogavit, he dsked the number of the eneniv : quo ©amiis rog-ant, they ask our destination ( = whither we are going). NOUN-CLAUSE INTRODUCED BY QUOD. 2. Quod (meaning, because, the fact that)^ with the indicative often introduces a noun-clauso in Latin : as, Magnum eat hoc, quod victor victis pepercit, tliis ii. an important matter., the fact that when victorious he spared the vatiquisJwd. NOUN-CLAUSE INTRODUCED BY UT. 3. Verbs of asking, command/ ?ig, striinn^, and effecting ^ take in English an infinitive but in Latin a noun-clause introduced by ut, ///ri/, with the subjunctive: as, Oro te ut hoc facias, / beg you to do this J nititur ut vincat. he strives to conquer. If there is a :7ot vith the inf., ne {that not) is used for ut non: as, Puero iraperavi ne domo exiret. / ordered the boy not to go from home (impf,, in accordance with the rule for sequence, p. 178). Note I. — lubeo, / order, however, and veto, I forbid, take the infinitive : as, lussi puerum domo non exire, / ordered the boy tiot to go from luune ; vetuit me hoc facere, he forbade me to do it. Note 2. — Statvio, constituo, decerno, I determine., take the infini- tive when the subject of the main verb and of the infinitive is the same : as, Statuit Caesar in Italiam redire, Caesar determined to return to Italy. In other cases, they take a noun-clause introduced l)y ut or ne : as, Statuit Caesar ut le^ones suae in Italiam redi- rent, Caesar determined that his legions should return to Italy. f 182 FIKST LATIN UOOK. 4. The followin^,'^ impersonal verbs are followed by a noun-clause introduced by ut : Contingit, ev6nit, accidit, and fit (// happens)^ restat {it remains)^ s6quitur (// follows)^ fieri potest (// )nay hap- ])cn) : as, Accidit ut nemo adesset, // happened that no one was present. Exercise. 2. Constat inter 3. Caesar belluni Translate into English : — I. Quod Regulus rediit, mirabile videtur. omnes ad sahiteni civium inventas esse leges, ea aestate cum Germanis gcrere constituit. 4. Pollicitus est se hoc postero die esse facturum. 5. Dixerunt sibi in animo esse sine ullo inaleticio per provinciam iter facere. 6. Rogavit quando pro- fecti essent. 7. Caesar his de causis c[uas commemoravi Rhenum transire decreverat. 8. Restat ut de magnitudine belli et impera- tore deligendo loquar. 9. Quod tu incolumis domum rediisti, mihi gratum est. 10. Ariovistus respondit scnatum populi Romani sibi praesidio esse. 1 1. Prima, luce productis omnibus copiis ct duplici acie instructa, quid liostcs consilii caperent cxspectabat. 12. Oravit ut omnibus pueris mulicribusque parceretur. 13. Se hoc opus eo die confecturum esse suscipit. 14. Rogavit me ne id facerem. Translate into Latin : — I. He ordered ?ll the forces to assemble on that day at Rome. 2. I asked you to perform all th( commands of the general. 3. The enemy will strive to capture the town with all its forces. 4. It follows that he was condemned for treachery by the senate. 5. Explain to the judges your view of the matter. 6. They said that the Romans had pitched their camp in this plain. 7. Do you know our reason for declaring war? 8. He forbade the consul calling the people together on that day. 9. We are not asked to assemble in the market-place. 10. It happened that he was absent from Rome in that year. 1 1 . What amount of money shall I bring .? 12. We strove to finish the work within a few days. 13. He deter- mined to set out for Gaul that winter. 14. Beg them not to come. 1 5. The fact that you betrayed your country is enough. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES. 183 LESSON XC. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES. Final Clauses Introduced by Ut (or Ne), and Quo. 1. An adverbial clause is one that takes the place of an adverb. Thus, in I cat (hat I may Ihw, the clause introduced l)y lliai is an adverbial clause oi purpose, limiting the action of the main verb. An adverbial clause of purpose is called a Jinal clause (from finis, an end), because it expresses the end ox object of the verb it limits. 2. Final clauses in Latin are usually introduced by ut, that, or ne, that . . . .not, lest (both with the subjunctive) : as, Edo ut vivam, I eat that I may lii'e ; hoc dico ne to laedam, / say this that I may not offend you ( = to avoid offending you). Note. — Ne in a final clause, may often translate the English "/<:; avoid^^ " to prevent. " 3. In firial clauses the /n'.f^'/// subjunctive is used iSier prifnary tenses ; the imperfect after secondary, in accordance with the KiJe for Sequence (see p. 178). Thus : Multi laudant ut laudentur, 7nany praise that they may be praised {\iV{^s. after a primary tense) ; multl laudabant ut laudarentur, many praised that they might be praised (imperfect after a secondary tense). 4. That no one, that no (adj.), that nothing, that ne7>er, in a final clause, are respectively ne quis, ne ullus, ne quid, ne vin- quam : as, Porta clausa est ne quis exiret, the gate was shut that no one might go out ; clamant ne ullum vei'bum audiatur, they are shouting that no word may be heard; abii ne quid viderem, / went away that I might see nothing ; hoc facite ne unquam vitiiperent, do this that they may never revile. 5. Instead of ut in a final clause, quo (-ut eo, that i>y this) with the subjunctive, is used when the clause has a comparative in it : as, Puto aUquid puero dandum esse quo sit studiosior, / think that something ought to be given to the boy that he may be more zealous J Caesar castella communit quo facilius Helvetios pro- hibere possit, Caesar erects forts that he may the more easily keep off' the Helvetii. i 184 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Non vivimus iit cdamiis. 2. Hoc factum est nc quis in civi- tatcm restitueretur. 3. Ad uibcm venimus ut oratorcm audiremus. 4. Domum rcdibo ut dormiam. 5. Hoc feci ne cui displicorcni. 6. Haec scribcbam ut bono esses animo. 7. Ne quis ex civitate pellcrctur, Idem promisit. 8. Multa mentitus est (|uo iunior videre- tur. 9. Utinam rex ipse adcssct. 10. His coj^nitis, milites cduxit nc omnes interficerentur. 11. Legibus servlmus ut liberi esse posslnius. 12. Captivos omnes interfici iussit quo melius iter faccret. Translate into Latin : — I. They went into the garden that they might find the book. 2. They set out iii the morning that they might reach the city before night. 3. We will go away in order not (use m) to see them. 4. I did this in order that I might injure no one. 5. We must raise a shout that we may be heard by him. 6. He praised u§ in order to be praised by us. 7. He killed himself that he might never see the country overthrown. 8. l-»o not buy what you do not need. 9. In a few days we shall return to soe (use ^uo) the place better. 10. Did you not see with what pride he answered? 11. We must teach our children in order that they may be better citizens. 12. He wishes to return home in order to stand for the consulship. LESSON XCI. FINAL ChAUBBB-r Continued ). . Qui Pinal. Quominus and Quin. Neve. 1. The relative qui (called ^ui Jitiat) is often used with the sub- junctive to express a purpose : as, Misit legates q\ii pacem peter- ent, /le sent ambassadors to sue for peace (q\ii=ut ei). Note. — Relative adverbs, like ubl {where) and unde {whence), are used, like the relative pronoun, to express a purpose ; ill FINAL CLAU8KS. 185 as, Domum ubl habitaret legrit, he chose a house where he might dwell (ubi-ut ibi. that there). 2. After verbs of preventiui:;^ a final clause is often used, intro- duced by quomlnus {=hy which the less — in o*der that not) : as, Nihil obstat quominus scrlbas, tiothini;; prevents you from writini( { = by which you should the less write). Note.— After verbs oi preTentinj^^qxvin (qul+ne how not), may be used for quominus, if tbcrc is a nc<;ative or virtual' negative with the main verb : as, Vix inhiberi potuit quln saxa lac^ret. he could scarcely he pre7>ented from throwini^ stones. 3. After verbs of fearinj^^ a final clause is used, introduced by ut or ne : as, Ver6or ne veniat, / am afraid he will come ; vereor ut veniat, / am af> aid he will not come. Note. — Here ut and ne aj)parently chanj^e their meaning ; ut is used for that not, and ne for that. 4. The English future after verbs o{ fearing, is expressed by the subjunctive — the present subjunctive, if after a primary tense, the imperfect if after a secondary: as, Timeouu labores svistineas, / am afraid that you will not endure your labors ; timebam ne e& ev6nirent, / was afraid that these things would happen. 5. In English the infinitive is often used to denote a purpose, but in Latin it is never so used in good prose. Such an infinitive may be expressed in Latin in various ways. Thus : He sent ambassadors to sue for peace, may be expressed as follows : — Legates misit ut pacem p§t§rent {xxtfual). Le^tOB misit qui pacem pet6rent (qui final). Legates misit ad pacem petendam (gerundive ace. with ad), or legates naisit pacis petendae causa (gerundive genitive with causa). Legates misit ad pacem petendum (gerund ace. with ad), or legates misit pacem petendi causa (gerund genitive with causa). Legates misit pacem petitum (supine after verb of motion). Legates misit pacem petituros (future part, active expressing a purpose). 'A word like vix, scarcely, or a question expecting the answer No. ^ i'l I' 186 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 6. For et ne (following ut or a previous ne), n6ve (or neu) is used : as, Hoc dice ut bono anlmo sit neve perturbetur. / say this that he may be of good con rage and may not be disturbed; abibo re eum vldeam neve audlam, / will go aivay that I may not see or hear him. EXERCISK. ' Translate into English : — I. Legatos ad cum miserunt qui diccrent ?ibi esse in animo sine ullo m.deficio iter per provinciam facere. 2. Caesar litteras nun- tiosque misit ne eos frumcnto neve alia re iuvarent. 3. Peticrunt ut concilium lotius (ialliae in certum diem indicere liceret. 4. Oualis esset natura montis, nuntios qui cognoscerent misit. 5. Nuntios praemittit qui videant quas in partes hostes iter faciant. 6. Itaque impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur. 7. Legem brevem esse oportet quo facilius ab imperitis teneatur. 8. Omnes milites turn timebant ne ab hoste circumvenirentur. 9. Vercor ut hoc tibi profuturum sit. 10. Quale praemium ei sit tribu- tum docebo, quo facilius intellegi i)ossit. ir. Naves vento tene- bantur quominus in portum redirent. 12. Consulcs videant ne quid detrimenti respublica capiat. 13. Omnes equites praemisit qui viderent quas in partes iter caperent. Translate into Latin : — • I. Caesar sends forward the soldiers of the tenth legion to seize the hill. 2. He ordered them not to go out of camp after sunset. 3. He begged him to spare the women and children. 4. He ordered them to open ijaxare) the ranks that they might the more easily use their swords. 5. He was afraid that all the soldiers would desert him. 6. The Romans built forts to keep back the enemy. 7. They were afraid that they would be defeated. 8. I tell you this, that you may the more easily understand. 9. I do not know when they intend to set out. 10. He asked him not to bring a single soldier with him. 11. He persuaded them to set out with him. 12. Fearing that he would not be able to withstand the attack, he sent a despatch to Caesar. 13. He warned him to avoid all wrong-doing. AUVEUUIAL CLAUSES OF RESULT. 187 LESSON XCII. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OP RESULT. UT CONSECUTIVE. 1. An adverbial clause is often used to express the result of what is described in the main clause. Such clauses are called consecutive clauses (cousequor, oi'crtukc^ attain). I'hus, in the sentence, Such fear mzed all, that the icing iiimsel/Jled^ the clause introduced by tiiai is a consecutive clause. 2. A consecutive clause is usually introduced by ut with the sub- junctive (called ut-consecutiTc) : as, Tantua timer omnes occupa- vit ut rax ipse fugerit, such fear seized all that the hint^' liimselj Jlcd ; tarn caecus fuit ut me non viderlt, lie was so blind that he did not see me. Note I.— The rule for the sequence of tenses (p. 178) docs not apply in consecutive clauses. Of course the imperfect subjunctive will be used, but only if the meaning requires it. Thus : Tantus timer exercitum occupavit ut omnet perturbarentur, such fear seized the army that all were disturbed (incomplete continuous act). Note 2. — That. . . .not in a consecutive clause, is not ne (as in a final clause; p. 183), but ut non ; so, too, ut nemo, ut nuUus, ut nihii, are used for that no one^ that no^ and that nothing. See below. 3. Consecutive clauses are used after demonstrative words like talis, such; tantus, so great; sic, Ita, tam, so; adeo, to such a degree : as, Talis erat ut nemo ei crederet, he was of such a char- acter that no one believed him ; tanta vis probitatis est ut eam in hoste dlligamus, so great is the force of honesty that we love it even in an cjtemy ; Tarquinlus sic Servium dlligebat ut is elus vulgo haberetur Alius, Tarquin so loved Servius that the latter was commonly regarded as his son ; Verres Siciliam per trieunium ita vexavit ut ea restitui in antiquum statum nullo modo potuerit, Verres so harried Sicily for three years that it could not in any way be restored to its original condition; tam improbus fuit ut nihil eum unquam a scelere revocaverit, he was so wicked that nothing ever called him away from crime; hoc eum adeo terruit ut I 3 188 FIRST LATIN BOOK. vix hodie prodire audeat, this so terrified him that he scarcely ventures {noiv) to go forth. QUI CONSECUTIVE. 4. The relative qui (called qui-conscctttii'c) is often used with the subjunctive to introduce a consecutive clause : as, Non is sum qui hoc faciain, 1 mn not the otic to do it (qui-ut ego, tluit I). 5. Qui consecutive is used in the followinj^ constructions : — {(i) With certain indefinite expressions^ like sunt qui {there are some ivho)^ reperiuntur qui {there are found ivhd)^ nemo est qui {there is no one 7uho), quis est qui? {who is there who ?)^ nihil est quod {there is nothing that) : as, Sunt qui putent nihil sibi litteris opus esse, there are some loho tJiink that they have no need of literature ; nihil est quod dicere velim, there is nothing tliat I wish to say. {b) After dignus {worthy)^ indignus {uniuorthy)^ and idoneus or aptus (ft) : as, Dignus est qui ametur, he is worthy to be loved ( = he deserves to be). {c) After quam with a comparative : as, Maior est quam cui resisti possit, he is too great to be resisted { —greater t/ian to lulioni it can be resisted). Note. — Possum, / can, 13 used impersonally, only when joined with a passive infinitive. 6. Instead of qui non, quin with the subjunctive is often used : as, Nemo est quin sciat, tiicre is no one who does not know. So too, after dubito (doubt), nego (detiy), igtioi'o (be ignorant), when joined witli a ne^^ative or virtual negative,^ that is expressed by quin (qui ne, how not) : as, Negari non potest quin turpe sit fidem fallere, it cannot be denied that it is dishonorable to break one's word; non dubitat quin animus sit immortalis, he does not doubt that the soul is immortal ; num quis ignorat quin haec vera slnt? is anyone ignorant that this is the truth ? Note. — Quis means any after si, nisi, ne, num, quo and quanto. 1 Words like vix, scarcely, and questions that expect the answer No. n>:: ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF liKSULT. 189 Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Temporis tanta fuit exiguitas hostiumqiie tarn paratus ad dimicandum animus iit non modo ad insignia accommodanda sed ctiam ad galeas induendas tempus dcfuerit. 2. Flumen Arar in Rhodanum influit incrcdibili lenitate ita ut oculis in ntram partem tluat, iudicari non possit. 3. Mandat ut crebros cxploratores in Suevos mittant quaeque apud eos gerantur cognoscant. 4. Non is sum qui mortis periculo terrear. 5. Hunc Caesar idoneuni iudica- verat quem cum mandatis mitteret. 6. Quis servus dignus fuit cui nostra salus permitteretur? 7. Non tarn sum imperitus rerum ut hoc non sciam. 8. Sunt qui censeant unil animum et corpus perire. 9. Quis potest esse tarn aversus a vcro qui hacc neget ? 10. Tanta rerum commutatio est fiicta ut nostri proelium redinteg- rarent. 1 1. Nequc abest suspicio, ut Helvetii arbitrantur, quin ipse sibi mortom consciverit. 12. Mons altissimus impendebal ut facile perpauci nos prohiberc possent. 13. Illae tamen omnes dissen- sioncs erant eiusmodi quae non ad delendam sed commutandam rempublicam pertinerent. 14. Hostes plures sunt quam qui aesti- mari possint. Translate into Latin : — I. We were not able to prevent the Belgae from forming a league with the rest of the Gauls. 2. The enemy endeavored to hinder us from taking refuge (st^ recipcrc) in our camp. 3. Noth- ing is so obscure that it cannot be found out by enquiry. 4. There is no doubt that the Belgae are the bravest of all the Gauls. S- The storm was so great that no ship could reach the harbor. 6. He was so diligent that he lost no time in play. 7. What prevents us from seeing the games to-day ? 8. The river was so deep that the soldiers were not able to cross it on foot. 9. Men were sent to pick out a place suitable for the camp. 10. The Romans fought so fiercely that they easily defeated the forces of the enemy. 11. I do not doubt that you have spoken the truth. 12. There is no one but believes that he was guilty of treachery. 13. There were some in the army who were willing to betray their country for gold. 14. Their deeds are too great to be told. •i^ ■A i\ [ I 1 - i 'I I, I:; V 190 FIRST LATIN HOOK. XCIII. THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE. 1. A conditional sentence contains (a) a main clause, (d) an ad- verbial clause stating the condition on which the statement of the main clause is, or would be, true : as, ///li' says //n's, he is wrong. The clause containing the condition is called the ?/-clause. 2. The common types of the conditional sentence are as follows : — o (/I V 3^ O 4-1 (4 3 :? 3 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. Main Clause. errat, Ae is 7orong. erravit, he was wrong. errabit. If-Clause. (\. Si quis haec dicit, If anyone says this. Si quis haec dixit, If anyone said this, Si quis haec dicet (or dixerit), If any one says (literally, shall say or have said) this. '3. Si quis haec dicat, If anyone were to (or should) say this, .. Si quis haec diceret, If anyone were saying this (now), . Si quis haec dixisset, he will be wrong. erret, he wotild be wrong. erraret, he 7uould be icrong. erravisset, If anyone had said this (in the past) he would have been 7vrong. Note. — Instead of the English present, referring to the future (as in type 2), Latin uses the future, or — if the action of the verb in the if-clause is over before that of the main verb begins — the future- perfect. 3. Unless, or if not with the force of unless, in an //-clause, is nisi or ni : as. Nisi arma sumpsisses, deletus esses, iinlcss you had taken up arms, you ivould have been destroyed; nisi medicus adesset, puer moreretur, if the doctor loere not here, the boy would be dying. But when // not can not be turned into unless^ it is ex- TIIR CONDITIONAL SENTENCK. 191 pressed by si non : as, Cur mihi noces. si ego tibi non noceo? w/iy do you liann mi\ if J do not /larm you / 4. A?i}\ after al or nisi, is quia : as, Si quia ita fecerit, poenas dabit, if anyone docs so, he luill be //////V/tv/ (literally, shall have done so), 5. Whether. . . ,or, introducing alternative conditions (i. e., with the force of //.... or if), is > pressed by sive (seu). . . sive (sevi) : as, Slve adfuisti sive abfuisti, nihil dice, ivJiether you were present or absent, I say nothing. Note. — Sive... sive must be carefully distinguished from utnim... an (p. 177, 5), introducing a dependent double question and used as the subject or object of a verb : as, Utrum velit an nolit rogo, I ask whether he is quilling or unwilling. 6. But if, introducing a corrected condition is sin ( = si + ne, if not); if not \s si minus: as. Si rogas, respondeo ; sin nihil rogas, taceo if you ask, /answer; hut if you don't ask, I hold my peace; si haec fecerit, gaudebo; si minus, aequo animo fsram, if he has done it, I shall be glad; if not, I shall bear it with patience. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Si roges, respondeam. 2. Si quid haberem, darem. 3. Si Metelli fidei dififisus essem, iudicem eum non retinuissem. 4. Nomen huius floris si scirdn, eum pluris facerem. 5, Sive bene sive male facit, odio est. 6. Si ceteris satisfaciat, sibi satisfaciat. 7. Hoc si fecit, non ita acucus fuit. 8. Hoc si sciam, dicere non audeam, 9. Mihi si tu subvenies, gaudebo ; si minus, non aegre feram. 10. Nisi auxilio venisses, de nobis actum esset. if. Hoc si verum est, impetrabis ; sin falsum, noli exspectare. 12. Frater tuus si adesset, tibi plauderet. Translate into Latin : — I. If you had not applauded, he would have been ashamed. 2. If the harvest is large, the country will be rich. 3. If you should come to our aid, all would be well ; if not, it will be all over with us. 4. If he were unwilling, we would not go. 5. Whether h.c reads or writes, he wastes no time. 6. If you were to ask me that, I should I- 5?' v.! 105 FIRST LATIN TIOOK. I: answer nothing. 7. If they had not detained nie, I should have been here sooner. 8. If they put this man at the head of the army, the country will be safe. 9. If you should be willing, ho would be unwilling. 10. If he had not been a man of courage, he would not have refused, n. If he leads his anny over the Rhine, it is all over with them. 12. If anyone should say so, he would not be listened to by anyone. LESSON XCIV. CLASSIFICATION OP CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. Exception to the Rules. 1. The common types of the conditional sentence arc easily learned with a little attention and practice. They are classified as follows : — Conditional sentences arc divided into //inr classes : I. SIMPLE PRESENT AND I'AST CONDITION.S. This class will be easily recognized when the second and third classes are known. It includes all conditional sentences in which nothing is implied as to the fulfilment of the condition. It has the indicative in both clauses : as, Pecuniam si habet, dat, {/" Ae has money, he gives it; pecuniam s* habuit, dedit, if he had money, he gave it. Note. — Si rarely stands at the head of the sentence. Hence the common use of quodsi for si at the head of a si-clause. II. FUTURE CONDITIONS. This class includes conditional sentences in which the fulfilment of the condition is referred to the future. Of these there are two types : — {(i) Where the condition is regarded as likely to be fulfilled : as, Pecuniam si habebit, dabit, if he has (old P^nglish, shall have) money, he ivill give it. % CLAHSIFICATION OF CONPITIOXAL SKNTKNfES. \cri[)hraslic conjiig.tlion active or passive (p. 172, 174). {fi) Possum, /i,i//: debeo, / oui^^ht ; oportet, /"/ is needful: as, Ni litteras ralsisset, ugros rellcturl erant, // he had not sent the letter, they icoit/d hai'C left their lands ; consilia si processissent, Interflciendus fult, //' the f)liins had sueeeeded, he i^uutld hax'e been put t(i death ; totvis exercitus deleri potuit, si persecuti essent victores, the ivhole army might have been destroyed, if the victors liad followed up. 3. ^^rovided that is expressed by dum, by m6do, or by dummodo, all with the subjunctive (with ne for non in nej^ative clauses) : as, Oderint dvim inetuant, let them hate provided that they fear ; veniant dum ne maneaiit, let them come, provided Unit they do not remain. EXKRCMSK. Translate into Knglish : — I. Iterum si exi)eriri volunt, ej;o iteruni paratus sum decertare. 2. Catilina si in urbe niansissct, nuncjuani nos renipublicam liber- avissenuis. 3. Ilclvctii si AUobro^ibus satisfaciant, paceni cum iis faciam. 4. Scrvi mei si me metuercnt, domum meam relint|uendam esse |)utarem. 5. IManont inycnia senibus, modo permancat industria. 6. ATagno me metu liberabis, dununodo inter me at(|uc te murus intersit. 7. Haec si tecum patria loquatur, impetrarc debet, 8. Multi omnia recta atcjue honesta negligunt, dummodo potentiam consequantur. 9. Si certior factus essem in quo j)ericul() esses, ad te advolassem, 10. Galli aecjuo animo omnes belli pati untur iniurias, dummodo repellant pcriculum servitutis. 11. Neque hostem sustinere pi)tcrant, ni cohortes se obiecissent. 12. Nisi discedes, ego te hostem habcbo. 13. Si te interfecero, ego g. .ciam multis faciam. Translate into Latin : — I. I shall carry on war against the Gauls, provided I can collect two legions. 2. If you should conquer the enemy in battle, they would not obey you. 3. If that consul wore living, he would keep otTthe attack of this enemy. 4. The power of Karthage would not have fallen so easily, if we had not conquered her with our fleet. 5. Provided he does not carry on war against that state, we will aid him with all our forces. 6. If he had been here, he would have 4 COMPAUATIVK AND CONCKSSI VH CLAUSES. ion lielpetl me. 7. If llioy inak(! .111 .ittack ih»(>m this town, tliey will lake it. 8. If you do not xi\e up the hostaj^es, I shall regard \<>u as enemies, y. I'rovided jou ward off this danyir, we shall consider you a friend. 10. If you had wished lo lake this town, you should have collected more forces. 11. The man would have tlied, if we iiad not aided him. 12. If the rest were killed, would you escape .'' (use net. pcriphr. conjui;;ation.) 13. If he had been the same as before, I could have touched his heart. LKSSON XCV. COMPARATIVE AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. 1. A comparative adverbial clause expresses agreement (or the opposite) with the statement of the main clause : as, Ut seraentera fec^ria, ita m6te&, yon shall reap according as you do (lit., shall have done) your seeding. Here the clause introduced by ut is an adverbial comparative clause. 2. Comparative clauses fall into two classes : — (a) Where the comparison is stated as a fact: as, Omnia, sicut acta sunt, ruemoravit, lie has narrated c%'ery thing just as it IV as done. • (b) Where the comparison is stated as a mere supposition: as, Horiores petunt quasi honeate vixerint, they seek oJ/icCy as ij they have lived honorably ( = while they have not). The first class takes the indicative ; the second, the subjunctive. 3. The following are the common comparative conjunctions th.at are usually joined with the subjunctive : Tanquam, or tanquam si, quasi, velut, or velut si, as if : as, Tanquam hoc difficile sit, as if this loere hard ; velut si Asia sit clausa, sic nihil perfertur ad noa just as if Asia were closed., no news reaches us. 4. The English the . . . .the with two comparatives, is expressed in Latin in two ways :- - (a) Byquo. ..eo (or quanto... tanto) with two comparatives: as. Quo (or quanto) quisque est melior, eo (or tanto ) difflcilius 106 FIRST LATIN BOOK. '.i I Buspicatur, the better a man is^ the more difficulty he has in sus- perti/iif. (h) r.y ut quisque. ...ita with two siiporlatives : as, Ut quisque vlr optimus est, ita diflBcillime auspicatur, the better a- tnan is^ iicc. Note. This might also be translated : In proportion to a maris goodness^ &c., or, J n proportion as a man is good^ &c. CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. 5. Concessive adverbial clauses arc those that make some con- cession, in spite of which the statement of the main clause is true. They arc usually introduced in English by although : as, Eomani. quamquam proelio fessi erant, tamen procedunt, the Romans, although they were "weary luith fightings nevertheless advance. 6. Concessive clauses, when they state a /'act^ take the indica- tive ; %vhen they state a supposition^ the subjunctive : as, Caesar, quamquam nondura eorum consilia cognoverat, tamen suspica batur, though Caesar had not as yet discovered their plans^ he nevertJieless ivas suspicious; etsl falso in suspicionem venisses, tamen mihi ignoscere debuis'ti, although you had been falsely sus- pectedy still you should have pardoned me (in suspicionem venire = the passive of svispicor, / suspect). 7. The following are the common concessive conjunctions, and the moods with which they are used : Quamquam (though), and utut (hozaei'er), with indicative ; licet, quamvis (lit., as you wish), ut, quum (all meaning although\ with subjunctive; etsi, etiamsi, tametsi {although, even if) — all compounds of si, and following the same rules for mood. Note. - Quamvis is also used as an adverb : as, Ille, quamvis facetus, odio est, he, Jiowever witty, is hated (or whatever his wit) ; (odio esse, fo be for an object of hate, is the passive of odi, / hate). 8. The relative qui with the subjunctive is often used conces- sively. It is called qui concessive: as, Caesar, qui haec videret, tamen aciem instruxit, though Caesar saw this, still he drew up his line. CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. 197 a man s Exercise. Translate into English : — I, Etsi maturae sunt hicmes, tamen in Britanniam contendit. 2. Quamquam crebro audiebat Labienum ab inimicis suis soUici- tari, tamen non credidit. 3. Senectus, quamvis non sit gravis, tamen aufert viriditatem. 4. Quaniqunm premebantur, tamen omnia fortissimo sustincbant animo. 5. Nonne impetrare debcnt, etiamsi adhiberi vim non possit? 6. Quamquam Gevmanosdiutius in Gallia versari Galli voluerant, tamen populi Romani cxercitum hiemare in Gallia moleste ferebant. 7. Non igitur potestas est conservandae reipublicae, quamvis ea prcmatur pcriculo, 8. Han- nibal, ex quo die dux est declaratus, velut Italia sibi provincia decreta esset, nobis inferrebellum statuit. 9. Ilia supcriora, quam- quam fercnda non fuerunt, tamen, ut potui, tuli. 10. Quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae ad Caesarem mittebantur. 11. Ut meritus est, ita poenam pcrsolvit. 12. Senatum metus cepit velut si ad poitas hostes essent. 13. Caesar, etsi prope exacta aestas erat, tamen eo exercitum duxit. 14. Tibi adero ego, licet amicus tuus absit. Translate into Latin : — I. Though the Germans were of great bravery, still they were often defeated by the Romans in battle, 2. All the citizens were terrified just as though the enemy were-at ((k/cssc) the gates. 3. The battle was fought as the general had directed. 4. Whatever is disgraceful, even though it may be concealed, can in no way be honorable. 5. Life, however short, can always be useful. 6. You speak as though the enemy would conquer. 7. Though ambition is a vice, it is often the cause of virtues. 8. Though the summer had ended, Caesar collected a large number of ships. 9. The bolder the Romans were, the more timid the enemy became. 10. Though their general did not conquer me, still his valor' must be praised. 11. Though Caesar had only one legion, still he hastened to set out. 12. He acted otherwise than {alitcr quam) he ought to have done. J 3. Though they were the bravest in (iaul, they were not equal to the Romans in valor. I i i: 1 i 198 FIRST LATIN HOOK. LESSON XCVI. CAUSAL CLAUSES. -QUOD, QUIA. QUONIAM (BECAUSE). 1. Causal adverbial clauses state the cause or reason for the fact mentioned in the main clause. In En^dish they are usually in- troduced by because : as, Tacent quia periculum metuunt, t/icy are si lent because t hey fear danger. 2. Causal clauses are usually introduced by quod, quia, because^ or quoniam r quum iam, since now)^ seeing ilias accused because (as rcas alleged') he wa^ corrupting the young men (corrumpebat would mean that the speaker vouched for the truth of the charge). Note. — This quod is common after queror {complain), laudo {praise\ gaudeo {be glad), doleo {be sorry). 3. Quum (cum), in the sense of since, is often used to introduce a causal clause : as, Haec quum ita sint, abibo, as this is so, I will go away. 4. The relative qui (called qui causal) is often used with the sub- junctive to introduce a causal clause : as, PecS-sse videor qui a te disceaserim, // seems I have done wrong, i/iasmuch as I have parted from you (peccasse^peccayisse). Note, — In this sense, qui is often strengthened by the addition of quippe or utpote, indeed, as being: as, Multa de me questus est quippe qui in me incensus est, Jie complained at length of me, inas- .much as he had been exasperated against me. CAUSAL CLAUSES. 199 5. Qui causal is very commonly found after exclamations : as, Me miaerum, qui haec fecerlm, wretch that I am for doing this I Note. —The accusative case is often used in exclamations. It is called the accusative of exclamation. 6. Non quod, or non quo. with the subjunctive, is often used to introduce a rej(!Ctcd reason : as, Hoc laudo non quod honestum ait, sed quod utile eat. / />raise this, not because it is honorable but because it is expedient ; de consilio meo non scrlpsl. non quo eel- andum eaaet sed quia, &c. , / did not write you about my plan , not because it required to be concealed but because, iSic. So too : non quin, not hut 'hat : as, iVon qvxin me araes sed quod abire cuplo, not but that you love me, hut because I am anxious to go. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Acdui, cum se defcndere non possent, Icgatos ad Cacsarem mittunt. 2. Quae cum ita sint, vestra tccta dcfrndite. 3. Itaquc quoniam ipse pro se dicere non posset, verba facit frater eius. 4. () terram beatam, quae huno virum cxcepcrit. 5. Aedui legates miserunt qucstum quod Harudes agros suos popularcntur. 6. Quoniam iam nox est, in vestra tecta discedite. 7. O praeclarum diem, cum in illud divinorum animorum concilium proficiscar. 8. Caesar /\cduos frumentum tlagitaliat quod magnfi inojiifi urgeba- tur. 9. Quoniam supplicatio dccrcta est, celebrate illos dies. 10. Nonne Aristides expulsus est patria, quod iustus esset ? 11. Romani quia consules ad id tempus prospere gererent, minus his cladibus commovebantur. i:. Quoniam res ita se habet, in urhem rede- amus. 13. Succensco tibi, quia lucrum amicitiae antcposuisti. Translate into Latin : — I. It is a very easy matter, since we surpass all in valor, to obtain the sovereignty of all (iaul. 2. Since they were not able to with- stand our attack, they betook themselves to the baggage and the waggons. 3. O wretched \\\a\\ I inasmuch as you have been ex- pelled from your native land by ungrateful citizens. 4. The Helvetii sent ambassadors to him, since they knew that he had crossed the river with all his forces. 5. The soldiers were glad because they had retaken the camp which they had lost a ic\s days I ( 200 FIKST LATIN BOOK. before. 6. They rejoiced because they were going to assault a town in which there was so large an amount of booty. 7. Since they had no hope that the city could be defended, they resolved t«» withdraw into the citadel. 8. He was always very poor though he might have been (use //aV) very rich. 9. The soldiers were com- pelled to leave their baggage on this side of the river, because the enemy were following them. 10. Since we must advance against the enemy, arouse your courage, comrades. 11. The Helvctii sent ambassadors to say that they would come to the council on the next day. 12. O ! wretched man, since you have lost the opportunity of saving the state. 13. Since this is so, let us arm ourselves against the enemy. 1 LESSON XCVII. TEMPORAL CLAUSES. Postquam. Dum. Priusquam. 1. Temporal adverbial clauses define the time of the action of the main verb : as, Haec feci dum potui, / did this while I could. Here the clause dum potui is temporal, limiting the main verb feci. POSTQUAM. 2. Temporal conjunctions meaning after that^ like postquam, simul, simul ac (or, before a vowel, atque), ubi, ut (primum), quum primum, are followed by the indicative : as, Simul atque haec audivit, abiit, after he had heard this., he went away. Note. — The perfect is used after these conjunctions for the English pluperfect. Postquam id animadvertit, copias suas Caesar in proximum col- lem aubducit, after he had noticed this^ Caesar withdraws his forces to the nearest hill; ubi se paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida in- cendunt, %vhen they thought they were ready .^ they set fire to the towns J ea res ut Helvetiis nuntiata est, eum causam dicere coegerunt, wJien this fact was reported to the Helvctii, they com- pelled him to plead his cause; nostri, simul in arido constiterunt, TEMl'OKAL CLAUMKS. 201 Impetum fecerunt, our incn^ as soon as they liuti set foot on dry land^ innde an attaek. DUM. 3. Temporal conjunctions nieaiiin}^^ "a'hile or ///////, like dura, donee, quoad, take the indicative when tlu-y moan uas silence until Marcellus returned; Mile in senatu fuit eo die quoad senatua diraiasua est, Milo was in the senate on that day, until the senate was dismissed. But when they express some further idea of purpose or expecta- tion, they require the subjunctive : as, Dura navea convenirent exspectavit. he waited till the ships should assemble (i.e., /// order that they might assemble) ; diflferant dum ira defervescat, let them put off till their anger cools (i.e., tn order that their anger may cool ; irapetum hoatiura suatinuit quoad ceteri pontera inter- rumperent, he withstood the attack of the enemy till the rest should bnuk down the bridge (i.e., that they might break down the bridge.) PRIUSQUAM. 5. Temporal conjunctions meaning before that, like priusquara and antequam, take the indicative when they mark simple priority in time : as, Priuaquam lucet adaunt, they are here before it is light; fllioa convocavit antequam mortuus eat, he called together his sons before he died. They take the subjunctive, however, when used to express some further idea of /;//^////Vj« or of ?i. prevented result: as, Priuaquam pugnaretur nox intervenit, night came on before the battle was fought (result prevented) ; priuaquam ae hoatea ex terrore reciper- 202 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ! J Is I n :i; ent, in fines eorum exercitum duxit, before the army recovered from their panic, he led his artny into their territory (intention). Note. — Antequam and priasquam arc often written in two words: as, Ante rorat quam pluit, // drops before it rains. 6. For dum, meixnm^g provided that, see page 194, 3. Exercise. Give the principal parts of : video, iubeo, ) Postquam + perf. indie, subj. (c) The ablative absolute. (d) The perf. part, of a synony- mous deponent. Thus : Having spoken these words, is : — (a) Quum haeo dixisset. (b) Postquam haec dixit. (c) His dictis ( = these things (d) Haec locutus. said). 4. Quum is often used for quoties, as often as, luhcnever : as, Quum impetum fecerant, hostes cedere cogebantur, ^^.'henever they made a charge, the enemy were forced to retire; quum rosam vidl, tum ver esse arbitror, whenever I see the rose^ then I judge that it is spring. Note.— In this sense, quum takes the perfect for the English present, and the pluperfect for the English past. 5. Qaum with the subjunctive, sometimes has a concessive force, meaning a/though : as, Pylades quum sis, dices te osse Orestem, though you are Pylades, you will say you are Orestes. Note. — This meaning of quum may be used to translate the English instead of : as, Quum dicere deberet, conticuit, instead (f speaking, he held his peace (literally, when he ought to have spoken). Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Caesari quum id nuntiatum esset, maturat ab urbe proficisci 2. Helvetii quum de eius adventu certiores facti sunt, legatos ad eum mittunt. 3. Num dubium est utrum casu an consilio factus sit mundus."* 4. Aedui quum se suaque ab iis defendere non possent, legatos ad Caesarem mittunt rogatum auxilium. 5. Diu quum esset pugnatum, hostium impedimentis castrisque nostri potiti sunt. 6. Caesar iussit eos speculari num hostes ex castris exirent. 7. (2ui quum eum in itinere convenissent, seque ad pedes projecissent, pacem petierunt. 8. Pueri utrum legant an scribant nescio. 9. Haec quum animadvertisset, convocato concilio, vehe- INDIRECT (or oblique) NARRATION. 205 menter eos incusat. lo. Utrum legat necne nescio. ii. Quum civitas armis ius suuni exsequi conaretur, Orgetorix mortuus est. 12. Haec quum flens a Caesare peteret, Caesar eius dextram prendit. 13. Eo postquam Caesar pervenit, obsides, anna, servos, poposcit. Translate into Latin : — I. When he had enquired of (ex) the scouts what tribes were in arms, he learned the truth. 2. When Caesar came to those towns, he demanded arms and hostages of them. 3. When the ships were approaching Britain, a violent storm arose. 4. As soon as they recovered from their dismay, they sent envoys to-sue-for (de) peace. 5. When the enemy were advancing on our camp, our soldiers made a sally. 6. Scipio, fearing (/>/. part.) that he would lose the town, led out his soldiers in battle array. 7. \\ hen I was trying to expel him from the city, I had another object in view (use aliiid agcrt\ drive at anotJicr t/ihig). 8. He asked whether Caesar came to the Senate on that day or not. 9. I asked him whether he lived at Rome or Athens. 10. It is a question (quaeritur) whether there is one world or more. 11. While the Senate was preparing to make war on Caesar, he marched unexpectedly against them. 12. Since this is so, I shall wait till you come. 13. Caesar having perceived that the enemy were near, led his forces to the near- est hill. LESSON XCIX. INDIRECT (OR OBLIQUE) NARRATION. 1. A statement depending on a verb of saying, thinkings per- ceiving., knowing^ or the like, is said to be in indirect or oblique narration. Thus, in Dixit se civem Bomanum esse, he said that he was a Rflma?i eitizcn.1 the words se civem Romanum e»=de are in indirect narration. '1 he actual words used were, Civis Romanus sum, / am a Roman citizen; these are said to be in direct narration. 'The term ohlinne narration is sometimes litnited so as to apply only to reported Breeches. It is more convenient to use it in the wider sense. 200 l-'IKST LATIN T.OOK. i\ i ! 2. The main veil) of direct narration becomes inlinitive in indirect narration, and the subject of direct narration becomes accusative before the inlinitive (p. 109). The tense of the infinitive will be present, perfect, or future, according as the tense of the actual words was present, perfect, or future. Thus : — Direct. Civis Romanus sum. J am a Roman citizen. Civis Romanus ero. / shall be a Roman citizen. Civis Romanus eram(or fui). Indirect. Dixit se civem Romanum esse. He said that he was a Roman citizen. Dixit se civem Romanum fu- turum esse (or fore.) He said thai he should be a Roman citizen. Romanum Dixit se civem fuisse. / was (or have been) a Roman citizen. He said that he zvas (or had been) a Roman citizen. Note. — After verbs meaning to hope ox promise, the future infini- tive is used instead of the English present infinitive : as, Promisit se ventuinim esse, he promised to come. 3. To determine the tense of the infinitive in indirect narration, it is best to find the tense of the main verb in direct narration ; the tense of th<' main %erh in direct narration is the tense of the injin- itiTc in indirect narration. Thus, in Caesar said that he had written^ the direct narration is / ha7>e written, sciipsi; the in- direct, therefore, is Caesar dixit se scripsisse; he said that he was an orator^ dixit se oratorem esse (direct = orator sum). Note. — Pronouns of the ist or 2i\d person become pronouns of the 3rd person in reporting speeche, in indirect narration. 4. All adjectival and adverbial jlauses in indirect narration must have the subjunctive : as. Dixit se eos quos cepisset domum misisse, he said that he had sent home those whom he had taken (direct — eos quos cepi domum misi, J have sent home those whom I have taken) ; dixit se, quoties potuisset, rediisse he said that he had returned as often as he could (direct = redii quoties potui, / ha7)e returned as often as 1 could). Note I. — In accordance with the rule for \.\\q sequence of tenses INDrilRCT (or ohmquk) naukation. 207 (p. 1 78), tlio veil) of the dopciulont adjcrtival or udvcihial clause will l)e in the inijif. or pliipf. subjunctive in indirect narration after a secondary tense. Note 2. — A subordinate clause, when inserted in a passage in indirect narration on the authority of the writer or reporter, takes the indicative : as, Certior factus est id agi ut pons, quern ille in Hellesponto fecerat, dissolveretur, he icas infoynicd thut this 7>.'as intended^ i.e., to hnuik* down the bridge which ht (Xerxes) had built over the Hellespont (here the clause quern . . . fecerat has the indicative, because the writer vouches for the truth of the statement himself). (Note. — Id agere-^/t^ aim at this). 5. The imperative of direct narration is put in the subjunctive in indirect narration (after a secondary tense, in the impf . subjunctive) : as, Ne cunctarentur, let them not delay {lie .y^ziV/) (direct = ne cuncta- mini, do not delay). 6. (Questions that expect an answer are put in the subjunctive in indirect narration ; rhetorical questions (exclamations and appeals), ill the infinitive : as, (Scripsit) quid de praeda faciendum esse censerent? {he wrote) what did they think should be done with regard to the booty ? (direct = quid. . . .censetis? 7i'hat do you thinkf)j quid esse turpius? cur eos dubitare? what was more dishonor- able/ why did they lie sit, it e ? (direct -quid est turpius? cur dubi- tatis ? "cuhat is more dishonorable ? why do you hesitate ?) 7. A fut. -perf. indicative in a dependent clause in direct narration, becomes, in indirect, perf subjun. after a primary tense and pluperf. subjun. after a secondary : as, Dicit eum qui id fecerit, poenas daturum esse, he says that the one who does (literally, shall have done) this, shall be punished ; dicit eum qui id fecisset, . poenas daturum esse, he said that the one who did that, should be pi' nished. 8. Oblique narration is often suddenly introduced into the narrative by the historians, without the governing verb of saying being expressed : as, Regxilus reddi captives negavit esse utile : illos enim bones duces esse, Regulus denied that it was expedient that the captives should be restored : that they were good leaders. 208 FIRST LATIN BOOK. m 9. I say . . . .not, in Latin is nego. which, owing to the tendency in Latin to put the negative forward in the sentence, is usually put first : as Negabat se praemiuna ullum accepturum, /ic said that he would not accept any re^vard. (Note. — Esse with a participle is often dropped in indirect narration). Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Omnia quae iussissent parata esse scripsit. 2. Nihil temere esse agendum existimabant ; quid cnim levius esse quam, auctorc hoste, capere consilium.'' 3. Eos cur tam sero venissent rogavit : quam diu eos servituros esse ? 4. ! ixit se domum eos quibus pepcr- cisset dimisissc. 5. Dixit iis qui philosophiam vituperarent, satis responsum esse. 6. Negabant se eos, qui semper paravissent sedi- tionem, coercere posse. 7. Num dixit se mansurum esse dum iin- perator advcniret? 8. Ncgabat se scire quo verteretur. 9. Clamavit se quantum potuisset, eius praecepta observaturum ; fidem praesta- ret. 10. Caesar certior factus est ex ea parte, quam Gallis conces- serat, omnes noctu disccssisse. 1 1. Nuntiatum est eos omnia facere quae vellet. 12. Negavit caecos videre. Translate into Latin (using oblique narration') : — I. He said that he had given them the books they asked for. 2. He wrote that the camp they had fortified was three miles from Rome. 3. Let them remember, he said, what lie had told them. 4. Let them not forget the kindness they had received. When would they see such friends again? 5. 1 et them n«t accept favors from an enemy. 6, Had they not enjoyed peace under Caesar's rule ? 7. He said that he had not sold his house ? 8. He said that his house had been sold for as much as he gave for it. 9. Why did they live, he said, when they could not maintain their freedom .' 10. They said that he used to groan as often as he saw his son (p. 204, 4). 1 1. Do not think I am angry with those I love. 12. I was told that he used to say that life was very short. t)lKKCT ISTO OBLIQUE NARRATION. 209 LESSON C. SUMMARY OF RULES FOR TURNING DIRECT INTO OBLIQUE NARRATION. The Conditional Sentence in Oblique Narration. 1. The following is a summary of the rules already given for turning direct into oblique narration : — (i) The main verb of direct narration becomes infinitive in in- direct narration. (2) All adjectival and adverbial clauses take the subjunctive in indirect narration. (3) Pronouns of the ist and 2nd person usually become pronouns of the 3rd person. I'^-g- '• — ego, nos become se meus, noster " suus tu, vos " ille, illi tuus, vester " illi vis, illorum hie, iste " ille, is (4) Adverbs oi present time become (after a secondary tense) adverbs of past time. E.g. : — nunc becomes iam, tunc, heri (yesterday) " pridie (the day before). tiO^XQ (to-day) " \\\o 6:\Q (that day), cvs,s (to- iJiorrorv) " T^ostridie ( next day ). So : — hie {lior) becomes ibi {there). (5) Imperatives become subjunctives (usually imperf. subjunc- tives). (6) Rhetorical questions are expressed by the accusative and infinitive ; questions that expect an answer, by the subjunctive. (7) A future-perfect used in a dependent clause for the English present, becomes perfect subjunctive after a primary, and pluperfect subjunctive after a secondary tense. CONDITIONAL SENTENCE IN OBLIQUE NARRATION. 2. These rules may now be applied to turning the common types of the conditional sentence into oblique narration. The verb of 14 I ;^- '■\ 1 210 FIRST LATIN BOOK. the main clause becomes acr. ^oith inf.^ and the verb of the{/"-clausfi subjunctive^ as follows : — Direct. Obmque. I . Pecuniam si habet, dat, becomes Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat, dare, If he has moiuy, he ^t^ives it. Pecuniam ^3i habuit, dedit (or dabat), IJ lie liad money, /le gave it, 2. (a) Pecuniam si habebit (or ha- buerit), dabit, If he has money, heioillgivcit. {b) Pecuniam si habeat, det, If he should h(i7>e money, he 7vauld give it. 3. (a) Pecuniam si haberet, daret, If he had money ( no7v), he would give it. {!)) Pecuniam si habuisset, de- disset. If he liad Jiad money, he would have given it. He says that if he has money, he gives it. Dicit se, si pecuniam habu- erit, dedisse, He says that if he had money, he gave it. Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat (or habuerit), daturum esse, He says that if he lias money, he 7vill give it. Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat, daturum esse, He says thai if lie should hair money, he would give it. Dicit se, si pecuniam ha- beret, daturum fuisse, He says that if he had money {n),- he would give it. Dicit se, si pecuniam habu- isset, datxirum fuisse. He says tiiat if he had had pioney, he -would have given it. Note I. — The future {habebit)^ in the z/'-clause of direct narration becomes present subjunctive {habeat) in the indirect after a primary tense. Note 2.— The present subjunctive {iief), in the main clause becomes future infinitive {tiaturum esse) in indirect narration. Note 3. — The imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive in the main clause {daret and dedisset), are expressed in indirect narration by the future participle and fuisse {daturum fuisse, i.e., to have been about to give). 3> After a secondary tense the verb of the if-clause is changed DIUKCT INTO OBLIQUK NAKKATION. 211 nas money, am habeat, in accordance with the rule for the set|uence of tenses (p. 178). Thus : — DlKKCr. OKLIgUE. 1. SI pecuniam habet. dat, becomes Dixit se, si peciiniam haberet, dare. Si pecuniam habult, dedit *• or dabat), 2. {li) Si pecuniam habebit (or " habuerit), dabit, {J)) Si pecuniam habeat, det, ill) Si pecuniam daret, haberet, (/') Si pecuniam habuiaset, dedisset, Dixit se, si pecuniam habuisset, dedisae. Dixit se, si pecuniam haberet (or habuis- set), daturum ease. Dixit se, si pecuniam haberet, datiirum esse. Dixit se, si pecuniam haberet, daturum fuisse. Dixit se, si pecuniam habuisset, daturum fuisse. Note.— The future-perfect in the //-chiuse of direct narration, becomes phiperfect subjunctive in oliU'iue. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Dicit se, si illi id fecerint, gratiaui habiturum esse. 2. Pro- misit se, si adesset, locuturum esse. 3. Dixit cum, si adesset, aliter sensurum esse. 4. Negavit se, si Metelli tidei diffisus esset, iudicem eum retenturum fuisse. 5. Negavit se, si ille id rogavis- set, rcsponsurum fuisse. 6. Dixit eos, si sibi parerent, urbem captures esse. 7. Dicebant eum, si sapientior esset, meliorem fore (futurum esse). 8. Quid diceret Cicero, si viveret 1 9. Imperatori si paruissct, viveret. 10. lixitcum, si imperatori paruisset, vic- turum fuisse. 11. Kegabat se, nisi vidisset, crediturum fuisse. 12. Dixit se eos, si conarentur, prohibiturum esse. Translate into Latin : — I. They said that if Caesar came, it would be all over with their army. 2. It is clear that if Nero had lived, they would have made war on Rome. 3. He answered that unless they withdrew then, he would regard them as enemies. 4. He told them that if they wished to enjoy peace, he must be obeyed. 5. They said that it was of no II 212 FIRST LATIN HOOK. importance to them whether he stayed or went. 6. They asked if the man had j^one to Koine. 7. It was clear that if he did it, he would he punished. 8. They said that if he were there, he wouhi help them. 9. Whether you remain or go, you will be punished, 10. Don't you think that if he were Ihmc, all would be well? 11. O ! that I had seen what I ouj^ht to do. 12. He said that if he were general, he would give no quarter {ws^ parco). LESSON CI. OBLIQUE ^K^'RNY10'^~( Continued). The rules given in the last lesson may be applied to turning pas- sages from Caesar or Livy from direct into indirect narration, or vice versa., as is done in the followin,; passages : — A. Hclvetiatt Envoys Direct. Si pacem populus Romanus cum Helvetiis faci^/, in eam partem xbiint atque ibi eru?it Helvetii, ubi tu eos conslitu- eris atque esse voXxaeris; sin bello persequi })erseve^^/^^•,reilli- msccre et veteris incommodi populi Romani et pristinae vir- tutis Helvetiorum. Quod im- proviso unum i)agum adortus cs^ cum ii, qui flumen X.x-A.\\s\crant., suis auxilium ferre non possent, ne ob eam rem aut tuae magno- pere virtuti Xx'xhwcris aut ttos despr.i'd77.yy 7ios ita a patribus maioribusque tiostris didic/w«.y, ut magis virtute quam dolo con- Address Caesar. DlKKCT. If the Roman people make (literally, vnll make) peace with the Helvetii, the Helvetii will go into that district, and abide in that place, where you will ap- point (literally, unll haiie ap- pointed), and wish them to abide ; but if you continue to attack them in war, call to mind both the old disaster of the Ro- man people and the ancient valor of the Helvetii. As to your having fallen unexpectedly on one canton, when those who had crossed the river were not able to bear help to their com- rades, do not on that account OULigi K NAIIKATIOV. L'13 tcn(l^^;;///.v aut insiciiis n\Viffii/r. (2i'«'ire no (:()inmi.y., to fight with valor rather than to fight with trickery or depend on ambuscades. Wherefore do not cause- this place where we have taken our stand, to get a name, or to hand down a tradi- tion, frf)m the overthrow of the Roman people and the destruc- tion of their army. Indirect. If the Roman people made peace with the Helvetii, the Helvetii would go into that dis- trict and abide in that place where Caesar appointed and wished them to abide ; but if he continued to attack them in war, he should (/r/ ////;/) call to mind both the old disaster of the Roman people and the ancient valor of the Helvetii. As to hrs having unexpectedly fallen on one canton, when those who had crossed the river were not able to bear help to their comrades, he should not (let him not) on that account presume ex- ceedingly on his valor or look down on them ; that they had learned this from their fathers and ancestors, z.^\, to fight with valor rather than to fight with 214 FIRST LATIN HOOK. in i«. moriain prodcret. Caesar, De Hell. Gall., I J. I., ch. 13. B. Reply of Caesar Direct. Eo ;//////■ minus dubitationis ^Atiir quod eas res, quas "lun commcm()rav/.y//.v, nicmorifi tell- er? ; atque eo gravius fen?, quo minus merito populi Romani ac- cidenmtj qui si alicuius iniuriae sibi conscius fuisset, non fu// difficile cavere ; sed co decept//.v t'j/,quod nequecomiiiissuni(esse) a se xnicWcgebat quare tinierct, neque sine causa tiniendum T^niabat. Quod si veteris con- tunieliae oblivisci 7>olo, num etiam recentiuni iniuiiarum me- moriam deponere poasum / Indirect. (His Caesar ita respondit :) Eo sibi minus dubitationis dari, trickery or depend on ambus- cades. Wherefore let him not cause that place, where they had taken their stand, to get a name or hand down a tradition from the overthrow of the Ko- man people and the destruction of their army. to the Envoys. DiRKcr. For this reason the less hesi- tation is caused me, because I remember the events you have mentioned ; and I am the more pained, the less they happened in accordance with the desert of the Roman people (/'.r'., and my l)ain is all the greater because they did not liappcn in accord- ance with the desert of the Ro- man jicople). For if they had felt conscious in their minds (lit., to themselves) of any wrong- doing, it was not hard to take precautions ; but they were de- ceived by this fact, /.<•., that they were not aware that aught had been done by them to justify their being afraid, and that they thought they should not feel fear without reason. But if I am willing to forget the old affront, can I lay aside the recollection of recent injuries also 1 Indirect. (Caesar replied to them as follows :) That for this reason OHLIQUK NAHKATION. f 215 quod CIS res, cjiias Icgati Helvetii commc.norassent, meinoiia tcn- erct, at(|uc vo j^ravius fcrre, quo minus incrito populi Koniani ac- cidisscnt ; (|ui si alicuius iniuriae sibi conscius fuissct, non fuisse difficile cavcrc ; sede()(cum) de- ccptum (esse) quod nccjue com- missum (esse) a se iiitellcgcrct quarc tiineret, nequc sine causa timendum putarct. Quod si vcteris contutncliae ohlivisci vcl- let, nuni etiam rccontiuni iniuri- arum nicnioriani se dcponcre posse ? the less lusitation was caused liini, because he lemenibercd the events which the Helvetian envoys had mentioned ; and that he was the more pained, be- cause they had not hajipencd in accordance with the flesert of the Roman people ; for if they had been conscious in their minds of any wrong-doing, it woidd not have been hard to take precautions ; but that they were deceivedi)y this fact, /.<•., th.it they were not aware that aught had l)een done l)y them to justify their being afraid, and that they thought they ought not to fear without reason. lUit if he were willing to forget the old affront, could he lay aside the recollec tion of recent injuries also? Note. — These passages should be translated and re-translated imtil the rules of oblique narration are perfectly familiar. Exercise. Translate into English, and turn into Latin indirect narration after dixit :- I, Quis sim, inquit, scies ex hoc quern ad le misi ; cura ut vir sis et cogita in quern locum sis progressus ; vide cjuid iam tibi sit necesse et cura ut omnium tibi auxilia adiungas, etiam intimorum. 2. V^cniam ipse, si potero, quamquam hodie aegroto ; si minus, veniet frater qui decern millia passuum abcst ; vincendum est nobis aut moj-iendum. 3. Aedui obsides non reddent neque eis hel- ium inferent, si stipendium quotannis pendent. 4. Quod si prae- terea nemo sequctur, cum sola decima legione ibo. 5. Unde venis.'' (|uid vis.-* quid facturus cs? finem fac. 6. Mihi haec res curae erit ; volo de his rebus tecum agcrc. 7. Mons quem a Labieno teneri 216 FIRST LATIN HOOK. 'I Mt: volucrit, ab hoslc tenetur. 8. Hoc die in eos, qui oram maritimani incolunt, profccturus sum. 9. Ncque credo neque credidi nequc crcdam. 10. Si cjuid a me vultis, ab armis disceditc. ii. Si obsi- des a vobis mihi dabuntur, vobiscum pacem faciam. 12. Helvetii a maioribus ita instituti sunt ut obsides accipcrc, non dare, con- sueverint. I h LESSON CII. NOTES ON THE TENSES. 1. The present indicative t)f the Latin verb represents both the indeJinitCy the progressive^ and the emphatic form of the Enghsli verb. Thus, amo is either / love (indef. ), / am Aw/;/^ (progressive), or / do love (emphatic). 2. The present indicative is used idiomatically : {ii) In narration, for tiie present : as, Continue milites Melitam mittit, he immediately despatches men to Malta. {b) With adverbs of past time, for tlie English present-perfect (perfect with ha7H') : as, Hoc iamdudum (or iampridem) facio, / have been doing t J' is for a long time. Note.- -The imperfect will, of course, be used lor the English pluperfect : as, Iampridem sperabam, / had long been hoping. (c) With dun? {7C'hile), for the English past ; see p. 201, 3. 3. The imperfect represents an action as continued or repeated in past time : as, Scribebam. / was 7uritingy consilium mutavit: videbat enim nihil conf lei posse, he altered his plan, for he saw that nothing could be done (imperfect of continuous action) ; haec pueri discebamus, we used to learn this as boys (imperfect of repeated or habitual action). Note I. — The Latin imperfect is often translated by the English used to, began to, tried to. Note 2. — In the historians, the present infinitive is often used instead of the impeifoct intlicativc, when a series of actions is described: as, Omncs clamare, all kept crying out; Caesar quotidie NOTKS 0\ THK TKNSES. 217 s Melitam eos frumentum flagitaro, Cavsar kept daily iinportiiniiiii' them for iorn. This is called the historic injiuitivc. 4. In writing letters, the Latins adapted the tenses to the time at which the letter would be read : as, Neque cum haec scribebam nescius eram, I am not ignorant when I lorite (literally, / loas not iirnorant, lohcn J loas loritim:^, FORE UT. 5. Many verbs have no supine and, therefore, no future infini- tive (active or passive), which is formed from the supine. Such verbs form their future infinitive by means of fore or futurum esse {Jo be about to be), and ut with the subjunctive : as, Dicunt fore ut haec poscant, they say that they will demand these things; dixerunt fore ut ea poscerentur, they said that these things would be demanded (imperfect, in accordance with the rule of sequence). Note. — This construction is often used (as more convenient) even with \ crbs that have a supine : as, Dixit fore ut rex mittere- tur, he said that the king would be sent. FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE. 6. It has been shown (p. 179, note) that the future subjunctive active (which \z wanting) is supplied in Latin by the active peri- phrastic conjugation, made up of the future participle and the verb sum. Thus : Scio qviid acturus sis, / know what you will do; sciebam quid acttirus esses, / knew what you would do (imper- fect, after a secondary tense). The future subjunctive passive, and the future subjunctive active of verbs that have no supine, are formed by means o^ the impersonal futurum sit (or esset) with an ut-clausc. Thus : — Future Subjunctive Active. Rogo num futurum sit ut puer discat, / ask whether the boy 7i 'ill learn. Rog-avi num futurum esset ut puer disceret, / asked whctJwr the boy would learn. Futur ' Subjuncti7'r Passi^'e. No a dubito quin futurum sit ut puer doceatur, / do not doubt that the boy will be taught. K I 218 FIRST LATIN" BOOK. Non dubitavl quin futurum esset ut puer doceretur, / ci/d not doubt that the boy would be taught. EXERCISK. Translate into English : — I. lampridem spcrabani eum hoc facturum. 2. Tertiuin iam annum hie sumus. 3. Haec dum aguntur, Hannibal castra movct. A. Dixit se hoc iamdudum notum habere. 5. Pliilosophia in Graecia florebat. 6. Facies totius negotii varia fait : pars cedcrc, alii insequi ; nihil consilio agi, fors omnia regere (p. 216, 3, note 2). 7. Mihi dicebat unde veniret. 8. Nescio quando futurum sit ut convalescat. 9. Speravi fore ut convalescerct. 10. Credo fore ut feriatur. 11. Putavi fore ut urbs a noljis caperetur. 12. Rogavit quando futurum esset ut signum attolleretur. 13. Huius modi viros adolescens admirabar. 14. Hostes in nos saxa devolvebant. Translate into Latin : — I. Did I not know what you would do.? 2. I did not doubt that the king would be killed by him. 3. He said that these facts would soon be learned by the scholar. 4. It is uncertain whether the boy will learn. 5. It was uncertain whether the boy would be taught. 6, Who can doubt that our camp will be easily defended .'* 7. Since you are ashamed of your plan, what prevents you from abandoning it ? S. I have long been anxious to know your reason for doing it. 9. He used to promise to come every day. 10. He said that he knew what we would demand {posco). Ji. Whenever they captured a town, they butchered men, women and children (p. 204, 4). LESSON cm. NOTES ON THE PARTICIPLE.-" WITHOUT" AND A PARTICIPIAL NOUN. Present Participle Passive. 1. The pres. part, pass, (which is wanting in Latin) is supplied by a relative clause : as, Domus, quae hie aediflcatur, iam veniit, *. j^ house being built hcre^ has already been sold. NOTES ON THE PARTICIPLK. 219 IDIOMATIC USKS OF TIIK PARTICirLK. 2. (a) Two finite verbs in English connected by afid are fre- .juentiy expressed in Latin by a ])arti(:iple and a main verb : as, Eum arreptum Romam duxerunt, i/uy arrested /ii'/n and took him to Rome ; ingrressus consedit, lie entered and sat doi>.'n. (b) The Latin perf. part. pass, with a noun, is often used to express two nouns in EngHsh : as, Rex interfectus, the murder of the king ; ab \irbe condita, from the foundatinti of t/ie city ; nuntiata clades, the announcement of the defeat. (c) The present participle, when used —-as it is so commonly in English — for the past participle, must be translated by the pcrf. part., or one of its ecpiivalents (p. 20j, j, note). Thus : JwaTing honu\ he came to Athens., dome profectus Athenas venit; haTniif heard this., quo audito (Proflciscens would mean white learn ng; audiens, white hearing). (d) Instead of the perfect indicative active, the perf. part. pass, with habeo I harw., is used (chiefly with verbs meaning to kno-a' or find out) to denote a continuous effect : as, Fidem quam habent diu notam, faith 7oJiich they have long kiunon. (e) The ablative absolute can only be used when a new subject Fs introduced. Thus : As the enemy were retiring, they wasted the land., hostes se recipientes agi'os vastabant (not hostibus se recipientibus). Ikit : As the oiemy were retiring., we wasted the land, hostibus se recipientibus, agros vastabamus. (f) A demonstrative pronoun can not be joined, as. in English, to the participle. Thus : Those doing this, will be ptmishedy is qui hoc facient, poenas dabunt (not ii hoc facientes). {g) The present participle is often used in Latin to express an English abstract noun : as, Interroganti mihi respondit, he replied to my question ; lugentium lacrimae, tears of mourning (lit. of men mourning). (h) The agent with the perf. part. pass, is frec|uently expressed by the dative instead of by a («>r ab) with a j)reposition : as. Omnia haec mihl pei'spocta sunt, all these points have Oeen studied by me. 220 FIRST LATIN IU)OK, (i) To translate properly into Knj^lisli the present or i)crfcct participle, a finite clause is often required. This clause will . ])c relative^ temporal, Cdiisdl, concessive, or conditional, according to the particular relation expressed by the participle. Thus : Resistentibus non parcimus, Epistola ad me scribentem venit, Caesar haec veritus suos eduxit, Hoc crimine absolutus tamen furti damnatus est, Nobis vel morientibus non ig- nosceret, ivc do not spare those tc/io resist ns (relative). the letter came to tuc as (when, while) Iivns writing (\Ktvcv\ioxix\). because (as, sinre) he 7vas afraid of this, Caesar led out his men (causal). tlwui^h he '(.'as acquitted of (his charge, he was comiemned for theft (concessive). /le would not forgh'e us, even if xvc were dying (ronditional). WITHOUT. ■ '! II I i! 3. The al)lative of the gerund c.ui not be joined with sine, the usual preposition for unthout. Phrases, therefore, like ivithoiit in- juring himself, ivitJiout your perceiving it, mi.dt be paraphrased into some synonymous form of words, and this turned into Latin. Thus : //^ aids others loithout injuring himself, aliis subvenit, non sibi noeens ; / did'it without your perceiving it, hoc feci, te non sentiente : they condenni him without hearing him, eum daronant inauditum; lie cries without feeling grief , flet nee dolet; he never led out his army without examining the position of the ground, nunquam exercitum edvixit nisi explorato locorum situ ; those cannot fall without these falling with them, cadere ilia non possunt ut haec non concidant ; to think of my going away with- out saying good-bye to anyone ! mene abiisse, nullo salutato I Note. — The accusative with infinitive is used to express indigna- tion or surprise. It is called the ]nfinitii>e of Exclanuition. The interrogative -ne is frc(|ucntly added to the first word, as if the sentence were interrogative in form. THE PREPOSITION. 221 resist us Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Instructos ordines in locum acquuni dedurit (p. 219, 2, {ci). 2. Hostes fugatos pcrsequitur. 3. Hos transductos necat. 4. Uli libertatem iniminutain non tulerunt. 5. Sihi quisque caesi regis decus expetebat. 6. Hoc e provincia dccedens mihi ncgavit. 7. Haec diiudicare non potcrinius, nisi melius ante (adverb) causam cognoverimus. 8. Adeone esse '"ominem infelicem quem- quam I 9. Vidcor audire clamores gaudentium. 10. Celeritcr aggressus eos ex vallo dcturbavit. 11. Mcndaci homini ne vera quidem dicenti credere solemus. 12. Haec omnia mutavit, me non probante. 13. Norine sero ad mihi gratulandum venit ? 14. Odisti me quum me amare debeas. 15. Operam dedit libris colligendis. Translate into Latin : — 1. Nothing shall haj^pen without my giving you notice. 2. He went away without consulting anyone. 3. I never visit you without coming away more learned. 4. Having taken the city, he touched nothing belonging to the temple. 5. They came to Italy during the reign of Tarquin. 6. Seize the man and slay him. 7. Are you not ashamed of the violation of your word.'* 8. You shall be punished for the violation of the treaty. 9. Fearing for the safety of himself and his friends, he fled to Rome. 10. Flinging themselves at his feet, they begged him to pardon them. 1 1. Manlius, having killed the Gaul, despoiled him. 12. He did not deny that he had ascer- tained this himself. 13. I asked those standing near what the man meant. 14. To my complaint that he had broken his word, he said nothing. LESSON CIV. THE PREPOSITION. 1. A Latin preposition governs either the accusative or the ablative, except in, sub, super {ni)ove\ and subter {beneath), which govern both. 222 FIRST LATIN BOOK. \\ if -'• im « ; -s Note. — Gratia and causa {for the sake of) jTovem the genitive ; but they are really noiin.s used as preposition-. 2. In, sub, super, and subter govern the ablative when they express rest^ and the atcusatiiie when they express motion : as, In iirbe in the city ; in urbem, ififo the city ; sub muro, under the wall ; sub murum, up under the ivall ; super eo pendet, // hangs over him; super eum volat, it Jlies over him. 3. The following nine prepositions govern the ablative : A (or eb\D\ from, by; coram, /// presence of; cum, with; de, from, con- cerning; e (ex), out of ; prae, in front of., in consequence of; pro, /// front of, on behalf of ; sine, without ; tenus, /// to. « 4. All other preposition-- govern the accusative. A list is given for reference : Ad, towards ; adversus, opposite ; ante, before; apud, beside ; circum (or circa), round ; cis (or citra), on this side of; trans, across ; contra, against ; erga, towards ; extra, outside of; inter, among ; infra, below ; intra, within; iuxta, near; ob, on account of; penes, in the power of; per, through ; post, behind; praeter, past ; prope, near to ; propter, close to; secundum, along, after; versus, towards (written after its case) ; ultra, beyond. 5. The prepositions are widely used with nouns to form idiom- atic adverbial phrases of place, time, and manner. Such prepo- sitional phrases should be committed to memory as they are met with. A list is added for reference : — A or ab {from, by). A fronte, in front (so, a latere, in Jlan/c ; a tergo, in rear) 'i a senatu stat, he stands on the senate\^ side; a re frumentaria laborare, ^tf be in distress witJi regard to supplies; confestima proelio, immediately after the battle. Ad {to). Ad ludos pecunia decernitur, money is voted for the games; ad fortunam felix, fortunate in point of fortune; ad Cannas, in the neighborhood of Cannae . ad Siciliam, ojf Sicily ; ad aliorum arbitrium, at the beck of others. THE PUEPOSITIOV. 223 A.pud (i'csidc). Apud forum, /itur th' forum ; apud me, /// //iv house ; apud ine plus vaiet, he Juis more iujlucncc loitlt mc ; apud Terentlum, in the ivritjngs of Terence. Ctun {ivith). Cum g'ladio, wearing a sword j magna cum cura quaerit, he seeks with great care ; confer hanc pacem cum illo bello, compare this peace with that war ; cum allquo certare, contend 7vith a person. De {from, about). De industria, on purpose j bene merer! de patria, deserre well of one's country. E or ex {out of). Ex equis pug-nare, fght on Jiorsebaclc ; statua ex aere fkcta, a statue made of bron:jc : ex consvilatu, immediately after his consul- ship; ex itinere, while on the march : quaerere ex aliquo, ask from a person ; ex improviso, unexpectedly ; ex foedere, /// accordance with the treaty ; ex aententia, satisfactorily.; ex parte magrua, in a great measure. In {in or into). In equo, on horseback ; in barbaris. among barbarians ; in bonis c'\4cere, rccko7i among blessings ; in te unum se tota conver- tet ci iritas, the whole state will turn to you alone; pietas in deos, piety to the gods ; pecunia in rem militarem data, money gii'en for Vi 'litary purposes; in rem tuam haec est, this is for your interest ; in dies, every day ; in horas, every hour ; dencuius in singulos modios. a denarius for every bushel ; in posterum diem, for the next day. Inter {between, among). Inter me et te hoc interest, there is this difference between you and me; inter se aspiciebant, they kept looking at one another \ inter aediflcandos muros, during the building of the walls. Per {through). Per vim, by violence ; per speculatores, by means oj spies (secondary aj^-^ent) ; per me, through my instrumentality ; per te 224 FIRST LATIN HOOK. stetit quominus vinceret, // 7iv/.y owing to you that he did not conquer ; digladientur per me licet, tluy may Jiglit it out^ as far as I am concerned. Praeter {past^ except). Praeter mcdum, beyond measure ; decern praeter se, ten besides themselves ; omnes praeter unum, all except one \ praeternaturam, outside the course of nature. Pro (before^ instead of, in behalf of). Pro occiso relictus, left for dead; pro mentis gratias age re, to thank for services ; pro multitudine hominum, fines angustos habent, considering their population they hai'e li/iiited territojy ; proelium atrocius quam pro numero pugnantium editur, a battle is fought fiercer than might have been expected from the number of combatatits. Sub {tinder, up to) Sub nostrara aciem successerunt, they came right up to our line j quae sub sensus sunt, -oJiat is ivithin the range of the senses ; sub haec dicta omnes procubuerunt, after these words all prostrated themselves ; sub ipsa profectione, at the very start j sub noctem, at nightfall. P2XEkCISE. Translate into English : I. Velim ut cogites quid agendum nobis sit super hac re. 2. Satis supcrque dictum esse putavit. 3. Nonne paulo ultra eum locum castra transtulit ? 4. Supra belli metum, id quoque acces- serat. 5. Hostes sub monte illo consedisse dixit. 6. Homo est sine re, sine fide, sine spe. 7. Omnia quae secundum {according to) naturam fiunt in l^onis habenda sunt. 8. Non aequum est me propter vos decipi. 9. Secundum te nihil est amicius solitudine. 10. Decet, quidquid agas, agcre pro viribus. 11. Haec contra legem proque lege dicta sunt. li. Solem prae multitudine iacu- lorum non videbitis. 13. Senatus paulo post de his rebus habitus est. 14. (2uum et per valctudinem et per anni tempus navigare poteris, ad nos venl. THK rUKPOSITION. 225 Translate into l.atin :- I. Next day In- descends from the mouniaiii and pilciies his camp beside the river. 2. O ! that he had not led us towards Rome. 3. This done, he threw himself upon his sword. 4. Arc we never to know in whose hands the decision rests.'* 5. Tell me wlien you intend to speak to him about it. 6. Do not speak in his l)ehalf. 7. You will have the greatest influence with him. 8. They halted when they came within the cast of a spear. 9. Is there not a race that dwells beneath the earth.? 10. After so many battles we are tired of war. 11. You have come here after the manner of (m moduw) hi^ntives. 12. In whose hands does the power lie? 13. It is a scandalous thing to take money for (o/^) giving a verdict. 14, Do you think they love each other.'' (use inter.) 15 PAPtT TL EXTRACTS FOR TRANSLATION FROM CAESAR. EXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE BASED ON CAESAR. OB EXTRACTS FOR TRANSLATION' FROM CAESAR, T)K BKLLO CALLICO. N.IJ. The figures at the foot of the extrac ts refer respectively to the pages and sections of this oook. By th*- . 'ucly of the sections rf'ferred to and the use of the vocabulary, the extracts may without fhfficuhy be understood. After they have been translated word for word, and all the ditficuhies of syntax thoroughly mastered, they may Ijc done on paper with ^(reatcr freedom and some attempt at English idiom. An example is given under Lesson 1. LESSON I. CAESAR ^'REPARKS TO INVADK BRITAIN. Caesar, etsi' in hib >cis maturae nunt hiemes, tamen in' Britan- niam proticisci contenJit, quoti," onniilnis^ fere (iallicis bellis, hosiibus nostris inde* submiuisirata'* auxilia intellegebat ; et, si" tempus ad bellum^ gerendum deficeret,** tamen niagno sibi usui'' fore'" arbitrabatur, si modo insulain adiisset,'' genus hominum perspexissct, loca, portus, aditus cognovisset ; quae unmia fere Gallis erant incognita. Neque'- enim temere''' praeter merca- tores illo'* adit quisquam,'^ neque iis ipsis quicquam, praeter oram maritimam atque eas rcgiones quae sunt contra fiallias, notum t-st. Itaque, evocatis ad se undique mercatoribus,'" neque quanta esset'^ insulae magnitudo, neque quae aut quantae nationes incolerent, necjue quern usum'" belli haberent, aut quibus institutis uterentur, nec|ue qui"* essent ad maiorum navium multitudincm idonei portus, reperire poterat. A^. /j. T/ie meaning of each word should be thought out just as it stiUids in 1 .tiliit. ' ! f ^ f 230 II Its I' LATIN liooK. ^Page 196,7. ^ J). 198,2. Join with intellegebat. ^^in almost all. * i.e., from Britain. ^ Supply esse : i.e., to Jume been supplied to our enemies. ''Oblique narration, depemling on arbitrabatur. Direct = si deflciet, taraen magno mihi usui erit, if the time fails, still it ic'll be of (^r eat ser^nce to me \ p. 211, 2 (a), 'p. 17O; 3. ^failed., was too short. ®p. 134, i. ^"=futurum ease. ^^ For adierit of direct narration ; p. 207, 7. ^^Neque {^nor) is used for non at the head of a sentence. '' i. c , loitho^'^ reason. ** Thither. Adverbs in -o (expressing motion to) are "formed from pronouns : 2i^,eo, to that place ; alio, to another place. ^^ p. 132, 3. ^^p. 102,2. ^^ 176, 2 ; i.e., he could find neither Juno lan^e toas, &c. For the tense of esset, seep. 178, 2. '^ Skill. ^'** Which harbors were^ &c. ; p. 178, 2 Translation. Although winter in these localities is early, Caesar makes active preparations (contendere, to exert one's self) to start for Britain. His reasons were these He knew that assistance had been fur- nished from there to the enemy in almost all the Gallic wars ; and he judged that — even if the time should prove inadequate for war- like operations — it would l)e an advantage to him merely to make a visit to the island, to investigate the character of its inhabitants, and to get some knowledge of its geography, its harbors, and the easiest means of access to it. To almost all such details the Gauls are strangers. With the exception of the traders, no one ever visits the island without good reason ; and even they have no acquaint- ance with it, unless with the sea-coast and the districts opposite Gaul. He accordingly cited traders from every part of the country to appear before him ; but he failed to ascertain either the size of the island, the names or numbers of the peoples that inhabit it, the skill they possess in war, the institutions under which they live, or the harbors capable of accommodating a number of ships of a larger "ize. Remarks on the Difference Between Latin and English Idiom. I. The long Latin period does not suit the genius of the English languiigv. ]>reak it up, therefore, in translating, into sentences con- taining a single idea each, and separated by a semic oIdu or a full stop. EXTIIAC'IS Foil TRANSLATION, 231 2. As far as is consistent witli clearness, F.nglish tlrops all wortls used in Latin to sIkjw the logical connection of one sentence with another (t\4^., the relative, Hne 6 ; enira, line 7). Write clown the sentences in English one after the other, keepin^ together those that are naturally connected in meaning. 3. The dependent clauses in English are simple and clear, and few in number. The Latin dependent clause often becomes a main clause in English. 4. The al)lative absolute is usually translated by a finite clause {e.g., line 10), or by an adverbial phrase. 5. Latin, as compared with English, has few abstract or verbal nouns. Note how it would express : iiujke c prcparutions (contendo) ; for ivarlikc operations (ad bellum gerendum) ; nuikc a visit to (adire) ; lun'c acquaintance with (notum habere) ; tianu\ nuiii,'>crs, etc. 6. Latin avoids figurative language, and says simply And directly what it means. Note how it would express : to all these details they were stningers, quae omnia iis erant incognita. 7. The order of words in the Latin sentence nuist be noted. The subject (and all that belongs to it) is put first ; then the object (and all that belongs to it) ; lastly the verb, closing and giving compactness to the period. An emphatic word, however, will be placed at the beginning, or even at the end of the sentence : and the regular order may be interfered with for the sake of euphony or rhetorical effect. LESSON II. CAESAR REACHES IJRITAIN. His constitutis rebus,^ nactus* idoneam ad navigandum tempcs- tatem, tertia fere vigilia^ sohit,* equitesque in ulteriorein portum progredi^ et naves conscendere et se** sequi iussit ; a quibus^ c|uum id paulo** tardius esset** administratum, ipsohoradiei circiter quarta cum primis navibus Britanniam attigit'" attpie ibi in omnibus colli- bus expositas hostium copias armatas conspexit. Cuius lf)ci haec ' ' II M ! 1 ii i i , hi 0T9 FIKST LATIN BOOK. erat natura : adeo montibus" angustis mare contincbatur, ut'- ex locis superioribus in litus telum iaci posset. Hunc ad egredi- endum nequaquam idoneum arbitratus [////>/ /vV/i/y p. 219, 2 (6")J locum, dum reliquae naves eo convenirent," ad horam nonam in ancoris exspectavit. Interim legalis tribunisque^ niilitum ( = /iis oncers) convocatis, quae fieri veilet,'* ostendit, monuitque ut ad nutum et ad tempus omncs res ab iis administrarcntur.'^ His' dimissis, et ventum et acstum uno tempore'® nactus secundum, dato signo et sublatis" ancoris, circiter millia passuum septem ab eo loco progressus aperto ac piano litore naves constituit. ^ Page 102, 2. *From nanciscor, obtain, 'p. 82, i. ^ He loosed (i.e., naves). ^ Join with iussit. "p. 168, 3. ' The relative is used to connect sentences ; tr., by these . Note. — Latin tries to show the logical connection of every sentence in the paragraph. Hence the common use of connectives (the relative, for^ but, &c.) * By a little, rather \ p. 58, 6. ^ p. 203, i. "From attingo. "p. 71, 3 ; tr., By hills so close to the shore that, tS:c. '^ p. 187, 2, 3. ^' p. 2or, 4 ^* p. ) 76, 2. ^^ Tr., Enjoined that everything should be done at a nod and in time ; p. 181, 3. '^^ At once. ''' From tollo, raise ; p. 102, 2. LESSON III. THE DIFFICULTY OF LANDING. At barbari, consilio' Romanorum cognito, praemisso equitatu* et essedariis, quo plerumque gcnerc- in proeiiis uti consuerunt,^ reli- quis copiis* subsecuti, noslros navibus^ egredi® prohibebant.'' Eral ob has causas summa difficultas, quod^ naves propter magnitudi- nem nisi in alto constitui non poterant ; militibus* aulem ignotis locis,'" impeditis manibus,^ magno et gravi armorum oncre oppres- sis,'^ simul et de navibus desiliendum et in fluctibus consistendum et cum hostibus erat pugnandum, quum illi'"^ aut ex arido aut pau- lulum in aquam progressi, omnibts mcmbris expediti,'' notissimis locis, audacter tela iaccrent et equos insuefactos^* incitarent. Quibus rebus nostri perterriti atcjue huius omniuo generis pug- KXTRACTS FOR THANSLATKlN. •)•{•> M •/•> nac iinpcriti,''* non eadem alacritate ac studio quo in pedestribus uti proeliis consueverant, utebantur. ' l*age I02, 2. 2p ii5 . tr, yi class of soldiers which they are generally accustomed t(y employ in battle. ■'' = oonsueverunt ; from canaviQaco, become accustomed, ■'p. 71, 3. * P'or e navibus. ^In- finitive (as usual with prohibeo) instead of quominus with subjunc- ti\e ; p. 185, 2. "^ triedto present ; p. 216, 3. *'!>., Becauscihe ships could not; p. 198, 2. ^ Dative of agent with desiliendum ; j). I73) 4 ; tr., The men had to leap doiu/i. ^^ On unja miliar ground ; the preposition is not re(/uired with common nouns to express place where, when the noun is joined with an adj. '^ With mllitibus; tr.. Weighted as they were. ^' Tr., Jl7iile they (i.e., the P.ritons). »'' Lit., free in all their limbs y p. 71, 3. '^Tr., Trained to it. '^Tr., Without experience of. LESSON IV. THE VALOR OF THE EAGLE-BEARER OF THE TENTH LEGION. Quod ulii^ Caesar animadvertit, naves ^ longas, quarum et species'* erat barbaris inusitatior* et motus ad usum expeditior, pauhun removeri ab onerariis navibus et remis incitari et ad latus apertum hostium constitui atque inde funcUs,-"' sagittis, tor- mentis hostes propelH ac summoveri iussit ; quae res magno usui' nostris fuit. Nam et navium figura et rcmorum motu et inusi- tato genere tormentorum pennoti*' barbari constiterunt** ac paul- um pedem retulerunt*. Atque nostris mihtibus'" cunctantibus, maxime propter altitudinem maris, is qui decimae legionis aquilam ferebat, contesiatus deos, ut'^ ea res legioni fehciter eveniret, '* Uesilite," inquit, " commihtoncs, nisi''^ vultis acjuihim hostil)us prodere ; ego certe'"* meum reipuliUcae atque imperatori ofFicium praestitero." Hoc quuni magna voce dixisset," ex navi se proiecit atque in hostes aquilam ferre coepit. Tum nostri, cohortati inter se,l^ ne tantum dedecus admitteretur,^' universi ex navi desiluerunt ; hos item ex proximis navibus qunm conspexissent,'^ subsecuti hostibus'* appropinc|uarunt ( -.ippropincjuaverunt). '!f- ' 1 -- r^.i '■'■'- )■'"! il I 234 FIKST LATIN IJOOK. ^ Page 200, 2. '■' Obj. of iussit ; tr., ordered the ships of war to be sent hack. ^Appearance. * Rather strange; p. 58, 5. ^p. 71, 3. "p. 134, I. '^ From permoveo. ** From conaisto. " Pedem referre, retreat. '"p. 102, 2, "p. iSi, 3 ; ir., praying to the gods that. '■'p. 190, 3. ^"^^x.., I at all e-,>ents shall have done my duty. ^*p. 203, 3 (note). ^'^ lach other. '* p. 1S3, 2. "tr., those in the nearest ships., seeing ilieni., also followed ; see note 14. ^"j). 120,2. LESSON V. THE BRITISH MODE OF FI(;HTING. Genus' hoc est ex esscdis pugnae : primo per omnes partes perc- quitanl ct tela iaciunt, .itque ipso^ terrore-^ equorum (i.e., hy the mere terror their liorses inspire^ et strepitu rotarum oidincs ple- rumque perturliant ; et quum* se inter equilum turmas insinu- avenmt, ex essedis desiliunt et pedibus proeliantur. Aurigae interim paulatini c.\ proelio excedunt atque ita ciirru^ se coUocant, Lit,* si illi^ a multitudinc hostium premantur,'^ expeditum ad suos receptum habeant. Ita mobilitatem ec(uitum, stabiiitatem pedi- tum in proeliis praestant ; ac tantum usu quotidiano et exercita- tione cfficiunt, \\\? in declivi ac praecipiti loco'" incitatos equos sustinere" ct brevi moderari ac flcclere** et per temonem percurrere et in iiigo insistere et inde se in ci-rrus citissimc'-' recipere con- s'.ierint. ^Translate: the following is their oiode of fighting, ^p^ 123,6. ''P- /'» 3- * Translate : when they have made their way in among the cavalry squadrons {i.e.^ their own cavalry). ^ with their chariot. ^ That they have ; p. 187, 2. "^ the others (i.e., the fighting men), "p. 192, I, II, (/'). 'Join with consuerlnt ( -consueverint). '" Translate : on a steep slope. " Translate : cheeh their horses going at full speed. ''^ Translate ; stop and turn them in a short time. *'p. 58, 5. ^ EXTKACIS FOR TltANSLATK) V. •235 LESSON VI. Caesar's second invasion of kkitain. His rebus' <;estis, Liibiencj' in tontincnti cum trihus iegionibus ct C{|uiuiin niillilnia (IuoIjus relicto,'^ ut' portus tuerctur et rem fru- mentariani providcret, quaequc* in (iallia gercrciUur* Cv^gnosceret consiliuimjue pro tempore ct pro re" caperct, ipse cum quinque k'gionibus et pari^ numero equitum, quern in contiuenti reliquerat, solis occasu^ naves solvit et leni Africo* provectus,'" media circiter nocte^vento^ intermisso(y(j!/y/y/^''), cursum non tenuit et longius dela- tus acstu,' orta'Muce sub sinistra'' Ikitanniam rclictam conspexit. Tum rursus, aestus commut.itionem secutus, rcmis^ contendit. ut eam partem insulac ca[)cret,'* (jua optimum esse egressum superiore aostatc'^ cognoverat. Qua in re admodum'* fuit militiim virtus laudanda,'"' t|ui vcctoriis gravibusque na\igiis,"' non intermisso remigandi labore,' lougarum navium cursum adaequarunt.'' Acces- sum"^ est ad IJritann'.am omniljus navibus'" meridiano fere tem- pore ;** neque in eo loco hostis est visus, sed, ut (ds) postea Caesar ex captivis comperit, quum magnae manus eo convenissent,'-" multi- tudine naviun^. perterritae, a litore discesserant ac se in superiora loca abdiderant. * Page I02, 2. - pf. i)art. pass, ofrelinquo. ''p. 183, 1,2. *^ — (ind p. 176, 2. ^Tx^w^hWit: to suit {he crisis and circumstances. eodem, ///(• savic. "p. 82, i. 'p. 71, 3. '"From proveho. '^ From orior; p. 102,2. ^- i'ndcr ix.c.^ (>fi)t/ic /eft iuuiti. ^^A/a/^e. what. 7 ^* I '/) to the measure .'. greatly., very. IS '72, worthy of mnsports (Jiter- u\\y, for carrying) a/id heavi/y laden l>esides. " — adaequaverunt. praii abl. abs. Translate: their ships />eing tram i6j Translate : ail the ships reached (literally, // luas reached). '*dat. of agent. '^"204, 5. LESSON VII. Caesar's advance. Caesar, exposito exercitu' ct loco' castris^ idoneo capto, ubi^ ex captivis cognovit, quo in loco hostium copiac consedissent,* co- I! L'36 FIRST LATIN BOOK. V ii hortibus' decern ad {beside) mare relictis et equitibus treccntis, qui' praesidio'' navibus assent, de^ tenia \igilia ad hostes contendit, eo*' minus veritus navibus,® quod in litore mol'.i atc|ue aperto deligatas- ad ancoram relint{uel3at ; et praesidio^ navibus Quintuni Atrium praefccit. Ipse, noctu proj^-^rcssus millia'" passuum circiter duo- decim, hostium copias conspicatus est. Illi, ec|uitalu'' atque essedis ad flumen progressi, ex loco superiore nostros prohibcre {s/o/> our advance) et proelium conmiittcre cdeperunt. Rcpulsi ab equitatu. se in silvas abdiderunt, locum nacti''' egregie cl^^ natura'"' ct opere munitum, qucm domestici belli causa ijo help them in their intestine ivars), iam ante praeparaverant ; nam cicbris arbor- ibus succisis'* omncs introitus erant pracclusi. Ipsi ex silvis rari propugnabant {foiigJit in small bodies), nostrosque intra munitiones ingredi prohibcbant. At militcs legionis sept mae, tcstudinc' facta et aggere^ ad munitiones adiecto, locum ceperunt eo;-.que ex silvis expulerunt, paucis vulncribus acc'eptis. Scd eos fugicntes longius Caesar prosequi''' vetuit, ct''' quod''^ loci naturam ignorabat, et quod, magna parte diei consumpta, munitioni'" castrorum tempus relinqui volebat. ^ Page I02, 2. '^p. 60, 2, ■''p. 200, 2. *p. 176, 2. *p. 18^, I. "p. 134, I. "^ /''roni (i.e., in) the third loatch. The night was divided into four watches, two before and two after midnight. 10 , ^Eo quod, on this account because. ^ For the ships. 69,9, 10. ^* abl. of accomi)animent without cum, used sometimes in military descriptions, ir. From nanciscor. "p. 71,3. "From succido. "•]). 181, 3. Note i. 'Xx.., forbade them (i.e., his troops) tofollo-othefHi^itivesveryfar. ^^&t....et, both. .. .and. '^ p. 198, 2. 'Vr'r the fortifying. Note. — Nouns in -io (derived from verbs) have usually the force ('"an EngHsh noun in -ing. LESSON VIII. CAESAR liUlLDS A NUMHKR OF SHIPS AxVD FORTIFIES HIS CAMP. His rebus* cognitis, Caesar legiones equitatumque rcvocari' atque itinere'' tlesistcre iubet ; ipse ad naves revertilur ; eadem* fore, quae HXTRAOTS FOK TIIANSF.ATIOX. 2a; :cntis, qui'' itcndit, eo*" ) deligatas 111 Atrium citer duo- [ue essedis be re {s/cp 'epuisi ab '" natura'' f> then I ill )ris arbor- : silvis rari nunitioncs dinc^ facta le ex silvis cs long^ius it, et quod, LIS relinqui i8^, I. nij^ht was midnight. ips. 10 p. iometimes ^* From \is troops) vcd from f m ''% ex nnntns liierisque tognoveral, coram pcrspicit, sir' ut, .imissis* circiter quadraginta navibus, relitpiae tamen rctici pn^sc magiio ncgotio' vidcrentur." Ita(iue ex le^^^ionibus fabros deligit et ex con- linenti alios arcessiri iubet ; Laliieno scribit, ut** ( to) (|uain'" plnri- mas posset, iis legionibus quae sunt apud eum, naves instituat. Ipse," etsi''' res erat niultae operae''^ ac laboris, tamen commodissi- minn esse statuit, omnes naves subduci'^ et cum castris una muni- tione coniungi. In his rebus circiter dies decem consumit, lie noclurnis quidem ter.iporibus^ ad (y^'^') laborem militum interuiissis \bciiig tost). Subductis navibus^ castrisc|ue egregie munitis, easdem copias, quas ante,'^ praesidio'*' navibus reliquit ; ipse eodem, unde rcdicrat, proficiscitur. Eo quum" venisset, maiores iam undique ill eum locum copiae Britannorum convenerant, summa'^ imperii Ijcllicpu' administrandi^' communi consilio permissa Cassivelauno, < uius fines a maritimis civitatibus flumen dividit, quod appellatur lainesis, a mari circiter millia-" passuum octoginta. Huic superi- ote tempore cum reliquis civitatibus continentia bella interces- scrant^' ; sed nostro adventu permoti liritanni hunc toti bello'^- imperioque praefecerant. 'p. I02, 2. '^p. i8i, 3. Note !. 'p. 158, 2. Note i ; iv.^to cease (uivancing. * Join with perspicit : leartis on the spot much the same fiicts as he had ascertained, etc. ^ thus far at least that . . . .''abl. alis. Tr., though about ^o ships had been lost. Express the exact force of t'ue participle; p. 220, (/). ''p. 71, 3. 'Y\., with great trouble, ^p. 187, p. i3i, 3. '"p. 59, 2. Note. "p. 123,6. 12 p. 196, 6, 7. i^p. 130, 7. "p. 108,4. Tr., that all the ships should be beached. '"adverb, "'p. 134, i. 17 20 j> J- 18 abl. abs. Tr., the' chief command and the entire charge of the 7var being entrusted by concerted action to C. (Xxt^r^Wy, the sum of power and of managing the war; summa is a noun), '^p. 170, 3. *0p. 69, 9. ^' Tr., inressant hostilities had been carried on in the past betiueen him and the remaining states (lit., had come between). -*p. 120, 1. ES HIS an- alcpu' fi're, quae P" 2.'i8 FIKST LATIN IJOOK. U^SSON IX. r.klTAIN DKSCKIIIKD. ri Britanniae pars interior al) iis incolitur, quos natos^ in insula ipsa dicunt ; maritiina pars ah iis, qui pracdae ac belli infcrendi^ cans;! ex Bclgis transierant ; (|ui onines fere' iis* noniinibus civitatuni a])pellantur, ex quihus orti civitatihus co pcrvenerunt, et bello^ illato ibi remanserunt atc|iie agros colere coej)erunt. Hominum* est in- finita multitiulo, crcberriniaque aedificia, fere dallicis'' consimilia ; pecorum niagniis nunicrus. Utuntiir aut aerc" aiit talcis ferrcis ad ccrtiun pondus cxaininatis pro nummo." Nascitiir ibi plumbum album ^^ in mcditerrancis rcgioniljus, in maritimis ferrum ; sed 'jius exigua est copia ; aere utuntur importato. Materia" cuiusquc generis, ut in (jallia, est praetcr fagum atque abietem. Leporem et gallinam et ansereni gustare fas'" non putant ; haec tamen alunt animi v()luj)tatisque causa.'-' Loca'^ sunt temperatiora quam in Gallia, remissioribus frigoribus.'* ' Supply esse ; p. 109, i. ^ p. 171, 6. ^ almost all of these, ^lit., are called by the names of the states, from ivhieh states issuing, they came thither. This suijcrfluous addition of a noun in a rela- tive clause is common in Caesar. To make Plnglish, translate as if iis were earum and make the participle orti (which contains the main idea) a finite verb. Tr., are known by the names of those states from which they issued, when they came to the coutitry. ^ Abl. abs.: after the war was over. ^ of people. 'Supply aedificii8"> p. 60,2. *p. 116. ^ as. ^^\.e.,tin. ^^ timber. '^Supply esse: they do not think it right. ^^ Lit. , for the sake of the jnind and its pleasure; \.q., for mental gratif cation. Note. — Latin often ex- presses an English noun and adjective (or adjective phrase) by two nouns connected by a/id. This idiom is called hendiadys {iv, one; fJ/a, through; and fJro, two). ^*the country, climate {Wx., the regions). ^^Abl. abs.: the cold being less intense. kxtua(;ts Vim thaxslation. 239 IJCSSON X. TIIK i:XTKNT OK IMK ISLAND. insula ipsa incli'-^ caus;i > civitatum bello-' illato iiin* est in- consimilia ; lie is ferreis »! plumbuiu 1 ; scd ejus '^ cuiustiiK' Leporem aec tamen tiora ciuam Jie'sc. Mit., es issuing^ n in a rela- ranslate as )ntains the cs of those try. 'AN. >diflciis'> p. esse : f/uy ul and its often ex- Lse) by two s (fv, o?iej 'le regions). In^^ula est natura' triquetra, ( uius unum laius est contra^ (iailiam lliiius lateris a\Wv (one of //ic tu>o) an^^ulus -(|ui est ad Cantium, t|iio (to which) fere omnes ex Gallia naves appelluntur'' ad oricnteni solem, infciior* ad meridiem spectat. Hoc laliis pertinet circiter millia passuum'^ quingenta. Altorum" vergit^ ad His- paniam atque occTdcnlem solem. qua'* ex j)arte est Hibernia, dimidio minor,' ut aestimatur, quam Britannia; sed pari spatio transmissus"' atque^^ ex Gallia est in Uritanniam. In hoc medio cursu*'' est insula, quae appellatur Mona; complures practerea iiiinorcs subiectae" insulae existimantur ; de cjuibus insulis nonnulli scripscrunt dies'* conlinuos trii^inta sub bruma'^ esse nocteni.'* Nos nihil de eo '^ j)ercontationibus'" reperiebamus, nisi certis ex aqua mensuris'^ breviores'^" esse quam in con- tinente noctes videbamus. 11 uius est longitudo lateris, ut fert illorum^^ opinio,^^ septingentorum millium. Tertium est contra septentriones,'''' cui parti ■^* nulla est obiecta terra ; sed eius angulus lateris maxime ad Germaniam spectat ; hoc millia passuum octin- i^enta in longitudinem esse existimatur. Ita omnis insula est in circuitu vicies centum millium passuum."''^ "^Inform. "^ is over against. ^ put in. * Supply angulus (/.^. , Land's End ; geography not very correct). ^p. ^9, 10. * Supply latus. Notice unum, alterum, tertium, y5r>.y/, JtYY;//rt?, third. ''lies towards. ^ on which side. ^ less by half., of Jtalf the extent ; p. 58, 6. ^^with the same distance to cross (lit., of crossing) as there is from Ciaul to Britain ; spatio, abl. of quality ; p, 131, 9 ; transmissus, i^en. "with pari; par ac (or atque) ^ idem qxil. ^'^ in the middle of this passage. '^'^'S\x\i\t\y qs.'&q; to be adjacent. '*p. 69, 9. '^^ at the winter solstice. ^^ that it is night. " with regard to this fact, ^^by enquiries \ p. yr, 3. ^"^ by defnite neasurements with water {i.e., with the clepsydra, water-clock). ''■^ that the nights {in sum- mer) are shorter. '^^ i.e., the writers mentioned, "^.r their opinion goes. "^ faces the north {i.e., Xhe^.Y.). 2*1). 120, i, note. ^^Lit., of twenty times a hundred of thousands of paces. ii;:' 240 l-'lllST LATIN HOOK. LESSON XI. THE INHAHITANTS DE.SCRIREU. — CROSSING OF THE TH.AMES. Ex his omnibus longc sunt luunanissimi,' qui Cantiuni incolunt, (|uae regio est niaritima onmis ; n('c|ue nuiltuiu a (lallica ditfciunt consuetudine. Intcriorcs plerrque'^ friunenta non scrunt sccl lactc^ et carne vivunt pcllibusque' sunt vestiti. Omncs vcro sc Britanni vitro inficiunt, quod caeruleum efficit colorcni atque hoc* horridiore sunt in pugna aspectu ;** capilloquc'' sui t promisso atque omni parte corporis rasa praeter caput et labrun superius. Caesar, cognito consilio* •eorum, ad flunien Tamesim in fines Cassivelauni exercitum duxit ; quod flumen uno oninino loco pedibus,^ atque hoc aegre, transiri potest. Eo quum venisset, animadvortit ad^ alteram fluniinis ripam magnas esse^ copias hostium instructas ; ripa autcm crat acutis sudibus pracfixis (st'i along the edge) munita ; eiusdemque generis^" sub aqua defixae sudes flumine tegebantur. His relius cognitis a captivis perfu- gisque, Caesar, praemisso equitatu, confcstim legiones subscqui iussit. Sed ea^' celcritate atque eo impetu militcs ierunt, quum'' capite' solo ex aqua exstarent, ut^' hostes impetum Icgionum atque equitum sustinere non possent, ripasque dimittercnt ac se fugae mandarent. ' Most civilised. ^ most of those dwelling in the interior. ' p. 71,3. *on this account. p. 131, 9. 102, 2. p. 71, 3. «rw. "p. 109, I. p. 204, 5. 10 ]» p. 130, 7. ^'^ with such speed; p. 71, 3. '^'^ though; p. 187, 2. LESSON XIL POLICY OF CASSIVELAUNUS. Cassivelaunus, lit supra demonstravimus, omni deposita spe^ contentionis,^ dimissis aniplioribus copiis,^ millibus circiter quattuor essedariorum relictis, itinera nostra servabat-'' paululumque ex via excedebat locisque* impcditis ac silvestribus sese occultabat atque iis regionibus, quibus nos iter facturos cognoverat, pecora atque !\ (| KXTUACTS pn|< THANSLATI(>\. 241 THAMliS. lioniines ex ;i}^ris in silvas conipcllt-bat ; rt «|uimv' ei|iiilatus noster libcrius piactlaiuli^ vastan(lii|iie causa so in aj^n'os etTiincleret, omni- bus viis notis scniitist|ue esscclarios ex silvis eniiitobat et niagno ( iiin periculo nostrorinn c(|uitum nun lis conHij^ebat atcjue hoc mctu^ latins vagari probil^cbat. Reiintjucbatnr,'^ ut nctiue lon^ius al) agmine legionum discedi" Caesar patcretur, ct tantum'" in agris" vastandis incendiisc|iie faciendis hostibus noccretur,'"' ciuantuin labore atque itinerc'-' Icj^donarii niilites efficere potcrant. ' Page I02, 2. ^ (^J f'ghtin(^ Nouns in -io have the force of Eng- li-^h participial nomis in -/V/^"- ^ ^*"' observabat, /•(// '•auitchim:;; note the force of tiie inipf., the tense of incomplete a( tion ; p. 3i6, 3. *'in inacci'ssihli^ tri^ions; p. 85, 3. Note. The prc{)osition i^ not used with a common noun to express p/aie whcre^ when there is an adjective with the noun. ^p. 203, 3. "p. 171, 6. ' through Jear of this. ''p. 1S2, 4; tr., the only course left was. ^nijiers. ; tr., his men to go (lit., it to be gone). '"supply ut ; tr., and that as much injury might he inflicted upon the enemy., &c. "p. 170, 3. '-'impers. ; p. 164, i. (.Sec Lesson IX, note 13^. 13 by laborious marching LESSON XIII. THE TRINOBANTES SEND ME.SSENGERS TO CAESAR. Interim Trinobantes,' prope firmissima earum regionum civitas— ex qua Mandubracius adolescens, Caesaris fidem sccutus,'^ ad eum in continentem GalHam venerat, cuius pater Imanuentius in ca civitate regnum obtinuerat^ interfectusque erat a Cassive- launo, ipse fuga' mortem vitaverat — legatos ad Caesarcm mittunt ; polliccnturque sese ei dedituros^ atque imperata facturos ; pctunt" ut Mandubracium ab iniuria Cassivelauni defendat atque in civitatem mittat, cpii praesit'' imperiumtiue obtineat. His Caesar impcrat'* obsides quadraginta frumcntumque cxercitui Mandubraci- umque ad eos mittit. Illi^ imperata'" celeriterfecerunt ; obsides ad numerum frumentaque miserunt. ' .Subject of mittunt. Notice the accumulation of ideas in a Latin period ; in translating, break up the Latin period into sentences con- 16 242 FIRST LATIN HOoK. taining a single idea each. I'hus : Mctntlinw thr 7. \ind fHifys ii< Caesar. J Iwy arc almost thr most power I u I community in tlicsi parts. It ivas from them, ike. It was his fallur, »S:c. ''■Irustin;^ to Cs good faith. ^ had held. * p. 71,3; tr., while M. himself &c. 'p. 1 10, I. ®p. 181, 3. ^ p. 1S4, r. *" orders them to gife. "/.r., the Trinoljantes. '"p. Kx^, 5. Note 2 : ix..^ did what he required. LESSON XIV. THE STATES OK THE liklTONS SURRENDER. Trinob.'intibiis defen.sis atc|ue ab omni niiUtum iniuria prohibitis,' Ccnimagni, Scgontiaci, Ancalites, Hibroci, Cassi, legationiliusi missis seso Cacsari dedunt. Ab his cognoscit non longe ex eo loco oppidum Cassivclaiini abesse''' silvis paludibusque niunitum, quo satis magnus hominuin pecoriscjuc numcrus convcnerit.^ (Op- pidum autcm IJritanni vocant, ([uuiii silvas impeditas vallo at(|U(' fossa munierunt,*(iuo incuisionis^ hostium vitandae causa convenirc consucrunt^). Eo proficiscitur cum legionilius ; locum ropciit egregie natura «atque opere munitum ; tanien hunc duabus c\' partibus i)i)j)ugiiare contendit. Hostcs paulisper niorati inilitinn nostrorum impctum non tulerunt scseque alia ex parte oppitli eieccrunt. Magnus ibi numcrus pccoris repertus multiquc ii; fuga sunt comprehensi atcpie interfecti. ^ Page 102, 2 : secured Jrom all harm on the side of the soldiers. 2 p. 109, I. •''subj. because in oblicfue narration (p 206,4). 'P' 203, 2. ■'' p. 1 7 1 , 6. •' for consiieverunt. ' ^v/ t7ao sides. LESSON X\'. THE DRUIDS. In omni Gallia corum hominum, qi iiquu .t n aiero^ attn'.' honore, genera sunt duo; nam plebc , pace servorum habcti; loco,^ quae nihil audet per se, nullo* adhil)tnt concilio ; pleri<|iu cum aut aerc'"' alieno aut magnitudine tributorum aut iniuria po tiorum prcmuntur, sese in servitutem dicani^ nobilibus ; in** KXTRACTS r(H{ THANSI.ATION. 2\^ 'lity in t/icsc . '■' tnistini^ . himself^ &<:. ic rcquircii. ria prohil)itis,' , leKalionibusi II lon^e ex co t[ue munitum, /cnerit.^ (Op- as vallo auiue :ausa convenire ocum repcvit mc duabus ex" inorati nulituni parte o])i)idi us niultique in )/" the soldiers. (p 206,4). 'P- sides. aero^ atqiu Irvorum habclu; cilio ; pleriqut. iit iniuria pi' )ilibus ; in' r.ulem funnia sum iiira, <|uap dominis" in servos. Sed dc his duo bus j^cneribiis alteriiin I'sl dniidiini, allcriiiu C(|iiitiim. Illi'" rebus divinis inleisnnt,'' sacrificia public a ac privata prorurant {nt(in/iiin re/ij^ious tniif/er>i' ; ad eos ina^nus adolcscx-nliuin nuinf;rus disrij)linac causa cont unit nia>;n()(iuc hi" sunt apud cos'-' honorc. Nam fere de omnibus conliovcrsjis pubUcis privaiisque constituunt'* ct si ((uod" est aihnissum facinus, si cacdes facta, si ilo lierediiale, si dc hnil>us controvcrsia est, idem'* dccernunt, praemia poenascpie constituunt ; si qui aut pi ivatus aut poinihis eorum decreto non stetil,"* sacrificiis" interdicunt. ^ OJ iinv iieeounf. Note. Any when it means sonu\ is aliquis. " - plebs. f/ie eoninion people. "' ^- In loco. ' for ntilll. •' |). 1 20, 2 ; ! . tr., ojjuiiite. •* debt (Ht. , money of ,inof/ier. ) ^ ft om dice, dei^otc, give Up. ^07'er t/ieni. -M.u. alttr sunt: ivliieh nutsters have. ^'^ the former \ p. 119, 5. "i.e. the- Druids. '- i.e., (he (lauls. ^^ decide. "p. i(;i, 4. p. 1.32, ?; '-^ lor iidem. '"//f/.v re/used to abide. '^ j). 158, 2. Note. Interdico takes id) ace. of person and abl of thinj^ ; (^)dat. " {c) " " " ace." abl. " LESSON XVI. THE DRUIDS. — (Contiiuied). Haec poena (i. e. exeomnmtiication) apud eos est gra\ issima. Quibus' ita est intcrdictum, hi numero- impiorum ac sccleratorum habentur,''' his* omnes decedunt, acHtum'' sermonemque defugiunt, ne" quid ex contagionc incommodi'' aceipiant, necpie'^ his petentibus ius redditur neque honos ulhis communicatur. Hisauiem omnibus druidibus^ praeest unus, qui summam inter eos habet auctoritatem. Hoc'" mortuo aut," si qui^- ex rehquis excelht dignitate," succedit, aut, si sunt plures pares, suffragio druidum, {Jhey contest the first place by the vote) nonnunquam etiam armis de princijjatu contendimt. Hi eerto anni tempore" in tinibus Carnutum, cpiae regio totius GalHae media habitvu", considunt in loco consecrato. Hue omnes undique, qui controversias habent, cotiveniunt eorumque decretis 244 FIRST LATIN IJOOK. t ■ VH t ! \h \ m ■ i iudiciisque parent. Disciplina' ' in liritannia repert.i atque mde in Galliain lianslata esse existimatni, a nunc, (|ui dilii^ontius c.im rem {=scicncc) coj^nosccre volunt, plerunique illo discendi causa pro- ficiscuntur. ' I)at. with interdictum est : to whom it has been interdicted, i.e. those who hm'e be'^n interdicted. Note. The rcl. clause is thrown forward when the antecedent is an emphatic pronoun. 'for in numero. ^ ." (Iraecis Htteris utantur. Id (this rule) mihi duabus de causis instituisse vidcntur,-^ quod (because) neque in vulgum discipUnani'" cfferri \elint^' netpie eos, qui discunt, litteris confisos^'- minus memo- riae studerc ;^^ quod fere plerisque accidit, ut^* pra^sidio^^ litteranim diligentiam in perdisccndo ac niemoriam remittant. Imprimis hoc"' volunt pcrsuadcrc, non interire animas, sed ab aliis" post mortem transire ad alios,"* atque hoc'^ maxime ad virtuttm excitari'-'' putaiit. metu mortis neglecto. Multa-^ praeterea de sideribus atque eoniiii motu, de mundi-^ ac teriarum"^^ magn'tudine, de rerum''* natura, de deorum immortalium vi ac potestatc disputant'^^ et iuventuti tradinit. EXTRACTS FOR TKANSLATION. 215 ^for consueverunt. '^p. 71, 3. ^ for instruction. ^ to learn by heart, 'p. 164, 3. « p. 82, 4. ^ p. 69,8 {a). " p. 204, 5. ''ac- counts. ^^ their system. " subjun. of oblique narration depending on videntur ([). 206, 4). '-from confldo, trusting; p 219, 2 (e). '•'* supply velint: and do not iiu'sh Irarners to take less pains about their memories, "p. 18:, 4. ^^ by the help; p. 71,3. ^^' impress this belief : hoc alicui persuudeo = / recommend this to a persoji. ^'' from some, from one. "*/.<•. the doctrine of the transmigration of souls. ^^ by this. '^ impersonal pass.: that men are incited (compavc p. 164^ 2) and despise the fear of death ; j). 219, 2 (a). '^^ they have frequent discussions. *-'- the unii'erse. -•' the globe. ^* the nature of things, science. LESSON XVIII. im^ conveii- THE NOBLES OF THE GAULS. THEIR RELIGION. Alterum* genus est equitum. Hi, cum est usus^ atque aliquod^ helium incklit — quod fere ante Cacs.iris adventum cpiotannis acci- dere solebat, ut* ant ipsi iniur'as inferrent aut illatas projjulsarent' — omnes in bello versantur,^ atcpie eorum ut quisque" est gcnere copiisque amplissimns, ita plurimos circum se ambactos clientcsciue haljci. Hanc unam grati.m.' potent iamcpiv-i noverunt. Natio est omnis (lallorrm admo.lum dcdita*^ religionibus, atc|ue ob earn causam, qui sunt afA ti gravioribus morbis'-* quique in proeliis periculisque versantur, aut pro victimis homines immo- lant aut so inunolaturos'*' vcncnt administrisque" ad ea sacrificia druidibusutuntur,'- quod (because), pro vita hominis nisi hominis vita reddatur,''' non posse dcoruin imm(jrtalium numen placari arbitran- tur, publicetp'.e" eiusdem generis'-' habent instituta sacriiicia. Alii immani magnitudir.e"'' sinuilacra liabtnt, quorum'" contexta vimini- biis membra vivis hominihus"' complenl ; quibus'" succensis circum- venti flannna exanimrrntur homines. Suppli-ia eorum, qui in furto aut in latrocinio aut aliqua noxia sint comprehensi (p. 188, 4), gra- uom (very pleasing) <\'\^ immortalibusessearbitrantur; sed cum eius generis copia defecit, etiam ad innocentium supplicia dcscendunt. §^ 246 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ' The second class consists oj the kniirhts. ^ )icc(i. " some. * p. I S3, 2. ^ oigagc in. *"'!). 195, 4 {b) ; tr., the number of retainers each one has about him is in proportion to his distinction for birth and 7vealth ; amplus, great^ distinguisJied. "^ fan' or (to or from others) .•. ground of injluence ; tr., tin's is the one %oay they know oJ gaining injluence and power. Note. Primus (Ji>st), ultimus (/ast), solus or unus (a/one) arc used ad\erbiall\- in Latin, and not with a predicate clause as in Knglisli : as, primus venit, he was the Jirst wJu^ came ; hoc solus feci, / was the o?ih' one 7uho did it. ^ de- Toted to religious ceremonies. ^ p. 7 1 , 3. '" p. 1 1 o, i . " as minis- ters, '-p. 116. "p. 210, 2. ^* on the part of the state. '^ p. 130, 8. "'p. 131,9. '^'' the limbs of which. '**p. 7', 3. '*p. ic2, 2. LESSON XIX. GODS OF THK GAULS. Deorum maxime Mercurium colunt. Huius sunt pUn-ima sim- ulacra ; hunc omnium inventorcm artium ( bigher arts) ferunt,' hunc viarum atcpie itincrum ducem,'' hunc ad quaestus pecuniae mercaturasque (mercantile pursuits) habere \im maximam arbi- trantur. Tost hunc Apollinem' et Martem et lovcm ct Minervam. I >e his eandem fere, quam rcliquae gentcs,'* habent opinionem :'' Apollincm morbos dejicUere, Minervam oj^erum atque artificiorum (mechanical arts) initia tradere," lovem imperium caelestium tencre {has authofity over)., Martem bella regere. fluic," cum proelio^ dimicare constituerunt, ea, quae bello ceperinl," plerumque devo- vent ; cum superavcrunt,^'' animalia capta^' immolant reliquasquc'^ res in unum locum conferunt. Multis in civitatibus harum rerum exstructostumuloslocis" consecratis conspicari'* licet ; neque saepe accidit, ut neglecta quispiam rcligione aut^"' capta apud se occultare aut posita'** tollere auderet, gravissimumque ei rei" supplicium cum cruciatu ct)nstitutum est. ' Assert : supply esse. -' the one 7C'ho shows the way and conducts upon journeys, ''supply colunt. ' sup j)ly habent.* '•^V/V/. '''Wt., gives the rudiments of all handiwork and arts (henditidys : i.e. , in the arts) ''to him. '^p. 71, 3. '•'7ifhati7>er they shall have taken. ^'^ after a vie tory. '^'^ taken as spoil. ^'- the rest of the booty. '■''Lesson xii, note 4, K.VTRAtTS von TIJANSLATluN 24; ' soffitr. * p. of retainers n for birth to or from hey know oj imtis {last), I not with a 'as the first iid it. ^ de- " as niinis- e. '5 p. 130, ic 2, 2. ilurima sim- rts) ferunt,' us pecuniae :iinam arl)i- ; Minervam. n])inionem ? aitificiovum stiuni tenere ;uni proelio** me|ue devo- eliquasque^''' :irum rcruni ncquc saepe se occultare « iliciiim cum ir.d conducts '''lit., gii'es in the arts) ^ after a vie 1 xii, note 4. '*fr()in conspicor, sec ; tr., anyone may see. '^aut — aut, either. . . . or. '* what has been deposited as an offer ini^. ^'^ for this offence. Note. 1 he word res so common in Lalin is not often to Ijc translated by tJiiny;., bu*: by some word that will suit the context. Thus: his rebus constitutis ,' Lesson II), these nrrans^ewents made ; ea res Lesson I\' , tJiis nuina'uvre. LESSON XX. i^H cu.STOMS OF -ihp: c.An.s. Galli sc omnes ab Dite patrc' prognatos jjracdicant idtjue al) (Iruidibus proditum dicunt. Ob earn causam'^ spatia omnis teni- poris non numcro dicrum, scd noctium finiunt' ; dies natales et mensium et anntirum initia sic observant, ut noctem dies subse- ijuatur.* In reliquis vitae inslitutis hoc^ fere^ ab reliquis diiTerunt, quod' suos libcros,** nisi cum adoleverunt'-' ut"' munus militiae sns- tinere possint, palam ad se adire non patiuntur filiumcjue puerili aetate" in publico in cons[)ectu patris assisiere tur])e ducunt.'"'* Viri, ([uantas pecuniae ab uxoribus dotis nomine'-' aecejjerunt, tantas ex suis bonis acstimatione'* facta cum dotil^us communicant.'^ Huius onmis pecuniae coniunctim {^~ added toa^ethe?') ratio habetur'" fructusque''^ servantur ; utcr corum vita superarit,'*^ ad eum pars uiriusque cum fructibus superiorum temporum pervenit. Viri in uxorcs, sicut in liljcros, vit.ie necisque haljent potcstatem ; et cum paterfamiliae illustriore"* loeo natus decessit, eius propinc|ui conveniunt et de mortc, si res in suspicioneni venit,''" de uxoribus in servilcm modum'^ quacstionem hal)cnt {they fiold an examination) ; et, si compcrtum est {if it is ascertained; \. v., if the suspicion is confirmed) , igni atque omnibus tormentis cxnuciatas" interficiunt. F"unera sunt pro cultu'^' Oallorum maynilica et sumptuosa ; omniaque, quae vivis cordi fuisse-* arbitrantur, in ignem inferunt, etiam animalia ; ac paulo supra banc memoriam'''^ servi et clientes, quos ab iis dilectos esse constabat, iustis umerilius confectis'^' una" cremabantur. * Page 1 5C, 4. -i.e., l)ecause Dis is the god of Darkness. 'Ihcy really ( ounted time by nii^hts, becau ;oned by the moon (compare our/tW//^'-//'). '^theydejim ... a day follows close on f 'S F'i ' I I • I i 2-48 FIKST LATIX IJOOK. (i.e., begins witli) night. They make any special day begin with the night before. ^ in i/iis respect; p. 71,3. ^ rotigJily speaking ^ p. 181,2. "^ ohj, of patiuntur. ' from adolesco. ^^ so t/iat. "p. 131, 9. ^'^consit/er {Wkv.tiQ.'beo). ^^ under the head of . Nomen, an entry in an account book. "abl. abs. ; making a vahiation. ^add to the dowry. ^*Vi reckoning is kept, ^'projits. ^**for — averit ;= Eng, pros. ^"p. 5.S, 5. '•"'p. 196, 6 fat end). '^^ as with s/a7>eSy i.e., by torture, -"•^agreeing with uxores understood, '^'^considering the civilisation, ^'cordi esse, be dear to, "^^shortly bejore my time, "^^a/ter the regular ceremonies were over, '■''with the dead. LESSON XXI. LAWS AGAINST GOSSIPING. Quae civitates commodius' suam rempubhcam administrare exis- timantur, habent legibus sanctum,^ .si ([uis quid de repubhca a fini- timis rumore aut fama^ acccperit, ut ad magislratum deferat neve* cum quo* alio communicet, quod** sacj)e homines temerarios atque imperitos falsis rumoribus terreri et ad facinus impclli et de sum- mis rebus consiHum capere rognitum est. Magistratus, quae visa sunt {what seems good to them) occukant, quacciue esse ex usu {0/ service) iudicaverunt, multitudini produnt. D§ repubhca nisi per concihum loqui non conceditur.'' GERMAN MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. Germani muUum ab hac consuetudine diflferunt. Nam neque druides habent, qui rebus*' diviuis praesint,' neque sacrificiis'*' student. Deorum numero^^ cos solos ducunt, quos cernunt et quorum aperte opibus iuvantur, Solem ct Vulcanum et Lunam ; reliquos no famii cjuidem acceperunt. Vita omnis in vcnationibus atque in studiis rei mihtaris consistit^'^ ; ab parvuhs labori ac duri- tiae student. Pelhbus aut parvis renonum tegimentis utuntur, magna corjjoris part ^ nuda. ' Page 58, 5 ; tr., the states which are thought to inanage their public affairs best. "^ hai'j arule laiddownby latu \ p 219, 2 (^/). ^ rumor or report \ tr., if anyone hears anything from his neighbors con- EXTRACTS F(Mt TKANSLATION. 249 certiing tJic public interest^ that he shall carry it to a magistrate. * =et ne; p. i86, 6. ^quo from qtiis; p. 13, 4 : ami that he shall impart t lie mailer to no one. ' because \ join with cognitum est. "^politics may not be disciis<,ed except in the tie/iera! as-semb'y (per, /// the course of). Note. Respublica (lit., ;i matter atTecting the people, populus) has many mcaninys; e.g., country ; goTcnmient (line i) ; political questio)i, politics {iVi here), "p. 1.^0,2. ^ p. 184, i. '"p. 105, 9. 11 _ = in numero. '■ is spent. p. 102, 2. LESSON XXII. GERMAN J,AND TENURE. Agriculturac' non student, maiorque pars corum victus in lacte, caseo, came consistit.''^ Neqiie quibC|uam agri modum ccrtum" aut fines habct proprios,* scd magistratus^ ac priiicipes in annos singu- los gcntibus® co-;nationibus(iiie^ hominum, qui tinn imfi coierimt," quantum' agri ct quo loco visum'*^ est, attribuunt atcpie anno post'* alio'^ transire cogunt. Kius rci" multas afferunt causas : nc assidua consuetudine capti** studium belli gcrendi'^ agricuitura commut- cut'" ; ne latos fines parare studcant polentioicsque humiliores pos- sessionibus" expellant ; ne accuratiu.s'^ ad frigora at(|uc aestus vitandos'^ aedificcnt ; ne (jua"-' oriatur i)ocuniae cupiditas, qua ex re factiones dissensionesque nascuntur ; ut '" animi aec|uitate plebem contineant, cum suas quisque*' opes cum potentissimis-" aequari videat.'^' * Page 105, 9. ^the greater part of their food co7isists of. Notice et omitted as usual. ^Ji.ved. ^private land-marks ox lands, ^subject of attribuunt. ^ clans, ''families (lit., relationships). ^ of the people who have met together on the occasion. ^ ivhatei'er land ; p. 69, 10. ^^ 7oherc7'er seems right. The land assigned was called a mark, "adv.; next year (\\i., afterwaruls by a year), ^'to (tnothcr place. ^^ practice {l.c^son XIX, note 17). ^* (harmed by habitual custom. ^^ pursuit of "autr; p. 170,3. ^'^ abandon for agriculture; p. 150, I. Note, ^''froni their holdings, ^^icith too great care, keep the people quiet with content>nent. *' Note 19 13^ 2. vo the order. """^^i^/M that of the most powerful, ^^p. 198, 3. ■I! f 250 FIRST LATIN IJOOK. LESSON XXIII. WAR, BRIGANDAGE, HOSPITALITY. Civitatibus' maxima laus est quam latissimc' circum se vastatis finibiis' .solitudincs habere. Hoc proprium* viitutis existimant, ex- pulsos a;^ris finitiinos cedere"^ neque qucmquam piope® audere consistcre ; simul lioc'^ se fore^ tutiorcs arljitrantur, rcpentinac in- cursionis timore sulilato.' Cumbcllum'^civitasaut illatum defcndit aut inf(M't, magistratus,^^ qui ei bcllo praesint,''^ iit'^ vilae nc> isque habeant potestatem, deliguntur. In pace nullus est conununis magistratus, sed piincipes regionum'* atque pagorum inter suos ius dicunt^^ controversiasque minuunt.^* Latrocinia nuilam habent infamiam, quae extra fines cuiusque civitatis fiunt, atque" ea iuven- tutis exercendae^® ac desidiae minuendae causa fieri praedicanl. Atque ubi quis'^ ex principil:)us in concilio dixit, se ducem fore ;'^" qui sequi velint,''^ profiteantur ;" consurgunt ii, qui et causamet hominem probant, suumque auxilium pollicentur atque ab multitudine rol- laudantur ; qui ex'^^ his secuti non sunt, in descrtorum ac proditorum numero ducuntur/'^* omniumque his rerum postea fides derogatur.-'^ Hospitem violare fas non putant ; qui quacumque de causa ad eos venerunt, ab iniuria prohibent sanctosque habent, hisque omnium domus patent victusque communicatur. ^Page 1 20, 3. "^ as far and wide as possible; p. 59, 2. Note. 'abl. abs. ; by laying waste Ike countjy; p. 231, 4. ^fhe characteristic mark of valor. ^ that their neighbors, dri'i'en from their lands, should retire before them. ® near. "^ in this way. ^ futures esse. ^ from tollo, raise, take away, ^''bellum inferre, iinnide j tr., when a state is repelling invasion or i>ivadifig others. ^^ join with deligrun- I tur. 12 p. 184, I. 13 on the understandimr that. ^* districts. "^^ declare what is right (i.e., administer justice). ^^ settle. ^"^ and /^t'j'/^^i' (stronger than et). ^''p. 171, 6. ^^when any. ^''futurum esse. ^* p. 206, 4. '^'^ p. 207, 5 : let them declare it. ^' i.e., of those who promise. ''^* are held. '^^ confidence with regard to everything is withdrawn from them. KXTHACTS FOR TKANSLATION. L'.M LESSON XXIV. THE HRAVKKY OF THE GERMANS AND (lAlM.S CONTRASTED. Ac fuit antea tempus, cum Germanos Galli virtute supcrarent. ultro bclla inferrcnt, propter homimim multitudineni' a<;rique ino- piam trans Rhenr.in' colonias niittercnt. Itai|ue ea, FIliST LATIN BOOK. I ll 'ir^i magnitudinem attingit ; ncque quiscjiiam est huius' Cicrmaniac, qui'" se aut adiisse id initium" eius silvae dicat, cum dicrum iter i,x proccsscrit/'' aut, quo ex loco oriatur, acceperit ; niultaque in ea genera feraruni nasci constat, quae relicpiis in locis visa non sint ; ex cjuibus c|uae''' niaximc differant al) ceteris et memoriae prodenda" videantur, haec sunt. ^ l^oint oiit^ Dicntioti. ^ p. 69, 9 : o7>cr a journey of nine days^ ^for a ni(in /ij^/itlv equipped. ^ it enn not be defined in otiier terms. ^ t/iev do not k'noiv tJie nieasurentent (i.e., length) of the day s journey, ^in a .straight line witli (i.e. , parallel to). "^ to the left. ^ in a direc- tion away from the river. ®i.e., western (that which we know), '"p. 188, 5 (a), "to the eastern end. ^'^ even after adiuincing; subj. of oblique narration ; p. 206, 4. "p. 18S, 4 : the following are those of them which., &c. (i.e., of such a kind as to). ^*p. 172, 2. ill i LESSON XXVI \ ' % ITS DKNIZENS : THE REINDKKK AND THP: ELK. Est bos cervi figura,^ cuius a media fronte^ inter aures unum cornu exsistit exccisius magisque directum his,' quae nobis nota sunt, cornibus ; ab eius summo sicut palmac ramique* late diflfun- duntur.* Eadem est feminae marisque^ natura, eadem forma magnitudoque cornuum Sunt item, quae appellantur^ alces. Harum est consimilis capris^ figura ct varietas* pellium, scd magni- tudine paulo antecedunt mutilaeque sunt cornibus'" et crura'^ sine nodis articulisque habent, neque quietis causa procumbunt neque, si quo'- afflictae casu conciderunt, erigore sese aut sublevare possunt. His'' sunt arbores pro'* cul>ilibus ; ad eas sc applicant atque ita, paulum modo"* reclinatae, quietcm capiunt. Ouarum ex vestigiis cum est animad\ersum a venatoribus, cjuo se recipcre consuerint,'" omnes'^ eo loco aut ab radicibus suliruunt'^ aut accldunt arbores. Hue (against them) cum sc consuetudiiic'^ reclinaverunt, infirmas arbores i)()ndere'" affligunt atque una ipsae concidunt. ' Of the shape of a deer; probably the reindeer, ''■from the middle of its forehead {Ca^sixx's information inaccurate here). Note. The KXTHACIS von T|{ ANSI.VTION 25 r^ ^rmaniac, 111 iter LX lie in ea ion sint : dcnda u ■() cr terms. Joinncy. II a direc- e know). ■•(incingj wing are • ttlj. niHcliuB \^ ii^i^fl ill .'I'-^rocment with .i iionii tf) express /iKuiiHr ^'/■(compare summus moiia, imus monrf ; p. 3(^, i. Note), -'j). 55, 5. * Ii'ki' branching Juiiuis {kcndidilys. Lesson ix, note 13). '•'spread out ivide. " from mas, a male. '' thi* so-called. ^ j). ('o, 2 : - like tJiat ,)/ the wild goat, '^piebald appearance. '" _: t/iey are blunted in their horns (p. 71, 3); tr., their horns are blunt. '' from crus; they have legs without knotted joints {hcndiadys). ^- by any accident ; p. i SS, 6. Note. ^'*.y^v7't' ///.!7// (i.e., are to them). 'S/.v. ^'-"just a little. "■'p. 176, 2 ; their haunts {}\\.^ whither they are accustomed to repair; p. 181, l). "join with arbores. ^^ they either undermine at the roots or cut into. '* ~ ex consuetudine, accordim^ to custom. LESSON XXVII. es uniim bis nota :e diffun- n forma '^ alces. 1 magni- ra'^ sine It neque, ulilevare ippHcant larum ex recipcre accTdunt averunt. Lint. e middle te. The THK PRIMITIVE OX. Tertium^ est genus corum, qui uri appellantur. Hi sunt magni- tudine paulo infra'' elcphantos, specie' et colore et figiira tauri. Magna vis eorum est et magna velocitas, neque homini ncque ferae, quam* conspexerunt, parcunt, Hos studiose foveis captos* iiiterficiunt. Hoc se labore durant adolescentes atcpie hoc genere vcnationis exerccnt, ct qui pkirimos ex his interfecerunt, rehitis^ in jjubHcum cornibus, quae^ sint testimonio, magnam fcrunt hiudem Sod assuescere ad homines et mansueficri nc parvuh quidem** excepti" possunt. AmpHtudo cornuum et Hgura ci species muUum a nostrorum boum cornibus differt. Haec studiose conciuisita' ab labris'** argento circumchadunt atque in amphssimis'^ epuHs pro pocuHs utuntur. ' The third species {zvorthy of mention) consists of those which are ' called uri. '^ a little less than; p. 58, 6. "^ in appearance ; p. 71, 3. *the rehitive (like the adjective) when referring to two or more nouns of different gender, usually agrees with the nearest. '•" they catch in pit-falls and kill; p. 219, 2, (a), ^when their horns are brought into public vieiv. ^ to serrc as ei>idence ; p. 1 84, i ; p. 134, I. ^ not ei'cn when trapped young. '•' from conquiro, .sv'<'>(' for; p. 219, 2, (a). ^^' at the edges. ^^ at important banquets {bxxvp\m&, great., distinguished). KXKRCISKS IN l.ATIN PROSK HASKD (»N rnK EXTRACTS FROM CAKSAR, EXERCISE 1. (Based on Cncmr, f.fsson I, in ivhich all the words required to do the exercise 7vill he found.) If he had visited this island, he would h.ave found living upon the shore of the sea a nation of traders, possessing men {itsc miles) and ships, and harbors adapted for vessels of the largest size. These {use the relative) ships they use both (et) for visiting localities that Ue opposite the is nd, and for making war upon their enemies. Their skill in war, accordingly, is considerable ; and time would fail me merely toenumerate (enumero, -are)the important wars they have carried on. They^ live under institutions which have been extolled (laudo) bv almost all who have investigated them ; and no one {use nee; p. 132, 3) has ever (unquam) visited the island without (quin) learning soniething (aliquid) which proved of advantage to himself. ^ Connect this sentence by autem {however), putting it second in the sentence. Note that autem and vero {ho7i'e7'cr), enim {/or), quoque (<;^^■r-'), anxtXera. {indeed), certe {at all events), never come first in a sentence. EXERCISE II. (Based on Caesar, Lessons I and II, in which all the words required to do the exercise will be found.) CAESAR ADDRESSES HIS OFFICERS. " I have called you together, officers, in order to convey my wishes to you personally (ipse). All^ arrangements are completed ; the 264 i:XKIU!ISKS IS l-ATIV PIJOSK. 255 troops will riiibaik (lining (he present'' watch. As :>oon .is (ubli wind and tide are fa\ <»ial)le, I shall give the sij^'nai for embarkation.'^ Thereupon (deinde) let all embark, weigh anchor, and set sail at once (statim . When you have gone forward about seven miles, you will see a large island ; there, the ships of the enemy are stationed. Mem them in on all sides ; let not a single one escape (use ne unua ...quidem, a//// efleiigio. Meantime let all wait upon the open shore until the signal is given.'' 'Connect by enim. ' i ixercise II. Note. Turn the vocative of direct narration into ace. in oblique. EXERCISE IV. (Based on Caesar, Lessons II and III, in 7('hh/i all the words required to do (lie exercise will Oe found.) We intended {p. 1^4., i) to go on board and weigh anchor as soon as (ubi) we reached' the sea shore ; but the waves were so high (use altus) that the otificers did not give the order for instant embarkation {use statim a)td gen. of gerund). The soldiers had not much experience of the sea, and were fdled with apprehension '^use one verb) at the size of the waves. Accordingly, they did not show the same /.eal for (ad) advancing as they often showed, prefer- ring'' (male quam) to remain on dry land to launching out upon the deep sea. All the forces, both foot (pedites) and horse, took up their station on the open shore. The position'' of the ground was favor- able ; it was shut in on all sides (undique) by high hills, which prevented the enemy from seeing what was going on. On this account t^hey were unable to ascertain our plans. * 164, 2 ; apply 207, 7. ^^219, {c). ^ say, place. i |i " 250 FIKST LATIN »«(K>K. KXKRCISIC V. ( /ut.u'ii on Ciit'sar, Lcswns 11 itiitl 111. l\r<'it"i(' Exercise; to /<< aoitr "iottliout ir/ereme to the Latin.) But it ' was when the shore was reached (use pervenlo) that tin- j^rcatost (lifficulty occurred. The waves were so hi^h that they roiulered landiii},' an impossibility {use possum or prohibeo). VVc liail accorcUnj^ly to station the fleet off tlie great harlx r for two or three hours. We could see from the ships the armed forces of the enemy drawn up upon the hill. Tliey- were waitinj,' until we should leap into the sea and advance to the shore through the waves, thinking'' that it would be impossible for us to keep our feet on unfamiliar groimd, oppressed as we were with the weight of our arms. Knowing-' tlieir design, our general prevented our forces from landing until the sea became smooth. // was .... that., is used for oiiplinsis ; omit and put litus at end (231, 7). Thus : T/ie greatest the facts personally. He decided that many of the ships could be restored ; but that — though it would be an undertaking of enor- mous labo'--niany new ones (lovus) must be built (instituo). Accordingly he makes his preparations'' at once (statim). All the ^...•'M, KXKUCISKS IV LATIN IMtOMK. 259 At last Deen spent y fled and The losb 'v/j required bout fort) o look intt> s could be \ of enor- (instituo). All the ships that were lying at their moorings, he ordered to be l^eached and strongly foriilicd, and al! the forces, foot and horse, to l)e recalled iiUo cainj). HancU (raanvis) of ine( hanics were sinnmoncd from the maritime states to cut down^ trees ami begin (inclplo) the work of restoration. Meantime (interim) the defences of the ships are joined to (cum) those;* of the camp, and a member of staff (legtttus) is put in charge of the whole work. '173, 5,''). ■'^31, 5, use paro. ^1X5, 5. * use the noun ; the Lat. demonstrative is not used with an adj. phrase ; cf., 219,(7). EXERCISE XI. (/hisi-(l Oil Caesar, Lessons I'lII and /A', in -whiJi all tlw words required to do the exercise "icill be found.) This island has a large population, fine' soldiers, and" a numerous fleet ; and they manage both war and maritime affairs well.' The majority in the inland parts < ultivate the fields and rear poultry. Many also rear large numbers of cattle. Of the rest, many arc artisans who l^uild houses and ships. Tliere is fine timber in the island and large rivers ; and the ships of all nations assemble in them, lironze, tin, and" iron are produced in the higher parts ; they weigh them out into bars of definite weight and export (exporto) them to the continent. Their currency is bronze ; but that they usual!)' (plerumque) import. In time of war and wars are frequent between them and other islands— they appoint one from among themselves to the head of the army, and confer upon him the supreme command. In this way they ensure concerted action in the management of war. ' ^Superl. of bom.-; rnit iimi. '^adv. from bonue. * say, they can manage t/w «/u/ by., xC. K.XKRCLSE XII. ( Based on Caesar , Lessors J X and X, in which ail the xuords 1 iiited to do the exerei^e will be found, I see that some writers assert' that there is a lirge island in the middle of the sea (mare) to which an enemy never (nunquara; 260 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ' I s .. ■.\ !*'ll I • omes, whether" to make war or to make spoil. It is called Abiena, or the island of the white fir. There is no other land near it whethei to the north, the south, the east, or the west. It is triangular in form and the measurement of each side is three hundred miles. The distance across (say, the crossing) to it from the mainland is not shorter than two thousand {use gen.) miles, so' that many ships do not touch at it. In the middle of summer (aestas) the sun never sets and it is always day there (ibi). The climate is mild, the cold being moderate. The people who inhabit the island call themselves aboriginal. Their number is small. I have tried (Conor) to find out by enquiry from several persons in what direc- tion (pars) it lies ; but I have not {use nee) been able to get any information about it.* ^ ^iny, some have ivritten. ^^191, 5. "'itaut; 187. ^%?iy^ find out anything; 132, 3. EXERCISE XIII. ( Based on Caesar, Lessons X and XI, in 7chich all the tuords required to do I he exercise ivill be fotuui. ) When we reached the eastern side of the river we descried the forces of the enemy all drawn up on the other bank. They could not have been less than twenty thousand strong, while we were about half of that strength (say : less by half). The river could be forded only at one point, and there they had taken up their posi- tion (use constituo), intending to dispute our passage (use pro hibeo). We learned from deserters that they had palisaded the edge of the bank with sharp stakes and had sunk others under water so as (ita ut ; 187) to be concealed by the river. Knowing' the enemy's plan, our general immediately sends forward the cavalry to ford the river, «)rdering the legions to follow close behind. For the latter' the crossing was difficult, only their heads being* above water. But such' was the speed and impetuosity of our advance* that the enemy could not sustain it. They immediately abandoned the bank and took to flight. *2I9, (r). '^IIQ, 5. ^187,3. * use verb ; 231, 5. KXERCIBES IN LATIN PROSK. 'J61 ed Abiena, r it whcthei iungular in :licd miles, nainland is many ships IS) the sun ate is mild, the island [ have tried what direc- to get any ^7vj ^ find out EXERCISE XIV. (Based on Caesar, Lessons XI ami XH, in xvhich all the words required to do the exercise will be found. In many^ ways these people are barbarous (barbarl). They wear their hair lonj,^ and dress in skins. They stain their bodies blue. They live on flesh and do not sow the fields or use corn for food. But they are not barbarous in battle. They engage an enemy freely and with properly (bene) marshalled troops. They watch his line of march, and, concealing- themselves in fortified woods, let slip their armies upon him as he passes. Tlicy drive away their cattle to' prevent him from getting booty , un (de) their fields. They even waste their own lands by kindling conflagrations, in order to inflict injury* ujjon him and cause him to retire from their territory. By their own methods (consiliiim) they achieve as great wonders {use eflQcepe tantum) in war as other more civilised nations do by theirs ^ Say, on many accounts (causa). ^219, {c). ' 185, 5. * 231, 5. 'j reqtiired to icscried the They could c we were er could be p their posi e (use pro disaded the thers under Knowing' forward the lose behind, leads being' osity of our immediately EXERCISE XV. ( Based on Caesar , lessons XII and XIII, in which all the words required to do the exercise will be found). (For O1U.IQUE Narration). He answered that nothing, unless (190, 3) they surrendered, would prevent him from laying tlicir country waste.' He would let loose his legionaries to plunder their lands, to drive away their cattle and to kindle conflagrations on every side (undique). Let them lay aside all hope of carrying on the struggle. They could not escape death, but would all be put to the sword. But if they surrendered and did what ho required, if they trusted him and gave him hostages and corn, if they protected his soldiers fioin wrong, he i)romiscd he would not injure either (aut) them or their lands. He would allow the state to enjoy its sovereignty ; he would allow their own king (rex) lu rule over them. \i\ S.J? t jS Hi*?'' i if 262 FIKST LATIN BOOK. ' 206, 3 ; think out the direct narration all through. Thus here : Nothing win, &c., unless yt)u surrender = nihil se prohibiturum — nisi ipsos (168, 3, note) dedidissent ; 21 1, 2 (a). EXERCISE XVI. ( Rased on Caesar, Lessons XIII and XIV, inwhieh all the words requited to do the exercise will be found). Not far from this was a spot wnich had been already fortified both by nature and art, and lay in the midst (in) of an inaccessible wood. (A place of this kind* they call in these parts" a "town''). This was their rendezvous ;' this they seized and resolved (statue) to hold. They proceeded to (216, 3) strengthen it with a rampart of palisades ; and, making incursions in every direction, they brought (porto) into the place a large a-nount (numerus) of corn and a large number of cattle. At the head of their army was a young man who had been compelled* to fly (fugio) from his country to escape death. His father had once (quondam) worn a royal crown ;^ but he had met with a violent death at the hands of the Romans, the youth himself escaping''' death by flight. After send- ing an embassy^ to them to beg^ them to surrender,* our general, on their refusal {nse nolo\ proceeded to attack the place with two legions. It was impossible for the enemy to resist the attack. They flung themselves in headlong (praeceps) flight from the town. All who were taken were put to the sword. 'Huiusmodi "-'hie. •''say, at this ])(>int (eo) they assembled. ^^7oy Si '^- "'-'3'' f^; i^i^c regmim. •^make amain verb. '^231, 4. 8184, 1. »i8i, 3, EXERCISE XVII. ( Based on Caesar, Lessons XIV aud XV, in which all the words tequired to do the exercise will he found. ) 'I'he rights of the commons m some (nonnvUlus) countries are not highly regarded. The common people are found in the armies^ bui they are not adn\"ited to the national council. They have no pan I EXERCISES IN LATIN PKOSE. 2G3 in the national religious functions. They are considered very much (fere) as cattle, and the powerful nobles have almost the same power {use ius) over them as a master has over his slaves. '1 hey do not venture on any enterprise of their own accord. Everything must be done for them through the nobility. There is no one to defend* them from wrong ; but if they ccMiimit a crime, penalties of all kinds (//.sv omnis) are decreed against them. They are often (saepe) overwhelmed with debt, and then (deinde) they hand them- selves over to the nobles, body and soul (animus). In war they are slaughtered, and in peace (pax) they are oppressed with taxes. Disputes between (inter) them and the nobility are decided by the nobility, and their life- is really' one private and public servitude. *i88, 5,0?). 'use vivo in. 'express by putting senntude in an emphatic position; 231, 7. EXERCISE XVIII. (Based on Catiar, Lessons XV and XVI, iwivhich all the 'uords required to do the exercise will be JouiuL ) The druidical system is said to have been invented in Gaul and carried across from there to IJriiain. Gaul is at present (nunc) the general resort* of all diligent students of the system ; and here, at a particular season of the year, the great druidical council holds con- clave in a consecrated spot in the centre of the country (terra). The position of the druidical class in llritain is a very honorable one. They are arbiters in all public and private matters of dispuie, whether (191,5) affecting lands and inheritances, or the commission of crimes and homicides. Men flock* from all sides to consult (consulo) them, and there is universal compliance* with their deci- sions. On the decease of the chief druid, the succession is frequently (saepe) determined by worth and authority. Sometimes, however, they settle the claims to the primacy by single combat. Held in high honor, as they are,* they see every year (quotannls) a large concourse* of young men (adolescens) coming together to (apud) them fo>" instruction. *i64, 2 and note 2. ^express by putting high in an emphatic position ; 231, 7. i !• ' 2eA FIRST LATIN BOOK. EXERCISE XIX. (Based on Caesar, Lessons XVI ond XVII, in 7ohich all the 7oords re(/in'rt 5)' Ii^ particular he endeavored to impress this beUef on all, that literature (literae) should be studied and studied thoroughly. By no means {iisc nee, uDiis, and modus) did he think that men could be so incited to right action and contempt'- for the fear of death. He thought that literature should be carried as widely as possible {use qiiam and superl.) among the masses and taught (doceo) both by private individuals and throut^h state aid (publiee). He thought that many years might well be spent (consume) at this subject. Hut for fear that' young men should neglect other subjects, \\v recommended the study also of mathematics (numeri) and science, and especially astronomy. " In no way" {put in indirect narration\ he used to say, "can the power and might of God be so well seen and appreciated (intellego) as (q\iam) by the study of the starry motions."* He held (credo), too, that attention should be given to the training^ of the memory ; and, therefore, that everything as far as possible should be learned by heart. " Hy trusting to writing," he used to say, " a student relaxes both his application and his memory." *2i6, 3, note i. '170, 3. ^183, 2, note. *i7o, 3. *omit the training of. EXERCISE XX. I: 3 '4k ^1 (Rased on Caesar, Lessons XVII and XVfll, in 7vhich all the words required to do the exercise will be found. One monstrous custom which they have established, is that of human sacrifices.^ I do not know how (quomodo) they can think that such sacrifices are pleasing to their gods. But they are a vary superstitious nation, and believe that a life must be paid to heaven for a life. If anyone is afflicted with a serious illness, he EXERCISES IN LATIN I'ROSE. 265 )Ot-ds required th regard to lit to study •elief on all. roughly. By men could f death. He )ossible {iisc leo) both b)' He thought lis subject, iubjects, he md science, narration), o well seen the starry be given to irything as trusting to application ^omit the II the words is that of ' can think they are a be paid to illness, he \()\vs that, if he escapes (eflPugio), he will pay a life for his life ; and he makes the same vow when he is about to engage in battle or expose himself to serious danger. They are very fond of (studeo) sacrifices, and think that by human sacrifices the divinity of the gods is most gratefully propitiated. I heir victims they usually (plerixmque) burn to death in large images which they weave of wicker-work. In this way (ratio) they punish {iise aflQcere supplicio) all those caught in the act of theft or highway robljcry. When the supply of such victims fails, the punishment falls upon even innocent men, who aj^parci y {use videor) never resist the out- rage. They have no fear of death, believing^ that after death the soul does not perish, but passes from one person to another. 'Ex. 6, note l; say, this monstrous thing they have established that (ut) they sacrijiee human beings, '^use 203, i ; see 100, 4. EXERCISE XXI. ( Based on Caesar, Lessons XVITI and XIX, in 7vhich all the xvords required to do the exercise will be found. ) The deities worshipped (218, i) in this island are much the same as those worshipped by other nations (civitas). They* (use nam) have a deity who, they believe,'^ directs the issue of war and to him they sacrifice all the living things they capture in war. They have sacred places also (item) in which they deposit other booty taken in war and consecrate it to him; and (use nee) it does not often happen that anyone is guilty of sacrilege and' ventures to transfer any of these offerings to his own house. Anyone (use si) detected in so monstrous a crime (noxia) is burned to death ; this is the punishment ordained for the ofifence. Huge piles of booty consecrated to the god of w:ir are a common sight in every part of the island. In this way they tliink they can best propitiate the divinity of the god and gain (capio) his favor. * Begin with nam. "^ Avoid such a parenthesis in Latin. Say, whom they believe to ... . '219, (a). i ' •I * : 206 FIKST LATIN BOOK. EXERCISE XXII. (Based on Caesar, Lessons X/X and XX, in ichkh all the iconh required to do tJie exercise 7uill be found.) All commerce and all commercial pursuits are directed to (esse ad) the acquisition of wealth. When a state has amassed wealth, it can give attention (studeo) to both the higher and the mechani- cal arts ; and, therefore, commerce is said to be the inventor of these and to give the initiative in (say of) all the productions of art. A nation that will {use volo) keep command (halDeo) of trade must (173, 5) keep command of the sea ; therefore, it must have ships, which are one of the most magnificent products of art. But a country that gives all its attention {jise unus) to the pursuit of trade and neglects the duty of military service, can not long exist (diu esse or keep war from its borders (fines). A nation that cannot conquer (vinco) its enemies will not escape conquest itself.^ The art of war is expensive ; but by it alone can the profits of trade be preserved. * Say, // can not be but that a state, etc. . . . will be conquered itself. Begin with, Fieri enini non potest quin. EXERCISE XXIII. (Based on Caesar, Lessons XX and XXI, in luhich all the words requited to do the exercise uull be found.) Roughly speaking, these people differ from other nations in their institutions and customs in the following (hie) respects. They are not vcj y fond of religious ceremonies and they have no sacrifices. They love hunting and war ; and fro.n their earliest years the chase and military pursuits constitute their whole life. They administer their public affairs well ; but allow no discussion of political matters except in the popular assembly. If anyone gets, from rumor or hearsay, information affecting the public interest, he nmst (173, 5) lay it before a magistrate. False rumors have often impelled the state to wrong courses (use indirect narration). In former times they used to appoint (creo) magistrates every year (quotannis) ; nowadays (nunc), thoy judge it of greater advantage to appoint KXEKCISKH I\ LATIN PKOSK. 26; them for (ad) five years. They thus escape (vlto) rashness and inexperience {use (uijs\f Important matters ought (173, 5) to be laid before the people aftcf (quum; the magistrates have taken counsel with regard 10 them ; but the magistrates keep back whatever they think proper, and do not communicate it. Taking their general culture into consideration, their political regu- lations^ must be considered admirable {use miror; 172, 2). '231, 5 ; Latin prefers the concrete adj. and verb to the abstract noun. 'Say, zuhat they have laid down by law with regard to the public interest. EXERCISK XXIV. (Based on Caesa": /.i'sujus A'X/ and XX/I, in which all the -words required to do the exercise will be found.) These people are fond of war, and consider it the noblest (magnus) of human pursuits. Hy it they amass wealth and acquire territory ; but the chiefs are afraid (vereor) that from the one (alter) will be generated the love of money, and from the other a passion for agriculture, which will ex{)el their enthusiasm for war. Accord- ingly, they do not allow individual ownership either in money or land. Each tribe and each family has its own allotment of land assigned every year ; but next year they are comi)elled to move elsewhere. On this account the*-e are no evictions {use verb) of the humble from their holdings by the great, and on the part of the latter no accjuisition of large estates, which in some countries is the cause of such dissensions. The common people, in fact (denique) are kept in contentment, seeing (use 203, i),as they do {omit), that the wealth of all is equal. They do not even build cities, though (quanquam) they use small houses as a protection against heat or cold. I! •J6« FlliST LATIN BOOK. EXERCISE XXV. (Based on Caesar , Lessons .\'A'// an> ///,• ixtrcise will he foiiud.) Next to oost) war they love freebooting, and consider it the special characteristic of manly valor that this should be under- taken on as grand a sc lie as possible. The community (civitas) justifies it on tiie following (hie) grounds. It serves as a trainiii- for their youny men ; it represses indolence and diminishes dis- sension in the cantons ; it lays waste the lands of neighborini; states and, by making a wilderness of the surrounding coimtry (say, a "d-iildcrness lunnn}:; been inadc all round) removes all fears of sudden inroads. The magistrates do not compel anyone to go on a foray (latrocinor) ; but, when once a promise of assistance ha^ been given, no one can fail to follow his chief without incurring thr deepest (mas-nui) disgrace, and earning the title of {use appello) traitor and renegade. Whatever reason he may assign, the general confidence thereafter is completely withdrawn from him. By these marauding expeditions, considerable (magniis) wealth is amassed, and they arc held in universal esteem in consequ'.'nce ; high and low, magistrates and people, all lend them their highest approval. EXERCISE XXVI. (Based on Caesar, Lessons XXII and XXIV, in which all the words required to do the exercise 7vill be found. ) The proximity of this fertile province has accustomed them to desire many luxuries (res) of which in olden times they had no knowledge. Formerly they lived (vivo) in jxiverty and hardship ; now they live in sloth and opulence (opes). Formerly they used to vanquish their enemies ; now they are so accustomed to be van- quished themselves, that they do not even compare their own valor to that of their enemies. Once (olim) they, of their own accord, invaded others ; now they are always repelling invasion from their own borders. Once they sent out colonies across the Rhine ; now they see the colonies of other races rising among their own towns KXKHCISKS IN LATIN I'KOSK. 200 all the words ( //.<^/' Inter ^///^/ oppldum;. Once they enjoyed the hi^'hcst diatinr- tion for couia<;c ; now they sec the histre of their warhkc renown tainishcd in many a battle (//.yt' minuo or derogo: and do away with the metaphor). They have always the dread of sudcien forays in their minds (use pronoun). They must soon (brevi) retire from their fertile territory into the woods ; for I do not know how they can long (dlu) keep the enemy at bay. all the words EXERCISE XXVII. (Based on Caesar ^ Lessons XXIV ami XXV^ in which all the loords required to do the exercise will be found. ) [For Ohliquk Narration,] He said that this fertile tract (ager) extended a nine days' journey parallel with the stream. That it would afford them in abundance everything necessary {use opus esse) for use. This tract they would seize and settle in. If they kept within those limits and followed the same hallowed course of life they formerly fol- lowed, they could easily repel (facile defendo) invasion. It was well known that men accustomed to poverty, hardship and want were superior in courage to all others and could not be vanquished. But their neighbors (flnitimi) enjoyed a high reputation for justice and would not invade their territory without cause (sine causa). Let them, therefore, advance without fear (timor) and hand down to all time this record (use neut. pronoun)., that they had by reason of their warlike reputation occupied land in which no one till that time had been able to settle. EXERCISE XXVIII. (Based on Caesar, Lessons XXV and XXVI, in which all the words required to do the exercise 7oill be found. ) This wood extends in all directions (pars) a journey of many days ; and it is far (multo) superior to all other woods we know in size. The huntsman knows it and loves it ; and it is the haunt {use •I IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) • •v/ I" I.I nil 2.8 12.5 2.2 ^ lis lllllio 1.8 1.25 !.4 1.6 ■• 6" ► ^ <5^ >7 OWm ^^ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 1 4580 (716) 872-4503 '^<. '^ i I iA r 270 FIRST LATIN* HOOK. «o, thither) of many species of wild beasts. Many of these differ in size, weight, shape and habits from those known to us. The stag seen in this wood has taller and straighter horns than our stag, and they spread out like branching hands. It can not lie down ; if it is knocked down by any accident, it can not rise. It takes its sleep, slightly inclined against the trunk (truncus) of a tree. These facts (say, all lahich things) the huntsman knows and uses (utor) for its destruction {tise interficio, kill). Cutting into the tree, he makes it too weak to bear the weight of the stag {use i)ro; p. 224); and, when the animal leans as usual against the tree, both (ambo) come heavily to the ground (terra). In this way it falls an easy prey {use facile and interficio) to the hunter. EXERCISE XXIX. ( Bascu on Caesar, Lessons XXVI and XXVII, in which all the word^ required to do the exercise will be found. ) They harden and train their young men by war and labor and especially (maxime) by the hunting of the wild ox. This animal is almost as large as an elephant, and it has the speed of the stag and the strength of the bull. From the top of its head project tall straight horns, which it uses on (in) man and beast alike (et.... et). It is untamable, and cannot, even when caught young, be- come accustomed to human beings. In this it differs from all the other tribes of wild beasts. The hunter who kills a wild ox gets great credit ; but he must produce the horns in public as evidence of the fact. These horns are in great demand. Their edges are encased in silver and they are used as drinking-cups. These cups may be seen in large numbers (say, 0/ which many) at their great banquets. The wild ox is not often (saepe) killed in fair (aequus) fight. The usual way (use plenamque) is to catch them in pit- falls and so kill them (219, a). RXERCISKS I\ LATIN VUOSK. 1?71 EXERCISE XXX. ( Baaed on Caesar^ Lessons XXI' to XXVII. RetneAv exercise; to he done without reference to the Latin. ) Who can tell where this wood begins or how far (quam longe) it extends ? No one has ever leached the beginning of it or ascer- tained its breadth. If anyone visits it^ (adire + ace.) he will see among its tall trees many strange (minis) triljcs of beasts, which arc not seen here and differ as widely as possible (//^^qxiam + super!.) from those known to us. He will see in the shadows (umbra) of the wood the deer with spreading horns, the elk, and the fierce wild ox. The huntsman knows their haunts and follows their tracks to the middle of the wood. There (ibi)he traps and slays them and brings back their horns as evidence of his prowess (virtus). Let him turn to the left, if he sees the wild ox in the woods. Trusting in (fretus) its speed and its might, it will spare neither man nor beast. Let him turn, fo»- *.;"• Vc) h*^ fall and rise not again (rvirsus). Let him rather (potius) st 1. jut and slay the deer or the elk. They will fall an easier prey. I APPl'lNDIX. t.-DBCLENSION OF GREEK NOUNS. FIRST DECLENSION. L. Oreek nouns in -e of the first declension are feminine ; those in -as and -es, are mascuUne. They are dechned as fellows in tiie singular : -- fiipTtome, an nbridij^tiu'nt. Aeneas, Aeneas. Anchises, Anchises. NoM. epitome Aeneas Anchises (Ikn. ep' tomes Aeneae l)Ar. Spitomae Aeneae Ace. Spitomen Aenean (-am) Voc. gpitome Aenea (or -fi,) Abl. 6rit6me Aenea Anchisae Anchisae Anchisen Anchise (or -a) Anchise (or -a) Note. — In all cases the plural (when used) is regular, like the plural of mensa, a table (p. 4}. SECOND IjECLENSION. 2. Greek nouns of the second declension ending in -os are masculine ; those in -on are neuter. These are declined as follows in the singular :• — Mythos. a tale. Ilion, Ilium. NoM. mythos Ilion (iEN. mythi IIH DAT. mytho Ilio Ace. mython ilion Voc. mythe ilion Abl. mytho ilio Note. — In the plural they are regular, those in -os being inflected in the plural like dominus (p. 9), and those in -on in the plural like bellum (p. 1 3) ; but both may have -on instead of -drum in the genitive plural. ra- 74 l<'IKSr LVi'lV BOOK. 1 THIRD DECLENSION. 3. Greek nouns of the third declension end generally in -os, as, is, or ys. They are inriected as follows : — Heros (M. ), a hero. Lampas (F. ), a torch. Tisrris (M. orY\a tiger. Chelys (F.), rf lyre. Singular.' Singular. Singular. Singular NOM. heros lampas tigrris chSlys CiKN. herois lampfi,d-is (or -os) tigri-8(or-dos) DAT. heroi lampad-i (or i) tife'ri Acc. hero-em (or -a) lampad-em (or -A) tigri-n(or -da) chelyn Voc. heros lampas tigris ch61^ A RT heroe larap&dS tigri (or XL n 1^* tigiT[de) Plural. Plural. Plural. Plural. NOM. hero-es (or es) lampad-es (or -es) tigres None. Gen. heroum lampadum tigridum DAT. heroibus lampad ibus tigrfbus Acc. hero-es (or -as) lampades (or -as) tigres(orid§s) Voc. hero-es (or -§s) lampad-es (or -es) tigres Abl. hero-ibus lampadibus tigribxis PROPER NAMES. Atlas, Atlas. Dido, l^Mo. Paris, Paris. Orphdus, Orpheus Capys, Capys. NOM. Atlas Dido Paris Gen. Atlantis Didonis (or Didus) Pftrid-is (or- os) Dat. Atlanti Did-oni (or -6) Parid-i [(or-i) Acc. Atlanta Did-onem (or -o) f Parid- (Parim em (or -a) (or in) Voc. Atlas Dido parf Abl. Atlante Did-one (or -6) Parid6 NOM. Orpheus capys Gen. Orphe-os (-i) Capyos Dat. Orphei (ei, eo) Capyi Acc. Orphea (-eum) capjhi Voc. Orpheu cap^ Abl. Orpheo •It* API>KN'DI.\. !7ft II.-BXCEPTIONS TO RULES FOR GRAM- MATICAL GENDER. FIRST DECLENSION. Nouns of the first declension endinj^ in -A and -e are feminine ; those ending in -as and -es are masculine. But, dama. a deer ; talpa, a mole; Hadrfa, the Adriatic Sea^ are usually masculine. SECOND DECLENSION. Nouns of the second declension ending in -vxs, -er, -ir (-os. Greek), are masculine ; Uiose in -um (-on, (ireck), are neuter. But, alvus, a belly ; carbasus, linen (pi., carbS-sa, sails); colus. a disiaff; humiis. the ground ; vannus, a ivinnowing slioTel, arc feminine. P61agtTS, the sea (pi. , pel&ge, nom. and ace.) ; vulgus (rarely masc), the croivd^ the multitude; virus, poison^ are neuter. (The two last are used only in sing.) THIRD DECLENSION. Nouns of the third declension that end in -er, -or, -os, -es (in- creasing in the gen.), and -o (except -do, -gro, and -io), are masculine. EXCEPTIONS. (i) -er : cadaver, a dead body; iter, a road; papaver, a poppy; tuber, a sivelling; uber, an udder ; ver, spring; verber, a lash^ are neuter. (2) -or : arbor, a tree, is feminine ; aequor, the sea; marmor, marble; cor, tiie heart, are neuter. (3) -es: oompes, fetter; merces, mercJiandise ; merges, a slieaf; quies, requTos. rest; seges, a crop; teges, a coverings arc feminine : aes, copper, is neuter. (4) 'OS : cos, a whetstone; dos, dowry ^ are feminine ; os (ossls), a bone; 6s (oris), a mouthy are neuter„ (5) 0-. caro(carnis),y/t'.y//y echo, an echOyVca feminine. •270 FIRST LATIN HOoK. Nouns oi the thud declension that end in do, -go, io, a?, is. •aus, -x, ea (not incteasinj^ in the ^'enitive) -b impure, and -us in words of more than one syllable, are feminine. EXCEPTIONS. ( 1 ) -o : ordo, ayrangcincnt ; cardo, a hinge ; ligro. a mattock ; margo, a margin {o{ ,\. river), are masculine. (2) .is: amnis, a riTrr : collis, a /till ; cinis, cinder^ ashes ; crinls. hair J ensis, a sioord ; fascis, a bundle ; finis, an end ; follis, bel- Imos ; funis, a rope; ignis, ///v ; lfi,pis, a stone ; mensis, a month; orbis, a circle; panis, bread; piscis, a Jisii ; postis, a post ; pulvis. dust ; sanguis, blood; torris, a Jire-brand ; unguis, a nail ; vectis, a cro7obar ; vermis, a tvorm^ are masculine. (3) -x: c&lix, a cup \ codex, a book; cortex, bark of a tree; grex, ajlock ; pollex, a thumb j silex, flint ; vertex, top^ are mas- culine. (4) -es : acinaces, a scimitar^ is masculine. (5) -s impure : mons, a vunmtain ; dens, a tooth; fons, a foun- tain; pons, a bridge ; bidens, a mattock ; rudens, a rope^ are masculine. (6) -as; as «,assis), a small coin ; elephas (elephantis), an ele- phant ; vas (vasis), a vessel ; fas, right ; nefas, wrongs are neuter. Nouns of the third declension ending in -c, -a, -t, -e, -1, -n, -ar, ur, -iia, -us (in words of one syllable), are neuter. EXCEPTIONS. (i) -1: sal, salt ; sol, the sun^ are masculine. (2) -n: lien, spleen; ren, kidney; splen, tlie spleen; pecten, << comb^ arc masculine. (3) -ur: fur, a thief ; furfur, bran; turtur, a turtle-dove ; Wi\t\xCt a vulture^ are masculine. (4) -us : pecus (pScudle), a single head of cattle, is feminine ; lepus (leporis), a hare ; grus, a crane; sus, a pig ; mus, a tnouse, arc masculine. APPENDIX. 27 7 lOURTH DECLENSION. Nouns of the fourth declension that end in -us are masculine ; those in -u are neuter. EXCEPTIONS. Acus, ti needle ; colus, a dixtaff (also of the 2nd) / domua. it house ; porticns, a portico ; tribus, a tribe; Idus (pi.), tJte Ides of the niontli ; Quinquatrus (pi.), ening. 2. The following nouns are used only in \,\\g plural : — (l) Class words: as. Maiores, descendants; gemini, twins; lib6ri, children. 278 F I K.ST LAI IN HOOK. (2) Many names of cities : as, Athenae, Athens ; Thdbae, Thebes; Delphi, Delphi. (3) Many names of festivals : as, Bacchanalia, Olympla. (4) Sinj^le words ; as, Arma, artns ; divitiae, riches ; exsSquIae, funeral rites ; exuviae, spoils ; Idus, hies of the month; indiitiae, a truce ; insidiae, mnhuseade ; manes, shades of the dead; minae, threats ; moenia, walls ; miinia, duties ; nuptiae, a wedding; reliquiae, remains. 3. '['he following words have one meaning in the singular and a different one in the plural. : — Singular. aedes (K.), (ien., aedis, a temple. Aqua (F. ), xnater. auxilium (N'.), help. bonum ( X. ), a good thing. career (M. ), a dungeon. castrum (N.), a fort, codicillus (M.), a bit of wood. comitiiiin (N. ), a place of assembly. copla (F.), plenty. fides (F.), a harp-string. finis (M. or F.), an end. fortuna (F.), fortune. gratia (F.), favor. hortus (M.), a garden. impedimentum (N.), a hindrance. litera (F.), a letter of the alphabet. locus (M.), place; pi., loca (N.) ludus (M.), sport. natalis (M.), birthday. opSra (F.), a task. 6pis(F.), a genitive, help. pars (F.), apart. piaga (F.), region, Plural. aedes, aedium, a house. Aquae, a waterini^-place auxilia, auxiliaries. bona, j^oods. carc6res, barriers of a race-course. castra, a camp. codicilli, tablets. comitia. a political assembly, elec- tions. copiae, troops. fides, lyre. fines (M.), boundaries or terri- tories. fortunae, possessions, gratiae, thanks. 'horti, pleasure-groiinds. impedimenta, baggage of an a I my. litSrae, an epistle. loci (M.), passages in books. ludi, public games. natales, desceftt, ancestry. operae, day laborers. opes, wealth resources. partes, a part in a play or a party in politics. pl&gae, snares. Al'FKNDIX. L'7J> rostrvim {bi.), a fi^uA;/>f07v 0/ a vesse/. rostra, (political platjorm 01 ll list I II V-J. HAlea (M.), i^'ittuisms^ 7.go , nihil nil : audacter auriaciter. (i/) Suppression of the fricatives (i or j)and v: as, ciinctus- coiunctus ; rursus reversus; am&sset amavisset. Consonants aro hanged by : — (a) Substitution: as, r for s between two vowels and before m or n: as, genesis to generis; disemo to diremo ; vetusnus to vetemus; or s for d or t, for case in pronunciation : as, cadtus to casus ; cedtum to cessum. (/f) Omission : as, examen for exagmen : caementum for caed- mentum ; Inna for liicna ; pes for peds (c) Insertion : as, sum-p-sl from sumo ; hiemps for hiems. (d) Transposition : as, spemo, sprevi ; cemo, crevi, (e) Dissimilation: as, meridies for medidies. (/) Assimilation :( I ) Partial (/.<'., a smooth mute precedes a smooth mute ; a middle, a middle ; an aspirate, an aspirate ; p. 291) : as, scriptus for scrib-tus ; actus for ag-tus ; so too quantus, for quamtus. (2) Complete: as, cessi for ced-si ; summus for sub- mus; sella for sedla. Assimilation often occurs in the case of the last consonant of the preposition in compounds. Thus : afflcio for ad ficio ; occasio for ob-casio ; corruo for con-ruo ; suppono for sub-pono. SYLLABICATION. In the division of syllables (syllabication), a single consonant between two vowels is to be wxitten with the latter : as, fa-ber, re-gi-na, do-minus. Double consonants {i.e., two consonants that can begin a word) are often so used : as, ho-spes, ma-gnus, dixit. When the consonant is doubled, the first belongs to the first syllable, and the second to the second syllable : as, annus, pen-na, nait-to, bel-lvun. The parts of compounds are treated as separate words : as, ab-est ; in-uti-lis ; ob-i-re. Note. — The last syllable of a word is called the ultimate, the next to the last, the penultimate or penult, and the one before the penult, the ante-penultimate or antepenult. APPKNDIX. •J9n VII.-LATIN PRONUNCIATION. There are two methods of pronunciation of Latin words: (tO The Roman method ; (h, the KngUsh method. liotli are widely used. Tlic following is a report of the committee of tlie Ontario Classical Association, which was appointed in 1891 to consider the subject of Latin pronunciation : — LATIN PRONUNCIATION. Your Committee, appointed to consider the subject of Latin Pronunciation, beg leave to report as follows : — As the reports of the High School Inspectors sufficiently prove, there is at present in Ontario no uniform system of Latin pronun- ciation. Owing largely to this defect, the oral reading of Latin is little attended to in many schools, while from others it is completely excluded. It is hardly necessary to point out what an important instrument for teaching is thus neglected. If taught through the ear as well as through the eye, pupils leain much more quickly, and get a far more secure hold upon a language. Not the least serious effect of the present disregard of oral teaching, is the ignorance of quantity that prevails very generally, with the consequent inability to appreciate Latin metres. In the hope of partially rectifying present evils, your Committee have decided upon a scheme of Latin Pronunciation which it is hoped will be adopted by the Association and by classical teachers throughout the Province. The scheme follows that known as "the Roman method," and is based upon a report made in 1887 to the Cambridge Philological Society by a committee consisting of John Peile, J. F, Postgatc and J. S. Reid. This report opens with the following announcement : — "Your committee have come to the conclusion that the classical pronunciation of Latin has been sufficiently ascertained for the purpose of drawing up a scheme which may reasonably be regarded as permanent." I 294 FIKUT LATIN BOOK. Before bein^' adopted, the report was fully discussed at two meetings of tiic Philological Society, and was "put forth by the Society as an apj)roxiniate statement of the pronunciation of Latin by the educated classes in the Augustan period." Besides giving what is presumably the correct pronunciation of Latin, the scheme involves three main advantages : — (a) it is brief and simple ; (h) it presents a practically phonetic alphabet ; (c) it makes very clear the distinction in quantity between long and short vowels. The Roman method is already used in some parts of Canada, and is commonly followed in the best schools and colleges in the United States. The following books of reference are recommended : — Ellis, A. J. — Quantitative Pronunciation of Latin Macmillan, 1874. Seelmann. — Die Aussprache des Lateins Henninger, Heilbronn, 1885. Roby, H. J. —-Latin Grammar Macmillan, 1887. Cambridge Philological Society. — Pronunciation of Latin Triibner, 1887. (Price 3d.) ROMAN METHOD. Vowels. Letters. Pronunciation. Latin A long as in cdlo^ manure^ as Eng. a in ps^lm, s<;?lve. short as in cdlor^ mdnSo. the same sound shortened. Both d and a are found in aha ! N.B. a in Latin was never pro- nounced as in mate, nor a as in man, mat. E long as in nedum, as Eng. e in gr^y and sk^in. sccedo^ die. short as in n(!fas^ sifco, as Eng. e in sp^'d and nu't. N.B. Lat. e was never pro- noun<:ed as Eng. ee in see. Hi tened. aha! pro- \r a as APPENDIX. 29.') I long as in .vf, sln^ fldfo. as / in mach/ne, cc in {ee\. N.H. The Latin /"WJ.-. never the / in f/'ne. short as in sUie^ st/ts, as / in f/t, p/n. righUis. O long as in comls^ om^n. as <^ in b^me, lt, xocV. U long as in lina^ limdr. as u in rwin, rwcle. N. B. Lat. ft was never pro- nounced lilvc u in acwte, m«le which is yoo. short as in utt'r^humi'is. as u in f//ll, ^'/-' in {oo\.. N.H. Lat. « never as Kn^. u in b«t, c«t. Y longas in^'yr/zj-, //yd^/v/. as I long. short as in c^mhd^ Ifrd. as^ in beaut/, hdy. Diphthongs. The pronunciation of the diphthongs is best learnt by first sound- ing each vowel separately and then running them together. Thus: ac as ah-eh ; au as ah-oo ; oe as o-eh ; ei as eh-ee ; eu as eh-oo,and id as oo-ee. AE AU OE EI EU UI n tacdae nearly Eng. a in f^^re. n laudo Eng. ou in h^;//se. nfoedus N.B. Avoid the pronunciation "feed-us." n hei Eng. ey in gr^y, ct in sktvn. n sai, neuter YYliQ general rule, as given above, is a n ctii, huic / sufficient guide. Consonants. pro- C as in cdno^ cSctni^ circa, co7idt- always as Eng. k ; never as s or cio. as c before f, /. Qu iH inquit, as Eng. qu in quick. G\ngaudeo,g^mi'S,gfgas,ug^. always as Eng. g in ^^'^ot, ^et, be^n ; never asy" or^i^ soft. f 9 296 FIRST LATIN KOOK. N before c (k, qu), g, as inctpit^ as ng'wi sing\ thus: ingkipit, ing- inqu(wi, congero. quani, conggero. R in ringi\ riirus, datdr. trilled r as in French or Scotch. S as in siis^ accuso^ tristes. always voiceless, as in \\\ss^ \i\s\. ; never voiced as in ha-v (haz). J or I consonant, as in iitguw^ as Kng, y. Thus : jugum, vakio. iacio. V or U consonant, as in udnus^ as Eng. w. Thus: wrthnus, «/v, seruo (i.e., viwus, vis^ wees, serwo. servo). N.B. There is no ancient authority for spelling / consonant as/, or II consonant as v. The Romans used one symbol for both vowel and consonant. B, D, F, H, L, M, P, T as in Eng. N.B. T is always the same. Edi/io is not to be pronounced edi^hio. as Eng. ks (x) ; eAvulto, not e^^^i'ulto. Probably as dz in ad^"^. X as in saxum, cxiilto. Z as in gaza^ Zephyr us. Double consonants should be carefully separated in pronuncia- tion, as a^j^'^-^^'^er, poj'-jum, pe«-«a. Quantity. Observance of quantity is of vital importance for the proper appreciation of metre in Latin poetry and of rhythm in prose. '1 he difference in duration between short and long vowels should be carefully observed. Distinguish {eg.) bonum and donum, mil'is and fides, cupidus and durus. Observe the quantity in sic, non, sinfi, die, etc. Each vowel has a quantity of its own, and, as far as possible, the natural Icnyth of a vowel should be distinguished from the con- ventional '■ lengthening " which it undergoes before two consonants. The I of scribo is still T in scrlptus, as the e of st^co is still shoit (by nature) in sectus. But in secttis the weight of the double consonant allows the syllable to be treated in verse as if it were naturally long. From ancient authorities we learn that vowels were regarded as AI'l'KNDlX. 297 long in themselves, when preceding ns, nf^gn^ ct (when represent- xxi'g gt., as in lectus from IG^^o), am., at leist sometimes defore ;/f, nq and r followed by a consonant. Thus constans, Tnfensus, rcgnum. signum, quinque, sanctus, ordo, orno. . |lc, the con- Mi ants. )l-t (l^y jonant III rally led as TIIK ENGLISH METHOD. The following are the rules of pronunciation according to the English method : - Sounds ob' the Vowels. Long Voivcls. a as ill fate ; as ara. Short Voivcls. a as ill Jilt ; as, &mo. G viete ; '' edi. & met : " reget. 1 piiw ; " ira. i pin; " videt. 6 note ; " odi 6 not , " monel. u tube ; " unus. •a tub ; " sumus. y type; " misy. • y myth ; " Teth^s (i) / preceded by an accented a, e, o, or y and followed by another vowel, is a semi-vowel with the sound of the English y in /t7,as in the Roman Method : as, Acha ia, pronounced A-cha-yii. (2) U after q, and generally in gu, su before a vowel, has the sound of IV as in the Roman Method : as, qui (pron. kwl), saasi (pron. swaysi). Sounds of the Diphthonijs. Ae like e : as, Caesar, Daedalus ; au, as in author^ aurum ; oe like e: as, Oeta, Oedipus; eu, as in neuter^ neuter; ei, oi, when diph- thongs, are pronounced as ei in height and oi in coin ; ui, as a diphthong, has the long sound of i ; as, ctii (kwl), hulc (hic). Sounds of the Consonants. (r) C and g are soft (like s and j) before e. i, y, ae, oe, and hard in other situations : as, cede (pronounced se-do), cade (pronounced ka-do). i I It 1 I-: i ! ;i 1 298 FIRST LATIN BOOK. c has the sound of sh (i) before i preceded by an accented syllable and followed by a vowel : as, socius (pronounced so-she-us), and (2) before eu, yo preceded by an accented syllable : as caduceus (pronounceil ca-du-she-us). e has the soft sound before g soft : as, agger. (2) s, t, X are pronounced as in English. But — (a) a, t, X are aspirated before i preceded by an accented syllable and followed by a vowel, s and t taking the sound of sh, X that of kah: as, artium (pronounced ar-she-um, anxifia (pro- nounced ank-she-us). (d) t loses the asjjirate after (1)8, t, x: as, mixtio; (2) in old infinitives in -ier: as, flec-ti-er ; (3) in proper nouns: as, Philistion. (t ) 8 has the sound of z after e, ae, au, b, m, n, r : as, apes, praes, urba ; also, in a few words after the analogy of the corre- sponding English words : as, cauaa. (rtf ) X, at the beginning of a word, is pronounced z : as, Xanthuo. VIII. -QUANTITY AND ACCENTUATION. Quantity. Syllables are divided, according to the time taken in their pronun- ciation, into long, short, and common. Lo/i^ Syllables. —K syllable is long in quantity — (1) If it contains a diphthong or a long vowel : as, haec, rea. (2) If it is contracted : as, nil for nihil. (3) If its vowel is followed by i (?>., j), x, z, or any two consonant'j except a mute (j?^. 2Qo) followed by a liquid (1, m, n, r): as, dux, rex, aunt. In this case it is said to be long by position. Short Syllables. --h syllable is short if its vowel is followed by another vowel, by a diphthong, or by the aspirate h : as, dies, viae, nihil. In these cases it is said to be short by position. Common Syllables. :\ syllable is common, if its vowel, naturally APPENDIX. 299 short, h followed by a mute and a liquid : as, ftgii. lAt6brae, aiacris. Long syllables are marked by - ; short syllables by ^ ; common syllables by c- Accentuation. Words of one syllable are always accented : as, rex, dux. Words of two syllables are always accented on the first : as, men'-sa. Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult (or next to the last), if that is long in quantity ; otherwise on the antepenult (or third from the last) : as, ho-nor'-is, con'sii-lia.. If an enclitic (or appended word) is joined to a word, the accent falls on the syllalile next to the enclitic, whether long or short : as, d6S,'que, amare've, tibi'ne. IX.-ROOT. STEM. INFLECTION. A root is the simplest combination of sounds that expresses the general meaning of any v/ord or set of words either in the same language or in other languages of the same family. Thus : vitis. a vine; vimen, osier; vi-eo, / bind, are derived from the root vi-, bind. A stem is the part of a word that remains after the grammatical terminations are taken away. Thus, reg- is the stem of rex [ =^reg +8 (s, the termination of nom.)] ; voca- is the stem of vocas [=voca+s (s, the terminati(m of the 2 pers. sing.)] A stem is formed from a root, sometimes without change, but generally by modification of the root vowel, or by the addition of some suffix or suffixes. Thus : due is a root and the stem of duces, leaders ; vi- is the root, but viti- is the stem of vitis. a vine ; voc is the root, but voca- the stem, of vocas, thou callest. Inflection is the change a steni undergoes to express the various grammatical relations it has to other words in the sentence. This change is efiected by means of grammatical terminations or endings (also railed inflections.) These imlections include the forms ^.^i cases 300 I'lKST LATIN KOOK. I of nouns, pronouns and adjectives, and the forms of the moods, tenses, Jiuniber-Awd person o( ihe^ verbs. Inflections had originally a meaning, but it can no longer be traced. They are not usually added to roots, but to roots prepared for the addition. The different vowels used to connect the stem with the inflections of nouns (aided by certain phonetic changes) have given rise to the different declensions which, no doubt, were originally one. Thus : I. Decl. Gen. Sing., mensae. probably for orig. mensa-ia. servo-is. 2. (( (( servi. 3. (( i( regis, 4. <( M gradus, s. (( U rei. tt u u (( (( gradu-is. re-is. The stem of the first declension ends in -& (as, mensA) ; of the second declension in -o (as, domino-) ; of the third declension in a consonant or -i (as, reg-, stem of rex; turri-, stem of turris) ; of the fourth declension in -u (as gradu-) ; of the fifth declension in -e (as, re-, stem of res). APPENDIX. 3Ul m o ' t *> « j3 p ° s 7) H 3 T'C ^ 3 4 ej 4-1 C -- en . o 5 m (D it C I, ;5.sil®-§s o c 00 -g ii ©"a 00 0='* 'H o •s"**' as 9 II (D II U P c * S eS (V o 1-4 WM :? id o ' a J 5i ^u II 2! a:^- •9"-' = a ? o 2*8 s - aS^ o3.Q"S e.A (0 to O rt ■• -jT I SI 0. a (0® •^ CD 3 p. a OS.. « r II -B 8 S g.l 0) a: H c a. a2 (D C 00- •Sti c DO II QQ 5 - 0*0 _ ») 2 X 9 O w C, ;i CM a H Oh I.H 302 FIRST I^TIN BOOK. I 'l-l : \ I i \' i t ill REMARKS. 1. The endings of the primary tenses were originally in the sing- ular -mi, -si, -ti, in the plural -mos, -tes, -nti. 2. In Latin the secondary endings -m, -s, -t, have everywhere dis- placed the primary endings -mi, -si, -ti. Thus the same personal suffix is used in tenses of both orders. 3. The secondary tenses invariably use these endings; primary tenses generally use them, but sometimes drop them. 4. The thcviatic vowel is the vowel that attaches the personal ending to the verb-root. Before nasals (m, n) the thematic vowel is o; elsewhere it is e. Changes in the thematic vowel are due to phonetic laws peculiar to the Latin language. Thus :— reg-o =regr-o-m (i) reg-i-s =reg'-e-S(i) (e beooming' -i in unaccented syllables). reg-i-t =reg-e-t(i) reg-i-mus = reg-o-mos regi-tis =reg-e-te3 reg-u-nt =reg-o-nt(i) 5. When the verb-root terminated in a vowel, consonantal i(y) was introduced before the thematic vowel. This was due to a law of the original Indo-European language which did not admit of two vowels coming together and thus forming a hiatus. Thus : — am (a)-o = ama-y -o-m(i) mone-o = mone-y-o-m(i) audio =audi^-o-m(i) 6. The -i in capio is due to analogy of verb-roots terminating in a vowel, and not to phonetic reasons as is the case in, e.g.^ moue- y-om. 7. All the conjugations are reducible to one^ with the same the- matic vowel. In conjugations other than the third, the thematic vowel has generally been absorbed by the vowel terminating the verb-root. XI.-DERIVATION. Considerable help in the mastery of Latin vocabulary will be found in attending to the composition of words. Thus : contendo is from con, an intensive particle, and tendo, stretch; and, there- APPENDIX. 303 fore, means to strain,, to exert one's self : occupo is from ob, «'«, and capio, seize ; and must mean to seize on. Note. — The component parts of a derivative word are written after it in brackets. Thus : improbus (in. not, and probus, good)^ bad. The meaning of such prefixes and affixes will be mastered gradu- ally and in detail. The more common are given here. VERH.S. {a) The ending -to, -Ito, or ito, has 7i frequentative ioxc^ ; i.e.,, ex- presses a frequent or repeated action : as — iacio, throw ; lacto, toss. dico, say ; dictito, keep saying. dormio, sleep ; dormito, 7wd. .Such verbs are c^WqA frequentaiives. (p) The ending -see has an inchoati'De or inceptive force, z>., de- notes the begin?ting of an action : as — ld,bo, are, totter ; laba-sco, begin to totter, {c) The ending -esso expresses eagerness : as — capio, take; capesso, snatch. {d) The ending -tirio expresses a desire j as— morior. die; moriturio, wish to die. edo, eat; esurio, be hungry, pario. bring forth; parturio, be in labor. (e) the ending -illo has a diminutive force : as — canto, sing; cant-lllo, chirp. Note. — The following list of verbs, differing in meaning in dif- ferent conjugations, may be useful : — pendeo, hang (intrans.) ; pendo, //ci«^ (trans.) fugrio, fly ; fugo, are, put to flight. cado, fall; caedo, Jcll^ kill. iacio, throw ; iaceo, lie. liquo, are, make clear; liquet, // is clear, sedeo, sit; sedo, are, allay. li^v , , 304 FIRST LATIN BOOK. NOUNS. » (a) The ending -tor or -sor denotes n //Ki/e ntj^cfi/ : as, proditor, betrayer ; victor, a conqueror. Some of these have a feminine form : as, victrix. Note. — Nouns in -tor are very common in Latin, much more common than the corresponding Enghsh nouns in -er. Where there is no corresponding noun in EngHsh, the Latin noun must be paraphrased : as, auctores ad liberandam patriam non desiderantur illis actoribus, men to abet them in the liberation of their country are not required for the men who did this deed {oi the conspirators who killed Caesar.) (b) The endings -io, tio, -tus and -tura denote an action ( = Eng. -ing) : as, reg-io, a keeping straight^ a line; auditio or auditus, a hearings mercatura, a trading. Nouns in -io are very common : as. spe contentionis deposita. having laid down hope of carryijig on the struggle. They often come to have a concrete force : as, factio, a doings then a faction; dlssensio, a differing in opinion., then, dissension. {c) The endings -lus, la, lum, have a diminutive force : as, riviilus, a rivulet (rivus, brook). {d) The ending etum expresses a place full of : as, vinetum (vlnum, wine, grapes) vineyard. So : arbustum (arbor, tree) plan- tation, {e) The endings -tas, -ia, -tudo, express a quality : as, verittis (verus), truth; audacia (audax), boldness ; aegritudo (aeger), sick- ness. (/) The endings -ciilum, bulum, trum and mentum, express a means or instrument : as, iftciilum (iacio), dart ; aratrum (arc), plough; documentum (doceo, ."ach), proof. (g) The ending, -ile, added to the name of an animal, denotes the place where it is kept : as, ovile (ovis, sheep), fold; b6vile(bo8), ox-stall. (h) The ending -Ides (for nouns in -ua preceeded by a consonant), •ides (for nouns in -eus), d,des (for nouns in -as), express ^^son of" : editor, minine 1 more Where nust be jrantur :ountry 5 i raters ; = Eng. litus, a eposita, ;y often faction; ce : as, inetxim ) plan- veritas r), sick- )ress II (arc), lenotes ^e (bos), mant), \n op ; APPENDIX. 305 as, Priaiiiidea, .wv/ ^V /V/Vf//// Atrides, son of Atreus ; Aene&des, son of Aenias. Such nouns arc called patronymics. (i) The endings -is, -eis, laa, -ine and one, express ''^ dau^htt'r of^\' as, Tantalis, daughter of Tantalus; Nerois. daughter oj Ncreus ; TYxQstieiS, daug/ttcr (f J hestiits : Neptunine, daughter of Neptune J Acrisione, daughter of Acrisius. ADJECTIVES. {a) The endinLj -bundus has the force of the pres. participle in- tensified : as, moribundus, on the point of death. (fi) The ending cundus denotes a cjuality : as, iracundus, pas- sionate; facundus, eloqiwnt. ic) The endings ilis and bilis denote able to do (or be done to) what the stem implies: as, fertilia, able to hear, fertile; terribilis, terrible ; docilis, teachable ; habilis, easily handled^ manageable ; facUis, easy. {d) The ending -ax denotes an inclination or capacity : as, loquax, talkative ; capax, capacious. {e) The ending -eus denotes jnade of: as, aureus, golden. So, -nus, -neus, with names of* trees : as, quemus (-neus), miute of oak (quercus), {f) The endings osus and lentus denote fulness : as, pericu- losus, full of danger; violentus, full of 7nolen cc. (g) The endings -icus, -icus, -ilis, -alis, -ius, -inus, -anus, arius, express relating to what the stem implies : as, bellicus, warlike ; amicus, friendly; hostilis, hostile. (Note.— Adjectives in -ilis from nouns, have i ; from verbs, i ) ; navalis, pertaining to a ship ; patrius, pertaining to a father ; caninus, pertaining to a dog; urbanus, pertaining to a city; agrarius, pertaining to land. (//) The endings -atus, -itus, and -utus, give a pf. part. pass, force : as, alatus, luinged; auritus, cared; cornutus, horned. (z) The endings (i) -ensis (with nouns in -ae, -um, -o) ; (2) -inus (with nouns in -ia and -ium) ; (3) anus (with nouns in .a, -ae, -um, -i) ; (4) as(atis) (with nouns in -num. -na, -nae), and (5) Icus (with 20 306 FIRST LATIN HOOK. i names of countries), denote belonging to the town or country from the name of which the adjective is formed. Thus : (i) Cannensls. of Cannae; Comensls. of Coiniint : Sulmonensis, oj Stihno. (2) Amerinus, of Ameria; Caudinus, of Caudium. (3) Romanus, of Rome {\•<;/;/ TV/t'/^^i-fThebae),- Tuaculanus.yr^;// TtiscJlluni ; Pimdanus, of Fundi. (4) Arpinas. of A) pi num. (Duo Arplnates, Marius and Cicero); Capenas, of Capena ; Ptdenae, of Fidenae ; Gallicus, of Gaul. PREFIXES. (a) amh^abou/ .• as, ambio, go round; anceps (caput), /7fY>- Aeaded. '(If) dis- or di- = asunder ; as, dimitto, send in different directions. With adjectives it has a negative force : as, disslmilis, unlike. if) in- = Eng. un—not : as, infectus, undone. (d) re-^'r) hack: as, reddo, give back; (2) again: as, reflcio. make again ; (3) Kng. un- : as, resero, unbar (sera, bar); (4) = Eng. dis- : as, reprobo, disappro7u\ (e) Be- ^- aside, from : as, securus, free from care; sepono, lay aside; so, seiungo, disjoin. {f) ve--^Eng. un-, -less: as, vesanus, insane ; vecors, senseless. {g) sesqui- ( = seini8que, and a half }) = one half more: as, sesqviilibra. a pound and a half; sesquipes, afoot and a half. V PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. The preposition in composition often retains its original force : as, expello, / dri^'e out. Frequently, however, it will be found with a different meaning altogether : as, abutor, use up; dedisco, unlearn. Such peculiarities of meaning should be carefully mast- ered, as they are met with in reading. A few examples, for the sake of illustration, will be given here. Cum or con, Oonflcio, do completely, finish (intensive) ; contorqueo, hurl at { = to a point). AIM'KNDIX. 30: De. "D&pugno, f'(^/if to f/ir drnf/i (intensive); dearmo. t/isarm (nega- tive); defero, hrini; lioum^ prpott ; decedo, ^i,''^' ^/7<'ecl with ciTtain vcrhs nf /rr/ifii^'- (p. 165). 12. The j^i'ii. is iisfd with refert atul interoHt, // /V »'/* inif>ortttncc A' (p. 166). 13. The >^ei). of the char^'C is iis(!(l witli \('rbs of //\), obsto {stand in the ivay), vaco {/laTe /e/st/re), impero {coinniand\ suadeo {rcionnnend), \ras,coT {fir angry), ^wttvenio {a id), ig-nosco {pardon), servio {scrTc), invideo {('n7y\ indulgeo {indi//gr\ plficeo {p/rast'), displiceo {displease), repugno {oppose), occurro {meet), obsisto (resist), f&veo (/a7'or), noceo (iittrt), licet (// is allowed), libet (it pleases), minor (threaten). 18. Verbs compounded with certain prepositions take the dat. (p. 120). 19. Verl)s compounded with bene, male, satis, take the dat. (p. 106). 20. The verb sum used with the dat, means to have (p. 120). 21. The compounds of sxim (except possum) take the dat. (p. 120). 22. A dat. (tJie dat. of purpose) is used with certain verbs to denote purpose or object (p. 134). 23. 1 he dat. is often used idiomatically for the gen. (p. 134, 2). 24. The ablative is used with a or ab to express the agent (p. 71); but the dat. is used with the gerundive (p. 173, 4). 25. The abl. is used to express cause, manner, mcansy and instru- ment (p. 71;. AI'i'KNDIX. 309 26. The ahl. {ahl. of respect) is used to express that in respect to which a thin^ is or is ch^ne ; as, natura trlquetra, trianf^ulat in form. 27. The abl. is used to express measure 0/ difference (p. 58), separation (p. 158), source or orii(in (p. 156), price (p. 150), and quality (p. 131). 28. Certain verbs take the abl. instead of the a( < . p. 1 16). 29. Opus eat takes the abl. of thing and dal. of person (p. 166). 30. Certain adjs. arc joined wiih the abl. (j). 64). 31. A point of time and time within which are expressed by the abl. (p. 82). 32. The comparative degree is often followed by the abl. (p. 55). 33. The Case absolute in Latin is the ablative (p. 100, 5). 34. Place to which, with the name of a town or small island, is expressed by the ace. ; with the name of a country, a preposition is used (p. 85). 35. Place from which, with the name of a town or small island, is expressed by the abl. ; with the name of a country, a preposition is used (p. 85). 36. Place in which (place where\ with the name of a town or small island, takes the form of the gen., if the noan is of the first or second decl. sing. ; otherwise, the abl. With names of coun- tries, a preposition is used (p. 85). yj. To express place where with common nouns, a preposition is required, unless there is an adj. with the noun ; as, in urbe, /// tJie city ; but, hac vxrbe, /// this city. 38. Verbs of sayinf^, thinking., &c., take the ace. with inf. for the English noun-clause with that (p. 109). 39. Verbs of hoping X^ke a fut. inf. (p. 1 10). 40. Translate, They said he was at Ixome \)y Dixerunt eum Bomae esse or by dixerunt eum Romae fuissa, according as the actual words used were, Romae est or Romae fvait (p. 109, 2 ; p. III). ■*»■ 310 FIRST LATiy BOA. i i! i 41. The inf. is often used for the impf in narration {historic inf.; p. 216, 3, note 2). 42. Many verbs {modal verbs) take an inf. after them to com- plete their meaning (p. 108, 5) : as, audeo {dare), cogo {compel)^ Conor {endeavor)^ constituo and statuo {dcferniine), cunctor {liesi- tate)y cupio {desire), debeo {oi/j^'-///), desino {cease), disco {/earn), dubito {/lesitate), incipio {/wc^in), malo {prefer), nesclo {fiot know how), nolo {he unwilling), obliviscor {forget), patior {allow), paro {p, yare), pr ssum {he able), scio {know how), soleo {be accustomed), vereor {fear), volo {be willing). A"^. The supine is used to express purpose after a verb of motion (p. 174). 44. To express nouns in 'ingy the gerundive^ if the verb governs the ace. ; if not, \h& gerund (p. 170). 45. Dut> and necessity {must and ought) are expressed by the bassive periphrastic conjugation (p. 172). 46. Intention is expressed by the active periphrastic conjugatiofi (p. 174). 47. The indirect question has its verb in the subjun. (p. 176). 48. Primary tenses are followed by primary, secondary by sec- ondary {Rule of Sequence ; p. 178). This rule does not apply to consecutive clauses (p. 187). 49. Qui final (p. 184), qui causal (p. 198, 4), qui consecutive (p. 188), and qui concessive (p. 196, 8), take the subjun. 50. Verbs oi fearing take ne or ut with the subjun. (p. 185, 3 ; see also page 178, 2) 51. \'eil)s o{ preventing take quominus with the subjun (p. 185, 2). 52. Purpose is not expressed by the inf (p. 185. 5) 53. The fut. ind. and pres. subjun. are used in future conditions; the impt. and plpf subji.n. in conditions conirary to fact (p. 192). 54. Dependent clauses in i.ulirect narration (or after another subjun.) take tlie subjuu. (p. 200, 4), APPENDIX. 311 55. A plpf. bubjun. in indirect narration represents a fut.-pf. in a dependent clause in direct (p. 207, 7). 56. Imperatives of direct narration become subjun. in indirect (p. 207). 57. Questions are put in the inf. or the subjun. (p. 207). 58. Verbs of asking take an inf. in Enj^hsh, but ut with subjun. in Latin (p. 181). 59. The perf. part, act is supplied in four ways (p. 203, 3, note). 60. Of two verbs connected by and, one often becomes a par- ticiple (p. 219). 61. The English pres. participle is often expressed by the perf part, or its equivalent (p. 219). 62. English abstract nouns are expressed by {a) the inf. (p. 108); (d) the indirect question (p. 181, i); (t) the pres. part. (p. 219); {d) the perf. part. (p. 219). 63. The Latin part, often requires a finite clause to translate it (p. 220). 64. ^F/M^/^/ joined to a noun in -ing can not be translated by eine with a gerundive (p. 220, 3). 65. The fut. subj. act. is supplied by the act. periphrastic conju- gation (p. 217, 6), and the fut subj. pass, by futurum sit ut (p. 217). 66. The fut. inf. pass, of verbs tha have no supine, is supplied by fore ut (p. 2 1 7). I-- i' «JM« ' V 9 . taWP— VOCABULARY. I. LATIN-ENGLISH. 1^ AJiHRKVIA'llONS. a active. abl ablative. ace accusative. adj adjective. adv ad\erb. conj conjunction. comp comparative. dat dative. def defective. dep ilcpoiioiit. dim iniimili\e. F., fern feminine. gen genitive. Jmperat imperative. impers impersonal. indecl indeclinable. incep inceotive. intr intransitive. interj interjection M masculine. N neuter. num numeral. ])art participle. perf perfect. pres. present. pi plural. p. ]> perfect participle. prep preposition. pron pronoun. tr transitive. V verb. n. noun. The quantity of vowels long or short by position (p, 298, 8), of diphthongs (which are all long), and of final short syllables, is not given. The references in the vocabularj' are to the pages and sections of this book. ' VOCABULARY. A. a, &h, prep, with abl. (a, only before consonants; ab before vowels and conson- ants), /rrmi, (8f), 2; liVi, 4; lf.8, 2); by, (71, 2); ab ea parte, on that >dde. ab-do, -d6re, -didi, -dltuni, v.a., to put away, hide, conceal. ab-diico, -ducSre, -duxi, -ductum, v.a., to lead aicuy, uit/idrair. abeo, -Tre, -Ivi, (li), -Itum, v.intr., to 'JO away, dejjart. ab-hinc, aao ; abhinc decern an- nos or abhinc decern annis, ten years ayo (82, 5). ab-iClO, -Icere, -iCci, -iectum, v.a., (i = y in pronunciation) (p. 296), to throw away, jliwj from, hurl. fi.bie-S, -tis, F., a fir-tree, sprnce. absen-8, -tis, (part. pres. ot absum), absent. ab-solvo, -solvere, -solvi, -s6lutum, v.a., ucijrdt. ab-SUm, -esse, -fni, to be abneiif, he distant ; abesse a bello, to take no part in war: abesse decern millia passuum, to be ten miles off. ac, another form of atqne (which see). ac-cedo, cedCre, cessi, -cessuni, v.intr., (^arl+ciMlo), 1. to t'*i*'; accidit ut, it happens that (182, 4). ac Cido, -cTdCre, -cidi, -clsuni, [ad+ caedo], v.tr., to cut into. ac-Cipio, -ci]>*?re, -cCpi, -ceptuin, [ad+ cilpio], to take to one's self, to a/;ce2)t; re- ceive. aC-COmnaodo, -conunO«Hinir. aedifico, -are, -rivi, aiuni [aedes-f fox-io, make], build a hnuse, construct. Aedii-I, -oruin, pi., the Aedui, a tribe of Gaul {France). Aedu-US, -a, -um, adj., Aeduan. aegf-er, -ra, -mm, a at stake ; de Roma actum est, It in all ore r ivitli llninr. agric6l-a, ■:»•, M. luijrr, fanil,-}-('n\„, till], fanner. agTicultura, ho, F., a;/n'n(ltiur. aio, V. flofic, Kii;/ i/i'x, Kail ; ]>. 2!S8 ^l&C-er, -ris, -re, sulj., act in, eaj- iwjtoano lor, anotlurx: striin'ie,hi>Ktile ; aea alienum, a nut he i ".s- moneij, (leht. d,lid, aarty. altitude, -dinih, F. |altus|, height, ili'/ifh, thickness. alt us, -a, -um, ; in alto. '/' '/"' deeii. amans, -mis, M., (Wouer. amans, fwlj,, loring. • ambactus, -i, M., a rassal, retainer. Ambiani, -unnn. ,M., the And>iani,o. Irihe of North Kastirn Gaul. amb 10, -ire i\ i (or li) -Itum, [amh, arninid • eo, »/«.], to go round. ambo, -!M', -o, adj., lioih. ambul-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.intr., n'lilk. amiClti-a, -ae., F., [amicus], friend- I shii>. fi,mic-US, -a, -umfamo], mly, friendly. amicus, -i, [amo], J^l., friend. amitto, ere, amlsi, amissum(a fmitto, let giA, \ .li., lose. am-O, lire, fivi, -atum, v.a., love. amoenus, a, um, beautiful (of scenery). amplii\s [anqilus], (comp. of adj), more, further; often with munerals aricl withoutany influence on eonstrucl ion : na, amplius duo millia passuum, mure than two miles. ampl-US, -a, -um, adj., large, noble, distinguished. an, interro},'. conj., or, or rather, or indeed. Anart-es, -ium, pi. M., a Dacian tril)c on tlie Theiss. Ancalit es, -lum, i>l. M., the Anca- lltes, a liritish tribe near Oxford in Eng- land. anceps, -cljjUis, famb, on both sides-\- caput, //('«r/ , airil, ciiiini'/i'.. annotinus. a, -nin. lamms, a i/rnr], mfj., a i/rii.r old, <. conj., or not (in the sccoikI iiRiiilnr of direct intcrrojjativc .sciiti'iict;; )>. l:{(i, ♦)). ann-us, -i, M., a near. annu-ua, -a, -nm, lanmiHl, iwlj., t/enr- anser, -is, M., l<'cc in front of, pnfer. antequam, ponj., before (]). 201, f)). antiquitas, atis, F. lantlquusj, 0/1/ antiqu-US, -a, -um lantt"], iwlj., old, former, ancient. antrum, -i, N.,rtc«i'e aper-io, -ire, -ai, -tutn, v.a., open, unclose, show, reveal. aperte [ajierid], adv. , openly. apertus, a, um [ai)orio], lulj., open, exposed, undefended ; loca aperta, open country ; ab latere aperto, on the exposed Jlank. (i.e., on the riiiht.) Apoll-O, -Inis, M., Apollo. appell-O, -are, -fivi, -atiun, call, name. ap-pello, -pellL're, -pflli, -piilsum [lul, to ; pello, drive], to lirimj to land (of ships). appliCO. Sec ;ul- plico. appropinqu O, -ilre. avi, atum [ad +prope, near], v. iutr. with dative, ap- proach, conui near. aptus, -a, -um, fuij., ft, suitable. d>pud, i)rep. with aec., near, at, be- side apud urbem, near the oity ; apud Caesarem, at the home or hcad- quaiters of Caesar ; apud me, at my house. dnn, p.p., armed. armatur-a, ae, F, armor; ISvis armaturae milites, liyhlanned sol- diers (130, 7). armiger, -I, M. [anna, nrms, + Kero, Ilea r', a rntor-bearer. arm-O, are, avi, -atum, v.a., to arm. ar-O, -are, -ilvi, atum, v.a., plowjh. ars, artis, F., art. articul-us, -f, M., little joint. artifici-um, -i, mechanical art. art-US, -us, M., joint. arv-um, -I, N. [aro], a ploughed field. arx, arcis, F., citadel. a-SCendo, -seendCre, -scendl, -scens- lun [ad, to, seando, climb], to asceiul, vioind ; naves aacendere, embark. ascens-US,-us[ad, seando], ^l., ascent. aspect-vis. -us [ad, to ; spOclo, look], M., (ijipea ranee, look, xi'iht. asp-er, -era, -erum, adj., rough, sharp, uneven ; wild, fiene. assiduus. See adsiduus, assist-O, 6r6, astiti, no supine, stand by, stand. assuefacio. See ads. at, conj., but; yet. at-er, -ra, -rum, adj., black, dark. VOCABULARY, ni9 Athen-ae, -urum, pi., Mhrn.". atque ((•n, nutch, hitrdcr iijwn. attoUo, -Cre, raifr. attribUO. See od-lrihuo. auctor, oris, aider, /ir/jirr ; me auctore, at mn nv (/[/cut ion. aUCtOrit-as, -utis, F., anthmity, iu- lliirnn', jtotrer, 2>Testiije. audaci-a, -ae, F., hnldvrxs, dariii the RnmanH, l<> Ihr jmo- l>ir of rdlier iKiiinns. beat-U8, a, -nm ; adj., happy, pron- peniiiK. Belgae, -aruui, M., The Rel-jians, a warlike people of northetistmi Oaul. belllcos -US, -a, -n\\\, adj., varlike. bell-um, -i, N., fold fonn dii-elhnii. from duo ; hence a contest between two jiarties], irnr; belli, in n'nriy. S«i, .*<). bene, adv. [bonus), nell, prosperously ; coin}), melius, bup. njilime. benev61-US.-a, -um (bene+volo, ot>/(| beni rolent, kind; conii>. bOnOvolentior, sup. bOnCvOlentisslnMis. b6n6fici-um. -i, N. p^enc-f facio, t/o], kindni'iig, Jn mr. bibo, bIbCre, blbi, nti supine, v. tr., drink. bldfi-um, -I, N. [bis, tioice-k-dxQS, day], a space cf two days. biennium, -i, N. [bis+annus, a year], a space of two years. bini, -ae, -a, numeral distributive adj., tv'o cacii, two by two (p. (5i), 8). bis, a^lv. mim., twice. blandlor, -in, itus siim, v. dep., flatter. bonit-as, -atis, F. [bonus], goodnesx, richness. bon-US, -a, -um, adj., yood; comp., melior ; sup., optimus. bos, l>o\ is, c;om. gend. (p. 45), ox, cvw. brachium, l, N., an arm. brev-is, -e, adj. short, small, bri-f; brevi (supply temjwre), in a short time, soon. brevit-as, -atis, F. [brevis],«/)or^»K?<».*. breviter, axl v. [brevis], shortly, briejhi. Britanni-a, -ae, F., Britain. Britann-i, -onmi, M., the inhabitants of Britain, Britons. Britannic-US, -a, -um, adj., British. Brundusi-um, -l, N., Brundusium (now Brindisi). brum-a, -ae, F. [ = brevissima; supplj' dies ; the shortest day], the winter solstice (Dec. 21). Brut-us, -i, Brutus. C. C, an abbreviation for CCnus. cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, v. intr., fall, be slain. caec-us, -a, -um, adj., blind. caed-es, -is, F., slaughter, murder. 320 V»»( AHILAKV. C0/©do, racili'ir, lOcidi, cafKum, v. tr., cuf, kill. Jell. cael-um, i |f'., kIiii ; lirftrriis. Caelest-is, -<'|i;iiliiiiil, lulj., hrtirfnhi, cclexlial. In the pliinil cai-losles (.supi)l.v •loi), the (jodn of /iravcn. caeriil6 via, -a, -um Jfur ciuliih.iiH, from ciu'liim], iidj., tlri'ji lihir, ,ski/ lihir. Caes-ar.riris. y].,C((is(tr ((lains .lulius Cacnar), tin; (/cin'tid and ftufcuinan, alio lived 100 H.O. -44 Ji.(^ cAlftmit-as, -fil/s, F. [for ciulamiUiH, from (uulii|, disonlif, niixinrtxiir, di'/cdl. calc-ar, -aris [calx, AcsZl, N.,a»!2>iir. c3,leo, calOro, caliiT, v. iiitr., tn hi: ivtniii. calTd-US, -a, -um, iwlj., warm. callid-US, -a, -um [oalli'o, hi' hard], adj., xkiljul. Camill-US, -i, M., CainiHnn, the de- liiierer of liuine from the (wdulu in 381) 15.C. camp-US, -i, M., ■j>i.nin,ji<'ld; Camp- US Martiua, a pbtia belwfi-n the walls of Jiitinc. and the Hirer 't'ilier ; there the elect ion f ire re held, a ad all kinds of ath- letic exeicise^i praetised. can-is, -is, M. or F., a dog. C&no, canere, coclnl, cantum, v.a., to siiij. Cantaber, -bri, M., a Caittnlrrian, bclon),'mg to a warlike tribe iu Northern Spain. Cantabr-i, -Orum, pi. M., the Canta- bri. Canti-um, -i, N., Kent, in S. E. of En^dand. cant-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., ning, cantus, us, song. capill-us, -i, M., hair; promisso Capillo esse, to be with (or wear) Ion;/ hair. Cap-er, -ri, M., a he-goat. c3.piO, capOre, cOpi, captuui, v.a., take. capr-a, -ac, F., a she-goat. captiv-us, -i, M., a cajitioe, primncr. capt-US, -a, -um, ]\p. of capio, taken, captared, injliuinced, charmed. C&p-Ut, -Itis, N., head; chief citg. career, -Cris, M., a prison ; pi., bar- riers of a race-course. C&rin-a, -ae, F., hull of a vessel, keel. carm-en, -Inis, N., song. C&ro, carnis, F , jlexh. Carp-O, -Cre, -si, -t'lm, v.a., pluck. CUrr-UH, -i, M., a iraggon, cart. carus, a, -um, Mli.,deiir, precintig. cAs-a, -at', F., a cottage. caaous, -i, >!., cheese. CassTv61aun-U8, -l, M., Cnssivelavn- V.1, or Citsirii/diii, the able commander-in- ehii'f of the iiritish ann^- opposed to Caesar. casteli-um, -i, N , a fortress. castr-um, -i, N., a hut, fort; in i>l. CHritr-a, -orum, a emnp; locare ca-^- tra, ponere castra. to piteh a cantp; castra uiiinire, t.>j„rtijg a camp. Casu, abl. used as lulv., bg chance. casus, us, [cado], .M., chance. cateil-a, -ae, F., chain. Catilina, a*, M., Catiline, a corrupt Roman iiol)le. caus-a, ac, F., cause, reason. CiXMSA, for the xa'.e (if, on. account of (with the Ve'i'tive) ; frigoris depe.'- leadi causa, Jor the purpose uf driving uirag the cold. caveo, cavere, cavi, cautum, v.a., take ■precaution. cS,v-um, i, N., cave. C?do, cC'derc, ccssi, ccssura, v.int., flro, gield. Celebr-O, -are, avi, -atum, celebrate. celer, crk'ris, ccli le, ■M\i., swift ; comp. celerior, sup. eelerrinuis. celerit-as, -atis, F., [celer], stviftness, speed. celeriter, adv. sudftlg, quickly. cel-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., conceal, hide. con-a, -ae, F., dinner, feast. Cenimag-ni, -nnuu, M., a British tribe of Suffolk who surrendered to Caesar. cens-eo, -ere, ni, -um, v.a., think, con- sider. centum, num. a«lj., hundred. centuri-o, -onis, [centum], M., a com- mander of a centuria or dioision of one hundred men; a centurion. ceparunt, from capio. cerno, cernCre, crevi, cretum, v,a., ■■ni). with ace., (see c'ircnm), about, uroinid, in tin: ni'ir- hood of. Clrclter, arlv. with numeral iwljs., (wee circiini', tii-arlii, aitinit; circiter de- cern, about tea. Clrcuit-us, us, [cinnun+eo, go], M., circuiii/i'reiice, circuit. Clrcum, pre|). with ace. [eireus, a rtrclf], aroiinil, in the iicififilxirliood of; oirciim Aquileiam, //' '/"- iwii/hbor- hood of Atjuilcia. Circumcludo, Cre, chisi, chiHiuu (claudo, shut), enclose. Circum-do, -. (witli ace), on, this side of. Citeri-or, -oris, adj. (p. .TO, 2), on this side, hither; Galiia Clterior, Gaul <>a this side of the A Ips. Cito, adv., quickly; super, cltissline. Citra, prep, witli ace. [cis], on this bide of. Civil-is, -e, fcivisj, adj. helomjinij to citizens, civil; Dellum civile, a civil war. civ-is, -is, 51. or F., citizen. Civit-as, -atis [civis], F., a state, com- momvealth. clad-es, -is, F., defeat, disaster. clam, [celo], adv., secretly. clamo, -n-e, -iixi, •■iliim, \. intr., call or shout ; eut Clamatum, " shout was raised (p. 1(>4). clamlto, -Itare, -Itftvl.Uatuni. v. intr., t ni(i*Hum- froii -f- ccdo, yu'ld], v.a., yield, lyant, al- to ir, con-cldo, -cUlCic. -eld!, [(!ori -f ca«lo, fidl, perish], fall completely or heavily, fall together. conoili o, arc, avi, -.atum, trin over, gain [riin, to ii point ( cio, (/(«?>'.] COncilTum, -i, mertimi, asseinblg, cinincil ; per C, in- the national as- senddy, conclam-o, -.Tn>, -.ivi. -atum f<'>n + dflmo, shout], V. ititr., shoot , {\r cry abaul , coll out. conclamatum e«t (i>. ku), a shout was raised COn-CUrro, •currCrc, -cuiri, or vX\- cuni, -cursum [con (- curr<>, run], v. intr. , run together, rush, haoc recourse to; concursum est eo, a rush is inade to that point. concurs-us, -uh [con + curro, run], M., assemldy, attack, charge. COndemn-O, -fire, -avi, atum, [con -f daniiio], v.a., condemn, sentence, condicl-o, -onis Tcon -f do, put], F., condition, terms. condit-or, oris [condo, found], M., founder. con-do, -dCre, dTdi, -ditum [con + do, place], v.a., found. con-dono, -donare, -donavi, donatum [con + duno], v.a., give up, forgive, pardon. con-duco, -dficure, -duxi, -ductum Scon -H ducoj, v.a., Ining together, collect, lire. confectus, p.p. See conficio. con-fero, -ferre, -tali, collatuni [con + furo], v.a , bri7ig together, gather, collect, convey, ascribe to; se conferre, betake one's self. confestlm (confero), adv., immedi- ately. con-ficio -flcCre, -feci, -fectum [con -f filclo], v.a., do thoroughly, complete, finish ; bello confecto, tvhen the war irns over. con-fido, -fldcre, -fisus sum [con + fido, trust], V. intr., trust firmly, rely upon. conflma-o, -are, -avi, -atum [con -f firnma, strong], v.a., strengthen, establish, cheer up. confiteor, -fltcri, -fessus sum [con -ffateor, confess], v.dep. , confess, acknow- ledge, avow. con-fligfo, -flIgCre, -flixi, -flictum .(luctuin r, collect, immedi- n [coil + establish, sum [con acknow- -flictum VOCAIJULAHY. 323 |inn-(-fllj;fo, striki], \..i , nthkr tnijtlhir, iliish tloirii, iDitfrnil, tiitijiujc with. con fodio, -f put tn jlUiht ; in mgam se conicere, he- take onr'n nflf tn jUi;ht ; culpam in aliquem conicere, <•«*' the blame on Kotiie Diic. coniunctim [c(/ti +iungo, join], iwiv., joint Uj, in coiiimun. COn-iungO, -iuntrtrc, -iunxi, -iuiif- tuiu |c(>ii-|-iuiiK'o, join], v.a., unite, join; civitatem coriiungere, ti> jorm a xtttte, COn-iuratio, -ifiratlonis [ooii -j- ifiro, swear], F., rt convjn'raeif, Irat/ue. COn-iuro, -irinlro, -iurrivi, •iuratuin [c'oi) f iuro, stvear], v.a., xwear tnjether, connjdre. c6n-or, -art, rd tiH sum, v. dop., tri/, ntteinjit ; conor ut faciam, / tri/ 'to (/oj7 p. 181, a). COnquir-O, -C-re, conquisivi, coii(|ui- situiii, [coii, iiiteiis.+(iuaer<), seek], xeek (Hit. Con-scendo, -scendCre, -soendi, -scensuin [con + scando, elinih], .v.a., mount, ascend, climb ; navem or in navem conscendere, to embark. COn-SCientia, -scientlae [con + uclentia, knowledije], V., consciousnexK, knouled"i/il, jnin, unite, liruvj tn. •jciher; proelluni (or pugiiam) conaerere, to enijaexi, -siiectuni [con fsiH-'cio, sce\, v,a., observe, see, per- ceire. consplcor, rui.atus 8uni[con+HiH?cio, sec], V. (It'p., sec, espji. constanter, [con Mto, stand], adv. sicadihf, resiiiutely, unifortnlij. COnstantT-a, -ae, [con f sto, stand], v., firmness, constancy, resolution. COn-stltuO, -HtltftCre, stitni, Htltntuni m + statuo], v.a., set up ; apjioint, ar- I '>'ie, determine, make ; xia^VGincOTi- 8t ''Uere, sta'mn a ship. Cui-StO, -Stare, stlti, statuin. fcon-f stoj, \. intr., stand together, consist of, Impcrsoiml constat, it is admitted (p. 1«'2). con-auesco, sucscCre, sucvt, siictum [con + siiesi'o], v. intr., become accustomed. In jicrf., to be accustomed. consuetud-o, -Inis [con'^uosco], F., custom, habit, usage ; collectively, cus- to)ns. COnsuev6rant. See consueseo. consul, -is, M., consul. The consuls were the chief magi-strates at Koine. There were two chosen annually. COnsulat-U3 -us [consul J, M., consul- .'ihip, office of consul. COn-siilo, -sillCre, -sfilwi, -snltum, v.a., deliberate, plan ; alicui consulere, to consult for one's interest ; aliquem consulere, ask one's advice ; in ali- quem consulere, to take measures against one. consulto [consulo], ad\-.. oh purjwse, designedly ; often de consulto. consult-um, -i, [consulo], N., decree, resolution, decision. II 324 VOCABULARY. . t Oon-Slimo, smuk rr, -.smnpsl, -sump- l.iiii: Iron t- fill ino, tnke, \, \.ii.,iend, waste ; tempus consiimere, to waste time.. C0n-3\irg'0, siiiv,--! re, -surroxT, -surrcc- ttiiii ('•on • siiriro, v/vcl, \-. intr., r^m in a liiidi), an'.st'. con-tagio, -tri^nOnis [c-on ->- tang-o, toi'cJt], l'\, contact, COn-temno, -temncrp, -tcmiisi, -tt'iiipluin (roll -1- tcniiK), r/t'*7'/>c], v.a., dcxiiisi\ linlil ill Collti'li.pt. COn-temptuS, ttinptris [contumnol, M., I'liiitriii/'f, xroni.; esse coutemp- tui, to be an, object of CDutcinjit, acorn. con-tendo, -tcTulcre, -temli, -Leiitum [ooii + temlo, .\tiine to reach], v.a. and ii., strirefor, hm^lento, put>h t'orwanl ; jiifht, ntn'rc. Con-tenti-O, -onis [con + temlo], F., Ktruij/Hnjj ; stnujijle, context. Content-ilS, -a, -um, adj. (with aM., ]). 04, 4), cnntciit with. con-testor, -testrirl, -testdlus HUin [con f-tewtis, a iviinent)], v. duj)., call to wit lu tig, pray to. con-texo, -texCre, -texfti, -tcxtnin [con + tcxo, 2veai'e], v.a., wvaoc, biml tdijcther. con-ticesco, -tlcescCre, -tloai [mn |- tacoo, be silent], v.n., be silent. contlnen-s, -tis [eon + tCneo, hohl]. I'ri>i>orly j»re.s. part, of contint^), usutl us an adj. with terra understooil ; lit., thi' vninternnited earth, i.e., tlic continent, iiiainla)iil. continenter [con + teneo], adv., coHst<(ntly, incessant If/. con-tinent-ia, -iae [con + teneo], F., self- reft ra int. COll-tineo. -tInCrc, -tinni, -tcntinn [con |- teneo], x.a,., hold tojether, Imi/iiil, ■testrain ; hnn in, ; with se, keep together. COn-tingO, -tin<,'e:-e, -tljrl, -tactnni [eon i tanp), toalt\, v.a., tmich, e.rtei>d Id, reach. Impersonal : contingit, it happens (p. 182); coutingit ut, it luxp- 'pens that. COn-tinuO [con + tei jo], aund(ntce, plenty, quantity; copiae (pi.), forces, troops. CopioS-US, -a -vnn [copia], adj., well supplied, rill, irealthy. coquo, ci")(iuCre, eoxT, cootum, v.a., cook. cor, cordis, X., heart; esse cordi, be reak], v.a., break to pieces; d<-droy, ruin ; corrupt. eras, adv., to-morrow. crass-U8. -n, -um, adj., thick, coargc. Crass us, -i, M., Craiisus, a Roman name. crat-es, -is, F., vdcker-work, hurdle. ilj., well 11, v.a., cordi, with coram dr. rejttuni violenUy, , rnptuni break to ■k, coarse. a, lloman , hurdle. VOCABULARY. 325 creb-er, -ra, -nmi, ai'op., with abl. only, with, almg ivith. Eiicliiie wilii me, tc, se, iioliis, v()l)is, qiiihus : as. niecuiii, tecum, secuiii, noliiscuin, vobiseuin, quibuscum (i>.l(tr>,s). cum, (for qnum), when, njter, ainee, although (!>. I'o.S). cum or cum primum, a.i xnon ai^ ; cum. turn. l>ot/i..i(Ji(l, not only.. but aluu. cunctati-o, Ouis, F., dela.'4, '1). Curr-U3, -us, [curro], M., a chariot. curv-us, -a, -um, adj., crooked, bendin i, ninding. curs-US, fH [curro], M., .'ipeed, cnnrne, CUStodi-a, -ae [custos], F., guard, vat eh. CUStodio, -ire, Ivi, -itiim [custo-s], gourd, irat'h. custos, -Odis, M., guard, watch. D. Dacus, -i, M., a Dueian. The D.iciaiiis oef!Ui>icfi.s.i .sen- tence uimn; capitis damnare, con- di nut to death. damn um, -i, N., loss. datus, from do. de, iirep. will) abl., <ris [(lOcL'tl. N.,U'hat is be- coming, 1)1 name nt, liunur. de-CUrro, -currtie, -cflcurrl or curri, -cursuin (de, dmrn -\ curro, run], run down, lia^ten, move ojl. de-decus, -
  • ris[(le+decu8, honor], N., dixjraee, di.shoitor. de-dltio, -dUToiiis [dodo], F., imrren- der; accipere or recipere in dedi- tior.3ra, (illow to surrender ; venire in deditionem, surrender. de-do, -dOre, -didi, -tlltum [de-fdo], v.a,.,(jiiu' vji, nurrender. de-duco, -ductre, -duxl, -diictmn [do froin+duvi), lead], v. a., lead away, with- draw, induce, Itriii;/ ; navem dedu- Cere, t<> lavneh a ressel ; uxovem de- ducere (or ducere), to briny home a bride, marry. de-fendo, -fendure, -fendl, -fensuni [de, //v(?u+fendo, strike], ward ojj, repel, y^iard. de-fero, -fcrre, -trtll, -latum [de + fero], v.a., carry down, away; report, announce ; confer. de-fervesco, -fervescere, fen'ui, no suiniie [de, J'roni -f ferveo, boil\, v.n., to cool down. de-fesSUS, -fcssa, -fessum [^if. part, of defetiscor, yrou> iveary], adj., tvearied, worn out, exhauxted. de-flCio, -fJoCrc, -fOci, no supine [de -ffacio, —untie], v.n., fail, revolt. de-flagro, -flfigrfire, -fluH-rfivi, -fla {jfrfituui [de, dou'n or completely + flayro, to burn], v.n., be burned down. de-fugio. -fri),a;re, ffigl, -fagltunx [de -ffi'i{j;loJ, v.n., avoid. de-iClO, -loere, -iCci, -iectum [de -f iiUiio, thiiiw], v.a., throwdown, eufit dmrn ; de spe deiectUS, disappointed in theii expectations. deinceps [dtinde -l capio], a»(//((/], v., madness. de-meto, metere, -messfll, -messum [de -i- nieto, cut dow)i], v.a,, cut down, reap. de-m!gro, -mlprare, -nilgravT, -mlj^r- atuni [de + mif^'ro, depart , v.n., move from, depart, miyrate. de niinuo, -mtnuere, -nilnfil, -mlnu- tum [tie I- niinuo, lessen], v.a., lessen, take away from, impair. de-mittO, -mittere, -mini, -missum [de + initto, send], v.a., send down; 86 animo demittere, ^/ lose heart demo, dciiurc, dempsi, denii>tinn [de + Lino, take], v.a., take down or o/T, re- move. de-monstro, -monstr'irc, -monatrftvl, -nionstraiuni [de -) nionstro, show], v.a., point out, sheie, state, mention; explain. de-moror, -nu')rari, -mOriltus sum [de + niunir, delay], \. dep., delay, linyer, hiniier. demum, adv., ot length, at last, Ji.iidly, only. denari-us, -l, M., a Koman silver coin, equivalent to about twenty cents. den-i, -ae, -a, num. distrib. adj. ( - dec-ni), ten caeh, ten at a time, by tens, ten. denique, aulsuni [de + pello], v.a., drive a%vay, dislodjc, turn aside. de-pono, -ponere, -pf>sftl, -jJiisUum [de, down, + pono, place], v.a., lay aside, yire up. ae-populor, -puitniari, -pftpoiatus sum [de + jMipuktrJ, v. dep., lay waste, plunder. de-porto, -]>ortaro, -portavT, -portii-. turn [ue + ])orto], v.a., curry off, remove. derogr-o, -rue, avI, -atum [de + rogo], V. n., withdraw, take away, ivea ken. de-sceiido, -seendore, -scendi, -scen- sii'i [de+seiiiKlo, climb], v.a.,, come ,«in]pJ, v.a., draw, draw the sword, vnsheath. de-sum, -esse, -fui [de+sum]. v.n., be wantimjj/ail, larking, de-super, [ de, from, and srtper, above], iui\ ., y'/oi/t above. deterlor, -is, comji. adj , inferior, Wfyrsf ; superl., deterrimus; no posi- tive. de-terreo, -tcrrCre, -terrfli, -terrlttun [de+terreo, frighten], frighten off, pre- vent, deter ; deterrere ne or quin, prevent /ro»«(185, 2). de-tineo, -tinere, -tinfil, -tentuni [do + tencp, hold], v.a., keep back, stop, de- lay, hinder. de-trimentum, -trlmenti [de+tero, wear away], N., injury, loss, damage. deturbo, are, etc., dislodge. de-US, -1, M. (p. 13, 2), a god. de-vinco, vincCre, -vlci, -victuni [de I- vinco, conquer], v.a,., conquer armpletely, overcome. devolve, -Cre, -volvi, -volutnni, roll down. d9-v6ro, v5rare, vftravl, vOratmn [de +vOro, devour], v.a , devour. devoveo, -vftvere, -vOvl, -votuni [de +V(iveo], v.a., devote. dexter, -tra, -Inim, adj., right, an the right hand or side. dextera or dextra, often with nianus understood, the right hami. Diana or Diana, a e., V., Diana, the tfOt'.U'ss of hunting; and archery. dic-O, -are, -avi, -fltuui, v.a., dedicate, devote, offer. CliCO, dlcere, dlxT, dirtttm, v.a., .v«i/. speak, converse, tell, ajrpoint ; causam dicere, plead a cause. dictat-or, -oris, M. [dh-o, app(»'nf], dictator, a supreme magistrate apjK)intefi by the Ilomans only in seasons of onior- genoy ; his jmwer wasahsohite, butlaated, at longest, only six niontlis. dictum, -i, N., [dice], a word, saying. dies, -ci, M. and F., day. dif-fero, lease], v.n. (with dat., p. lO.'), 9), disjileasc. dis-piitatio, -ptltationis [dispfito], F., discussion, debate. dis-puto, -piltare, -pfitfivl, -iHilfiluin [dis+pnto, to 2J>'»»t'], V n., treat of, in- vestigate, discuss, argue. dissen.si-o, -onis [dis+sentio, think], P., difference of opinion, disagreement. dis-sentio, -sentire, -sensl, -sensum [dis+scntio], v.n., differ in opinion, dis- agree. dis-similis, -simile [dis, vegatire + siniilis, like], adj., nnlike; oomp. t''ssinu- lior, superl. dissiniillinms, witli dat. (p. CO, 2). dis-simulo, -sTnu'darc, -siinillfnl, -sTninlatum [dis, negative + sinifilo, pre- tend], v.a. and n., disgtiise, conceal. dis-Solvo, -solvOrc, -solvl, -solfitum [dis, apart + solvo, loosen], v.a., break down; pontem dissolvere, break down a bridge. di-Sto, -stare, nopcrf., no siip'ne fdis -f sto], v.n., stand apart, be .separated. diu, adv., long, for a longtime ; comii. dhltius, siiperl. dTulissinic ; quam diu- tissime, o.s" long as possible. diurnus, a, \u\\ |. of doceo], adj., learned, versed, e.vperienced. doleo, -dulCre, -drtlfil, -dolltum, v.a. and n., feel yain, lament, be sorry for. dol-or, -r)vis [doleo], M., pain, grief, distress, vcvation. dol-US, -i, M., fraud, deceit, trickenj. domestic-US, a, um [domus, home], vi(]i.,honie, at iiome, i/tcrnaf ; bellum domesticum, civil war. domicili-um, -i, [ficmtts], X., dtccl- ling, abode. dominat-US, -ils [domimis], M., tyra n ny. dominus, -i, M., master, lord. domo, dnmare, d6mriT, dOmitiun, v.a., tame, subdue. dom-US. -us, F., hotise, home (p. 02). donee, conj., till, until, while (p. 201,8). don-O, -are, -avi, atum [do], give, pre- sent. donaim, -1, [do], N., gift, present. dorm-io, -ire, -ivi, -ituni, v.n., sleep, rest. dos, dotis [do], F. , dowry, marriage- portion. Druid es, -mn, M., the Druids, priests of the ancient Kelts. du bitati-o, -Gnis [dubito], F. , hesita- ti(m. doubt. dubit-O, are, -avi, -atum, v.a., doubt, hesitate. dubi-US, -a, -um, adj., doulitful, un- certain ; non dubium est quin, there is no doubt that (p. 188, 6). ducent-i, -ae, -a[duo+centinTi], num. adj., two hundred. duco, dricfrc, duxi, duotum, v.a., lend, guide ; th ink, consider ; in niatri- monium ducere or uxorem du- cere, '" marry [said of a man ; nubere, of a woman.] VOCABULAKY, 329 dulC-is, -e, adj., m'eet. dum, fionj., while, until (p. 201); provided that (p. 202). dummodo, conj., provided that, if o/i/.//(p. 1!)4, J). du-O, -ae, -o, tinii). adj., tH'o(p.C)8). duodecim [duo+dfcf m], num. adj., twelve. du6-d6cTniU3, -dCciiiKi, -dC'cImum [duodecimj, num. adj., twrl/th. duo-de-viginti, num. adj., ci>'<>duce. ef-fundo, -fundcre, -ffidl, -fusum [ex + fmido], v.a., pour out, squamier ; se eftundere, to spread out. ef-fug'io, -fiiijCre, -fugl, -ffijfltum [ex + fugi"], \.a., escape. egen-S, tis, arlj. [pres. part, of egeo], neeiig. eg'en-US, -a. -um fefreo], adj., needy, in want, destitute. egeo, egCre, egnl, no. sup., v.n., be in need. §g"est-as, -fitis [egeo], F., needrj con- dition, purcrtji. ego, mOi, pron., / ; pi., nos ; p. 104, e-gTedior, -grcdl, -gressus sum [e -f pradior, go]. \-. dep., go out, come forth ; e navibus egredi, Vo land, disemfjark. egregTe [cuie^'ius], adv., admirably, splendidly, well. e-gregi-us, -a, -um [e + prex, herd], adj., eminent, marked, remarkable. egress-US, -us [egredior , M., land- ing, disembarkation. e-icio, -Icere, -iCci, -iCctum [e (- iaoio], v.a., east out, thrust out, e.rpel ; se eicere, ru.^h out. eivis, from is. eiusdem, from idem. eiusmodi [ -- eius + modi], of stich a kiiul, of such ti ,sY»•^ elatus, -a, -um [p,p, of efferoj, adj., exalted, high, lofty. elegan-s, -tis, adj., elegant. elephant-us, -i, M., l(tce. fiphesi-us, -a, -um, atlj., of or be- longing to Kphesiis. {■A I 330 VOC ABU LAKY. fipheS-U8, -I, v., Kjjkesvs, a city of Asia Minor. 6pist6la, -at', F., letter, epiatle. epul-um, -1, N., banquet, feast ; pi,, epulae, fein., weal. 6qu-es, -Itis [cquus], M., a horfieninu, cavnti If soldier ; pi., eciuites, the caraliii ; also, the knif/htH ; equitum magister, rtMHter of the horse, an ortice next to that of dictator. equester, -tris, -tre [equus], aher and niatheinatician. erectUS, -a, -lun [p.p. of erigo], adj., high . erpra, i)rep. withacf;., toirnrds. ergo, adv., tlierefo.i , accordinjlii. e-ripio, -rTpii e, -ripfii, -reptuni [e -f rapio), v.a., ."match away, rescue; se eripere, escape. erig-o, -ere, -erexi, erectiini (e + rego), raise. e-rudio, -rudire, -rudivi, (or -rfidli) -ruditum [e -i rudis, unskilful]; v.a., to free from rude iwss, instruct, echicate. err-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.n., wan- der ; err, mistake, be ivronj. e-rumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, -ruptum [e -i runipo, break], v.n., break, out, sally, make a sort ic. e rvipti-O, -Onis [erumpo], F., sally, attack, sortie. essedari-US, -i [ essCdum ], M., a cha rioteer. essed-um, -l, N., a war chariot. esset, p. 24. et, conj., niid, also ; et-. . .Gt, both .... and. etiam [et + iam], aiiv., also, even. etsi [et + s\], conj., althofitgh, even if (p. IM). Eur-us, -1, M. , east wind. e-vado, -vadCre, -vasi, vasum [e 4- v;ulo, f/o], (JO forth, escape from. e-venio, -venire, veni, ventuni [e \- venio, vome\, come out of, happen. e-venit, v. iinjiers. (p. 1S2, 4), it hap' pens,'it tarns out. e-ventUS, -vontfis [evenio], M., out- come, issue, result. e-verto, -\ertCre, -vertT, -versuin [e + vertoj, v.a., overturn, drive out, destroy. e-v6co, -vftciire, -v6cavl, -vdcatuni [e+voco], v.a., call out, summon. ex. See e. examino, -are, -avi, -atum (exanien, tongue oi a balance), iveiyh. ex-animo, anlmure, -anFniilvi, -ani- niatuni [ox - aiiinia, life], v.a., kill. ex-cedo, cedCre, -cessi, cessum [e-f cedo, (/(«], \.n., leave, withdraw, remove, depart. ex-cello, cellere, -cellfiT, -celsum, v. n., surpass, excel. excels-us, -a, -um, adj., elevated, lof- ty, hl(jh. excipio, -cipere, -oepi, -ceptuin [ex-f capio], v.a., take out, receive, encounter, catch. ex-citatU8, -a, -uni[p.p. of excite], encouraged. ex-cito, cTtrtre, cUavi, -citatuni [ex-f- cito], v.a., incite, arouse, stir up. excursio, -onis [ex+curro], F., a, running out, sally, sortie. ex-CUSO, -cusare, -eusavl, -cfisatum [ex + causa], v.a., excuse. exempl-um, -i, N., an example, .mm pie, pat em. ex-eo, -Irt, -Ivl (or -li), -Ituni [ex+eo], \.ii., go out of, withdraw, leave. ex-erceo, -ercoro, -ercfii, -ercftum \v\ + pt-ceo, keep busy], v.a., exercise, practise, train. exercitati-O, -onis [exerceo], F., training, practice, exercise. exercitat-us, -a, -um [exendto], adj. trained, skilled. exercir us. -us [exerceo], M., a train- ed army, an army. ex-igo, -Igire, -egi, -actum [ex-f ago], v.a., drive out, pass the time; hieme exacta, at the end of winter. exili-um, l, N., exile. exiguit-as, -atis [exigo], F., short- ness. exigu-ua, -a, -um [exigo], adj., small, scanty. existimati-o, -onis [exlstimo], F., judgment, opinion, value. existim-o, -are, -fivl, -r.tum [ex-f acstimo, value], v.a., value, consider. exiti-um, -i [ex + eo], N., lestriiction. exit US, -US [ex+eo], M., conclusion^ result, ixsue, event. VOCABULARY. 331 W., out- luin [e+ lest roll. vOcatuni exaiueii, Lvl, -&tu- sum (e + , remove, .'Isum, V. :ated, lof- xxm [ex4- ncounter, t excito], um [ex+ -(■fisatum examjjle, [ex+eo], -ercitum exerciac, ceo], F., ito], adj. , a train- ex + ago], hieme "., short' Ij., srtmll, imo], F., um [ex+ udcr. struction. onclusion^ exopt-o, -ire, -avl, -fttum [ex+opto, wish], v.a., wi^h, desire. ex-p6dio, -pC'dIre, -pcdTvI, poditum [ex + pes, ,/oot = ^ace out, explain ; and an unny, ex navi miliies expouere. ex-porto, -iwrtare, -jiortavl, -portii- tum [ex + porto, carry\, v.a., carry out, export. ex-primo, -primure, -pressi, -pressum [ex + iirCmo, press], v.a., press out, describe, utter. ex^pugnati-o, -onis [expugno], F., storntuiy, attack. ex-pugn-o, -are, -avI, -atum [ex -f putfiioj, v.a., take by storm, capture. ex-quiro, -qulrCre, -quislvi, -quisltum [ex +- (piaero, seek], seek for, enquire, search out, ask for. ex-sequor, -sCqui, -secutus (-aequu- tus) sum [ex -f suquor], v. dep., follow out, maintain, enforce. ex-sisto, -sistere, -stltl, -stltum [ex + sisto], v.a., appear, spring up, arise, b.'. ex-specto, -spectare, -spectavl, -spec- tiltum [ex + specto], v.a., look for, wait to see, wait for, await. ex-sto, -stare, no pf., no sup. [ex + sto], v.a., stand out, project. ex-struo, -strCiere, -struxl, -structum [ex + struoj, v.a., pile up, rear, build. ex-structus, -a, -um [p.p. of ex- struoj, pilcil up. ex-terus, -tera, -terum iix], rare adj., outside, foreiyn, straHge : coiiip., ex- terior ; .sujierl., extrfimua and extiuuis. ex-terreo, -terrere, -terrni, -terrltum [ex h terreci], v.a., frighten, strike with terror. ex-timesco, -tlmescCre, tlinui, no supine [ex + timesco, incep. of tiineo], v. li., fear greatly, dread. ex-tollo, extollcre, no perf., no sup., v.a., extol, lift up, raise, exalt. extra, prep, with ai-c [for exterS parte], without, beyond, outside of. extremus, -a, -um, suj). of externa ; extrema aeatate, at the end of summer. ex-ul, -fllis, M., an exile. exuo, -uCre, -ni, -utum, to strip ofi, despoil, deprive. ex-uro, -firCre, -ussi -ustum [ex-j-uro, Imrn], v.a., burn up. P. fa-ber, -bri, [facio], M„ workman, artisan. fa-bula, bnlae [for, speak], F., story, tale. fS.cet-US, -a, -um, adj., affable, courte- ous, witty. facile, [facilis], adv., easily, readily; comp., facilius; sup., facillime. facil-is, -e [facio], adj., easy ; comp., facilior ; sup., facilliiiuis. f&C inus, -Inuris [facio], N. ,deed, crime. facio, fricCre, feci, factum, v.a., do, make; magnl facere, value highly; pluria facere, value more highly; castra facere, pitch a camp; iter facere, march ; vim facere, to use violence; imperata facere, to obey commands; pass., fit, I'^/ta^^^jc^w; fltut, it happens that (p. 182, 4). fact-io, -loiiis [facio], ¥., party, faction. fact-um, -i, [facio], N., deed, act. ffi,C-ultas, -ultruis [facilis], N., ability, opportunity, means, supply; pi. , resources, yoods. fag-US, -I, F., beech-tree. fallo, fallere, fefelll, falsum, v.a., de- ceive. fals-US, -a, -um [fallo], adj., false. fam-a, -ae [for, speak], F., report, rumor, jd me. famili-a[f;'imiilus, .servant], V.,fuinily- servantx, retainers, household ; pater- familias or familiae, master of a family. ffi,miliar-is, -e [familia], adj, of or belonging to a family ; noun, an intimate Jriend. 11 332 VOCAHULARY. I I - fas, [for, s])mk], indejl. mn, what ia law/iif, ihjht. fateor, fatori, fa>;3us8uiii [for, sjieak], V. (lep., coii/ctm. fat-um, -I [for, .• fiduci-a, -ae [lido], F., trust, confi- dence, re tiff nee. figur-a, -ae LftiiJ,'o. sha2je], iP., form, shape. fili-a, -ae. P., a daughter (dat. and abl. pi., flliabns; p. 0, 2). ' fili-UB, -i, M., a son. flngo, finfTL-re, finxl, flofcum, v.a., make, shape, invent. fin-io, -Ire, -ivT, Ttum, v,a., finish, mark. fin-is, -is, M., limit, eiid,; pi., borders, ferritorieg, land. finitim-us, -a, -nm [finis], adj., hor- dering nn, neighftoring. As a noiui, pi., flnilimi, -orwm, M., neiyhl/ors. fio. -fKri, -factussuni, v. [pass, of facto; p. 155 1, become, take jihtce, happen ; cer- tior fieri, /" he informed, firme [firmus], ^dw, firmly. flrmiter [firmus], adv.,fmnly. flrm-O, -rire, -•«/«'»•- nal, l>ri<;- in(j ; as a noun, fugitivus, a runaway slave, fug'-O, -are, -avi, -atunx [fugio], v.a., j)ut to flight, rout. fulgur, fulgfiris [fulgeo, be bright], N., Uijhtnitig, brightness. fund-a, -ae, p., ding. fundito-r, -ris [funda], M., dinger. fundo, fundere, fudl. fusuni, v.a., pour, scatter, rout, variq^tish. fiingor, fungi, functus sum, v., dep , discharife, perform, do (followed by the abl., p.' 116). fiin-is, -is, M. , rope, cable. fimus. Miis, \\.Ji)irinl,fintrriil: p|., fii iirrtil riles. filiror, -oris |fnro, rage], M., rage, niiiilii' ss, fii rg. fiart-um, -i [fur, thief], N., theft. G. galea, -ae, F., a helmet. Galli, onnn. M. jil., the (ianh, people oj Gaul {now France). Galli-a, -ae, K, Gaul (now France); 1)1. (ialliae, diviitions of (iaut. Gall-icus, • Joa, -i<'um [(Jallial, adj., Gallic. gall-ina, -Inao, v., a hen. Gall-US, a, -um, adj., Gallic; siibst., OalluH, a, Gaul. Garumn-a, -ae, M., the Garumna (now Garonne), a river of Ctaul. gaildeo, -gaudCre, -gavlsus smu, v.a., semi-dep., rejoice, bc]>le((sid. gaudi-um, -I [gaudeo], N., >.7, glad- ness, deliiiht. gemm-a, -ae, F., gem. gen-er, -Cn, M., a son-in-law. genit-us, -a, -um [p.i>. of gigno], born, descended from, sprung from. gen-s, -tis [gigno], F., nation, race, trUte, clan. gen-ns, -Cri3[geno = gigno], N., birth, descent, family, class, race, kind. gero, gCrere, gcssi, gostum, v.a., hear ; belluiu gei'cre, carry on war. German-US, -a, -um, adj., German; pi., German-i, -orum, the Germans. gigno, gignere, genill, gtnltum, v.n., beget. gladi-us, -I, M., sw'orrf. gloria, -ae, F., glory, fame, re nmoii. gracil-is, -e, adj., slender. Graeci-a, -ae, F., Greece. Graec-us, -a, -um, adj., Greek, Grecian. grand-ls, -e, adj., large, great. grati-a, ae [grains], F., favor, cour- tesy ; Imiufy ; in pi., gr.itiae, thanks; gratias agere, to give thanks ; gra- tiam facere, to /,ardon ; gratiam habere, jeel thank>'ul; gratia, abl. with gen.,/t//' the sake of, on account of. gratul-or, -an, -atus sum [gratus], v. dep., (I'w/t joy, congratulate, give thanks. grat-US, -a, -uni, adj., pleasing, grate- fid. grr&V-is, -e, ndj., heavy. immmmmm^mt 334 VOCABULARY. viter fero, j'ri'l iminvil. grex, (,'i''Kii^. y-,jl. 177, r>). Hellespont-U8, -i, M., Jli'lloapont, a strait iKtwctii iMirope and Asia. Helveti-i, -ornm, M., ))1 , Ilelvetil, a people wlio oceiipied Helvetia (now Switzerland). Hercym-US, -a, -nm, sulj., Hcrci/nian; the Hen ynian wood extended o\er tlie central and southern i>arts of Germanj'. heredi-tas, -latis [heres, heir], F., hei>nh ip, inheritance. h6ri, tulv., yesterday. hlbern-a, -orum [i)roperly the neuter pi. of the adj. hil)ernus(froin hiems), with caatraunderstofxlj, pi. n., leinter quarters. hie, haeo, hoe, dem. pro., this, he, .she, it (p. 117). hie, adv., here, at this point. hi6ni-0, -are, avi, -atum [hiems], v.n., tvinter, 2'ass the winter. hiems, hlomis, F., winter, storm. hinc [liii], adv., hence, from thisplace. hodie [hof+dle], adv., today. Homer-lis, -i, M., Ilotner, an ancient Greek ejiii^ poet, author of the Iliad and Odyssey. homo, -Inis, coin, gend., human beiny, nam ; pi., homines, inhabitants. honest-US, -a, -um [honor], adj., honorable, ii2>rifiht, noble. hon-or [honos], -oris, M., honor, respect, dignity, public ojl'ice. hor-a, -ae, F., hoar. The Romans divided the i)eriod from sunrise to sunset into twelve jnirts, each of which was called an hour ; so also the night was divided from sunset to sunrise into twelve p.nrts. The length ol an hour would ihuH var.N ssilh the seawon of the year. H6rati-ua, i, M., Horatius, a Roman l)oet who lived C;')— ti, H.c. horreo, -ore, -ni, no. sup., v.n. ann. Igfnavl-a, -ai' [in, noM gruavus, active], v., sloth, cowardiiw. IgTiav-us, 11, mil [ill ( K'HiiviiH, aiihw], .uij., nlothjvl, rowardlij. igrn-is, -i«, M., fire. igrnor-O, -aro, fivl, .Ittiiii [ill, /loM (k) iioHco, know], v.a., be iyiiuniiit of, not to know, ignore. igf-nosco. nosci-ro, iiOvI, nottuii fiti, nnt+ (j^)nosco, knoir\ jjoveriis a dm.; ynrdon, fonjire. i^not-U8, -a, -mil [j).p, of ipnosco, a.s an aflj.], vnknoirn, vnjainiliar. ille, ilia, illiid, (li'in. proii., that ; he, >ihr, it (p. 110) ; ille, liic ; thai, Ihix.' illiC [ille], adv., mi that jilaee, then. illlCO [iii + locoj, aorn of a rather illustriouH J'aniilii {\). US, f)). ima-go, -fflnis, ¥., an image, likeness, statue, picture. imb-er, -ris, M., a shower of rain. im-matur-us, -a, -um [in, not + mn- turus, ripe], ml]., wirijie, inunatnre.. imit-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. dep., cop}i, imitate. imtnan is, -e, adj., huge, enormous, imviense, 7nn7istroiis. im-ininuo, -mmfiere, - ininfll, -minfi- tum [in + miiino], v.n., diminish. immc adv., on the contrary, no in- deed, yes indeed. immol-O, -are, -fivi, -atuni [in + niola, meal], v.a., sprinkle meal on a nctim for sacrifice, otf'er in sacrifice. immortal-is, -e, [in-f mortalis], adj., n ndying, immortal. im-muni-tas, -tatis [in Jiot-f mmuis, dttty], F., exemption ; omnium reruni immunitas, exemption from all bur- dens. impediment-um, -i [impedio], N., hindrance; pi., impedimeiit-a, -oruni, baggage. imped-io, -ire, -tvl, Itum [i n+ pes, /oo«] v.a., entangle, hamper, hinder. impeditus, -a, -um [impedio], p.p. used ivs an adj., hampered, burdened. im-pello, -pellere, -pftli, -pulsum [in-f pello], v.a., drive to. im-pend6o, -pendere, v. intr., over- hang. imp^'Tivtor, oris [imiK-ro), M,, mm- nitUKli'r, ijenrnil, lender, im-p6ritU8, -a, -inn (in, uo^-f iierltUB, skilled, in], iwlj., unskilled in, ignorant of. imp^li um, -i [imiMro), N., com- ma 0(1, authority, yorernmrnt. imp6ro, -are, -iivl, -atiiiii [tn-f-paro], v.a. and ii., cotninand, order, with dat. ; milites civitati iniperare, levy troops from a state ; imperare ut or ne faciat, to order a person, to Jo or out to do{]\ LSI, 'A). impetr-O, -are. -avl, atum, v.a., obtain by reipiest, obtain one's uish. Impetus, pelfis [ in t peto ), M., attack, assault ; fury. impi6t as, -atis [impius], F., impiety. impius, -a, -um [in, not + \m\H, good], .adj., u'ickeil, impious. im-pliCO, -Jillcare, -plloilvl or j)llcni, -pllcltum [in, within -f plico, fold], en- twine, entangle. implor-O, -are, -avi, .atxini [in, } ploro. iree2j], bewail, implore, invoke, appeul to. im-p6no, -i^'mCre, -prtsfil, -jM^sItum [ill, itn t i)ono, place], v.a., place on; flnem imponet'e, to make an end ; milites in navem imponere, to em- bark men. ira-port-O, are, avf, atum [in, into + jiorto, carry], v.a.., bring or carry into; import. imprimis [in + primis, al)l. pi. of primus], adv., among the first, in the first place, chiefiy, especially. improbus, -a, -um [in, /io< + probu8, good], adj., bad, shameless. im-pro-vis-us, -a, nm [in, not + pro -f video], adj., unforeseen, unexpected; de improviso, unexpectedly, suddenly. impruden-s, -tis [-imprOvIdens, for in+pro + video], adj., not foreseen, un- foreseen, V na wa res. im-prudenti-a [for improvidentia, from in 4- pro -f video], K., want of fore- sight, indiscretion, ignorance. impug-no, -are, -avl, -.atum [in, against t pugno], v.a. and n., attack, assail, fight. in, prep, with ace. and abl. ; with ace, after words sijjnifyiii;,' motion, to, into, against, upon ; wiih alil. after words of rest, in, at, during, among, in case of. inan-is, -e, adj., empty, vain, useless. in-cedo, -cCdere, -oessl, -eessum [in +cedo], v.n., advance, proceed ; come to, seize. in-cendi-ura, -i [incendo], N., fire, conflagration. *k :\^(\ VOCAlJirhAllY. incendu, -tcnilin', -ti'inli, (x-nsiiin I ill I <;uM(l6o, nhiiir\, v. a , mt on Jhr, turn. ln-certU8, ■<-erta, -cerUnu fin, not ■\- (TTlus, certain], iwij., nnecrtain, hrm- tatiiiij. in-cido, -cldOrc, -ckll, -casum (in, into ■[■ (wlo, J'ti/l], V.U., falf in irith, attack; incidlt, iiiiinrs., it hnjrpcnn, it uprini/K up. in-clpio, -fllpCrc, -r6pl, -ccpttnn [in + (•!'ipio|, v.ii. and n., beyin, conuneiice, unilcrtakc. in-clto, -clUrc, -oltilvf, -oltfitiini [in + cito, //(ore ([(ticklji], v. a., "/v/e, aronnc, cnrmnagr. in-clino, -climirf, -{•Imrivl, -(;llnatiim [ill -|- ('lino, li'an\, v.n., Iran aijainnt, incognit-us, -a, -uin [in, /toA+cotj- nituH, known], lulj., vnknoivn. in-COlo, -crtlOro, -(H")lfM, -cultnni [111 + coloj, v.a. and 11., lift', ilicrtt, irsidf in. In-c6lilm-is, -v, iwlj, uninjured, safe. in-coramodvim, -i [in, not + com- mfiduH, Kuitnl)le], N., nd^fortuiie, harm, disaster, defeat. In-credT-bilis, -bile fin, not + credo], adj., incredible, e.ttraorainarji. in-cursi-o, -onis [in, against + curro, run], F., charge, inrasion. in-CUSO, -ilre, -fivl, -atuni [in, against 4-causa, cause], v.a., accuse, blame. inde, mlv., from that place, thence; after that, then. in-dico, -dlcC-rc, -dixi, -dictum [in+ dico], v.a., proclaim, declare, appoint. indico, -are, -.IvI, -atuiu [in+dlco], 7nakc known, point out. in-dign-us, -a, -um [in, not +(\igmis], adj., unu'orthji (with ab!., \\ (i4, 4). in-duo, -dfiCre, -dQi, -datum, v,a., p^(t on, don. industrl-a, -ae, F., industry. in-eo, -Ire, -!vl (or 11), -Itum [in+eoj, v.a., enter, enter upon ; inire consil- ium, form a plan; inire consula- tum, enter on a. consulship in-erm-is, -e [in, not -f arma, arms], adj., without arnus, unarmed. in-ers, -ortis [in, not+urs], adj., indo- lent, idle, inactive. Infam-ia, -iae [in-ffama], F., dis- grace, dishonor. in-fan-S, -tis[in, not+tor, speak], M. or F. (properly, the one not speaking), child, iixfmnt. in-felix, -fCllcis fin, not+Mix, happy], adj., unhappy, unjortunate. inferu. infcrrc, inioli, iililinin (in, Inln t fcro, cnrri/], v.a., carry in, bring In ; belhim liostibus inforre, make war against thee ne my (y. \H\, 1); Blgrna Inferre, ndrancr. inf&r-iiH, -a, -um [infnll, iwlj., Iirlow, lower ; ijomp. , infi'Hoi ; Hiip. , inflniuH, iinu8. In-flclo, -flfCrc, -ficl, fuctuin \'m + fai'io], v.a., stain. inf!iiius. See infi-nis. in-finitus, -a, -um [in, /)((^ + flnio, limit], iwlj., boundless, immense. in-firn)-US. -a, -nm [in, //«rfflrmu8, strong], adj., weak, feeble. in-flCiO, flOcre, fluxi, Huxuin|in, tn^)4- rtu()|, \ .a., jlow into. infra, (1) iwlv., below; (2) prep., with ace., Itelow. in-greni-um, -1 [in-f-gij^no, produce], N., tuknt. ingens, -K'cntis, iwlj., huge, great, vast in-gT6dior, },'rO(ll, tfre.ssus sum [in + jfnuliorj, v. dej)., enter upon. in-hlbSo, -hlbere, -lilhfil, -hibltum [in + babeo], v.a., check, restrain. in-icio, -Icere, iOei, iectuni (in, infn+ iacio, throw], v.a., throw or ca.'it into; infuse info; metnm alicui inicere, inspire anyone with fear. inimicitia, -Icltlac [inimicus], F., hatred, enmity. inimicus [in, ?io<-f amlcusJ.M., enewi/. in-iquus, -a, -um [in, ?to«-f aequus, even], adj., uneven, unfavorable, unjust. initi-um, -I [ineo], N., beginning. in-iuri-a, -ae [in, /((>(4-iu9, right], F., wrong, outrage, injustice. iniustus, iusta, iustum [in, not^- iu-stus), adj., unjust. in-nitor, -nitl, -nisua (or nixus) sum, [in, o/i+nitor, lean], v. dep., lean, rest on, support one's self by. in-nocens, -nocentis [in, not+noaco, harm], adj., harmless, innocent. innocenti-a, -ae [innocens], '"■ , ii nocence. in-6pi-a, -ae [inops, needy] scarcity, ])overty. inquam [iiKiuis, inquit — ini, iint in the pres., and ituiuies, inciuiet in tut., ar' the chief parts in use], say, (p. 289). in-scien-8, -tis fin, Hot-fscio, knoiv], adj., /lot knowing; Oaesare insciente, without the knowledge of Caesar. in-sci-us, -a, -um [in, not -fscio, know], adj., /lot knowing, ignorant. in-sequor, -sequi, -socfitus (or sCquu- VOCAUULAHY. 337 I ill, iiiffi /•inn ill : , ilillkr ; signa ., hclow, IIH, iiiiiis. m lln+ o«+fliiio, + Annus, 111, r»^)4- ep., witli j)ri>(lncc], jreat,r(tiif HUin [in + -Ijlbltum I. in, infn + rnut iiitii; inicere, icus], Km ,l.,cneiiiy. f tieqims, [', uiijiixt. niiig. riijhtl \P., [in, not-\- cus) sum, \lcan, rest 9t+nooco, 8], P.. 1' lint in In tut., art 1189). lo, ktiow], fsciente, Ir. tio, know], ror sequu- IUh) HUm [lll-fSCflUOr], v. dtp., fnlliiw ii'tcr, piirmw, In-sTdi-ae, -ilrum [in f 8t' t-sinno, rurce], v.u., yrl into, worm nnr'it ii'iijl into. in sisto, -HistfTi", -sflti, no snp. [in -\- sistoj, \A\,, xtdiiil, Htiiml iipoii, pri'ss an, in861enter[insuleiis], mlv., hawjhtUii, iiinoliiithi. in-stttuo, -stltnrro, -stltfiT, -stUfituni [in I siiituoj, cstdhllsh, devixe, appoint, hiiild. in-3titutum. -stltfiH [in+statuo], N., jildii. t'liKtoiii, Jirxt principlo. in-sto, -start', -stiti, st'itum [in-|-sto], stdtid on, hi' near at hand, presH on, ap- priiai'h. in-atruo, -strftere, -struxl, -Htructuin [ill I strfio, hitiltl], v. a., hnild, rnnstiiiet, .svf //) onliT ; aciem instrviei'e, diaw vp an aruiji. insuefactilS (In+suofacio, « (;ph,s. intellego, -tellCgerc, -tcllcxi, -toll- fctuni [inte- uii + \i'<<;o, pick], \ .a., under- Ktand, we clearhi, pcrcrlv)', know. Inter, prej). with ace. only, between, (imomj, during, inter-cedo, -ccdr-re, -cessi, -cessum [intt-r+ccdo], v.n., go bi-twecn, lie between. inter-diCO, -dlcr-re, -dixl, -dictmu [inter+dico], v.a., forbid, exclude from, interdiet. nterdum (inter -fdumj, adv., some- Ill's, nvanwliili'. interea [interf-e'^]. adv., in the in-can- ine, meanwhile. inter-eo, -ire, ivi (or n), -Itum [inter+oo], v.n., go to decaij, perish, die. inter-fiCiO, -fleCrc, -foci, fertum [in- ter, rt»'fi(/-ffacio], v.a., slag, kill. interim [inter-l-old ace. of is], adv., nuianwhil intSrir -is, comp., no positive, sup., in»' [inter], inner, interior; pi., interio '>se in the interior. inter to, -mittere, -niTsI, -missuni [inter-fii ;o, let drop], v.a., intermit. 22 Inter n6c!-o, -r>niN[intfr-f nceo, hill], V destrnrtiiin, ulniighter, inassaere. interpr6t-or, -ari, -utuHsuin, v,,(U'p., I'Xjilaiii, exi'iiiind. inter-rog'o, -lou'irc, -ro>,'ilvi, -rci^ix- luhi (initT t roK"J, a»k, ipfstinn. iiiter-rampo, -rumpire, -nipT, -mp- tuin [inter trunipo, break], v.u., break tbiirn, l/renk up. inter-SUni, -esse, -fni [inter l sninj, v.n., he between, be present, fake part in ; inipers., interewt, it raiieernx, it is im- piiriant'. mag-ni mea intereat, it is of great inijinrla ore lo me ; pluris Ciceronis intereat. // is of more im- porta nee to Cieero. inter-v6nio, -venire, -vCnl, -vcntuni [inter fvenio], v.n., eovie between, come upon. intra [contracted for intcra, supply l>arii), prep with ace. only, iimde of, ■within. introit-us, us, (intra -Heo), entrance inusitatua (in, jioi+iisitatu.-., usual) un 11)^ 11 a I. in-ut!lis. -utile [in, »io«H-utili.s], iwlj., useless, u nserrieeable. in-Vt^niO, vinlre, -vOni, -vontum [in, on f venii), eome], v.a., come ujmn, jmd out, diseorer. inventor, -ventGris [invCnio], M,, diseoreri r, in ventor. in-vicem [in-f vicis, c/ia?if/e], adv., bij turns, iiltematelg. in-vidi-a, -ac [invidco, envy], F., envy. invito, are, -ftvl, -atum, v.a., invite, entice, summon. invit-us, -a, -uni, adj., unwilling ; 86 invito, against his will. in\ 6c-0, -are, -avi, -fituni [in + v6co, call], v.a., call on or upon ; invoke, im- plore. ipse, ipsa, ipsuni, dem. pron., self, himself herself, itself, themselves ; he theij (emphatic, very ; p. 122). ir-a, -ae, F., anger. iracund-ia, -lae [Ira], F., anger, rage, jjasxion. iracund-ua [ira + -eundus, full of], adj., irritable, jMSsionate, angry. irat-ua, -a, -um [ira], adj., angry, angered. ia, ea, id, dem. pron., thi.s or that ; he she, it. Hefore ut, is=talis, su^h ; with comparatives eo (abl. ) = the ; eo magris, all the noire (j). Vda, 4). iste, ista, istud, dem. pron., that, that of yours (p. 118). n u 338 VOCABULARY. ;. ita lis), adv., hi /his iraij, sn, thus ; in the fidlonnnij uutnwr, therefore. Itali-a, -ae, F., lialu. itaque fita + (|ue], conj., and. w, there- fore, aecDrdiiKihi. item, adv., just, .so, ofoo, in like manner. iter, Itlnoris [eo, Ire, f/o], journey, march ; iter mag-num, a, forced :narch; ex itinere, tn the march. iterum, adv., again, a second time. iubeo, irdiOre, iussl, iussiun, v. a., order, command (p. 181, 3, note), iudici-vim, -i [index], N., judgment, decAnion, trial, decree, oi>inioii. iudic-O, -are, -avl, atuin [ius+dico], V. a,., judge, dciaie. think of, ■leclare. iug-um, -i [iui>y:o], N., yoke. iument-um, -i [=iu>,nnneiituni, from j iiiii,t,'o], heaul oft)urden. iungO, iuiifjfure, iuiixi, iunctum, v.a., join, unite, connect. iunior. See iilveiiis. lupiter, Ifivis, M., Jupiter, son of Saturn, fhiof of the Konian m'ods. iur-O, -are, -avl, -fituju, v.a., take an oath, sivear. iiis, iuris, N., right, justice, authoritg : iura in hos, rights oier these. iustiti-a, --.e [ins], v., justice. iustUS. -a, -uni [ins], adj., just, fair ; iusta funera, complete funeral ritex. iuven-is, -e, twlj., young; conip., ifinlor ; sii]>., niiiiinuia natii (p. 58, note). iuvent-US, -i'ltis [itlvenis], F., youth ; younj,' men capable of bearing arms, from 17 to 4ti .\ear« of age. iuvo, iftvare, iuvi, iutum, v.a., help, assist. iuxta, adv., near. K. Kalend-e.e, -arum, pi., F., the Ka- lends, the Roman name for the first day of tile montli. Karthag-O, -Inis, F., Karlhage, a i;elel)rated cily of Africa. Karthaginiens-is, -e [Karthago], :ulj., Karthatriiiian; pi., Karlhajrinenses, Karthaginians. Labien-us, -l, M., Labienu8,alegatus (lieutenant) of Caesar's army, whoaftir- wards went over to Pompey and fell at Munda, H.C. 45. lab-or, -orit!, M., toil, suffering, exer- tion. lab-or, lahi, lapsus sum, v. <\ep., slip, go astray, j'aH, fje ileeeived. labor-O, -<1re, -avl, -atuin [l.lhor], v.n., toil, liilxir, suffer. la,br-um, -i, N., Up. Liac6daem-on, "iiiis, M., Laeedae- mon,or Siiarta, a city in the Peloponnesus. lac, liuitis, N., milk. lac-er, -era, -erum, adj., tom,mangled. lacess-O, -ere, -ivi (or li), -Itum (lacio, draw), provoke, assail, attack. lacrim-a, -ae, F., tear. lacrim-o, -are, -avl, -atura, v.n., weep. lac-US, -us, M., a lake. laedo, laedCre, laesi, laesum, v.a., harm, hurt, offend, injure. laetiti-a, -ae [laetus, jo.v/ffi], F., joy, delight, pleasure. laet-us, -a, -um, adj., j'lyful, glad, pleased. l^p-is, -Idis, M., a stone. large, adv. See largiter, larg-tor, -iri, -itus sum, v. act., bestow, gicefreelii, brifje, larg-iter (largus), ■M\\\,greAdly, much, bounteously. larg-US, -a, -mil, adj, bounteous. La,! i/i-us, -I, M., Titus Lartius, first Roman dictator. late [latu^', adv., widely, broadly; large lateque, ./«r and wide; comp., latins; sup., latissinie ; quam latib- sime, as widely as possible. lat-eo, -ere, -Cil, no sup., v.n., lie hid, be unnoticed. latitud-o, -Inis [latus], F., width, breadth, extent. latr-o, -onis, M., a robber, freebooter. latrqcini-um, -i [latro], N., robbery, freebootiiig, piracy. latrocinor, ari, etc., be a brigar- . lat-U8, -a, -um [p.p, of fero, used as an ;ulj.], broad, wide. lat-US, -oris, N., side, jlank of an army ; latUS apertum, exposed ff^nk, i.e., the right ; ab latere, on the Jit! nk. laudabll-is, -e [laudo], iidj., praisc- wortny. laud-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v,a.,prrttse. laur-U3, -I, F., a l)ay-t>ee. laus, laud is, F., praise, fa tne. legati-o, -onis [icpo], P., an embaitsy. VOOAmiLARV. 33'» iny, cxrr dep., slip, ihor], v.n., , Lneedac- :)])niine8Ui<. I, mangled. turn (lacio, ,\-.n.,wccp. sum, V. a. , tl], V.Joif, >yful, glad, m, V. act., eutly, nmch, nteoiis. jartiiis, first _(/, broadly ; ■ ide ; c(imp. , lam latis- v.n., li^ hid, v., width, r, freebooter. N., robbery, a brigav' . fero, vised as fhtnk of an <'xlMsedJ^Miik, iin thejliuik. adj., prainc- 1, V. a., praise. rce. fame. ,, ancmhansy. legat-U8, -I [If^un, appoixi], M., am- hnngadtir, lieutenant. le^i-O, -niiis [lOffo], K.,. a Iriiinn, a division of tlip Roiiiaii army cnnsistinK', uhfii (complete, of (i,(MK» infaiilry and :i(M) i-avalry. Tlu- infantry \vtr»; i.ivided into HI (cohorts, each cnjiorl into ."{ manijilcs fnianipiili), and fiu'li inaniplc i?no i ci ii luries ((n-nturiac). Tlic .umi cnvalry were divided into 10 sipiiulrons (^Inrniae). legionari-us. -a, -mn fle^'iol, adj., of orlieloiKiiiii to a legion ; luiiea legion- ariU.S, K ciiiMiiion xiddirr. lego, Kf,'r;re, ICgl, lectum, v. a., ckoone, .telect; read. lego, -are, -avl, -atnni, v.a., appoint, dctijxttcli, ,svH(/ on- an errand. Lemann-us, -l, M., Lcman, no»v Lake of (Jeneva. lenit-as, -iltis [leni.s], F., smoothness. leniter [lonis], adv., gently, smoothly, sh)H.', an Aeliwe ; ]il. loci, M. (not in Caesar), and loia, N. (p. 280). locutus. See locjuor. long'e [loni^ns], adv.,./W/' ; with comp. and superl., ./cf/-, by far ; longe melior, far better ; longe optimus, i>y far the best ; comp., longius, too far. longinauus, -a, -um [lon^jus], wlj., far reinored, renuite, di.stanf, prolioiged. longitlid-O, -inis [longiis], v., length, extent. long-iis, -a, -urn, adj., long, tall, dis- tant ; navis longa, a .ship of war. loquor, loiini, locfitus (or lri<|ufitus), sum., V. dejt., sjieak, suy. Lucc-a, -ae, F., I.ucca, a town of of (iallia Cisalpiiia. luceo, lucCre, luxl, no sup., v.n. , shine. lucet, V. i supers., it is light. lucr-uir., -i, N., gam. llido, ludere, IfisI, lusum, v.n., spwt, play. lud-US, -i, M., sport, play ; pi., ludi, games. lllgeo, Ifiu'cre, luxi, no sup., v.a. and n., lament, nuiurn Jor. lum-en, -Inis [luceo], N., light. liin-a, -ae [^lucna, from luceo], F., moiin. lup-US, -I, M., wolf. lus-U8, -us [ludo], M., spin-t, play. lux, lucis, F., light; prima Ixrs, daybreak. maer-6o, -ere, no perf., no sup. \.;\. and n., grieve, lanwnt. m^gis, comp. of magnopere, ad\., fnore, rather. magist-er, -ri jmaf^nus], 'SI., master; equitum magister, master of the cnro/rti. H V(M AHULAUV !£; mag'istrat-us, hr |ni,ii;)stpi], M., n iiKniistrfiri/, (ifliri-, inri'fiKtrafr. niagrii-fi-cas, -., pcssiuuis. mandat-um. i [mando), N., onln-, coiinimnd, chanji'. mand-O, -are, -fivi, -atum [maiiusf doj, v.a. , iinlf'r, ritni iiiaiul, (•ntnisf. MandubracTiis, -i, M., a ehief of the Trinobantes in Britain. mane, lulv., in the vmrning, earhj. manSo, mauOre, mansi, mansum, v.a. and 11., rfiiKtiii, sfai/. manifest-US, -a, -um, adj., clear, plain, cridfiit. mansVie-facio,-faeere, -feci, -factum, (maims i-suefaeio), acriistatn, tome. man-US, -us, F.Jki nd ;tiniHl(ofiro^t\\n). Marc-US, -i, M., Marcua, a lloinan name. ma>e, -is, \., sea. margarit-a, -ae, V., pearl. maritim-US, ,a, -um [inaie^, adj., ht'linfiinij tit the Rea ; ora mantima, aea xhore ; regiones maritimae, '//*- ti'iets horileriiiij mi the xeii. Mars, Mart is, M., Mars, the Roman ;;•(>( 1 of «ar. Marti VIS, a, um, adj., Iirliminwf li, Marx. mas, maris, M., mnle. mater, mfilris, 1"., nmther ; ma terfamiliae or mater fami lias, mi.^- trexK of a liiiiixe. materia, -ae, V., tiinher, irond. matrimoni um, -i [maiir), N., tiiarriaiie ; in matrimonium dare, tiH/ive ill inaniiiir ; in matrimonium ducere, to uiamj. matron-a, -ae [mater], F., a married H'liiuan, wi/e, iiiatrnii. • matlire [mat funs), adv.. early ; comp., maturius; sup., maturrime and matur- rissime. matiir-o, are, -avi, -atum [maturus), v.a., make ripe, ripen ; haxten. matur-US, -a, -um, adj, ripe, early. maxime. See ma<,'noi)ere. maximus. See majrnus. mecuni, with me (105, 8). medeor, nu'dori, no perf., no sup., v.a. and n., lieal, remedy (with a dat.) medicin-a, -ae, F., inedivine. medicus, -1 [me• rfrt,'/ ." it in handed nn [incinor], ix], N., Z/c, iitior], adj.. , meaiinre; ter itwasure. n, v., dep., mercat-or, -("5ris[merx, tnerchnndige], M., nwrrhanf, trader. mercatur-a, -ae [merx], F., com- merce, trade. merc-es, -Cdis [merx], F., hire, wages. Mercuri-US, -i, M., Mercury, a Ro- man g-od who piesided over gain. mer-eo, -Ore, -fli, -Ituin, v.a., and nier-eor, -eri, -Itas sum, v. dep., flrai/t, earn, dexerm. mergo, mcrgere, mersi, inersum, v.a., immerxe, sink, overwhelm, destroy. mSridian-US, -a, -um[nieridies], aflj., at in id -day, or noon ; meridiano fere tempore, ahoat mmn. meridl-es, -ei [medius -l dies], M. mid- day; ad meridiem spectat, it faces the smith (i.e., the sun at ikkiii). m6rit-um, -i [mereo 1, N., desert, merit, service. meritus. See mereor. ruetior, mOtirl, mensus sum, v. dep., measure, measure out. meto, mC'ture, me.ssQi, messuni, v.a., rcaji. met-uo, -fiero, -ill, no sup. [mCtus], \.n.,J'ear, be afraid. met-tis, -us, M., fear, dread. me-US, -a. -ir.ii fvoc. sing, niasc, mens or ml], adj., my, mine. migr-o, -i\re, -avi, atuni, v.n. depart, cmlyrate, go away. mil-es, itis, M., soldier, foot-soldier. militar-is, -e [miles], a); mi.lia passuum, thousands of jHtces, inilfs. millia (milia), -lum, X., pi. (see mille), llii'iisands. miill-ies (-lens), adv. [mille], a thou- sand times. Milo, ruiis, M., Milo, a friend of Cicero. minor, -fui, -atus sum, v. dep., threaten. minor, -is, adj., <'omp. of parvus; less; as a miiiii, minores, -urn, siipply uatu, descendants. minu-O, -ere, -i, -fituin [minor], lessen, diminish. minus. ud\. of tninor; less; positive, l^arum ; sup., minime ; si minus, if not. mirabil-iS, -e[miror],adj., wonderful. mir-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. dep., ad- mire, wonder at. mirus, -a, -mn [miror], adj., wonder- ful, stramje marrellous. miser, -era, -trum, adj., wretched, unfortunate. misericordi-a. -ae [miser-Hcor], F., pity, compassion. miser-Sor, -Orl, Itus sum, v. dep., feel jntyfor (with gen.; p. 14()). miser-esco, -escure, no perf., iii> sup., ;^iY.iy,/t'<'/^>!7>/,/o/' (with geii.; p. 14«j. miser-et, -ere, -Ttum est, imjiera, it distres.^es. excites pity; me miseret, it excites pity in me, i.e., / pity (p. l(i.>). miser-or, -arl, -atus s>un, v. dep., express jiity for (with aw. ; j). 140). mit-is, -e,, adj., mild. mobilit-as, -iltis [-=niovi1(ilitas, fr., movibilis, frommoveo, more\, V., actimty, speed. mitt-o, mittere, misi, missum, v.a., send, despatch. modSr or, -an, -atus sum [uio' Ijottom of th> mountain ; medius mona. the middle of the mountain (p. uD, L, note). ] t: :m2 VOCABULARY. monstr-O, -rir«», -:ivi, -utum, v.a., jiohtt out, gftow, mora, -an, V., ilrfmi. morbus, -i, M., (listtasc mordeo, mordOre, infuiiordi, inor- 811111, \.ii., hitf ; Itiirt. morior, mom, mortfius hiiiu, v. dep., (lit: mor-or, -ari, -fitus sum [moml, v. /''''''^'i'^.'/, «"""» ., /«• born, be produceit, be desri'n tied from. natal-is, -v [uatus), iwij., natal, birth ; dies natalis, birth-flay. nati-O, -uiiis [iiat,iis|, F., tribe, jH'oph', nation. n&tO, -tart", -ta\i, -taMiin, v.a., xni'm. na-tura, -tuiae (uiiscor], F, nature, dixpoKition, poxition, form ; natura, naturally. na-tus, -ta, -turn [uascor], p.p. uscmI JUS an a^ij., descended from, born fron) ; puer decem annos natus, a boy ten //<«/.s' ()('(/ (p. ()!), }>). na-tus, -tfis [na-scor], M., used only in al)l, 8illf,^, by birth ; maiores natu, ancc^tor.^, old men ; minores natu, dexcendantx. naut-a, -ae [ = iiavita, from iiavis, ship], M., a .sailor. naval-is, -e [navis], adj., of or bclony- iny to a .ship, naval ; pugna navalis. a xea fujht. navig« -are, -avI, -utum [navis-f-ayoj, v.n., xail. navigi-um, -I [naviyo], v.a., sailiny- vexxel, xliip, boat. nav-is, -is [ace, navem or navim ; al)l., iiavi or r.ave], F., tihij) ; navis longa, a warship; navis oneraria, a tranxport. ne 0) con}., that not, lest (p. 181, 3); that (iihvr verbs of fearing, p. 185, 3); not to (after \vor., I"' 11 rill. il, blith ; ', iwnplr, \i., Kwiiii. , iiafnir, natura, p.p. llSt'!l ■d only in 38 natu. }S natu, Din navis, Or lirloiKj- navalis, avis+a{,'o], a., sailiivj- or iiavnn ; p ; navis jneraria, 1>. 181, 3); p. 185, 3); liing, order- that no one . quidem, phartbed is iiideni ; (f>) ces : as, ne itic particle, iiestions -nc pt by laying it is joined : ne — an, , ivd\., iieces- lecosscl, adj., ecessary, un- I. nScessit-as, -atiH [nofesse], F., iiccea- aiti/, need. necne, interrojjative alternative in indirect question, or not ; annon is used in direct. n6c o, -arc, -avi, -atuni, v. a., yut to deatk, kill, destroy. nefarl-US, -a, -\nn [nefiis], iulj., imcked, atroeiinif!. n6fas [ne f fas|, N. indec^l., a crime (against divine law) ; iinjn'ous deed ; nefas est dictu, U in in-omj to nay (p. \1j). neg-ligo, -lltrere, -lexi, -lectuni (nee + lef;o], v.a., Kliijlit, neylcH, he. indijj'erent to, dr.'^jii.ie. neg O, -are, -avI, -atuni [ne f aio], v.n., deny, say no or not, refuse ; often — dicit non. negroti-or, -an, -atus sum [nejfotium], V. dep., (/« or carry on business. negOtium, -J [nec-l-otiuni, leisure], N., oit.sines.'i, enterprise ; nihil ne- gotii or non quidquam negotii, no trouble. Nemet-es, -um, i)l., y., Semetes, a (iernian tribe living- in Caesar's time west of the Rhine. nera-O, -Inis [ne-fhomoj, no one, no body (p. V.n, 2). n6p6-S, -tis, M. and F., (jramlsmi, iieiihew ; pi., de.seendants. neqviaquam [ne ^ (piaquam, any- n'oy\, adv., not at all, by no means. n^que or nee [ne+que] ; in Caesar nee IS not foinid before vowels ; conj., nor, and not; neque. . . .neque, nec • . . nec, neither. . . .nor. nequldquam [ne+quid(iuani], atlj., ill vain, to no purpose. ne-scio, -scire, -sclvi, -scitmn [ne -+- seioj, v.a., not to know. neu. See neve. neu-ter, -tra, -turn, gen. neutrlus [ne-fnter], pron., neither (\t. 26). neve or neu [nO + ve, oc], conj., nor, and not ; neve neve, neither . . . . /lor (186, 6) nex, nfois, F. [neeo., kill], v.a., kill. nlg-er, -ra, -rum, adj., blaek, dark, nihil [ne ) hilum, a trifle], indecl., N., nothin(j, not at all; nihil est quod, there is no reason that ; non habeo quod, / hare no reason that; non nihil, soinethiny. nihllO, (abl. of degree of differencf from nihiliun), by nothing, none the; nihiloniinus, none the less, necertheleas. noc-ens, -entis [pres. part, of ; used as an adj.], yniltir, xised a8 a i nimis, adv., too much, excessirely. Uimi-US, a, -um [niniisj, adj., excea- sire, loo much, too iiri-r,;. nisi [ne-fsij, conj., if not, unless, ex- cept. nitor, nlti, nisua and ni.xus sum, v., dep., lean vpoii, endeavor, strive. nix, ni\ is, I'"., snow. nobil is, -e [noseoj, aarl. of nosco, used JUS uii t-ulj.J, known, lOcU-known. novem, mini, adj., nine. novi. See nosco. nov-US, -ri, -um, adj., frcxh, neit', rciU'iit, .strange; suiwrl., novissinms ; no lonii). ; agmexi noviHsiraum, the, rear ; res novae, a rcridalion. noXj tioctis, !•'., night; darkncsn ; prima nocte, at nightfall ; multa nocte, late at night. noxi-a, -ac [iioceo], F., offence, crime. nub-es, -is, v., a dnud. nubo, iifihOre, nii)>si, iiiiptiini Inubes], v.n., witlulal., rcil une'ti ai'lf for (\\y,in\ of a woman marryinjf a man), with dat., inarry, nud-O, -are, -avi, -atuiii, v.a., Ktrip, ex2>oHe. nud-US, -a, -um, adj., hare, destitute of, withalil. (p. 64, 4). null-US, -a, -um, gen. nullius[ ne+ ullus!, adj., none, no one. num, iiiterrog-. particle ; p. 2!». Num-a, -ac, M., Nvnia i.e., Numa Pompilius, the second kinj,' of Iloiuo. nu-men, -minis [mio, )Khl\, N., jmwer, niajentg (of the }^o) -|- sacer], v.a., beseech, suppiicate. ob-3ervo, -servare, -servavi, -serva- tum [ob + serv(j], v.a., observe, regard, wateh, obey. ob-ses, -sidls, M. and F., a hostage. ob-sessio, -sessIGiiis [obsideo], F., siege, blockade. ob-Sideo, -sJdCre, -sedt, -scssum [ob -f sefleo], v.u., besiege, orcupy, bloekadc. ob-.-^Tdio, -sliUonis [obsideo], F., a siege, blockade. Ob-sisto, -sistCrc, -stiti, -stTtum [ob + sisto], v.n., .'if and against, oppose, resist, a'ith.. VMi, 7, note). of-feildo, -fond' 10, -fendf, fonsnin foV) + f tMido, t^t like], strike (I erson^ ; omnes ad unvim, all to a man. 6nerari-\is, -a, -mu [onus], adj., of a burden ; navis oneraria, a trannjiort. 6ner-0, -are, -avi, -atum [onus], v.a., load, overload. 6n-U8, -eris, N., load, burden, weight. 6per-a, -ae, F., ivork, toil ; operam dare, to pay attention to ; mea opera, by my aid. opfni-O, -onis [opinor, think], F., be- lief, notion, reputation ; opinio timo- ris, impre.'i.^iiin of fear ; iustitiae opinio, repiitittion for fair dealing; praeter opinionerh, eontrarg to ox- j)ectatioii ; celerius omni opinions, sooner than anyone had cepected. 6port-et, -Cre, -Xni, iinpers., it is ne- cessary, ought (j>. 102, 4). oppidan-US, -a, -um [oppidum], of a town ; oppidani ^noun, pi.), totpns- people, iiihahitants oj a town. oppidum, -1, N., town. opportunT-tas, -tatis [opportumis], F., fitness, fa rorable condition or situa- tion, advantage. opportun-us, -a, -um [oh i-portus, at or near the port], wV]., fit, suitable. opprimo, -prinn re, -]>iessi, -pres- snm (ol)4-).rein"], v.a., ireigh down, bur- den, cru.'ih, desliiii/. oppug'nati-o, -Onis [ob-f-pugno], F., assault, (iltitrk. oppug-n-O, -are, -avi, -atum [ob-f ]>uvno|, \-.:i., storm, attack (a eity or camp). (oi)S), tiom. wantin.,'' ; gen., opis, F., might, [loirer, helji ; )•!., opes, ivealth, resources, means (see ai'pendi.x, p. 278). optime. See bene. optimus. See botuis. 6p-us, -f'ris, N., u'ork, labor, fortifica- tion ; magno opere (or inagno]HTe), greatly, e.rceediugly ; quantO opera, how greatly ; tanto opere, or tant- opere, .so much, so greatly. opus est. See IfiG, 2. 6ra, -ae, I".. coa.st, shore ; ora niari- tima, aca coast. orati-o, -Onis [oro], v., a speech. orat-or, -oris [oro], M., speaker. orb-is, -is, M., a circle ; orbis terra- rum, the whole world. orb-US, -a, -um, arTf, ortus sum, v. dep., rise, •irise, begin , sol oriens, the rising sun ; luce orta, at dan-break. orna.ment-um, -i [omo], N., an. ornaineiii. ornat-us, -a, -um, -us [omo], adj., ad or II ft. ornamented. omat-U8, -iiti forno], M., ornament. orn-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., adm-n. oro, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., pray for, beseech. 346 VOCABULAUV 1 ! OS, oris, N, vui\ith,j'ace. os-tendo, -tciidore, -tendi, -teiisiim (or-tt'rit,\nn), [ob + tuiulol, v. a., shoiv, din- play, dedain. otl6s-US, -a, -um [otium], atlj., at leihtim, 6ti-um, -i, N., leisure, qvieU OV-is, -is, F., a sheep. ovum, -i, N., egg. P. pabulati-o [pabnlnm]. F., foraging, getting fodder. pabiilat-or, -Oris [pabulum], M., forager. pabul-or. -an, -fitus. sum [pal)ulum|, V. ({ii\i., forage, seek forage. pabulum, -i, N., fodder, forage. paca-tus, -ta, -turn [\\\>. of jiaco, used as an adj.], peaceful, i/niet. pac-O, -are, -avi, -fitum [pax], v. a., subdue, 2>acify. pac-tum, -tl, N., agreement, bargain. paene, adv., almost, nearly. pag-US, -I, M., distriet, canton; the word still exists in French pays: as, Pays de Calais. p&lam, adv., openly, publicly. pallid-US, -um, adj., jjale. palm-a, -ac, F., palm of the hand ; hand. pal-US, -i, M., a stake. pal-US, -udis, F., marsh. pando, paiidere, pandt, pansum and passum, v.a., stretch, stretch out. pan -is, -is, yi., bread, loaf. par, paris, aflj., equal, equal to. para-tUS, -ta, -turn [)».p. of paro, used asaniwlj.], prepared, ready. parce [parous], adv., sparingly. parc-us, -a, -um [parco], aerro\i, perretituin [por + reyo], \.a., goon, uilrance. periculosus, -a, -um [jwriculunij, adj., full of danger, dangerous. pSriCul-um, i, N., danger, trial, attempt. perit-US, -a, -um, adj., skilled, prac- tised (with jrenitive); rel nillitaris peritus, skilled in military affairs. per-legro, -It'^'Cre, -logl, -lectum [per-f lenfo], v.a., read through. per-luo, -lilere, -lul, -lutuni [per-f luo, wash), v.a,., wash thoroughly, bathe. permagn-us, -a, -um [per+ma^'ims], adj., very large, very great. per-mfi,neo, mmrie, -mansl, -man- sum [per+maneo], s'ug, remain, contintie. per-mitto, -mittCre, -misi, -missum ("per + mitto], v.n., entrust. per-moveo, -mOvOre, -mOvi, -motum j^per t-m6veoJ, v.a., rouse, disturb, alarm, induce. per-nici es, -CI [per4-nex], V., ruin, destruction. per-pauc-i, -ae, -a[per-i-paucus], adj., very few. per-petior, -pCtl, -pessus sum [per-f- patiorj, v., dej)., bear, endure. per-petCio [perpetuus], atlv., continu- ally, constantly. per-rumpo, -rumpere, -rupl, -rup- tum [per 4 rumpo, break], v.a., break through, deniulL^h. per-saepe [per + saepe], adv., very often persci'ibo, -scribOre, -scripsi, -sijrip- tum [i)er-f .serilio], v.a., urriteafull report of, report in full. per-seQUOr, -sequl, -sCcQtus (or sC- qiu'itus) sum, v., dep., follow up, pursue, avenge. perse ver-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., persist, persevere. per-solvo, -solvf're, -solvl, -solutum [y)or rsolvo], v.a., pay in full. per-apicio, spicCre, -spexl, -spec'tum [per+speoio, iooA^J, v.a., see, inspect, sur- vey, ascertain, recognise. il t 348 VOrAnULAHY. H" per-aufi,d6o, Huadr'n-.-nuasi, -suasum [per I Muwl.-o, (idrim-], v. a. and n., per- miadi\ riinriiirr, iiiiliict' ; mihi p©r- suadetxir, / ma jn'imiailcd {Ua, 1.) per terreo, -drivn', -icrrni, -tcrii- tuin (per 1 ti rrt'O, /ri ilitiii], \.ix.,, 1). poet-a, -ae, M., a poet. polliC-Sor, -Orl, -!tuM sum, v. dep., promise; with fut. inf. (p.lio); p. me hoc facturum esse, / promise to do this. PompeiUS, -1, M., I'nmpey; Gneim Pompeius Maynus, a great Homan gene- ral, defeated by Caesar at Pharsalia, B.c. 48. pom-um, -I, N., an apple. pond-US, -eris [jiendo, weiyh], N,, weiyht. pono, ponCre, pOsrti, pfisltum, v.a., place, put, lay down ; castra ponere, jjifch a camp. pons, pontis, M., bridge. ponti-fex, -ficis Ipoiis + facere, sacrijice], hi., high priest, pontiff. populati-o, -unis [populor, devastate], devastation, ravayiny. popul-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. dep., de- vastate, lay vastc. popul-us, -I, M., jKople. port-a, -ae, F., gate, door. port-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., carry. portoriaim, -l fportus], N., harbor- dues, toll, tax, custom. port-US, -i"iH, M., harbor, port, haven. POSCO, postxro, p6posci, no sup., v.a-, hcg, demand, ask. possessi-O, -Onis [pos.sId(5o], F., /w/J- session. pos-sideo, -sldere, -sCdl, -sessuni v.a., hold, iiccupy, 2>ossess. possum, i)oss(', potfll, no sup. [potis, alife + snm, he], irreg. v., be able, can (p. 14-2); multura posse, ft* /m ye, '/rettt poiver : plurimum posse, to have very great power. VOCABULAUY. ;viy iJOat, adv., (i.flfr, later; oftni v^iHl .iiil. ; anno post, o iii'Uf ' : paucin unnls post, <'./<•«' ?/'■«'>' it/tri(\i. H-i, :!). post, vrcj)., \\i(li ace. oiil.v, lirliiinl, iiftrr : post tergum, in the nar ; post paucos annos, nfter a jew yearn (ji. .S2, ;{). postea, fi)osf-ft'tt], adv., (i/ti'nt>arilK. posteaquani [postea+(|uumJ, conj., (i/li'r tlidf, afti-r. poster-US, -a, -iiiii [iiost], adj., thr foUoH'inn, iir.rt ; coiiij)., ]>f)slorior ; su))., I)(>s1r0inus; pi. AL, posti'r-i, -(niiiu, jms- tcrihj. posthoc [poHt+hooJ, luiv., itj'tcr tlii>i; hereafter, henceforth. poat-pono, -])oiKrL', -|>ftsflT, -pSsTtnin []K)Sl-t-p<)iii)|, \ .!i.,^'i/' after, I'Kfeein lexn, laif uxide. postqnam [post+iniaiu], julj., after that, after, when (p. 'M), '1). postremo falil. lunt. of postrenms, fruiii iKistenis], a. with abl., in comparison with, on account of. prae-acutus, -ac-uta, -iloutum [prae f acuo, sharpen, p.p., used as an adj.], sharpened at the end, pointed. praebeo, -bore, -brn, -bltum [prae + liaoeo], v.a., ofer, show, furnish. prae-cedo, -cOdf-re, -cessi, -cessuin [prae+eedo], v.a., yo before, sur2)ass. prae-ceps, -cipitis [prae +oaput], adj. , headlony, steep, precijiitous. prae-ceptor, -ceptoris [prae-fcapio], M., instructor. prae-ceptum, -cepti diraecipio], N., teachiv'j, eoiiiisef : order, command. prn« ctpio. -tipore, .<<rae + capio , v.a., order, direct , iiistrurt. praecipue, Ipraecipuus], adv., iMijieci- ally, jiiirticiilarfy. prae olai'US, twlj., very noted, vent distliiijuishcil. praec-O, -onis, M., herald, crier. prne-c\irro, -currCTe, -rftcurri, (or iiuni, cursuin [pnio (cwrro], v ri., n«H li(fiire, iiufstrij). praed-a, -ae F., booty, njioil. praed-O, -onis, .M., roliber, liandit. prae-dico, -dicfiro, -du-fivi, -dicatum [l)iae + dicfil, v.a. and n., make kno:-/'n, ass'rt, declare, proelaiin (prat'-dico, ./V»/-c- tell). praedit-us, -a, -um, aut before, prefer. prae-ficio, -fUvre, -focit, -tectum [prae -I- fai'io|, v.a., />ut over, pl'ice in C'lmmnnd o/(\vith iice. and dat.) prae-figro, -flj^'crt', -fix!, -flxum [prae 1 n;;o ./(^s•^•,)|, fx or place in front of; Kudibus praefixis, by di-iving utakea ill, f runt. prae-mltto, -mitture, -mTsI, -mis-sum (prae ■}- niittn], v.a., send forward, send lief ore or in ad ranee. praemi-um, -i [prae-f emo, take], N., reu'iird. praepar-o, -are, -avi, -u.tnm, prepare. prae-pono, -pGnere, -piisfii, -p(5sTtum [prae i- ponoj, v.a., set omr, place in cumnwnd of. pr.-ie-ruptXis, ■ni))ta, -nii)tum fpcrf. ]i. of ))raernnipii, M^u'd as an adj. J, steep, ]iree!piti)us. prae-scribo, -scirlbere, -scripsl, -scrii)tiun [ prae + scrilx) ], v.a.. order, direct, command. praescrintuni, -seripti [pme8crii)o], X., order, instruction. praesens, praesentis [pres. part of praesum used as an £idj.], at hand, ■present. praesenti-a, -ae [praesens], F., ?»('*.- ence ; in praesentia, for the time being, for the present. praesertim f)>rae + sero, join}, espreiallii, partieular/y. praeaidi-um, t |j>raescs, yvard], guard, defence, garrison, fortress, re- iloulit. II .'550 VOCAnrLARV. pfaO-HtO. -Starr, sfitj, stittmi [|.raf I «lo), V.ll., stinil', iliHjilini, iK'tJanii. prae-Hum, -cshc, -fa>, no sup. (iime i hiiim), v.ll., /(I hr ni'i'r. jiri'siilr m-fr, lirii'i' ri)niiii(in/. praeter, pii'ii. willi ace. only, hi'iiniiil, fxrrfit, riiiilrttri/ In. praet6rea|pnut(r i cal iulv., iwxlili'. praet6reo, -iri', -ni, iiiiin ipraricr I i'0|, \.it. iitid II., j)i(xs III/, i/ii hji^ /KISS nrrr. praet6r!t-U8, u, -um |prac(l, ji.ji. used JI.S an iulj., jiiist ; tempUS praeteritum, />t, hriftiiid, lii'.sidrs. praeterv6hor, -vf'hi, -vfctus Hum linaftt-r I vi'ho), v. dc])., /*(' ranit'd br- yoiid, Kdil past, rtxist (iliimj. praet-or -oris [for praeitor, from pracoo, oue who (Jiwk hej'oir], M., ijenrral, luiniinaudcr, jmwtor. praetori-US, -a, -um (jtraetorl, adj., of or li>'l(ni(jin(j to tlir jiractar ; cohors praetoria, iji'Dcntrtt iiddii-nvm-d ; por- ta praetoria, yate mar the yeneraVx tent in the camp. prat um, -l, N., meadow. pr6ci, iirCcc'in, ]>r(-ci' ; in pi., jirOccs, pri'cuni, ]•"., prai/er, reijuest. (.VjiptMidix, p. 27!».) pr6-hendo, -hendCre, - lieixll, -hen- sum, v.a., neize, granj), anatch, learn. premo, prCinero, pressi, prcssuni, v.a., prens, haraxx, vjijnrxx. prendo, prendere, prcndT, jirensuin (see i)reliendo). pr6ti-um, l, M., pi ire, value. prex, obsolete noun. See preci. (Ap- pendix, )). 'J7!>). pridie [prior+die], adv., the day he- fore. primo [abl. of primus], adv., at first, in the fi rut instance. primtim [aec neut. of jirinnis], adv., first, in the fivKt place; Quam primum, as soon as possible ; cum primum, as soon as. prim-US, -a, -um, adj. of supcrl. de- gree, first; eonij). prior; no positive; prima luce, at daybreak ; prima nocte, at niyhtfall. prin-ceps, -clpis [prinms-fcapio], M., chief man, chief, prince. pr:ncipa-tus,-t us [princeps],M.,cAie/ auth ority, lea dersh ip. prior, )>rnii^, adj., former, prnnoUs (sie jiriniux). prlHtlnus, a, um [prior), lulj., old, former. priu.s fprior], adv., Iiefore, sooner, )'arlli'r. priusquam. (i-rius i (|uani], conj.. Ill fore, sooner than (p. 'JOl, .''(). privatitn Iprivalusl, w\\., prirately, indi ridiially, as indl ridiials. privatus, -a, -um (privo, set apart from the state), aid. proconsul, -idis [i>ro-i consul], .M., proconsul, one who, lia\ ingltcen a consul, has the government of a i)rovinee assigne«i to him. procul, a., fight. VOCAniTLARY. 35 1 riietl tiirr, itiini ilto. (or I- ash ir<) + ctum mrd : iuin]. pro.ili-um, -i (i>ro«linrl, N., l>attfi; Jiijhl, I'liifniji'iiK'nt.. profecti-o, -oiiiH [proHcMMcor), !•'., driKirtiirr, sitting nut, profecto [pro + factum, a /net], imIv., inilriul. pro-fSro, -ft-rrc, -tnll, -liitum (uro l- fur')l, V. irrey., carrn Jdiicanl, hrimj forth. pro-ficlo, -fict'rc, -ffK'T, -ffirliun [pro+ fjioioj, v.ii., nilmiirr, rjl'irt, i:)iuwcor|, adj., xprutuj Jrnni. pro-gredior, -tcrCdi, -ffrosxus sum [pro i j;nulior, Kfi'p],\. dep., mlvance, tjti Joriranl. pro-hibSo, -hibcre, hlhfti, hlbTtiim [pro hhulx'oj, v.a., hold, restrain, irrcvfitt. pro-icio, -IcC-re, -iOc;l, -iCctiim [i)ro f iacio], v.a., throw, throw nwai/. pro-lnde [pro+inde], adv., hence- forth, therefore. pro-miss-us. -a, -nm [pvrf. p. of promitto, let (jo hefure], long, fiuji'imj; capillua promissus, tony, jiowimj hair. pro-mltto, -mittcre, -misi, missuui [pro+mitto], v.a., p>-oinise. pro-moveo, -mOvCre, -mOvI, -mo- tum Ipro-j-moveoJ, v.a., move fnrtoard. prompt-US, -um [perf. part, of promo, hrimj forward, u.sed as an adj. J, ready. Sro-mulg-o, -are, -avi, -atum [pro-f jiis], v.a., etuict a law. prone [pronus], adv., headlong, lean- ing forward. pro-nunti-O, -are, -avI, -atuin [pro+ nuntio], v.a., tell, announce, declare. Krope, adv., near, nearly, almost, jwed by ace. or dat. or afi. with ace ; prope raontem, prope nionti, prope ad montem, jiffltr the mountain ; comp., pro- pius; sup., proxime. pro-pello, -pellCre, -pi'ill, -pulsuni [pro+pello], v.a., drice away, put to fiight. proper-O, -are, -avi, -atum [propenis, quick], v.a. and n., hurry, hasten. propingiu taa, -liitis [propiiMpnis), I'., ncarnrnH, Dtcinity, relationship. proplnqu-O, -ari', -avl, -atum [m-o- ])in<|UUH|, • .n., come near; approach. proplnqil-UH, -a, -iim [propf], adj., near, ninh ; as a iiniui, proplnqUUH, relation. pr6pI-or, is [(■()mi»aratlvo from xmt- )»oH('d prup-is, -f ), nearer; HUptTl., proxlmUH, -a, -um, nearmt, next, lant ■ proxillia nocte, on the laxt night. propius. Si'C ])n)pe. propono, -pniiirc, -p<"isnT, -p(VsU-.:m [jtro + jjono], v.a., put forward ; net up; explain ; raixe , vexllliim proponere, raixe the Jlag {the xign of Imttle). proprius, -a, -um, adj., one\ own, jiarticnlar, pern liar. propter, prei>. witb ace. only, on rtc- count of, in conxei/uencc of. propt6r6a [propter -}- ea], aiarofit to, beiu-jit protinus [pro-f tenus, up to], adv., at once, fortlnvith, immediately. pro-v6ho, -vehere, -vexT, -voctum [pro+velio], v.a., carrn forward; pass, often in sense of xail along. pro-video, -vidcre, -vidl, -visum fpro -fvideo], \.a..,forexee, perceive, jnoride. provid-ios, -a, -um [pro-f video], adj., foreseeing. provinci-a, -ae, ¥., province, duty. pr6-v6co, -are, -avl, -atum [pro-i- voco], v.a., challenge, summon,. proxime. See prope. proximus. See propior. pruden-a, -tis [pro f- video], adj., pru' dent, foreseeing. prudentT-a, -ae[ = providentia, from pro4- video], h. foresight prtidence. publico public us], adv., m the name of the state, ax a xtate. 11 352 VOCABCLARV. publicuH. -a. -uni f ].ujiii!irns. from iinpnlus|, .ulj., nf or t„'/i,,,if!iiii t.t Ihr jiciiti/r, i>iihlir, (•oiiiniiiii : I'GS piVb- lica, '/ • roiiiiiiiitiirruflli ; jin/Hirs. 7»i;<^^-et, -Ore. -nit. or -ituin est, v. iiii- ;)ers , it etr.isrs shainr (p. Ki"), 1). pud-or, -nrisfinidctl, M., xlunm: pviell-a, ;ii' [f., rhild, ho;/. pueril-is, -i' (|>ii(t|, adj., of a rhllil or hill, ; piiorili aetate, tlnn'iKf the aiJi' iif rhiliHir,,,,!. pug-n a, -Mv, v., iKjht, riiiiilict. puefn-O. -:'iiv, -avi, -iitnni. v.ii., liqlit : pugnatum est, thr inttti,- ims j;,'ii,/i,i (l>. I. VJ.'.)). quadraginta, num. adj. iiuUcI.. f(»*y. quadringent-i, -ao. -a i w 'tuor + cejitinii], a(ij. , J'vur hundred. quaero, finaerCre, quocsTvi, qiiaesl- tuin, v.a., xovk, lnokfor, axk, inquiri'. quaest io, -lOnis ftjuaero], examina- tion. quaestor, oris ((piaero), M., (/uaf- tor or xt'.ite treasure'/; ijuarti'r-iiiastcr of the army. ntiaest-US -us [quaeroj, M., ptiuiU8, «••>• oooil U.S postiiblc ; ..ler fonij)arativ<-s and comparalivf expres- sions, ,i.f, thoii ; puer melior quam tu, II lioji licit rr than i/mt ; post diem quartum quam venit, thr jourih day after he eatne. quamdiu. adv.. as hmi/ as. quamobrem, inierroj,'. and rei. a(!v., fur n-liirh reason, wherefore, whij. quamquam, conj., though, althoaqh, hoivrrer, inid i/et (\). IIMI, .''»). quamvis |.,ua.ii • vis, from voln|, adv., hoirerer. ; quamviS pauci, //" audter hr,v few : althonil, (p. lixi, ;".). quando. intcrro;r. or rel. adv., when, whenerer, ut ain/ time. QUanto [al)l. of ilitTcrence, fi'on: ipiaM- !us|, ;.(lv., hi/ .loii' iiiiirh; quanto tanto. "••-■. . . .so, the. . . .thi' (p. yu:>, 4). quantum [aces, of quantus], a-., leherefore, irh/i. •"lua/rtus. a, um, num. ac.j,, fourth. quasi [(piam, as I si, if], conj., as if, quattCior, n',.n. indeel. nilj., four. quatttiordecim fquattuur-fdeeem], num. iiideel. mix., fi)ii,''''eii.. -que, eonj., and, ahv.ys appended to another word \\iii(Ii in ■;onsfru(tion be- lollLi'S Io it. quemadniodum fquen.-fad + mo- ^iiod, rel. pron., r'ho, irhieh (p. VX) ; since he (p. 19.S, i) : ^o that he VP. ISS, 4). qui, (piae or cjua, (piod, iiiterrog. or indef. jm-ou., ]. wlio, i. any. quicquaiTi. See ((Uis(iuam (p. 182, 3). quicumque, (juaecmnqi e, quodeum- i\\\-, indef. pron., whoerer, whatever (p. Ilia. 2). qiiidam, quaedam, (pioddam o<' (juid. dam, indef. ;iron., a certain, a certain one ; pi., .•4ome, certain. quidem, ad ■.. indeed, at lea»t ; ne.. . . quidom, ' ...even; t!ie word empha- n M>(] is alwajM piactd between nc and qiiidrn ,. quie-8, -tis, F., /v;.', viijwse, quiet, pvaccfvl. VOCABULARY. 353 cxprfs- quam t diem • luuiili i-ei. adv., tltliiin) ; after words of ))revent'ntr. etc., trans. liV //■'»;» with verbal niiiiM endini; in -in>,' (p. IH.^i, 2, note). quinam, 'Hiaenam, (inodnam, inter- roj,'. jirnn., irh" prrni ' irhn then f qilindecim [iiuimiue -l- decern], nvim. adj., ji/fi-di. quingen^-i, -ae, -a [(iiiin«iue + cen- tum], a(ij.,_//(if' hviKltni. quini, -ae, -a, distrib. num. adj., firr Pdrh, JiiJC a pi err. qviinquaginta, indecl. innn adj., quinqiie, indoel. nmn. :ulj.,^w. qaint-us, a, -uni [(piinque], num. £.dj., Ji/lh. quippe, adv. eonj., surebi, certainly ; quippe qui (p. li)S, 4 note). quia, quae or qua, (piid orcjuod, indef. pron., atii/oin', rt«i/(p. 120,1). quispiam. quaepiam, quoest. quisquis, quaequae or qtiaqua, fpiid- qui(i (qincMiuid) or (iuo■» jar us : propterea quod, hrcanse ; quod sj, 'lut if, imivif{\\ 1!>2, 1, note). quominus, eonj., that not ; often b< st nndi rid b> froni. (after verbw of hiiuh'rinij, prcrenting) with a verbal noun in iny (p! lis'*, 2). 23 quontam [quom ( - quum) -f- iam], eonj., Kince, xeeiny that, Iweauxe (p. li»8). quoque. adv., following,' the eniphatio word of a claise, alxii, too. quot, iixleel. adj , how many. quotannis fipiot t annis, al)l. i>l. of aninis], ail v.. yearly, crery year. quotidian-ua. -a, -uin fquot i-dies], aflj., daily, crery day. quotidie fquot+dies],aack. rebell io, -lonls [re l bellum]., F., renewal of the uutr, vprisiny. rebell-c -are, -avi, -atum [re-fbel- liMu], .a., renew a war. .'6-:; -r ,">, ealrre, -eessi, -eessuni [rer )), ,' ick, withdraw. re 'jens, -ceutis, adj., recent, late, fresh. re-ceptus, -ccptus [recipio], M., draw- imj hack, retreat. r6-CipIO, -elpere, -evpl. eeptiun [re ; eapio], \ .a., take hack, ricorer, win ; se recipere, retreat ; in deditior.em recipere, to ailmlt to a surmidn. r6-cTto, -cltare, -citavi, citatum (re+ eito, quote], v.a., read aloud. rS-clinO, -dlnure, -elnavi, -elinatvun [re+clino], v.a., make to I'-an, r6-cordor, -eordrirl. -corilutus Hum [re-f cor], v. dep., cull tn mind. 3BBB& mmmmmm 354 VOCABULARY. recte [rectus], ailv., right ly. rectus, -a, iini, adj., right, utrakfht. recuH-o, -rue, -riN i. -atuiii [re + causa], \.a.. rr/iisi', dirllnfi, shrink ; when followed hy (|U()iniiius or (|uin with the Hul;j., tlieseare to lie ( ranslated l)v ^i with inf.' red-a, wheels). ■ae, 1""., irnggoii (with four red do, -derc, -dhh, -dilum [re+do], v.a.y gi I'c Itdck, restore, return ; rentier. r6d-eo, -ire, -ivl (or U), -Hum [red + eo], v.n., go liaek, return. rfid-TgO, -iKi^^re, Cf,'!, -actuui fred + a','o], V.a,., (Irire Iniek, red nee; renilei. red-imo, -imOre, -Oiui, -em;ituiii [red + eiMi), l>ini\, v.a., hug back, jmr •liuse. red-integr-o, -are, -avl, atuiii [rcd+ inteyer, whole], va., renew, reeive. redit-us, -us [red-l-eo], return. reduco, -dricOre.-duxi. uueiuni [re-j- dileo], v.a., leail Ixiek. refero, -ferre, -tfdl, -Ifituin [re-f fero], brim/ or earrg Ituek; report, announce ; pedem referre, retreat ; gratiani re ferre, rei/vite; gratias referre, return thnnka. re-fert, -ferre, -tfdit v. iuipers., it concerni^, it is of importance (p. KKi, ',i). reficio, -fleerc, -fCel, -feetuui [re-f fae.io], N'.a., repair, refit, refresh. refugio. -fft},'ere, -ffip, fft(,'ituui [re-f fu^'io), v.a. and u.,Jlee back or away, re- treat, escape. regin-a, -ae [rfjiro], F., queen. regi-o, -oiiis [n'v'o], F., tUstrict, country. regi-US, -a, -tun [rex], adj., kingly, royal ; domus regia (or rej.>ia alone), jHilnce. regn-O. -are, "-avl, -atuni [leLTo], v.a. and n , l)e king, reign, rule. regn-uiu, -i [refjfo], X., kingdom; alisolute pmrer. rego, ri'tji're, re.M, reack, rejwixe. religio, ouIh [re-f lij^fO, biiui], F., re- ligiims Kcru2>le^, relujimt,; j>l., riteg of religion. re-linquo, -liiKiuero -liqul, -lietuin [re+lin(iuo, quit], v.a, leave, leave be- hind. r61iqu-US, -a, -tun [re+liiKHio], adj., remaining ; nihil reliqui esse, nothing is left ; in reliquvim tempus, for all time to come. re-man6o, -luaiure, -mansl, niansuiu [re I inaneo], v.n., remain, .^itay. rem-ex, -Igls [it., rCiuus-f aju^o], M., (/ rower. rem-igo, -I;,'are, -lyavl, -Igatuni [re- inus-f ago], v.a. and n., row. re-miniscor, -luinT.sci, no perf. [re-f root men in mens], v. dep., remember, recollect (with genit'ive, p. 1 Ki, 7). re-missus, -niis.sa, -misstun [re-f mitto], adj., relaxed, re-mitto, -mittere, -mlsl, missum [re -f uiitto], v.a., send back. remot-US, -a, tun [perf. J), of renioveo, used as an adj.], remote, far off. re-moveo, -inOvere, -movl, -motuni [re + moveo', v.a., rem*)ve, dianiiks, get rid of. rem-us, -i, M., oar. Remus, -i, -M., Jiemus, brother of Romulus. ren-o, -onis, M., a reindeer skin. re-nunti-o, -are, -avi, -atum [re-f nuntio], v.a., bring back word, report. reor, rert, ratus smn, v. dep., think. re-pello, -jiellere, -i>i1li, -pulsum [re-f pello], v.a., drirc back, lepnlse. repente [repens, suddin], ;ulv., sud- denly. repentino [repentintis], iulv., sua- deidy, u ne.rj>cctedly. repentin-U8, -a, um [repens],, adj., nasty, suilden, n nexpec.ted. re-perio, -pcrire, -peri (also reppcri), -l»erttim [re-f pario], v.n., dircorer, fnd, ascertain. r6-peto, -petCre, pctivi (or petii), petitum [le-f peto], .seek again, demaml. r6-port-0, -are, -avl, -atum [re+jwrto], v.a., carry back. re-prehendo, -prehendCre, -prOhen- di, -i)rchensani [re rprehendo], v.ix., hold back; blame, rebuke. re-pudi-o, -are, -avJ, -atum [re-f pudet], >:., reject. re-pu.cm-0, -are, -avi, -atum [re-f l>ugno], V.U., oppose, retdst. res, rel, F., matU'r. a fair; res mili- taris, tnilitary science ; res novae, revolution; res publica, utate ; politics. VOCABULARY. 35o re-Scindo, soindrro, -Hcldi, -scissiiiu [re+scindoj, v. a., ik. Ror iin-U3. a, -nm (Roma), a's prow, coverefl with iron iind UHe1., rostra, oruju, /uLitinns. (Appendix, p. 279)- rota, ae, 1'., wheel. nlblcund-US, -a, -um [rnl»eo, be red\, adj., raddij, rumor, oris, M., nnimr, rep<,rt. ruo, -ere, i, -raium, v.n., rush. rfip-es, -is F., rock, cliff. rursvis [ =reversus, turned Inick], back, aijain. rus, ruris, N., country. In pi., only rura is found ; ruri, in the conntrii ; rure, .frttm the count ri/ ; ruS, to the country (p. S.'i, ;{). 8. sacer, silera, s.icnnn, aerf. jvirt. of sancio, used as an ailj.|, hallowed, sacred. sane [sanus], adv., truly. sang'U-is, -ims, M., hlood. sani tas, tatis [sanus], v., soundness of inir.d, ijood sense. sano, -are, -UM, -atum [sanus], v.a., mak'' sound, cure, remedy. sanus, -a, -um, adj., w/m/, healthy. sapiens, -cutis [sajHo], adj., wise, judiciiius. SJlpienter [sapiens], adv., wisely. sApienti-a, -ae [sapiens], F., ivisduni. sAp io, -ire, -ivi (or n), no sup., v.a., taute, he sens'bte, v uderstand. » 356 VOCABULARY. sarcin-a, ;»«, F., hai/iiiiiK' <>/<' xoUlirr. Sfi-tell-es, -itlH, M. or 1'., iittriKhiiit, guard. S&tis, adv., t'lttnii/h, mfwienlht. satis-fftciO, -lM-(iVv, -ficT, -fiM'tnin [satis f fjM'io], v.ii., xafix/ij. In piu^s. satis-fio. saucl-US, a, -inn, lulj., ii'imiided, sax-um, -i., N., rock, sfoM. SCal-a -ae [ scaiulla, from scando, clinilj], l'\, ladder. SCando, -Grc, -i, acansiun, climb. scelerat-us, -a, -mn [sceius], wlj., wirkt'd. SCel-US, -C-ris, N., wickediieHS, »in. SCh6l-a, ae, F., hcIiudL scienti-a, at' [sciol. Kklll, kiunvlcdtjc BCilicet [scire4-li(!etj, af\\.,coidentl!r, certainly, fursooth. SCindp, scindCrc, scIdT, scissiini, v. a., cut, trar,' destroji. scio, sciire, sclvl, suitiun, v. a., kiMW, uiKlr.-titaad. Scipio, ouIh, AI., Sripiit, a name of two ni)tt'(l Ki^maiis, oiio llie coiuinuror of Haiiiiihal at Zaiiia, 2(12 U.C.and theothor, destroyer of Karlhaj,'*', 140 H.(!. scrib-a, -ae [scriho], M., writer, ch'rk. scribo, scrlbOro, scviiisi, scrii>tmi), v.a., irriti', ('diiipiisi' ; legem scribere, drair up a law. SCript-or, -oris [stu-ibo], M., write, scutum, -i, N., Kfiield. se. See stii (p, lOf), 6). se-cemo, -seniero, -crevl, -cretuni[so, opart + forno, dixtiiKjiiixh], v.a., xcj'a- rati'. seco, -beciire, -seuftl, sectuiii, v.a., cat. secroto [socretus], al., Segon- tiael, a Mritish tribe lielonjfinj; to llamp- shire. sella,' -ae [-fiedla, from sedeo], F., xeat, eiiair. semel, num. a.lv,, onw, oticefor all ; non semel, nut unee, i.e., sereriil tlnirs; semel atqueiterum, once and again, repeatriilg, semen, semlnis, N., seed. sement-is, -is[seme-i], F,, anowing. semita, -ae, F., j.-ath. semper, adv., always, for ever. s6nat-or, -oris [senex], M., a senaO)r. senat-US, -us [senex], M., senate. senec-tus, -tutis [senex], F., old age, senex, sCnis, an old man (p. 46). sen-i, -ae, -a [sex], distrib. num. adj. six each, six, senior, -Is, adj. See j). 58, note. SOntenti a, -ao [sentio], F., a think- ing, opinion. sentio, sent ire, sensi, sensum, v.a, think, kiioiv, observe. S9P-9S, -is, F., hedge, septem, inun. a,,/oil. sexaglnta, num. aflj., glxty. sexcent i, -ae,-a[sex+cetituin], num. adj., fii.t hundred. si. ''onj,, i/, v'hethcr. sice -VIS, a, uni, adj., dri/. Sicili-a, -ae, F., Sicilif. SiCUt (also written sie ut), adv., no ax, just a. , flx, «if.s" (/". sid-US, -Cris, N., star, conatellatlnn. sign-um, -\, N., a mark, xign ; mili- Inrii xtxiiddrd. silentium, -i [sileo, l)e silent], N., ailenee, Silv-a, -ae. P., wnnd, forest. Silvestr-is, -o [sih a], adj., wooded. Simil-is, -i', M\i., like, similar ; comp., aimilior: s^up., simillimns (j). f)?, 2). sTmul, adv., at the same time ; simul ac (atretend a thiiiy is nol wliat it is). Bin, coMJ. [si-fiie], Ijiit if, if on the other hand. sine, pro]), with ahl., without. singillatim [siuj^uli], ai.iro, breathe], M., breath, air; pride, airs. splendeo, no jierf., no sup., v.n,, shine, spoliO, -are, -avl, iltum [spolium, booty], v.a., strip, despoil, pin nder. Sp6li-um, -T, N., sixtil, lioofii. sponte [abl, of an obsolete, sjMms, F., used as an adv.], (f one's own aceurd, wHlinool, pmid. stS-tim |sto], wh ., instantly, at . of sftiu-rus), adj., hii/lier, upper, previous ; nocte SUpe- riore, jdiant. sup-plicati-O, -Onis [supplex], F., a thanhxi/irinii. VOCABULARY. 359 ventum coiiu; to mm [sub jrruxper, •censuin ,ni, -cen- 1/ with. ini [sub + , -cnrsnm helj) aid emclf, etc. ( Stdla, the the aristo- was of the -78 F., ^'^«^ moral inan- of suverus], rent, chief; the iiionn- suinptuin, expetuse, J, 2). -., proudlii, (Iv., immd, Ipirus], adj., 3cte supe- ilutu [super, pcr+8to], F., iiper, abooe-'r i], ;wlj., /"".'//'. 1))., yuprcimia nidcr^ plico, ipplex], F., a sup-pliciter [suiiplex], a>f>, nwive. suscipio, -flpOre, -fC'})!, -ceptum [sub + <^api<)l, v.a,., iiiidertnke. SUSpici-O, -OiiiH[susi)ic'or], V.,dintrviit, SUspieiini. 8Uspic-or, -•1r!,-atU8 8uni [snb+spCcio], V. (U'l>., suspect, mistrust, .surmise. SUS-tineo, -tlncre, -tlnfil, -tentum [sub+tt'iieol, v.a., bear, hold up, check. SU-US, -a, -urn, adj., pron., his, her, its, their. T. tabernacul-um, -i, N., a tent. tabul-a, -ae, F., a board, plank, tablet. tS,C-eo, -Cre, -OI, -Ituin, v.a.. and n., be silent, pass over in silence. tacit-US -a, -um [taoeo], adj., silent. taed-et, -ere, -uit (or taesum est), iinpcrs., it distrusts, teea -ics ; me libri taedet, 1 atn disifusted with the book (p. 105). tale-a, -ae, F., bar, rod. tftlent-um, -i, N., a talent, a Greek measure of weight equal to about fifty pounds ; a sum of money ecpial to about .£•-'4;!, 1;'). talis, -e, adj., such. tain, adv. , so, so very. tamen, adv., yet, stdl, for all that, however, necertheli;\'<. Tamfis-is, -is [ace,, Tamesini], M., the Thames. tanaetsi [tamen + etsi], adv., althouyh. tandem, adv., at ten yth, finally ; in questionti, pray, now. tango, tangC-re, tOtlgl, ta<,'tum, v.n., touch, border on, tantopere [=tanto '-f opere], adv., vehemently. tantul US, -a, -um [diminutive of tantus), arei». with aco. alone, across, over, lieymiu, itn the other side. transduco. See trafluco. transeo, -ire, -ivi(()r 11), -itum [trans -f eo|, v.a., ero.s.s over, f/'o,s,s-. trans-fero, -ferre, -tnli, -latmn [trans +fero], v.a., bear, briwj, carry across; transpoH. trans-gredior, -K-redi, -g-ressu? sum [trans + gradior, step], v. dep., go or pass over, crosf. trans-itus, -Itus [trans+eo], M., a going or crossing over, passage, crossing, trans-raarin-us, -a, -um [ trans + marej, iwlj., across or beyond the sea. trans-miss-US, -us [transmitto], M., passing orer, pas.-une. trib-uo, -flere, -fil, -fitum, v.a., give, assign, ascrit>e, pni/. tribut-um [trihuo], N., tribute, taxes, tribus, -US, F., a tribe, tridu-um, [tres+dies], N., a space of three days: trienni um, -l [ tres-fannus ], N., the space of three gears. VOCABULARY. 3G1 inissum lift')'. irce. "rci'iri, a Iwclt be- trl^nta, nTim. adj. indecl., thirf)/. Trin6bant-68, -uni, M. pi., tl,v Tmwbantt'H, a p<'oj>lo of Knuland (k-ciiju- ing EsHex and j)art of Suffolk. triplex, -plIciH [tres + plko], tidj., thire/oUl, triple. triquetr-US, -a, -uin, jwlj., thrce-cor- twrrtl, Iriawjubir. trlst-ia, -e, adj., md, sorrowful, tie- jecti'd. tristitl-a, -ae ftristis], F., nadncHx. Troi' ae, F., Tro>i. Troiua-US, -a, -um, adj., Trojan. trunc-us, -I, M., trunk of a tree. tu, tflT, pi. vos, pers. pron. , tliou, you. tub-a, -ae, F., trumpet. tCi6 or, tncrl, tfiltus or tutus sum, V. dep., look at, behold, see ; protect. turn, adv.,o//j wliieh plaee, whence. und6cim[unus-f decern], indeel. num. adj., elertn. uncecim-us, -a, -um [unus + dcoi- mus|, num. adj., eleventh. undique jundt' f-cpic], iv\v., from all hides or jxirts, on all sides, everywhere. uni versus, -a, -um funue-fverto], adj., all toyether, all, the whole of, entire. unquam, ever. un-US, -a, -um[yen., unlus;dat., uni], one alone, on/y one, sole, only; uno tempore, at one and the same time; omnes ad unum, all to a man. unus-quisque, una-ron. (v'en., utrlus ; dat., utrl], interro^r. pron,, which oj two I p. 27). uterque, utracjue, utrumque, aflj., \n\m.,eaeh{(itu\u), both; ex utraque parte, on both sides. uti. See ut. util-is, -t [utor], adj., useful, service- able, Jit, prof table. Utilltas, -atis [iitilis]. K., usefulness, advautaije, service. \] :i 362 VOAABULARY. Utor, fitl, flsus Hum, V. dop. (with ahl., ji. 110), V. ns ; utrum . . . .an, iviivlln-r or; utrum — (annon) necne, whether or not (p. 130, G ; 177, f)). uxor, -oris, F., wife. V. V&cati-o, -onis [vftco], F., freedom, exempt ton , in\ niu nitif. V&C-O, -iire, -fivl, -iltiun, v. n., he eviptij. III' It irnijiicd, lir ii'tti. vehem ens, -entis, adj., eager, vio- lent, reheinent. vehementer [vehcn»ens],iulj,, vigor- ously, violently, very. v6ho, vbhere, vexl, vectuni, v.a., bear, carry, convey. vel, eonj., or ; vel vel, either. . . . or; even, indeed, with superlatives : vel optimus, the very best. v616cit-as, -atis [\ I'lox], h\, swiftness, spceit. V61-OX, -wis, adj. , sivift, rapid, active. v61-um, -i, N., sail. v61ut [vel-t-ut], adv., just as; velut Bi,jiixt as if. venal-is, -e, [vcneo, Ijc sold], iwlj., for sale. venati-o, -onis [venor, hunt], F., hunting. venator, -oris [vcnor, hunt], M,, a hunter. ven-do, -di^re, -didl, -dltuni (^vCnnm, to sale t do, put], v,a., sell, offer ,tor sale. veni-a, as, V., favor, forgiveness. venio, vonire, vens ventuni, v.ii., conw ; in suspicionem venire, to be suspecfeil. vent-us, -i, M., wind. ver, veris, X., spring ; primo ver3, at the begiuninii of spring; extremo vere, at the end ofsjmny. verb-um, -i, N., word ; verba facere, sj>eak. verecund-us, -a- -um [veroor], atlj., inoilest. v6r6or, vPrerl, vCrltus sum, v. d«p., fear, dread, be afraid. vergo, ver^Ore, no perf,, no sup., v. n., inmne, slojie, lie. vero[abl. of vei-us], adv., in truth, in fact, truly, certainly ; but, indeed. vers-O, -are, -avT, -atuni [freiiuentative of verto], v. 11., turn often, change. I vers-or, -ilrl, -atus sum [verso], \. dep., turn one's self about ; dwell in ; be occupied or engaged in, versus, -us [verto], M., line, verse. verto, vertere, verti, veisum, v.a., turn, turn about, change ; terga ver- tere,. rftr. vortor, vertl, versus sum, v.a. and dep., turn, change. Verus, -a, -um, adj., true. vescor, vesci, no perf, no sup., v. dep- (with abl., p. 110), /mi, live upon. vesper, -peris or -pCrl, M., the even- ing. Vest a, -ae, ¥., Vesta, a Roman god dess, dauj,dUer of Saturn, proteetress of rtoel!S. VStfirftn tl8, -a, -nin rvtt>isl, adj., olil ; iw a noun: veteran!, n'tfrmt troopx. v6tO, vftare, vt'lfil, vf UUnn, v.a, for- bid, piTirnt. V6tus, vctfriH, adj., old, ancient. vexlU-VUn, -l, N., xtni)dard,jhiij. vex O, iivv, -fivT, -alum [inti-nsivo of velioj, v.a., h(ini/<.i, iiliindrr, iVKstr. Vi-a, -lU', v., villi, mud. jour lu'ij. viator, -oris [viaj, irairllrr. Vicen-i, -ae, a [vi),'iiiti], diHtrih. innn. atlj., (iiTiitji each. vicesim-VlS, -a, -um [vi^'inti], innn. a); strrnifth, iioirer; vlm facere, to ofler ri„/,-'„rr ; vl or per Vim expufirnare, to hike hi/ storm ; pi. vires, virium, streinjth. vita, -oe [vivo], F., life. Vit-O, -are, -.avl, -iltinn, v.a., shun, avind. vitr-um, -I, N., uvad, a plant used for dyin>^ blue. vivo, vfvtre, vixT, victuuj, v.n., live. viv-US, -a, -um [vivo], adj., alive, liviiiij. Vix, adv., uith dijIU'iiltii, hardly, sea reel II. VOC-O, -lire, -avl, -atum, v.a., call for, suutuion. VOlo, velle, vOlttI, no sup., v. irreg., be Willi ny, wish, desire (p. 147). vol-o, -.'irc,-rivi,-iltnm, \.ii., jtii, hasten. voli to, -file, fivi, -alum [freiiuentative of yolo,jhj\,jlit about. voluntari US, -a, -um [v^lol, adj., irilliuij, voliinturji ; as a noun, roCunteer. voluntas, -atis [volo], F., irillimj- ness, leish, ijnoii will ; voluntate sua, of one's oiV)i accord, volupt-as, -atis, F., pleasure ; in pi., spin-t, pleasure. voveo, vf)vcre, vuvT, votum, v. a. voiv, promise solemiilii, consecrate. VOS. See tu (p. 1(»4). vox, vTicis [\ I'lco], F., a Void', sound. VUlffO [alil. of vuljfus, used lus an adv.], ije-nerallij, com monli/. VUlg-US, -T, N. (rarely Miusc), com- niim pCiiplr, uillltitude. VUlnero, -are, -uvl, atum |\ulnus], v.a., iriHind, liiirt. vuln-us, -Oris, N., wound. vulpes, -is, F., a fox. VUltvir, -firis, M., a riilture. vult-US, -us, M., expression, counten- ance, looks. ^ /}. m> /a VI ^> > '^^\^ CM ^ '^> IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.2^ :^ 1^ ill 2-0 1.8 IIM ill 1.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. M580 (716) 872-4503 V. // ,l% y. 7. '^ f% ,\ iV ^s *' rv i I L^- ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Ml A. a, ponorally unlnuislati'd ; whoM a is equiviili'iit to a certain, tninslatcd l)y quidam, v "/)v.s(p. '27). abandon, nu'itu, -tire, -uvl, -(ituindK lr>(), 1, note.) abide by, I, «/o(\vitli abl.); i abide by the decision iiniicii) sfo, ability, hnjcuhun, -I, N. able, adj., potfiix; I am able, i><»i- sriiii, jiossc, put ill. abode, ientia,-ne, V.\ in my absence, me ahxente (p. KM), .".). absent, arlj., aWn,*, ahKe"'ix ; I am, a., alisiiin, ahi'xse, ahfui ; I am absent from, fthsnia ah. abundance, c02)i-a, -ae, F, abuse, v., nh-ntor, -nti, -imin untn ; — to speak ill of, indl>>-dlco, -dlctUe, -dixi, ■dirtioti. abuse, n., midedictum., -I, N. accept, ac-clplo, -clpi'rc, -cepl, -cep- tttin. acceptable to, i/m«-i/», -a, -jtMi(\vitli dat.) accident, cosuk, ??«, M. ; by acci- dent, CdKfl. accomplish. I, cnn-ftcio, -flei're, •/'>'', -.t'ectuia; ef-/lcio, -flei're, -feci, -fec- tum. account (on account of), prep , oh, propter {w'nh ace.) account, on no, nvlln wodn. account (—reckoning), rAti-o, -ilim, F. accuse, accil^-o, ore, -dvl, ■dtutn. accustomed, I am, «5^o, giWre, sdlltus num. acquit, nh-Kolro, -aolvt^re, -txtlrJ, -allft- f II III (ItlT). across, prep., traim (with ace); go acroS3 tratiite,oniH, F; v, verba facii) ; I address you, apud vos verlm fucio. admire, admlr-nr, -arl, -ilfvx gum. admit, all, inter omnen constat (102, ^) ; itiiicrditur. admonish, ad-miim^o, -nulnt^re, ■mi'iiifii, ■inOnitinn. adorn, v., om-o, -ore, -nvl, •nttim,', dec'ir-ii, -lire, -dri, -dtuni, Adrum^tum, Adnumt-um, -i, N. advance, profirMior. -ffTi'di, -fireftxus sxim ; pro-cedo, -ced^rc, -cessi, -cesmtm, advantage, cotnmfldurn, -i, N. advantage, it is of, interent, refet • (p. lOG, 8); proilext (greSkt-= niultum). adveree, advem-us, -a, -um. adversity, res advernae. advise, mUrUfo, -ere, -M, -Hum, Aedui, Aedft-'i, -('niini, M., pi. Aagfina, Aei/ln-a, -ae, V. affair, ren. afraid, be, tlm-i'o,-?re, -fir, nonnp. ; metuo, -I're, ui, no Hup.: wi'ri'-or, -erl, -Itup mini ; with tit or ««• and siibjunctive (p. 18;-), 3). after, prep., jwxt (with ace ; p. 222, 4) ; .adv., pout, poxti'i'i (p. Hi, u). after (with verbal nouns). p«.vf + pf. part. ; after the founding of the city, jioxt urheiii eoiulitam ; or uhu abl. abs., or after that. after that, pDntquam (p. 201, 6). afterwards, adv., postea. ag'ain, adv., rvrxvg; itenimia second tinie); again and again, gaepe, naep- iggiiiic. against, contra (ace), i/i(a- h'nic ticcrin ((iiimn or (innis (iilil.) agree, I, (•(msmtio ; agreed by all, it is, voiixtat inter oiiuwh (ji. V\i, .'{); con- Vi'llit. aid, II., auxili-vni, 4; come to a., J). 1.'{-1, 1 ; v., ad-iu:)t>, -iiirun', -inri, ■Ififinn. (wifh act'.); siih-v'tiio, -i)»'>u><', •Dfn'i, ■rcntinii (with dat.) air, <'<'■, firn's, M. alarm, ix'ir-or, -nt-is, M. all, (iijiins, -(• ; riDftiix, -n, -uni ; iini- versus, -a, -inn ; totic^, -a, -viii^. allow, I, Kini), ^}iirri', slri, stfviii ; cotii'i'ilii, -e^dire, -cess'i, -cessnni; lam allowed, iiiihi licet {yt. ic:{, 5). ally, s<)ri-iis, -I, M. almost, pre, 2>nciie. alone, sCil-ns, -a -inn. along with, ««" cum. Alps, Aljj-rs, -iuiii, V. already, inin, adv. also, t^liini, (adv.), fjiiuijiie (adv.); idem {V2.i, ^>). although, qunuiijvnin, iiiiamris, li- cet, lit (!>. I'.io, .^) — 7). always, sem, r, atlv, ambassador, Hjgut-ns, -i, M. ambition, o »(''*>'■ '>, -onis, v. among, inter {]n'c]>. with ace); (ijnid (infj). witli ;w'('.); //*(j>ri'|» with alii.) amount, what; use t/niiiitiiin \ yon. ambush, ambuscade, lusuii-ae. ancestors, viaior-es, -inn. ancient, nnfiqtt-us, -a, -vm; viHus, -lU'is : prise us^. AnCUS, Ancuti, -I. M. and, et, -que, atque, ae. anger, ini, -ae, F. angry {hc),irascor, 'irnacl, irntus sum ; mic-censen, -ceimere, ■ccnaiu, •cen8tiin(with = dat.) animal, anliti-al, -(His, N. Will n is, all without oxrcjitioii, opjmsi'd to iieiiii) or iiiiiis; riiiietiis, a sti'oiij;t'r torin than oiiinis, "iill to!,'»'tlvi>v" ; iiiii- tmrsns, all in a body, opposed to tfiiiiiu/i ; totus, the whole, a-s oppoaed to a part. ' A ntiqviis, old ai\d no lonjrer existinjr : tH'tiis, old an j still e.xistinf,' ; prisciis, old- fashioned ; printinus, beloiiginjc to an earlier atie. annihilrite, del-eo, -ere, -eoi, -etum. anrouuce, nlmfi-o, -t'lrc, -mi}, -ritnin. another, •)/;-»(*, a, -ml (p. 2(5); one another, inter se (i». 2-l:i). answer, n.,»v'>.7>'»;M */(,(, -?, N.; v.,res- jiDiidiUi, -ere, respiiiidi, risponsuni, Antonius, Antniiius, -i. anxious, be, ei'i/iin, n'ipi'rp, eiiplvi (1i), eiipitinn. any (after iu>j.fat;\ OS), qvisqiKun, quid- qiiaiii ; ull-vs, -K, -inn (l.'{2, ',i) ; (aftirnia- tive) ijuivis, quaeris, qiiidrin ; qiiilihef, qiiaeJUiet, qundlitiet ; qiiis, after si, iiini, iituii, ne, qua, qui; iiti) (\t. iss, (i, note). anyone, i.".2, :{. anywhere, vsquam, adv. apiece, e facias. appear, I (seem), vldfur^ vider'i, vlsus Sinn. appear, I (come in 8i},'-ht), ap-pdri'o, -pa re re, -pa ml, pdrltuin (used as )>:uss. of rideii). applaud. I, ptnudo, jdandi'^rc, jdau- kI, plaiisaiii (dat.). apple, pinn-inn, -1, N. appoint, d'ico, dice re, dlxl, dictum ; api»()int over, jiraefiein, -l"ie<''re, -feel, ■feriinn ; I appoint an officer over the camp, Uyntuin ca^triit (dat.) praefieiii. apprehension, mH-us, -us. ^ approach, p., adrent-vs, vs, M ; tidU-iis, lis, M.; v., ap/)ri'>pin(/u-i), -are, -arJ, -dfuni,(\v'\{]\ r, -ifn'd'i, -[/resuvs siiin ; i)d->'u, •ire, -ivl (or -II), -Ituin. approved, i>2>eetdf-its, -a, •nm;pro- bdt'iis, -a, -am. ardor, for, stMium, -i, N. (with gen.). aright, reefe (adv.). A'riOVist-US, ■», M., Ariovistus. aristocratic party, optinul-tes, iltnn, M. pi. arise, orlor, i)rirl, ortns sum. arm, n.,brachl-uni, -t, N.; \.,arm-o, -are, etc. armed, armdt-vs, -a, -inn ; ]).p. of anno ; light a. ; see next won!. armor, troops of light, nutiies leris ariiiatiirae. armor-bearer, armXt . Hi:., 1). Asia, Asia, -ae, F. ask, I (you a (lut'slioii), tr ntffn or in- terrixji) ; I'x ova te quacro (quaen're, quae- sivi, qiiaeslfiiiii). ask, I (rcMpiost, be^', you), te ror/o, oro, {-are, -ari, atuiu); aba te piHo (jt^tt're, pt^tivi, 2>'''t'ituin). ask for, I, 2>o>)CO, posci^rc, pdposcl. assault, oppu(jn-o, -lire, -dvl, -dtum. assemble, v. a., convflc-o, -are, -di'i, ■dtiiiii ; \.n., convi^nlo, -viiure, -veal, -vent (I lit (iiitr.) assembly, cnnti-o, -Onis ; canvent- us, -iii, M.; cvnclll-uvi, -l, N. assert (as a fact), ajjirnm, -are, -dvi, -dtum. assist, subti'v-6, -dre, -dvl, -dtnui{iicc.), snljvinlo, -vi'nire, -veni, -wittto/i (dat.); ad-iitvo, -iiivdrc, -idol, -idtuw (ace.) at, ad (prep, with ace.) ; apud (prep, withace.); or/ooa^irc Seep. 8% .'J. After verb of motion, s.iy to (p. Hii, 1): COme to me at Rome, me Hot nam viUii; of tiiuc, use abl. Athenians, AthenXeturs, -iiim, M. Athens, Athiti-ae, drum, F. attack, \., a;i-ijri^dii>r, -r, -t'iiiri, ortus sum ; (acity), nfipiiijii n, -are, -lin, -iitiitn ; II., impetus, -r/«(oii- iu-f iU'<'.) attain to, penrnlo, -tuulre, -ri-ti't, •reiitiim {ad). attempt, \., ed i-or, -, -are, -div, -dtum. away from, «' or dft, with abl. backs, to turn their batiks in flii,'ht, teiiia in j'lKjam dare [do, dare, iletli, di\iuin]. bad, vtdl-us, ■a,-utn (eoiiip., peiur; HU\t., pessitn us); itnprvli-us, -a, -utn. baggage, impidl ment-a, -orMwi.N.pl. bane, pern\ci-es, ii, F. banish, I, eiritate pelfo or expello ; \n exilium pello (^)el!i' re , jiCpi'i li ,pulsum). banishment, exUl-um, -7, N. bank, rlp-a, -ae, F. banquet, epid-uin, -i. barbarian, tiarbdr-us, -a, -um (;ulj. and n.) barbarous, crudei-in, e. bark, v.. imr-o, -dre, -dvl, . V)H)\ often i-xprcssiMl fiy p.irl. (i». 220, O- become,/'", fh'r-u/artiis nmn. becomes, it, dn-rt, ih'rrr,; dfcidt (arc.); ixl Willi t'cri. (i>. 124, 1). beech, ./"yi's ■*', 1"'. before, ^/(/^(prep. with ivcc); poiij., nntciiiKiin, piiux'iiiuiit (p. 201, .">) ; adv., anti', (tiil'ii, aiitclii'n; ()). .s2, ;{). beg, I, ro'j-o, -are, -ftvl, -rilKin. Sot; ask. begin, I, in-erplo, ■ciprro, -cPpl, -crp- til III ; ciii'ii-i, -ixy, ; begin a battle, ■jiniclluiii. cnimititti'iT. beginning, the, hiii'i-nm, -7, N. ; at the beginning of winter, 2>'''""'' hteiue; ini'tn liu'iiir. behalf of, on, pro (]>rv\). with altl.; behold, UKplc'u), aspla'ic, iiKpexl aspcctv III. behind, 2>'»7, 4. bestow, hn-ij-htf, -Irl, -Itnn SUM. betake myself to, I, nu' nnifero ad. betray, 1, pro-do, -di^rc, -did!, -ditum. better, nicfior (com]*, of bonus; ; it would have been better, satms or iiicliit.s/iiit. between, inter (aoc). beyond, prep., ultra, trniDi, I'xtrn (withat'c.) bid, iuhfo, ikbire, iiixsl, iiiHxum. bill, rojdtl-o, -on ix, K. bird, 'HvAs', -ix, M. or F. bitter, accrh-us. black, nU/rr, nhjrn, nlgmvi', dter, iit.rn, li/iuiii. blame, n., culji-a, -ne ; v.,eulp n, -iin\ ->ivl, -utuiii.; vitupi'r-o, -nrc, -dni, -dttim. blessing, I'onuin, -/, N. blind, <-<(i'c-nx, -<(, -inn. blood, 8an'n, -Inix, M. ; crn-or, •I'trix, bloody, cruent-uit, -a, -urn. blot out, del-eu, -ere, -rttl, -ftuni. boat, llntrr, lintrix, F. body, rorp-im, -'nix, M. body-guard, sdtell-('>i, -UiK, M. (in pin.) bold, itiiddx, nuddclx, adj. boldly, auddcitcr or audacter, adv. bond, rini'ni tiin, -i, N. book, nit'-^r, lihrl, M. booty, jirafid-a, -ae. born, be, noxror, nnxrj, natux kkvi; Ita.>vs. of i/i'jno, iji'jiu'rc, (jcnut, ginltuin. both, ntrnpio, vtrfi'jui', vtnnnijiii' (p. V.i'2);andjo, amhar, innho (like duo, (»8, 4). both and, ft — ct, qm — nw. bound (ill a^'L-o^n-aphical sense), con- tineo, -tlnC'rc,, -tiiiit^, tcnlinn. boundaries, /(/('*•, -("m(i)l.), M. boy, piier, M.; fi'om a boy, apuero. bow, arcii^, -ds, M. branch, rdm-nit, -l, M. brandish, iact-o, -arc, -dvl, -dtum. brave, fort-iti, -c ; bravely, former. bi'avery, J'ortuad-o, -inix, F. break, franijo, franfp^rc, J'rf'nns, dvr'ns, \. burdensome, vu'ilent-iix, -a, -inn ; rfn'iv is, -('. burn, cr('in-o, -i'nc, -ilri , -ntnin ; in- cciuhi, utceudi'te, ina'iiili, iiice.il»um. bushel, mi'xU-tix, -(, M. business (the), r»'«, ri'T, F.; la'aotivin, -I, x\. but, xt'd; ivrKni (omiihatic); (oiilv), tantutti, nii'iilo; (wuh'Sti), nixi ; (except), piui'tir (pvf\>. with ace.) butcher, triwld-o, -tire, -dvl, -dttun. buy, I'mo, I'ltu're, evil, ernptum. by (of a person after a passive verb), a orab, (l>. 71, -2); ' (pieji. with ace.), of iiuUr. a^'ent; bj day, interdiii; by night, nocta. C. Caesar, Cnes-ar, -dris, M. calamity, calduift-as, -dtts, F. call, ri)r-n, -are, -dr,, -atioit ; call to- gether, co)iv6c-o, -are, -dvl, •at'ini. calling (after /o/-M(/), use inf. call out, fvdeo, -arc, -dv'i, -tlfiim ; call by name, appdl-o, -are, -dvi, •attun. calm, aflj., trauquill-u>^, -a, -urn. oalmness, tiamiin'Uit-ag, -dtis, F camp, castrn, -oriDii (pi., N.) can, ?')«.v?, (a) (in deliheralive ossiun ; neqii-eo, 'ire, •Ivl (or 'i), it a in. capital, cdput, cdpitin, N. caprice, lihhi-o, .hu's, F. capture. Use take. care, cur-ri, -ae, F. careful for, I am, rdn'o (edvrre, cdvi, ''aiitKiii); I am careful fcr you, tibi cuveo, carefully, dUhjcnter, adv. carry (^Itear), fern, ferre, tiili, Id- fHiii ; jmrt-o, -dre, -tiri, •dtiini; carry on war, hi'llmu ni.ro (ifen^re, jirtixi, ijfs(inii); carry out, -ex^FifUor, -grqin, ■iiirHliiH Kii III \ I'lin/irh), -JJcOre, -Ji'i''i , ■j'ei'tuiit; carry across, tranitpnrfo, -lire, -I'lvi, -ntinn; carry out of the country, e^ p<>rt-o, -are, -dvi, -dtum. Cassius, Cnsm'-un, -7. cast, con-lclo, -In're, -iPri, -iectum ', cast away, ab-lc\o, -Ir.i're, -iecl, •iecttnn. Castlcus, Caxti-cus, -i. catCii, ri'ip'io, cilpt^re, ctpl, captum. cattle (in ffeneral), pec-ii.<, -o/v's, N. ; (of a single heacus, jM'cudis, F. cause, n., caiiK-a, -ae, F.; v., ef-/\no, ■flciii', -fi'd, -tectum ; with K^-t-subj. for Fiij,'. W((p. 181, a). cavalry, ^qi^iU-e-s, •«/», M. pi; adj., equext-cr, -rw, -re. cave, an(r-um, -l, N. ; cdv-um, -i, N. cease, I, di'-xlnn, -shi^r'-, -xlrl (fS, 2). Cecrops, Cecrops, Cecrdpig, M. celebrated, c/dr-us, -n, -vm : in- aiim-ix, -<•; the celebrated Cicero, Cicero, vir I 'nrixiiiiniis or ille C. (adjs. not !uldenHrU>ix, M. (n. and adj.) child, jifii'i-, jiui'rl, M. children, intrrl, M.; llMr-l, -nnivi. choose, I (like), iiiihi lihrt (inipcrs.) choose I, rltfio, f'lJi/i^rr, i~li'pilr-ct,-i'rr,-nlt ; niinil- fpstuiiicst I]'), ivu, 1); I clear mydelf of the charge ; */*'' de crimine (or simply ciiiiiiiic) piinjo. clemency, cleirwnti-a, -ae, F. clerk, sfiih-a, -ae, M, client, my, hie (p, lis, 2). cloak, i'''(i-a, -ar, ¥.; the military cloak, pri I ml a incut -u lit, •/, N. close, I, clatido, claiidi'rc, clausl, claiisiiiii ; close up, Inti'i'-cludo, -clfid- it'i', -cIi'ikI, -cliismii. close to, ]iri'2)o ad (ace). close at hand, prnpe, iuxta. clothe, rfnti-o, •lrt',-ii-i(rt), Itioii. clothing, ve«tlt-us, -us, M.; vest-is, is, V. cloud, lUib-es, -Is, F. coast, n.. "I- n, iw : pea coast, ora null if hull ; liliix, uris, n. coast along. \ ., prarti r-n^hor, -w^hi, -vert IIS Sinn (with su-c.) cohort, rnlnii-.s, -tis, V cold, /ri;iid-iis, -a, -Hin, jwlj.; n., fn'j-iis, (iris, N. colleague, rolh-ff-a, -ae, M. collect, coiiijiur-o, -iiir, - I'liiU), vnlrc, vciU, venliivi; C. awa disccdo, cedcre, -cessi, -ce^suin. command, n., impi^rl-nm, -i, N.; iinjiirnlii III, command, I, impi'v-u, -arc, -dvi, ■iitiiin (Willi dal.); (l>t' at head of), pracsani («ith dat.). commander, iin/icrnt-or, -r.;w, M.; jiruc/rcliis, -/, ,M.; diw, iliicis, M. commence, in-c'ipUi, -c\pi'rp, -rrni. -ci'ptnm ; cn-p-i^ -issc. commencement, inlti-ntn, -», M. commit, I (a crinn). /acinus admit' t(i {-iiiitlt re, -iiiisi, -iiii^siim). common, connniin-is, -e. commonwealth, rcspvbUca, rel- pah icdc, V. communicate, I (^impart to), coinnm ii'icii, -lire, avl, -utiiin {cam). companion, s, ''V/r',r, trxi, f,-r(um. tior. (iu>.), n') liKnc mil, (li> liiir ri' tiln ' t ^ ., lfr(ttfilitr\iiii, -iiliis sitiii). conquer, vinco, vinci^>'e, viel, vlctuiii ; Slipiiii, -iiir, -lin, •litiiiil. conq\iered, rictitu, -a, -vm (p.]>. of vmv.o), conqueror, rirt-or, -oiin, M. consciou8ness, xcnu-vs, -on, M. • COtlnri(iiti-((, Of. consequence, it is of c to me, vii'ii iiit('rr,\t or iiirit (p. PKl, ;{). consider, l.nrlilti-nr, •iiri,-iit>,ssiiiii; (hold, lliiiik), Imlicii, iliifii. consist of, ciomst-ii, -rrv, -sill I (in \- abl.) consolation to me, it is a great, ma'llio x'lldtic iiu'/ti rut (\). l.!4, I). conspiracy, fdiiinnut-o, -««/«, F. conspire, coniilr-o, -fire, -dm, •dtiiia consul, ('/t^e«f-»s, -a, -(f*/i(\vit,ii abl.) continent, coutinrn-x, -tix ( supjily terra), contrary to, mntra, prep, with ace. conversation, xenno, -nnix, m.; i have a conversation with you, tvcmii I'lilhiijiiiii'. convoke, ri>ni\)co, -Ore, etc;. Corinth, Cnrint/i-itx, 7, F. corn, /nnneiit-tDii, -t, N. costs, it, xtat (p. 150, 1). cottage, crw-rt, -ae, F. council, ('(nirlll-ltlil, -7, F. could. See can ; (p. ira, 5, note). count, I ( I nninlx.T), ninnrn), -ore, •iivi, -dfiiiii ; ( I hi)l(l), /lulici), •(■ir, -iii, Atiiiii, ; diifii, tli'iccre, diixi, ductutn. country, one's, pntri-a, -ae, F. country, the ( t lie .state), rrxpuh- lica, ri'ipablimc, F.; civit-ax, -ntix, V. country (as disiinct fiom the t(iwii\ riix, nirix, N.; froin the country, r(ov'(al>l.) ; to the country, nixuu-r.); in the country, rm i (:'.; hiiiiuniit-(tx, •iitix, F. Cures, Cui'-i'x, -ill III, F. Cuiius, Ciln-ux, -/. M. custom, iiiox, tiu'rix, M.; coHStutiid-o, -'mix, F. cut, si^co, secure, seciii, secttim. D. dagger, pi'igl-o, -onis, M.; slc-a, ae, F. daily, iinotidie ; with comparative.sor words (Teiiotiiii,' increa.se or diiiiiimtioii, in diix, danger, ;)''/•7t•l(^»;/i, -7, M. dangerous, pi'rlcdliiH'tix, -n, -urn. dare, (iinho, audrrr, ai'xux ttmn. daring, undax, audiicix. dark (metaphorleall} ajiplied to crime , iitiiix, dlrijcis. dark (literally), ater, atra afnihi ; ubscur-iti), -a, -unt. 372 VOCABULARY. dart, ti'l-vtti, •/ ; iooil-nm, -i. daughter, ./'/Iff, -(ic, V.\ (p. r., 'i). day (n|(|insr(l (■» |ii;flit), (//#'.•(, iUri, M. f)l K. ; (i)ji|ii>s<'(l 1(1 (iiirkiK'SK), ,'».»•, Inris, K.; dayDreak, inhmt tn.r ; day alter day, (liciii I'.v (til : the day oet'ore, pnihr ; for the day, in. (liiin. deadly, iin.tti-i'rr, -/''ra, -j'tYuiii. dear, , -f>ri», N.; J'act-um, h deep, altiiK, -a, -um. defeat, n., rliid-r/i, -IK, V. defeat, v., vlnco, vina^re, vlci, vie- tinii ; M'yx'/'-o, -(Ire, -I'lri. -iitinii. defend, dffcndo, (h'/fn
  • re, defeudi, dr/rnsinii. defile, n., aii(jiisti-(ii\ (iruiii, F. (pi.); xnlf-iis, //,s>, M. , delay, v., iiuh'-or, -(irl, -litiot mint (tr. and intr.); citiictvr, -dn', -((tug sum ; n., vidra, -ao. deliberate, dellbi'r-ii, -ure, -dvl, •dtinn. deliberation, there is need of, opus cut confiiiltd (\k 100, '1). delight, I, ddi'ct-o, -are, -dvl, -utnin (tranw.); (jaudt'o, ijaudeir, gamsus xuni (intr.) delightful, aviocniiK, -a, -nm (of scenery); pulch-vr, -ra, -rum. deliver (hand down), tn1do, trddt'rt', irddhli, tniiUtuni; n-ddo, -di^rc, -dtdi, •dituni ; (free), ['tl»U-(>, -mr, -dri, -utuni ; deliver a speech, motionein haliri' ; after the speech was d., abl. ahs. (220). Delphi, Ih'lph-i, -vrvm. demBind,p(>Ktul-(>,-dri', -dvl, -utum; fU~;ij\to, -ihr, -dvl, -dtutn ; podco, posci're, jii'ijionci, no suj>. (p. 1)2, ;{). Demosthenes, Dcmosthinev, -is, M. dense, dmti-iis, a, -nin. deny, I, ni;t-i>, -(//•«•, -nri, -I'lfuiil. dtjpart, I {~no away), uh-eo, -Ire, -in (11), -Uiiin; dix-chlo, ■eedi're, -cessi, I'fssnin. descend, di'Hcendo, ■scendi'rt', -srendi, •smisiitit. desert, ilrsi'm, -si^n'rf, -m^rni, -Kertvm. deserter, tranHfUij-n, -ae, M.; per- fiiija, -«(', M. deserve, I, ntt'rfor, in*'ri'rl, merlhis HUin ; (/(' (■('((, iiii'rfre, nu'riii, nn'rltuni. deserving of, di. did the boy wound ? use perf of U'liiinil. die, iitvrlor, murl, morttluH sv7n. differ, dillTro, diffciic, di.'ititli, no snp, ; to differ from each other, inter fc dij/'erre. VOCAnULAIlY. 373 ■ceHHi, tcendi, ertxim. .; 2'<*'"- ncrUtis un. n (with nvl (lOi .., -^re, IT, ■«•>*, •u»i (pi. ; •tfivipfi'i, -spex'i, M. -ctnm ; |N.; jJf''- ntl, -ten- -{itttiii. ■ram <'i' -('(*« i/i. pert of \m. [thli, 110 other, difference to um, ih nmltcs no, nihil noxtni inti'ti'st (|>. l«Ui, W). differently fi-ora, nUti'i' ac. difficult. (tifirUix, -p. difflcvilty, (lifu'ult an, -lUii*, F. diligence. ili/hfi-nCin, -m', V. diligent. tlillijrnK, -tiK diligently, diliijenter. din. .itr,^j)tt-iis, -un, M dinner, <•'•'(«, -av^ V. direct, iiihi'o, ifih^re, innsi, iuniiitm (a<'(!.); iiiij)i^r(>, -nrf, -itri, -enn-o, nni^, M. discover, say ascrrtain. • disease, morhus, -i, M. disembark, I (art.). i;x-pnno,.prtt),^rp, •jx)iifd, -I'i'isifuni ; iieut., ('(fiydlor, egrM'i, egroKxiiH xiitn. disgrace. i,V., -fnis. disgraceful, turp-fn, -e. dismay, pn ror, -orii^. dismiss, dl-uiitto, -mitti^rc, -m7>t, •inisi< 11)11. displease, dis-jdlei^o, -pllcere, •pllcMl, •pllcltum. disposition, iti:;>^t)r-um, 7, N. ; in- dt'il-fs, -/.'.', F. dissatisfied, I am d. with my- self, m<'i III)' piicniti't (p. l(i,'), 1). dissemble, disximfll-o, -drc, -dvi, •fit II III. dissension, di^seim-o, -finis, F. distance. xjMi-um, -i, N. distance from, I am at a, nhsuin, -cixe, -Jul (id>). distant, lonffinqu-ns, -a, -nm ; be d., ahsinn. distinguished, rldr-ux, -a, -inn. district, ri;fi-», -f>nis, F. ; locnn, -i, M.; 1)1., Itica, -firiiin, N. distrust, dif-f'ido, -f'aUrp, -fismmm (with a dat.) disturb, turh-o, -fm-, -fii'i, -ntHni, ditch, /nsM-a, -ae, F. Divico, /);»•»(••<), .finix, M. divide, di-rhto, •i'tr/('r«', -vtHi, -luituni, divine, divin-im, -a, -nm. DlVltiaCUS, Divlttftr-UK, .1. M. do, /I'll ii>,jaci'ri',/t'ri,fnrtnm ; p. iUi,!. dog, I'ftnix, -is, M. or F doom,.A7Nn/»i, -i, N. door, innil-a, -ac, F. doubt, v.. di'ihltii, -iin\ •4HU, -fitnm ; there is no doubt that, m»/i put du- I'iinn ijiiiii (|i. ls,s, (I). doubtful, diibl-Hs, -a, -uui. drag. I. tffiliii, trfih'Uw, trih-<,, .,'r>\ t>lhi. drinking, good for, vtUis bibendo (p. (id, 2). drive, prlln, ppll^re, pfjndi, pidxKvi ; ftgi), fn/iUr, riji, art inn due, iisopa.**.^. of di'h-io, frp, -fn, -tttim. during ( = ill), ahl. (82, 1); (all throu^rll), ace, s2, 4 ; d. the reign, itMt, r,. dust, pnlr-is, -( (('.v, M. duty, offlcl-um, -i, N. ; see p. 124. dwell, fiitblt-i), -fire, •»?»"(. -utnm. dwelling, aidl/lcl-um ; tectum. B. each (one), i/uiitfjup (never first in seiiteiipo), 'jiniPfjVp, fiiiodifiir (adj.) and quidqnp (sul)st.) ; unitsijui.sijiip ; (of two), uterqufi, utrrique, utruinqiw (p. 132); intpr HP (]t. 223). each other, allux aliuH; alter. . . . nltrri]). 2()); inter sp(\t. 223). eager for, 7, 2). eat ; y. KM). educate, iitien- tixxini iim). else, or, nut. embark (l nns), hi navem impoiiere ; (iiitr.) iiiiin/i (DnmTiidcrr. emergency, tcmp-ux, -drin, N. empire, imiMU-Uum, ■/, N. employ, ntar, nti, Oyun xnm. empty, hninis, ■!• • ri'iriius. encamp, cuntra pon<> {pinuU-e, jHlttfii, 2)<'i>iUiini) ; canfra /'>co (nre, dri, I'ltvtn). enact (a law), j)riimuI(f-(), -(ire, -dvi, -utinii. encourage, (ulhtirt-or, -drl, -dttcs Slim. end, II., fui-ix, -is, .M.; at the e. of summer, rxtn-ntu (vxtdtf ; v., (■((//- -fU'Ut, -/u'l^ri', ■/tci, -Jhtiini (t r.) ; /««{«, -//>', -/?'7, -Hum (tr. ami iiilr.) endeavor, I, cOn-or, ■an', -ntus Sinn ; nitor, iiiti, nisiis or tii.nisHVin ; p, 216, .5. endowed with, praedU-iis, -a, -um (witliahl.). endure, d^li^r-o, -(irc, -avi, -fitum. enemy (private), Inlmlc-vs, -l; (puli- lic), lii>st-is, -is, M. engage in battle, proel'mm com- inittd, -inittiU'e, -iiihi, -uiissinn. engine (of war), tonmntiini. enjoy, ./">'i''or, //•('* 7, /nirlim man (with al)l.; p. li(>; (to have), hahrn. enmity, InXituclti-a, -ae, F. 'One alternative exchuliiij; the other : iu--, nut schhit nut liijit, he is either writing or reading. *()i\iii^ a clioice : as, inn- fiiit vcl m'>ri- hiis vri joitiiiiii, lie was equal either in character or in fortune. enough, hiIHh, .-wIv. enquire. (S<«' inquire, enquiry, u'eniinl of enquire. enroll (soldier^'), rniiHfnh-n, -Hi-rifn're, •si'riiisi, ■Hcrijitnin. enter, Ui-i'i,, iir, -ivi, -Unm {m'v.) enterprise, ns, /v?, v. entirely, tntns, n, -vin (p. 2«5, I). entrust, jn'ruiiltn, ■mHii'iv, ■m'lsi, ■ mismnii. enumerate, t-niiun'ru, -ine, -nol, •iitiini. envoy, lr;/i'itin<, -i. envy, n., inriillu, -cir, K. ; hinldi''o, ■riilirc, -rlili, ■visum (dat.) EphesUS, Kjihi'sus, -i, F. equal, ficinri, -n, -ntn; pur, pirn's (-:^ei|ii!il to); I make e., itnjii^n, ,ir>', ■I'li'i, ■iitiim. err, I, «'/t-o, -dre, -dpi, -dttun. error, etr^ur, -oris, M. escape, ef-Siig\u, ■Sivji're, -fdijl, -fiigl- I II III. establish, amfmn-o, -dre, -nvij-dtum; stdt iio, stdtiii'rc, sfi'ifi'ii, stilt ntum, estimate, nisthn-'i, -dn; -drl, -dtiim. estimation, iitsthndtin, Otn's, F. eternal, scmjtUcm-iis, -a, -um. even, I'tiuin ; 'm, M. ; in the evening, rrspn-i (or -e). ever, uiiijiinni. every (all), omn^is, -c ; ijiiistiue, i/iiuripie, ifiihlijiic or ijiKnli/iK' (p. 132). every day. See daily. evident, manifest -u.s, -a, -uni; it is e., iipjxir-et, ere, -in't. exact (imnislinient), srnno, mmi^fre, siiiiipsi, sumpfiiiii. excellent, optUn^its, ■a, ■vm; excel- lens, -tis. except, praetcr (ace except (to), nisi (vi). excessive, nUni-ns, -a, -um. exchange for, I, mnt-o, -dre, -avi, ■dtiiiii (p. Ifid, 1. note). excite, excltu, -dn:, -dvl, -dtum. execute. cunfU'lo, -/rci^re, -feel, ■feel II III. exercise, v., exct-c-io, -ire, -iVi, -itum. VOCABULAKY. 375 Icr an . not iil>hii- 32). til ; it h-um')re, ; excel- re, -uei, |fi. .pel, ■ Ihun. exhort, hnrt-or, -tir}, -litum^utn. exile, ex-Ill, -uliti, M. ; exfll-um, i. S. (of ii cuiiilitioii). exist, I, Huin, esse, /ill. expect, ex-niiert-u, -fire, •/»»?, -i'ltum; spevit, lire, -iiil, -ntum. expedient, utii-i.i, -.■ ; be e., i(W, »i. expediency, ritilit-iin, -hHm, f. expel, pello, -ere, pepiili, piilnum. experience, fis-u», -»iur ; expeni'nti-a, ■ae, h\ explaili, expi'ino, iHiin're, -jtoMui, •pdHltiiiii. extent (p. (!!>, !»)• ex*",ortion, repetinni-ne, •uruiii [lit. of Ihiii^fs tlijit should lie yot ha<:k (repi'tn) ; Kupply rmiiii]. extreme, extmn-ux, -a, -inn. exult, exiilti), -life, -ni'i, rifinii. eye. ih-ul-uK, -i, M. ; I saw it with my own eyes, ipse iil vidi. F. face, »s, Oris, N ; filel-es, -•', F.; wit- UK, -lix, M. fact, res, rt'l. F.; p. 181, 2. faction, facti-u, -nniif, /. fail, de-f\e\ii, -fln're, -feci, -feetuin (uHi'd with or without ace); de-siiin, ■esse, -J'ui (witli dat.). fair, pxdeh-er, -ra, -rum ; il))ii>en-vs, ■a, -H»i(of Hcericry). faith, f Id-en, -el, F.; I put faith in you, tibijidein hahi'o. faithful, /hlr'-ix, -e. faithfulness, /f(/-<'», -ei, V. fall, ctldo, cMi're, ci^cldl, cilsum ; fall in battle, pi'^r-i'o, -ire, -Ivl (or li), -It it in ; fall into, '"-''ff'", -rldi're, -eldi (within aiidaco.); fall headlong". ?'/Y"'<•i/'i^". -dre, -fivl, -('ituni ; tall into ruin, enr- rui>, eorrCiiWe, enrrni. false (of persous), mend-ax, -(Icis ; (of things), fals-ux, -a, -uin ; jict-us, -a, -it in. falsehood, vienddei-um, -I, N.; to tell a falsehood, mcntlor, vientiri, ineiititits Kinii. falsely, speak, mentior, -irl, -ittis sum. fame, /(«>««, -ae, F. ; glorl-a, F. family, n.,famlll-a, -ae, F. family, adj., dCunextl-c^is, -ea, -cnm. t'a.mine,/<'(ines, -ix, F. famous, l>meelur-ii^ -a, -nin. far ( -tllHtant), lomjiiii/u-tui, .«i, -uni. far, by, nmlto. far ott', iid\., prneiil, lunje, far and wide, /«/»•. farmer, (vniedf-n, -ne, M. farm house, n'Uu, -ae, F. fartlier, "Ih'rior, -is (from vltm). teite, fort II nil, -lie, F. ; snr-s, -fix, F. fatal, pernh-ioH-iiM, -a, inn. father, j"1ti-r, patrU, M. father in law, s<)eer, sfiei'n, M. fault, n.. rii!i>-it, -III : riHiini. fault. I find f. with, nilpo, -arc, •(«»'(, -iitiiin. fault. I COmnalt a, peee-o, -are, -dri, -litiiiii. favor ( i\iiidii(H.s), hiUii'/U'l-nni, -i. favor. I, Jitr-Ut, Jiircre, jVii'l, Jiiiilinn (with dat.). fear, u.. intH-us, •I'ls ; tUn-or, -aria. fear, I, v., nn^fi'iD, im^tiVre, m'^tfil, no sMitinc ; flim't), thm-re, thnfii, no aup ; ni'ri'iir, vi^reri, n'rUi's sirni, feast, cen-a, -ae ; i^pi'il-uin, i, N. ; pi., ''pfUae, -liriiin. feather, pinn-n, -ne, v. features, mit-nx, -iix. feel, senflo, nentlre, sensi, sctutum. feeling, ,'/('/•, dijrl, M. field of battle, oeh-s,- irited), fiUox, -neis ; idrnx, ntroeis ; xaei}-u.-<, -a, -inn. fiercely, ferOeitir ; atrOciter ; xacre. fifteen, (piindecim. fifth, ipiin-tnx, -a, -urn. fifty, nfiiiKpidijinta, fight, n,, pugn-a, -ae, V. ; proeli-mn, •i ; V. ,piiijn-o, -dre.,-dvl, ■, -iiir., -diH, •diuiti. find out, rrperio (hoc find). flno, pulrh-er, -ra, -rum. flni.sh , con-fUXo, -ficflrc, -fid, -fcctum; fiiv-Ui, -ire, -iiH, -itum. *lr, ahii'K, tibiMu, V. fire, i'jn-iM, -in, M. Are and sword, with, ferro et vjiii. Arm, ftrmuK, a, -tim ; (of chariuiler), fart -in, -«. first, ■prlm-us, -a, -uia ; I was tlie first to do it, hitc in-imug feci (p. 246, LcHsoii 18, note-, 7). fit for, apt-XM, -a, -um (with dat. ; 1). Wi, 2). five, quimjuj. flag, Hiijn-um, -l. fiank, l(U-un, -tfrin, N. flash, y('<(/-»r, -ari-H, N. flee, vfil-o, -(Irp., -dvl, -iltum; fiujUi, fwjCTf, fi'Kjl, fUjll inn. flee to, advdl-i), -rmj.-awi, -d(uw(ac(!.). fleet, clann-ig, -in, F. flesli, C'iro, carnix, F. flight, /»"(.'/-«. -«■('':) Is, M. flourishing in w^ealth, (ipidpitt-nn. flow, Jlno, JlntUe., jiuxl, Jhixinn ; • flow down, de-jlHo, -jlMre, Jlnxi, 'Jluxum. flower, JloK, Jlon'n, M. fly, ufilo -dri', -in}!, fuyt're, Jugi, fiujitvm. ■uttii:i ; fih/lo, ■in, M. or F. ; foe (pnbli(!), hunt-is, (private), itUi)uc-H>', -i. follow, tn^'ivor, ki^qul, aScutus sum ; It follows that, xf(iirU-ur ut. follower, use i>rcs. part, ot scqtior. following day, dies posMms ; on the following day, die pontero ; povtrldlv. folly, 8tultUl-a, -ae, F. fond, I'lrUluH. food, victuH, -US ; cih-us, 4, M. foolish, xtiUtHs, -a, -um. foot, j>eit, pMis, M.; on f., udeabl. pi.; foot of hill, tree, ttc, use 1miu« (p. f)i>, I, uole). foot-soldier, ji'Ulfx, pMUis, M. for, prcji., ]>ro (wilhal)i.; j>. 224); (on lu-c.oxmt ot), pnifi (ahl.); of time, 69, 9. for gold, ahl. (p. ir,(i, 1), for, «onj., nam ; enim (after first eui- phatio word) ; 2^il, 2. for some time past, iamdudum fp. 21(1, 2, (//)!. forage, pabfU-or, -dri, -dtim xiiin, forbid, veto, v'tiire, vi'tfii, vi'tftinn. force, II., »•»«, F. (p. 4,r>); (army), — forces ; v., rOfjo, cniji^re, c6e. ir)8, 2. front, friins, J'rontiji, V. ; on the (In) front, a fronte. fruit, frvct-u8, -us, M. ; frin)-e», -urn, h\, pi. fugitive, fiigltiv-us, i, M. lUll, jdm-UH, -II, -vm (with tren. or ahl.) funeral, ./(>n-tf«, -lUix, N. further, wlj., ultfn-or, -('mti, fury, tr-a, ae, F. future, the, fat ura, ■onunin. pi.) future, in. or for the, injufurvm ; G. groin, SinOlUment-tiin, -i, N.; luer-uvi, •i, N. gain, pos8€)sslon of, pfitior, pdtin , pdtlhitt Huin (wiih abl.). games, lud-i, -drum, M. garden, hnrt-im, -J, M. Garonne, Garumnu, -a, -m:. garrison, praeKldi-nm, -i, N. gate, jxirtn, -up, V. gather together, {iTi{,u».),cfmpiir-o, -are, -i'iih, -ntum ; (iiitr.), am-viulo, •vtiilrc, -vi:ni, ■vfiifina. Gfiul, a, (ialh-a, -ae, F. CJaul, Gall-m, -i. guze t»/t or on, itpect-o, -are, -dvl, •dtum. general, dux, dficU, M.; impilrat-or, -Oris, M. Geneva, G''nev-n, -ae, F, g'entle, mit-ig, -c ; len-is, -e. gently, I'nlter. Q«rman, (fcrmnn-v«, -a, -uin. gfet, ac-'qnor, -»('(pii, •H^cfiius trnin. gfift, ditnum, •?, N. Ifirl, 2>iiell-a, -ae, F. gfive, d6n,-o, -drc, -ilvl, -lituni ; df>, ddri', lU'di, ililtvtn ; g. notice, say in- form ; give up ( sinrciKlcr), d;» ; Ubrn-s, lUien- tix ; I am g. to do it, hoc Uhmtfr J'ac.ui. gladly, Initr, Uhi-iitcr. globe, orhix (frrdriitn. glorious, jtraeclar-uH, -a,-um. glory, 'jlorr-a, -r.,-, V. go, »'''), irfi, Ivi (-11), Uuin;{\Hi iHmut to), |). 174, 1. go away, »I'*Ao, -ire, -Ivl (-ti), -ttttm, go out, rxcidit, -ciWre, -cesitl, ■citgHitni; e.x-i:i>, -Ire, -mi (or 11), -Uum. God, T)>U,H,de.l(\^. Vi, 2). goddess, »/<'«, -«»', I", (p. (J, 2). gold, anr-um, -I ; for g., ir.(», I. golden (koM), auri-nx, -a, -urn. good, honiii, -n, -»/M(p. 20); coinp., iiit'/ior ; (Slip., ojitimus. goods, J/KTX, Mcrch, F. govern, riUjo, r^i/t^rp, rext, rectum; ywH'rn-o, -nrc, -fivl, -dtum. governor, pmefect-VD, -l, M. gradually, pnulilHm. grandfather, tlms, ilvi, M. Granicus, (hdnic-us, i, M. grateful, (jrdt-m, -a, -um. gra,[n,'/rument-um, -I, N. gl'atitudo, f/nltra, -ae, V.; I sho'wr gTatltude, f/nitinm rejr.ro {rc/cnc, ri'tfili, retatnta); I feel g., yratiam hilhm{-^re, -ui, -ttnm). great, vmnn-uii, -a, -wn ; of great size, inrjcnx, ini/entiti ; SOg., tinttuH. greatly, inniinopcrc (adv. ) ; cump., iiuhjis ; Hup., iiuixinif. Greece, Hmccia, -ae. greedy, dvhl-xis, -a, -um; dwir-iis, -n, Hill. Greek, Gmec-tu, -a, -um, greenness, nlrldUan, -atUi, V, grief, iiiilor, urix, }.]. groan, ijctn-o, -''re, -01, -Uum. ground, hCnn-iis, -i, F.; on the grovmd, fnnni. grow, crpsro, ■i^rc, cnHn, cretum ', vlr^o, tiirire, no i)Prf., no Hnp. guard, niKli'id-io, -ire, -ivl, -Itmn; n., 8t'« next wnrd. gruardian, cmj»n««, -<«/i>, M. guide, II., dux, diiciH , v., ifuhamo, .11 rr^ 11 n, -dlinti. gruilt, HCi'l-^iK, -t^rlM, N. guilty, HW>-'''<, -o, vm: bo g. of, In xe ailmitto (acr ) ^ i a; ll 378 VOCABULARY. H. habit of, I am In the, ii^l^!>, edlfire, sdiltiM 8UVI (+int.) . hair, cilin-a, -ae, F. ; cdpill-us, l„ M. hall, anl-a, -ae, F. halt, cbme to a halt, con-sistn, ■siHtHre, -stitl^ •ntltnui. Hamilcar, Tfaviilc-nr, -drin, M. hand, man-un, -m, V. hand, I am at, ad-xum, -ensr, -fni. hand over to, jior-mitta, -mittfir, -miHi, •misHUin ; maiid-o, -are, -dm, •dtum. hand-maid(en), aut-Ul-n, -ae. Hannibal, Hannib-al, -ullx, M. happens, it, accldit, accUlere, accldit, no suj). ; ctintinifit, coiitingpre, contlgil, noHiip. ; eiM'nit, cvnilre, eoriiif, no sup. happiness, heate vivcre. (;>, 108, 4). happy, bMt-ud, -a, -nm ; lucky, felix, Jflieis, harbor, imrtus, -ux, M. hard, a. V.Hi, 7, uote). haughty, xnperb-'us, -a, -um. he : p. ifis, 3. he himself ii>xe (p. 123, 6). \iead, caput, capitis, N.; in the h., p. !)8, 3. head of, I am at the, prae-mim, •esxe, -fill (with dat). headlongr, prae-ccps, -clpUix. heal, iiK^dcor, im^dPri, iu)perf.,iio»up. health, I am in good, viiUo, vol- ere, rnlui, ntllttim. hear, avdio, -irv, -ivl, -itnm. heart, cur, curdin, N. ; (foelirtyfs), unUiius. heat, aexftis, -Os, M. heaven, cael-utn, -i, N.; pi. M., cael-i, •onnn. heavy, grdv-w, -e, heir, hcre-x, -dis, M. help, iui'o, i^vdre, iuvi, iittum ; ad- inm, -invdre, iuvl, -mtuin; n., auxUl- ■um, -i, N. Helvetians (Helvetii), Helmti-i, -itrutti, M. hem in, con-Hngo, -tlnere, -tlnfii, -tentum. hence, henceforth, proinde, hine. herald, praec-o, vnis, M. here, hic. here, I am, adxnm, -esse, -fM. hesitate, dCiblto, -are, -dvl, -dtum. hidden, occult-tui, -a, -um. hide, cel-0, -dre, -dvl, •dt^iin. high, alt-u8, -a, -um. highest, xnmm-tt^, -a, -wm; with in- trrext, use inayni (p. 1(56, 3) ; o( price, p. 150, 2. highly, I va'ue, vuigni aextimo (p. m), 2). hill, coll-ix, -»■«, M.; inoiis, montis, M. nim ; p. 1(58, 3. himself, ^■« ; ipse, ipsa, ipsvm (168, 3). hinder, impid-lo, -ire, -Ivi, -itutn; ob-sto, -stare, -stltl, ■stdttnn (dat.) his, Sitis, sitiM (p. 168> 3) ; often oniit- teil ; 169, 6, uote 2. historian, renim scriptar {-oris, M.) hither, cWr-ior, -iorlx. hold, luWHo, hoMre, hilbiil, hdbUntn; thil'o, ti^iiere, tcnnl, ten-tiitn; cdpto, cdiM<.re, cepl, captuin (—contain). home, dnvi-us, diiinm, F. ; at home, do hi; (to) home, domum; from home, ddiiio. Homer, Ilffmer-us, -l, M. honest, ]in)b-u,^, -a, -um, honor, Jidcx, fuin (ko»x1 faith), F. ; hon-or, -Oris, M. (distinction). hope, xpcx, spi^'i, F. hope, hope for, I, sper-o, -are, -dvi, •dtum. horse, t^qvus, i-qni, M. horseman, Oques, (quuis, M. host (opi>08ed to guest), hospex, has- jrltix, M. host (a multitude), multttnd-o, -Inis, F. VOCABULARV. S79 l« ; pi. hostage, oft«c», ohsldis, M. hour, hor-a, -ae, V. house, d<»m-««, -»x, F. (62, 6). how, 7i*rt//i.(i>. I7fi, :i). however ; ISXi, 7, not^ how mU' '. quantum. ; Vk-'xih com- paratives, (y«« ,j. how often, quoties. human, /ntmiln-ui, -a, -um. humble, hn mil-is, -c hvuidred, a, centum. hunger, fditu-n./dmix, F. hurl, con-lclo, -Icciy., -ieci, -iecturn (at=t«4-ac(5.) hurry to, contemlo, -tcndcre, -tendl, 'tentinn, (ad with iicc.) husband, vir, vlrl, M. I, I'ffo (p. 104). if, m (p. 1!K)) ; if. . . .not, nl*i, 8l.... non(p. ISK), 3); unless, yM.N((p. llK), 3). ignorant of, I am, vjuor-o, -ore, •dvl, -fltuin ; nc-nclo, -scire, scJvl, -scltum. ill, I am, aegrdt-o, -are, -dvt, -dtuin. illustrious, praeddr-us, -a, -um. Ul-Will, mCddMentl-a, -ae, F. imitate, ImXt-or, -nrl, -dtu8 mm. immediately (adv.), stdtim, con- festim. immediately after the battle, con/estiiii a j/ruelio. immortal, imttortdl-i^, -e. impart I, communlc-o, -are, -dvl, •dtum. impiety, imphH-as, -dtis, F. implore, implor-o, -are, -dvi, -dtum. importance, it is of; p. ififi, 3. important to me, it is, ined interest (p. UM, 3). .important, i/rdv-is, -e; magnug. Impunity, with, impfnie. impute, this to you as a fault, I, hoc tdti vitio vcrto. in, prep., I » (with .abl. or ace; p. 222, 2); in company with, cum; in the power of, penes (with ace.) : in turn, iiirjrem ; in order that, at; in order that not, n\.) increase (trans.), augi'o, augdre, dux'i, aurMim : (intrans), cresco, creseire, creel, cretnm. incredible, hicredlblUs (p. its). indecisive, anceps, anelpitis. inexperienced, imperJus, -a, -um. infant, hijans, iut'antis, M. or F. infantry, pMlt-es, -um, M. i»l. influence, aueton't-as, -dtis, F. inform, eertioremfacere (of-t.V). inform, him about these mat- ters, I, ego euiii certiorem de his rebtut Jdciu. ' inhabitant, ineola, -(le, M. ; i. of a town, oppidnnus. injure, noc^o, mlcere, 'ndcAl, 'Itum (wilhd.U.) injury, iniuria, -ae, F. ; damn-um, ■i, N. innocence, innf>centi-a, -is, v. innocent, inn^eens, iiindceJitis. inquire, quaero, qtiaerere, quaeslm, quaesltum ; n'igo, -arc, -dvi, -dtum. insist on, jI>iglt-o, -dre, -dvl, dtuin. instantly, contlnuo. institution, instltftt-um, -i, N. instruct, eriidlo, -irc, -ivl, itum. insult, eontiimella, -ae, F. intellect, memt, mentis, F. intend ; p. 174, 1. intentionally, eotmdto. • interest, it is of, i»ter-esf, -esse, -fdi (166, 3) ; (hij,'h ^ magni or multnm). interpreter, interpres, inter [rn'tis, M. into, in (with ac-c.) intrust, I, per-mitto, -mittere, -mlsif missum ; mnnd-o, -dre, nvi, -dtum. invade, I, helium ii\f'ero (infcrrc, intuli, nidi inn). inventor, imvnt-or, -Oris, M. invite, I, inelt-o, -dre, -dvl, -dtum. irruption, an, incursl-o, -tmw, F. island, insill-a, -ae, h: issue, event-u8, -««, M. it. See he. Italy, Itdll-a, -ae, F. its, eius; referring to uubject, SUXiS^ sua, simm (I'Ki, Ti). itself. rvmisiiis sto (xtdre, stMl, ntutum). keep my word, /idem srrv-o (-dre, •dvl, -dtum); jidemprdesto (stiire, -stlti). keep back, arc.-, -til, Uum. keep back from, prohib-iro, -ere, 'til, -Itum; arceo, arcere,arcfu {+{ihl.) keep off, def en-do, -drre, -di, -sniri. kill, 7nfer-flch), -/tei^rc, -feci, -fretvm ; oc-eldo, -cldiH'c, -cldl, -cmiiti. kind, iu,gM-it>t, -tn'?, N. kind, a(^j.,^'H»*l,v5^?w, -a, -urn; comp., benevolentior ; sup., bC-nCvOleiitisshnus. kind deed, a, bcnc/lci-um, -i, N.; offtcuiiii, -I, N. kind, of every, omnis, -e ; omnia gfUi'Tix. kind of man, the, iisc nnnlis (p. 181, 1). kind, of this, huiusnwdl ; of that kind, <'i««m()(i(; tali^. kindness, bi^ne/tci-um,, -i, N. king, rex, rfgis; king's, regl-us, -a, ■urn. knee, gen-u', •■as, N. know, sclo, scire, sclvi, scltum (a fagnoxc-o, <*re, cognovi, cog- nltiim. learned, i/'»c'"« (p.p. of r/occw, teach). learning, docfrln-n, -ae, V. least, at saitem; T at least, ego certe. Vocabulary. m id \ui. ')• leav<^, r'-luntuo, •ltiiiiu>ri\ -lii/ui, •lu'tiim ; (a ]>lac«') ex-o'dn, r,(l,'re, -a-ssl, •cenmvi (witli jil)l. or with ox.) ; iliscnli), •ci'di^e, -ccxKi, -rrssiim (v\) ; ]trt\t'lciir(tr, pro/icisci, pro/ecttm gum. left, slnixi-cr, m, -ruin. legion, Ug'i-o, -Ctim, F. lelstire, f>ti-um, -i, N.; at leisure. dtionvfi, (i, -uin. less (nf\v.),nihiit»', less than two hundred fell, vtiims ihin'nli periir- rnit. Mitnix, with iiiiinorals(lil«wfm/)U(w, more) luw no effect upon tlieeonst ruction. less, a, 3). et, slno, siiulre, «tri, sittim ; or use I c t (103, 5). letter, fyistdl-a, -ae, v.; limr-ae, •drum, F. (\A.). levy, n., iJclcct-vii, .lis, M.; I hold a levy, (ielectuin habeo. liar, mendax, tiunducis. liberality, Ubcralit-a^, dtis, F. liberate, llMr-o, -are, uvi, -iltum. Liberty, llbert-as, -utis, F. lie, ior-t^o, -ere, -vl, -Itiiui ; (speak falsely) inrntior, itieiitlrl, mentitus gum. lieutenant, Ugdtv^, -i, M. life, vlt-a, -«(', F, light, lux, liicis, F.; liim^n, lumlnin, N. lightning, fulgw, fulgiiris, N. like, HunU-is, -e; conip., so/uWor; suj)., simiUimua (dat.) likely; use 174, 1. line of battle, deles, dciei,V.', line of march, iter, ttUieHs, N. lion, ?co, lefinii, M. listen to, aud-to, ire, -Ivi, -ltum{acc). live, r'i'o, vtDiVe, r>m, -victum; I live on milk, lacte vescor (vesci, no perf.,no sup). living, be ; say live. load, n., <5/i((,s', ilm'rin, N. load v., dni'r-0, -are, -dvl, -'Itum. locality, lOca, -orum ; pi. of locus. lofty, alt-US, -a, -uiii ; i'xri'lx-un. long, lomj/'Us, -(t, -u.;% ; for a long time, diu, idinprldcm (216, '2, l>). look at, si)cct-o, -are, -dvl, -dtum. look down on, de-apicio, -spic^e, -spexl, -gpectuui. look for, exsjurt-n, -are, -uvi, -dtum. lord, domin-us, -i. lose, ii-mltfi), ■milti're, -mutl, miHsum: lose an opportunity, vminonem amitti). loss, damn-urn, -j": cdiumit-as, -I'ltig, F. lot, gors, nortis, v.; fort una, ae, K. lot, it falls to my, uUhi aerhlit ; in ill I CDuthujit. loud, magnux. love, dm-n -are, -Irl, -dtum', dllJio, dllvjih-e, dilexl, dUeetvm. lovely, pulvher, j)uh'hra, pulchrum. lover, a)nans, anumtis lOW(ly), liuniUiit, -e. lowest, 'I mug, -u, -urn (69, 1), loy&l, ftdel-is, -e. loyalty, / fdes, fldel, F. Lucca, Lucc-a, -ae. luxury, luxuri-a, -ae. M. mad, I am, /uro, fini're, no ))erf.>, no sup. made. I am being, fm, fun, /ac- tus gum. magnitude, use (luantus (see p. 181, 1). maiden, iniell-a, -ae ; virg-o, -Un'g. maintain, sug-tlnfo, -tinier, -tlnCn, -tentum; vindlc-o, -are, dvl, -dtum. make, fuelo, fdeiVe, feel, faetum \ (a niaf,Mstrate), cr^-o, -Ore, -dm, -ntum ; (war upon), bellum in-fern, inferre, intu/l, illdtu)u (dat.); (an atta<'k), impetum J'ih'lo^ (fdci^re, feci, factum), or simply aggrcdlor, -gnhll, -gresgug gum (ace.) Malta, MeUt-a, -ae, Y. man, vir, vlrl, Jf . (an adult male ; op- pose<>ys), ind'nst-rr, -ri, M.* (of slaves), r Ih-rtimi est) ()i. Id:!, 5) ; i.Dssuiii, jHixsi', jiutui ()>. 14"J)". ill final cliiuscs, n^fhubj. (j>. \Ki); of a wish, (p. l.W, 4, c). May (iiioiitli of), Mdl-Hs, -a, -mil, adj. ()iiriiiiis beiii^ uinkT.sloo(l). meal, <'''/i-a, -ff^ ; ejml-nc, -drvni. mean, v., nibi volo (wIIp, mtlul) means of, by, alil. (p. 71, m). meanwhile, hiti'n'm. measure, onrttar, tni'tlrl, inntsun sum. Medes, Med-l, urmn (pi.), M. meet an enemy, ohvlam hontihus (dat.) he. meet death, vutrfem ol)-. (!!), 10). milk, fae, -tis, N. mind, ilntin-ux, -I, M.; m^iis, mentis, V. miserable, miKer, ni^xiHa, tntgi^nim. modesty, modesti-n, -ae. money, j^t'cunr-a, -ae, V. month, nwnti-iH, -in, M. moon, luna, Ifmae, F. morals, im'trex, indnint, M. more. ?'/"v (p- ->!, 4), of amount ; niaifis, ftf f<'i'di]Ue. most part, for the, maxinn: mound, ajuer, -{/<'//«, M. mount, v., a-neendo, -seendi^re, -scendl, •scensinn. mo;Tntain, monx, mnntin, M. mourn over, irn/eo, I age re, hixi, I net ma, mouth, "», firis, N. move, ninriit^ larirrre, 7/1017, mvtum ; move forward, 2>r'>-niOvepus est (p. 1(56, 2); I have need of food, op^ix est mihi elbo (abl.) ; 'l'7'^"» •';/'''■''. ''i/"' ( + al)l. or gen.) needy, <^genusib7, 3, note). neglect, negUgo, -Ugt're, lexl, lectum. neighbor, vtcln-xis, -l, M.; flnltimxis. VOCABULARY. 383 nelgh\yoring, finithn-ua, -a, -uni. neither .... nor ; m'tjiu; .... ii'i/iie ; nri' .... ntc, neither (of two), nctder^ twutra, nciitniin (p. 20). nest, uhl-iin, -i, never, nunqnam. new, w'niVH, -a, -tim. news of, there is, nuntultvr (p. 104, 2, note '2). next, the, prnxhiiu», -a,-uin\ next day, iiii-n poxti'nix ; on the noxt day, die poHtero, jutHtrldlt^ civs dii'i. nig'ht, nn.r, tmcth, V. no (ji. 2!), 4, note). noble, jtraechir-iiH, -n, -iitti ; nohll-ia. noon, noonday, vu'ndi-i-K, -ri. no one, nrnio(irt-vi.,niiiniis; J). 1.32,2); nulhiK, -11, -inn.; and no one, n/v; quisquani, (i;{2, .'{). nor, lU'ijKc, 7irr; owiiiij 1o tlio Latin love of (•f)nnecti\ es, used insfceafl of lum to iiitroei-.il., p. 138, 4 (li). not yet, mtndum. nothing, nihil. nourish, nnfr-tn, -Ti-r, -im, ntumiitlo, HlOic, (dill, lilltuiii (or alttiiii). now (of time U]> to the present), inm, ; (at the present moment), /t»»c; (^to-ilr-co, -ere, -fil, -thdn (flat.); dfj^-'dio, -Hire, -edlvl (edll), -tuiltumUhxt.; p. 1(14). object, v., reeun-o, -are, -am, -ntum. object, n., have an o. in view. Ago, (}i/cre, eji, actum. obscure, obsciints. obtain, I, Mljmcor, -Mlpixci, Me- ptus mm; jMtor, j)dtlri, piUltm mm ; (a request), impetro, -are, -livl, -ntum. occupy, I (hold), Mi-eo, -ere, -fa, -tnm. ocean, Oa'dn-its, -i, M. Octavianus, Octritirm-iij>, .{ of, expre.ssed by pen. or abl.; di, prep. with ill)]. offence, ]>eccnt-inn, -I, N. offer, I, di'-jVro, -Jfrre, -tftli, •Idttun. oflBce. m<'im; oldest, maximus lultii ; (see atwivnt). old ag-e, S'Uiri'f-iis, -fit is, F. old man, mUiex, fn^nis. Olympus, Otump-iix, -i, M. on (of rest), //I (alil.); (of nioti. 132). one, not, nemo, ^en. nitllmg(p.l32,'iy, lie unuH qn'idem. one . . the other, alius.. nlhu>, ; alter .. alter (ot two). one and all, mnet-l, -ae, -a ; omnes, omnium. one day, iiliquando. only, til 111 am; mlum ; mMo (all plar> d after the wo»fis (lualified); not onl^ , iMii solum, lion viOdo (but also = )ied etiam). onset, impH-UH, -us, M. open, (trans.), pilte-J'aelo, •fdci're, •f^ci, -factum; (intr.), piltt'o, jx^tere, piUfd, no sup. ; ojjen ranks, ordlnes taxare. openly, pnlam. opinion, sententi-a, -ae. opportunity, occds-io, -ion»V», F. oppose, ocnirro, -curr^re, -etirrl, curxum (with datixe) ; of>-sto, -stare, ■stlti, no sup. (with dat.) oppress, rex-o, -lire, -I'lvi, -ntum; op-prlmo, -prlmrre, -pressl, -pressum. or, cut ; vet. or not, annon in the .second part of a principal alternative (piestion (130, 0, note) ; necin', in a dependent alternative (luestion (p. 177, 5). 584 VOCABULAKY. oration, lymtt-n, 'finis, F. orator, onif-nr, -on's, iM. order, v., ifihio, iuhare, m««/, iuHmmi (with ace.) ; imjur-o, •dre, -doi, 'tltuni (witliiul,.) order, n., vmnddi-um, -i, N. ; prae- crptum, -l, N. order that, in, nt (p. 183, 2 ; p. isr., o). origin, .'/'iw-iw, -' //n, N. ; of humble orig'in, ImtnUi loco nattiH. other, the (of two), niter ; others, tlin ; other men ( -- the reHt), cptWro, -dre, -dvl, -dtum. pain, diUor, -oria, M. panic, pdcor, ]>ucaris, M. pardon, n., renm, -nc, F. pardon, v., iyiwsco, iyrioscere, iffauvl, ign<>tinti,{iliit.) parent, parens, M. or F. part, pars, partis, F. ; it is the p. of, p. 124. pass (a law), promxthj-o, 'dre, Hlvl, •dtum : fiU'o. pass by, practir-eo, -ire, -lot, -Itxnn. pass over, transeo, -Ire, -let, -Uitiii. pass the winter, hicm-o, -dr; -an, -dtum,. passion (anger), tra, -ae, F. passionate, irdcuml-us, -a, -«»i. passionateness, irdcnndl-a, -ae, F. past, j7raet). permitted, I am, mihi licet (p. 163, s). Persian, Midus, -i. persuade, per-s%uldi'o, -swidere, •sOasl, -sxtHsvm (clat.) Philippi, l'hiUpp4, -drum. philosopher, pldMs&ph-us, -i, M. philosophy, phildsdphl-a, -ae, F. pick, pick out, U^go, ISgAre, legi, lei'.t u III. pine, inn-vs, -Us, F. pirate, praed-n, -onis. pitch a camp, castra Idcdre or 2>oni}re. pity, n., mWrlcordl-a, -ae, F. pity, v., inistfn^or, intst^rerl, inlsi^^rUns sum, with gen.; I pity you, me tui iinseret (165, 1). place, n., Idc-ns, -l, M.; pi., loci, M., and loca, N. place, v., Wc-o, -dre, -dvl, -dttim (ace); jidmt, pdm^re, jxlsiii, posltum; place over; prae-flclo, -J'lcere, -feci, •fec.tum. plain, cnnipiis, 4, M.; pldnitl-es, -el, plain (evident), mdnt/est-ns, -a, -vm. plan, coimli-tiin, -i, N. (form-//t«0- 4, M.; ?ws-w.8, -its, M.; pla^, Idd-us, v., lua-o, -ere, -si. •um. pleasant, iucuml-ua -a, -um; grat- -us, -a, -urn. please, deleet-o, -are, -dvl, •dtum (ace); pldci^o, 2>ldcere, pldcdi, pldeltum, {with dat). please, I {i.e., choose), mihi Kbetf llbiiif, libitum est. pleasing-. See pleasant, pleasure, voiupt-as, lUis, F. tutT^' '^'^' '^"-l^e, carpH. carp. VOCABULARY. POiBon, v,^nen-um, .f, jf. pool, n(aymm, .7, N. ' PopiiIace,p;^6*,pfe6^ P X°?i-'!' as Snv'^"P-«--* poverty, pa„^,,,: ,pOWer, ir^pfirt.um - vT practice, mus, .as, u praise, n, in us, la'udu, F present, a, donhm, -i n presently, mox, brevi. him from cfo n^ t "" *i.5^®vent Tuommus /aciat%T 185.' 2)^^^^" ^"^^ previous. prtor.prriM. pride, superbia, -ae l^^^>Pnnceps,prinetpie^^ Pnson, career, mr«j,frwr, m. Prtjate person, prf«^^,«,; '"• prize, i>rtw»M".t«w, -f, N. 385 (with fut! Inf. • no;i) **• ■'"^'« ««»» promise, ^ow^^^.y,-^ proof, uullcl-um, -i, n proud, »uperh.,u,. .a, .um provide for t - ■vidl, -vwZ. ' ^' P^^'^d^o, .,>t^sre, providence, providenti-a, -ae P ^P-vlded that. ,«..o;r„^^, " province, j«-omW.a,.a«, p. prudence, i>nw«,ef.„^ pupil, diseljyulus -f ^^^Purpose. for ifae p. of, oat^ purposely, cmsulto. Pyrenees, PyrSmei Monteg. Q. quaestor, ^twiest^n-, ..aria iL quantity, c.pr-„, .«,,^'^ queen, r^9Jn-«, a^. P. ' ^' ** tion, hoc'teraL^^ ^°^ *^^ ques-' won, Aoc <6 rd^o^ quickly, celerUer. R hSan?iSL\a-rA«>' ^•' ti^e men, gmmh^Sm^'''^'''''^ ' »•• of rant' 5"' ''"^'' ^*'^*' ^W«<«m. rank, ^rrf-o. int», M. (militaiy termr rather, i«)«M*. ^ *'™''- Ravenna, Jiavenn-a, -ae 386 VOCABULARY. read, logo, U^gtire, Ififfl, Uctum. read aloud, rMt-o, 'dre, -dvi, •dtuin. read J' pilnlt-us, ^, -um (with Inf., (lat., or (/(/, iiiid ax^c). really, vi'm ; nl wnl (In t ruthX rear, tnifum, -i, S. ; from or in the rear, « ti'rgo. reason, enun-a, -ae, F. ; p. 181, 1 (use cur). receive, accipio. recent, i-iVwhh, recentis. recover (intr.), «e recljno. refrain, de-iihtn, -nifitAre, -«Mti, •stllinn (abl., or al)l. with a). refuse, nolo, nolle, nrdui', reeilS'O, •dri', -dvi, -dtum. regard, haheo. reign, v., m/n-o, -are, -ilvl, ilhivi ; n., iin/>(U-r-v)ii, -i, N, ; during ther., SCO p. 1()0, 5. reject, ri^i)%idl-o,-dve, -dvi, -dtum. rejoice, gaud-eo, -Pre, ydvmis sum. relate, narr-o, -are, -. risk, p^ric&l-um, -l, N.; ditcrim-en, •IniH, N. river, flOm-en, -hiu, "S.; Jfitvl-us, -l, M.; rir-i(H, -l, M.; amn-i-tt, -ig, M. road, vl-a, -ae, F.: iter, itlmlri^, N. rock, snxiiin, -l, N.; rup-ea, -in, F.; iia)iiiil-iin, -l, M. Roman, lioimln-xm, -a, -iim, Rome, Ilim-a, -ae, F. Romulus, ROmid-iis, -i, M. root, radix, -Tm, F. rose, rila-a, -ae, F. rough, asp-er, -era, -Crum. route, vl-a, -ae, F.; iter, itlnSria, N. ruin, exitl-um, -i, N.; pemicl-es, -ei, F. rule, v., regn-o, -dre, -drl, -ntum', gubem-o, -dre, -dvi, -dtum ; n., regn-um, •i; impfri-vm. -i, N. run, cvrro, curr(!re, cucttm, eurmvi ; (a wall), />(, eiklem, idftn ; Hame as, 127, ti. BatiafV, HiUis-filelo, -/dcerf, -fici, -fac' fte/u (with flat.; )>. W\ 0). savage (wil'r-uK, -a, -inn, savage (cruel), saev-un, -a, -um; save, Ki'rv-o, -are, ilvl, -dlutn. say, ilirii, ilicetr, dixi,ictpdl-ti>i, -l. school, KcMl-a, 'Oe, F. science, doctrln-a, -ae, F. ; sdentl-a, a>\ V. ScipiO, Sclpi-o, 'Onig. scout, explOrdt-or, -om, M.; sp^ei'dd- t-of, •(ii'in, M. sea, utArc, vulris, N. sea, of the, mdrUim-us, -a, -nm; the sea coast, om tiuirithna, IUuh. season, tftujtrHt-as, -litiH, F.; anni tein;>ii)i (Jentporix). seat, nf'd-eA, sedis. P.; ftella, aellae, F. second, m'cnnd-UK, -a, -vm ; alter. secret, occult-ng, -a, -vni. see, rUHo, vhlire, v'uli, visum ; cenm, cerm're, cren, cretum ; isitect-o, -are, nivl, •dtuin. seed, sSnien, sfmlnis, N. seek, iptaero, quaer^re, qiiaeslvl, quae- (Htxim. seem, vUh^or, vUUrl, vlsua sum; it seems that he was good, ille vkle- tur boHut; J'uisse (p, 104, 3). seize, oc, M. sei^ce, utUU-as, -at Ik, V.: be of 8., prodenxc ; H:i, 2 ('^raixi— mull ((in). sesterce or sestertius, «c*««/•^l-».s•, set (of sun), xiilis occdsxis (-uh, M). set out p"ni of fuU ; (in deliburative queHtioii), i:«>, (a), sharp, deer, ueria. Here ; CLc(it-VM, -a, ■iiin. ship, rulv-ix, -in, v.; Tuli%f-Hm, -I, M.; 8. of war, tiapwf loiiya. shore, Sr-a, -ae, F.; lit-ut, -dris, N. short, brPv-h, •«. shortly, brevl. should (outrht), p. 173, 5. shout, n., clain^ijr, -Srii, M. shout, raise a b., v., eldm-o, -Are, •dvl, •ar>t,2>artui, P.; Idtux, h'tt^rin, \.; on all sides, umH^/t(« ; on both sides, utrimque ; on this 8. of, cltrd (ooc.). sight, compect-u8, -us, M. signal, sign-urn, 4. silence, sllentium. silent, I am, tae^o, tdcire, tdeHi, tdcltum. silent, tdeH-us, -a, -um. silver, argent-um, -l, N. silver, of, argent-ius, -ia, -^um. since, adv., ahhinr; ten years since, abhine decern annos (or minis). since, conj., qnum, cum (p. 203); quoninm, quia (p. 198) ; p. liiO, 5. sing, rnnto, -are, -dvl, 'dtutn ; ciln-o, cdm're, ct^clnl, cantuni. single, not a, ne unus quidem. sister, «5r.or, -drix. sit, si'deo, S(ide.re, sedi, sesswm, six, sex. six hundred, sexeeMl, -ae, -a. size, inagnitud-o, •tnia, F. ; use quan- tus(ls\, 1). skilful, p<^rlt-us, -a, -um (with geni- live. skill, sctentl-a, -ae, P. skilled, jHiritus (in -gen.X skm, pell-iK, -is, F sky, cael-um, -Z, N. slave, serv-ns, -i, F. slavery, servXt-us, -dtis. 388 VOCABULARY. slay, inltr-flcln, -f^r.ifrc, \ffci, -fecfuin; triii'id-o, -are, -nin, -'ilnni. sleep, ■>■• Koinn-UM, -(, M. ; v,,dona-lo, •Ire, -Ivi, -ituiti. slip, Idbirr, tabl, lapxuH num. sloth, ijfiutvi-a, -(W, F. small, ]xirti-uK, -a, -nm (p. 57, 4); exiyii-KH, -a, -uin. smile at. ruleo, rUlfre, rlsi, rUtum (w.-.) snow, nix, nlvin, F. so, imIv,, (UM (with ft(lj8.); ita, tiic (ill this way) ; so as. ita vt ; 80 that, tit (p. 187); duin, duinvu'iilo (p. li>4, :0; so much, tantum, tan- tt)2>e>-f ; SO erreat, tanl-uH, -a, -um ; so loniTi tanuliu ; so many, tot. Socrates, Suenltes, -in, M. soil, ttiM-vin, -l, a.', ihjer, x, br^vi. sooner, tmtdrius (comp. of iiuitnre, early). Sophocles, Sophocl-es, -is. sorrow, ddl-Or, -oris, M. soul, (Iniiti-xus, -7, M. ; Anlm-a, -ae, V. 'tis, nonit. sound, n., gdnit-us, tOndre, adniii, gdnltum. sovereignty, regnum. sow, »'re, pgperct, i>arcl- tuin, or paiHutn (with dative ; p. 105, 9). sparrow, pAsser, pdssiris, M. speak, Idquor, dico. speaking;, direre (inf. used as a uouii ; 108, 4); ars dicemli. spear, hasta, -ae. speech, 6rdtl-o, -Snis, F. 8l>eed, cil^rlt-as, -dtis, F. spend, coimimo. spit, v^r-u, -us, N. splendid, splendldus. sport, 11., indvif, -I, M.; W«.tM,-fl«,M.; v., Iiitto, tihh're, liini, liiHUHi, spot, AJciM, 'i. spread, upargo, nparrf^re, apafff, mifi rmi in ; uterno, titenu're, tttrdiA, (Ml* turn. spring, ver, D^fin, N. Bpy,np>'i'i'(ldt or, -orix, M, ; explOrdt-or, ■(inn, M. stand, Kto, Htdre, Kti'ti, stdtum ; s. for, i>i't-Of -^re, -Ivl (II), -ittim; B. near, ad-Mo, -ntdre, -stiti, star, ntell-a, -ae. start. Hee set out. state, c'ivlt-a)i, -dtui. stay. Hee remain. step, pans-rut, -fis, M. still, tranqnill-nx, -a, -u»» ; (never the« U'hh) tdmen ; (even now), adhuc stone, Idpis, Idpldis, M. stork, ci('6iii-a, -ae, F. storm, temjmst-as, -dtis, F. story, fdbdi-a, -ae, F. stream, riv-vs, -i, M. ; fl'&.v'l-us, l, M.j amuin, -in, M. ; Jlnia-en, -Uiis, N. Strength, ro/>-«r,-Jrw; vlrtls, Virltun, F. (pi. of vi^i ; p. 45). strive, cOn-or, -drl, -dttcs sum ; nitor, nlti, nisHS or nixus sum. subdue, sUp^r-o, -dre, -dvl, 'dtumi vinco, vinci're, vlcl, victutn. such, tdlis, -e; of sucli a kind, eiusmddi (in contempt). sue ; p. 185, 5. suffer, 2>tdt-o, •are, -dvl, -dtuvi. sword, glddl-iu, -t, AL; ferrum, -i,N. VOCABULARY. 889 table, metu-a, -ae, F. take, c4pU), eilpffre, cApl, captvin; take by storm, exptign-o, -fire, -dvi, •dtum. talent, inffi'nl-um, -f, N.; (a weight or II HUiii of money), Mlent-vm, -i, N. tall, nl'iiH, -a, -um; pr6c^-u», -a, -um ; iiigeiu, ingentis, teach, ddc-fo, -^e, -fil, -him. tear, Ulerlm-a, •ae, F. tell, narr-o, -are, dvl, -dtum ; dlco, dMra, dixi, dicUim. temple, tfmpUnm, -l, N.; !), 1 ; vt (183 ; 187). the, p. 4, 11, note ; (emphatic), p. 188, 4. theft, fxirt-um, -l, N. their, p. 169, 5 ; often omitted, p. 169, 5, note 2. them, they ; 168, 3. then, turn. there, ibi ;*be t., admm, thick, d€iis-ng, -a, -uriu thing:, reg, m, F. think (fancy), pitt-o, -are, -dvl, -dtum ; (reflect), coglto, dre, dvl, •dtum ; (hold as an opinion), cenn-eo, ire, -ui, -sum ; (judjfe), arbltror, drl, -dtus sum. this, hie, haec, hoc (p. 117). thougrh ; 196, 5. thousand, mil/c, indecl. in sing. ; in the pi., millia, inillium, viilllbus (p. 68, 5). three, treK, trla. three hundred, trdcent-l, -ae, -a. threshold, llm-en, -rnw, N. through, per (ac!c). throWt v., iAcio, iacAre, ieol, iactuiii ; throw away, ab-lclo, -Icifre, -ieei, •iectum^ throw, n., iact-u8, 'US, Bl, thy, thine, tii-u^, -a, -mto. tiU, p. 201, 4. timber, mdt<^rl-a, -ae, P, time, t*tnp-u», -Arts, N. timid, timutu-H. to, prep., ad or in with m-v.', (of pur- l>o8e), IM.'., f> ; to no purpose, //ni*'»'(, iie(]iiuti{uatii. to-day, hiidie. to-morrow, ercu. tongue, lingu-a, ae, F. too (with oonn>ar.), p. 188, fi, (c); tOO great to be told, Huy greater than which can be told ; 188, 6, (c). top. atlm-cn, -Intx, ^.-fastighum, -i, N.; the top of the hill, collix mnn- inuH', the top of the mountain, IIIOIIH MiniDIIUK. torn, Id-cer, -cera, -cfrum. touch, tango, tangt're, tAtlgl, tactntn » t. the heart, anim'um mfive'o. tower, turr-is, -is, F.; arx,arcis, F. town, oppld-um, -I, N. track, t^CMttgl-um., -l, N. traitor, prodlt-or, -oris, M. tiee'^hery, perfid%-a, -ofl, F.; yrn- dtti-o, -oiiis, F. treaty, Joed-us, -Ms, N. tree, arbor, arbdris, F. tribe, tnb-us, -us, F. troops, ci>pl-ae,, -drum, F. (pl.X Troy, Trol-a, -ae, F. Trojan, Troidn-us, -a, •um, true, vh--ux, -a, -urn. tV\XBt,/ldo, f'iderc,flsussum ; cot\f'ido, •fidere, -Jinun s^nn (with dat. ; p. 10.5, 9). truth, verit-as, -dtis, F.; vera (n. pi.) try, cdn-or, -drl, dtus sum ; nltor, nitl, nlsiu or yiixusstcm ; p. 216, 3, note I. twelve, diXddidm. twenty, viginti-, twenty at a time, vicini, -ae, -a ; twenty times, vicies. two, diio, dHae, dilo (68, 4). two hundred, dficent-i, -ae, -a. U. unable, I am, non possum (jmsse, 2>dtm); iiiqu-^fo, -ire, -ioi (-{!), -Uum. uncertain, incert-us, -a, -um. undertake, susctpio, -dptfre, -e/'pi, -ceptum ; I undertake to do this, svscipio me hoc facturum esse (p. 110, 1). undertaking, n^goti-um, -«, N. understand, intel-lego, -Igg^re, -texl, •tectum (Uterally - picli up). 390 VOCABULARY. undyingr. iminminlis. unfortunate, in-felix, 'felicis. ungrateful, intrmt-nti, -a, -um, unhappy, infdix, -filUns. unlike, di^-nhnllui, -gimtle (dat.) until, p. 201, 4. un'willinsr, inmt-m, -a, -um ; I am U., Hi'do, nolle, nnlul{p. 147). unworthy, ituHgnus (64, 4). upon, iti (+abl., of rest; +acc., of motion). use, utor, utt, U8US sum (116). used ; p. 216, 3, note 1. useful, utU-i«, -e. V. valley, vall-if, -is, F. valor, virt-vts, -iitis, F. value, I, aestlm-o, -dre, -dm, -dtum. value, the, aeHtlnulti-o, •6ni8, F. Verres, Verr-e», ■{«, M. Vergril. VerjU-tus, -Vi, M. very, expressed by superlatives be- fore an adj. or adj. (p. 58, 5); before a noun, ipiie: the very man, ipge vir. VesontiO, Venonti-o, -onis. veteran, viiurnnug. vice, vUl-xim, ■%', Hcil-ug. -iris. victory, victorl-a, -ae, F. view, coiinj>ect-u>t, -Hx, M.; v., mect-o, .Ire, (ivl, -('itum; your v. of the matter, sav, what you think (nentio) of {de) the matter (181, I); (nentio, I hold a view). vig'or, vlg-or, -oris. vigforously, veheimnter. village, vic-ux, -i. violation, use vlClu (-are, etc.^; p. 219, (b). violent, vtolenttis. virtue, virt-wi, -utig, F. visit, ad-eo, -ire, -Kin, (ti). -t^w* (»««•) voice, vox, vva'g, F. vote, sententi-a, -ae, F. W wage, g»''ro, ger^re, gesd, genttnii. w^aggon, plaxuitr-um, -i. W^ait, exitpeet-o, -dr«, -dvl, -iUum. ■ walk, ainh(il-o, -are, -avi, -/?r«Hi. W^all, tniir us, -l, M.; moenia, -um, N. (defence) ; ptlrl-t'g, -I'tis, V. (of a house). wander, err-o, -are, -dm, -ntum. war, helium, -I, N.; carry on w, bellmn gi'rere. ward off; say keep of. warlike, bellicOs-wi, -a, •um. warm, calui-ux, -a, -um. warn, vioneo (of = de). waste, lay waste, mst-o, -dre, -dvi, •ntuin ; w. time, ternputs ivmiunUre. watch, v., ohnerv-o, -dre, -dvi, 'dtuvi; cu«t6d-u>, -ire, -Ivi, •Itum, watch, n., custo-s, -dig, M.; vlgiM-a, -ae. water, dqu-a, -as, F. "WSive, flv^t-ug, 'ftg, M.,. waxen, cen^-vg, -a, -um. way, vl-n, -a>\ F.; iter, UliUfris, N.; in no W., nullo modo. wealth, iip-eg, -umixA.), F.; dlvlti-ae, ■drum, (|il.), F. wealthy, 6jni.lent-ug, -a, -um ; dlte*, dlritig. weePi Idcrlw-o, -are, -dvl, -dtum; figo, jlere, fievl, Jletum. weeping, fiet-us, -««, M.; adj.,/«ji«, Jlentig. weight, potid-ug, -erig, N. Welcorae, grat-ug, -a, -um. well, Miie; conip., melius; superl., optlme ; be W., btine "',. well-known, notug. what (interrog.), quid ; (rel.), id quod. when, qnum (p. 20.3) ; often expressed by part. (p. 220, i) : as, when the nev s was reportiKl, re nuntiatd ; interrog., quando (never, quum). Whenever, p. 204, 4. where, uhi ; w. from, nnde. whether, nvm ; whether — or, utrum an (p. 130, 6 ; 177, 6). which, quix, quae, quid (interrog.); (of two), uter, utra, utnim ; (rel.), see p. 126. while, dum (p. 201) ; quum (p. 203,2). white, oli>-ug, -a, -um. who (rel.), qui, (p. 126) ; (interrog.), quig (p. 120). why, cur, qudre. wicked, getHirdt-ug, -a, -tt«*; W. deed, say crime. wide, Idt-ug, -a, -um. wife, uxor, uxnrig, F. wild, f>'r-u», -a, -mji. will, sign of (ut.; vole (of mtentdOD), or p. 174. VOCABULAHY. 391 will, viiluntaM, -Otis, F.; against my w., ine invito. wlllingr, I am, v«lo, veil*. . vdlUl. wind, vent-US, -i. windingr< ctirv-us, -a, -um. wine, vin-vm, -l, N, wingr, dl-a, -ae, F.; corn -u, •■Oa. Wlngred, v^litc-er, -m, -re. winter, v., hl^rn-o, -are, -dvi, ■dtmn. winter, n., Mem-s, -is, F. ; that Wm p. 82, 1; all W., ace. wisdom, sdplentl-a, -ae, F. wise, sdplen-s, -tig. wish, n., vdlunt-as, -dtis', v., volo, velle, vClHi. with, cum, prep, with abl.; written after personal and rel. pronouns ; niectnn, quibusctiin (105, 8; 12C, 3, note 2); (of military accompaniment), p. 230, note 11. withdraw, «e abduco. within, p. 82, 2 ; intra (ace.) without, extra (prep, with atie.) ; p. 220, 3 ; be without, expers enae (abl.) withstand, resisto, -siatcre, -Ktlti, •8titum\ ob-sto, 'Stare, stlti, -stttuin (dat.). wolf, lup-us, I, M. woman, milller, -is, F. wood, li(fn-um, -I, N. wood, a, ailv-a, -ae, f . woody, siloest-er, -ris, -re. "WOrAtVerh-um,-!, N.; (i>romise), /lr/e«, ■el : keep one's W., /idem prafstu {-stare, sttti, stlti-.m). work, tfjJ-iM, ■<»m, N. workman, fdb-er, -hri, M. worlanen, opfrae, M. (pi.) ; ffibri. world, mttnd-xi«, 4. worse, peior, peius ; detiri-or, -un. worst ; p. 57, 4. worthy, di{/n-us, -a, -um (p. 64, 4). WOVmd, n., vuln-us, -iris, N. wound, v., vulnir-0, -are, -dvl, -oixim. w^ould ; see icill ; what you w. do, p. 174, 1. would that, lUlnam (with 8ul»J.; p. 138, 4). wretched, injcU-x, -Icis ; miser, -a, ■um, write, scrlb^:, scr'ibire, scripsi, scrip- tiini. wrong', iniuri-a, -ae, F. ; ne/aM, N., indecl. wrongdoing, nuU^/lcl-um, -I, N. X. Xenophon, Xindph-on, -ontis. Y. year, atm-us, -i, M. yearly, annu-ug, -a, -um : (e* *y year), quotannis. yes ; p. 29, 4. yesterday, herl ; dies fwHtcrnus. yet, tdmen, verum ; fis yet, adhuc; not yet, nondum. yield, cedo, cediU'e, cesui, cessum ; (surrender), »e (i<'d«, dtxlSre,dedldi, dedU turn. yoke, ifig-um, -I, N. yonder. Hie, ilia, Hlud (p. 118, 4). you, tu (the Latins used the sin;?, to refer lo one person ; not, like us, the l)lural : as, You are calling, boy, tu, imi-r, iv5rrt>»);pl., WW (p. 104); you yourself, tu ipse. young man, invMis : diMesegns, dadle^centis (a'so written adulescens). younger, inni(/r(p. 58, note). your, yours, tu-us, -a, -w?n. (referring I to one) ; vest-er, -ra, -rum (referring to more than one); p. 118, 3. youth, iiiuent-us, -utig (body of); ifivent-a, -ae, F. (time of). youthful, pMrll-is, -e. Z. Z&ma, Zdm-a, -ae, F. a A ai A A< s A< INDEX. The figures refer to the pages and sections of the book. Aor ab (prep,), 222, 4, 5 ; with p6to, 03, note ; with abl, of agent, 71, 2 ; with gerundive, 173, 6, note. Ablative, defined, 3, 7 ; in abus, 6, 2 ; in libus, ^2, .*) ; of cauHo, manner, in- strument, 71, 3 ; of difference, 58, 6 ; of price, 150, 1 ; of source, IM, 4 ; of sep- aration, 1!J8, 2 ; of quality, LSI, 9 ; of time when, 74 ; 82, 1 ; of time within which, 82, 2 ; with after and befwf, 82, 3; with ago, 82, 5;' with adjs., 64, 4 ; with upuM, 16(5, 2 ; with fruor, etc., 116. Ablative absolute, lOO, 5; 203, 3, note ; 219, (e). Abstract Nouns, los, 4, note ; 181, l; 219, 2, (b) ; 219, (g) ; 231, 5. . abus, in dat. and abl. pi. of Istdecl., 6, 2. accent, 298. accidit, inflection of, 162, 3 ; syntax of 182, 4. cusconipaninient, 12, S; military, 236, note 11. accusative, defined, 3, 5; object ace, 5, 3 ; with verbs of feeling', 165, 1 ; verbs with two ace, 90, 2 ; 92, 3 ; ace. of dur- ation and extent, 69, 9 ; of specification or nearer definition, 98, 3 ; Jicc. with inf., 109, 1; of exclamation, 199, 5, note; cognate, 95, 1 ; with prep, in comp. , DQ, i. accusing and acquitting, verbs of, 167. Active Periphrastic Conjugation, 174, 1. Bid, prep., 222, 4 ; 222, 5. Adjective, agreement of, 19, 1 ; in -us, 20, 2 ; in -er, 22 ; adjs. in -er that retain -e, 23, 2 ; irreg. adjs. in-us and -er, 26, 1 ; adjs. of 3rd decl., 49; of one termina- tion, 52; predic. adj. with licet, 163, 6; comparison of, 54; construction with comparative, 65, 5 ; irreg. comparison, 56, 59 ; adverbial comparison, 60 ; adjs. in •qtixis, 60, 1 ; aoral, 2(K» , comparative, 195; noun-claiises, 176, 1 (indir. question); intrwlucefi by vt, 181, 3, 4, by quod, 181, 2. cognate accusative, 95, l. 398 394 FIRST LATIN BOOK. command, 138, 4, (h) ; In Indir. narra- tion, '2(17, 5. comparative, dwlension of, 50, 4 ; formation of, 54 ; syntax of, 55, 5 ; com- parative clauses, 105, 4. comparison, of adjs. 54 ; irreg, com- jmriHon, r> ; arlverbial, 60 ; of adjs. \n iitni)! «0, 1 ; syntax of, 55, 5. concessive, clauses, 196. concord, 19, 1 ; 126, 3 ; 253, Lesson 27, note 4. condemniner, verlw of, 167. conditional, sentences, 190 ; classificA- tion of, 192 ; exception to rules, 193, 2 ; in indir. narration, 209, 2. conjuga!;ion8, tables of regular, 281. connectives, 231 , 2. consecutive clause, 187 ; exception in seqiience, 187, 2, note 1 ; consecutive lihrawes, 187, 8. consonants, classification of, 290. consonant stems, 30, 4. constat, 1G2, 3. continued act, 216, 3. correlatives, 127, 1 cum, prep., 12, "3; 222, 3; written after case, 105,8; 126, 3, note 2; conjunc- tion, see quum. dative, defined, 3. 4 j in abuit, 6, 2 ; in ahuH, 02, 5 ; of indirect object, 5, 4 ; with av 22 ; irreg. adjs. in tM and er, 26 , 3rd decl., 30; a^ljH. of lird, 49; irreg nouns of 3rd, 45 ; of comparative, 50, 1. defective nouns, 277, 27r. defective verbs, 145. deliberative subjunctive, 139, (o). demonstratives, decline6, foot-note. dies, declined, 64 ; gender of, 64, 2. difflcllis, comparison of, 57, 2. dign^us, 04, 4 direct object, 5, 3. dissimilis, comparison of, 57. 2. distance, ace. of, 09, 9. distributive numerals, flfl ; 69, 8. do, go, fern, endings, 48, 2. domi, locative, 86 (first line), domus, declined, 62, 6. dubito an, 177, 5, note, due, imperat., 1.56, foot-note, dum, 201,4; 202,6. diunmodo, 194, 3. duo, 68, 4. duration, 69, 9. dus, particip. in, 102 ; 170, 3. duty, how expressed, 172, 2 ; 173, 6. E, or ex, prep., 222, 3 ; 223. 6do, inflected, 160. efreotinir> verbs of, 181, 3. egro, artitive, 0!>, 10; with sum (meaii- injf belong to, mark of, etc ), 124 ; of quality, i:iO, 7, 8 ; with ver>w, \M, 7 ; of price, 150, 2 ; of charge, 167 ; with verbs of feeling (miseret), etc., 105, 1 ; with interest, 106, 3. gerund, 170 ; nom. of, 170, 2, note. gerundive, 170, 3 ; when not user!, 172, 1 ; expressing duty, etc., 172, 3 ; 173, ^ ; agent with, 178, 4 ; with causa, 171, 6 ; with do, etc., 173, 7. Greek nouns, declined, 273. hendiadys, 238, note 13. heteroclites, 279. heterogeneous nouns, 280. hie, decline, 6 ; indirect question, 176, 2; double tenses in question (indirect^ 177, fi; sequence of indir. (|uest., 178. io, fem. ending, 48, 2. ipse, declined, 122 ; use of, 123, 6. irregular, nouns of the 3rd deol., 46. is, declined, 122 ; use of, 122, 4. iste, declined, 118 ; use of, 118, 3. laedo, with ace, 105, 9, note, letters, classification of, 290. licet, inflected, 162, 3 ; use of, 16:1, 5. locative, rules for place where, 85, 3. making, verbs of, 90, 2. malo, inflection of, 147. may , i on, 208, 9. nescio an, 1V7, 5, note. neuter nouns, 13, 3, note; tennina- tions of, in 3rd dccl. , 48, 3. neve, 186, 6. ni. nisi, 190, 3. nolo, 147. non dvibito quin, 188, 6. nonne, 28, :i. non quod, non quo, non «iuin, 199, 6. nostri, or nostrum, 104, 2, note, 396 FIRST LATIN BOOK. nouns, Oreek, 273 ; defective, 277 ; in- declinable, 277 ; irrojfular, 45 ; hetero- clite, 270 ; heteroKcneous, 280 ; with two nieaninfj^N {aedeg Ac.,) 278. noun clause, 181, 182. nullus, 26, 1. num, 29, 4 ; 176, 4. numeral. 65. object, 5. oblique, of i^ases, 50, 2, note; narration, 205. odi, 145 ; paHsive of 196, 7, note. oportet, 162, 4. opus est, lerf., 87, 2. refert, \m, 3. reflexives, 104, 5 ; lOS, 6 ; 168, 8. relative. See qui. res, how to traiislnte-, 247, note 17. respubllca, how to translate, 249, note 7 (Lesson 21). remember, 146, 7. remind, 1C7. result, clause of. See consecutive. rhetorical questions, in indir. nar- ration, 207, 6. root, 299. rua, to the country, 86, 1. se, 105, 6. second, conjupration, 78 ; decl., 9, 11, 13. secondary tense, 178, l. senex, declined, 46. sentlendl, verl»a. See ace icith inf. separation, abl. of, 158, 2. sequence, of tenses, 178, 2. si, 190, 2. slmllis, 57, 2. slmul ac, 200, 2. si quls, 191, 4. solus, 24(5, note 7. specification, 98, 3. stem, 299. sub, 222, 2 ; 224 ; in composition, 307. subjunctive, defined, 137, 3; of ex- hortation 138, 4 ; of conunand 138, 4 ; of wish. 138, 4 ; deliberative, 139, (o) ; of concession, 139, (A); inflection of subj. of mirn, 136 ; of four conjuf^ations, 137 ; in indir. narrative 206, 4 ; 207, 5 ; in indir. question, 176, 2 ; sequence of tenses of, 178, 2. substantive, clause, see noun clause. sum, inflection of, 24 ; subjunctive of, 136, 1 ; inf. of, 107 ; iniperat. of, 288. summus, 59, l, and note, sunt qui, 188, 5. super, 222, 2. superlative, formation of, 54, 2; 56. supine, 174, 2 and 3. syllabication, 292. Sjnitax, Hiuiiniary of rules, 807. taedet, 165, i. tanquam (si), 195, 3. toaching', verbs of, 92, 3. temporal clauses, 2m ; conjunctions (post«|uani, duni, prius<]uani, <|uuni), 200, 203. tenses, dassifli^ation of, 178. third conjusration, 83. thougrh. See although. time, when, 82, 1 ; how long, 82, 4. trans, 222, 4. tres, inflection of, 68, 4. tU, 104. ubl, temporal, 200, 2. ubus, nouns with dat. pi. in, 62, 5. ullus, 26, 1. unus, inflection of, 27. unusqulsque, 132, 2. Ut, final, 183; conse